DM Kim d20=16 Tuesday December 12th, 2000 9:27:33 PM
"I have a map of the city," Herold announces. He unrolls it before those riding in the first carriage. (Go to http://members.aol.com/thejericho/pcitymap.html to see the map. By clicking on different sections of the map, you can see the details).
"As you were sleeping or resting on this, our last leg of our journey, we have traversed the third plateau. This area is cultivated for the enjoyment of the rulers and inhabitants of the Capital of New Elenna: Plateau City. As you may be aware," Herold continues in a 'guided tour' voice, "This center of civilization is nicknamed 'The City of Adventurers' and is the home of 'The Dragons' - a loose guild of adventuring groups of high level and influence.
"We will be entering, as is appropriate to your vocations, through the 'Quest Gate.' Ah - here we are now."
Bolderhusk and Fipps ride forward, speak with the guards at the city entrance. One of the guards motions with his hand, and the carriages start to move forward through the open gates.
An officer steps up onto the running board above the steps to the doorway, hanging on to the brass bars. "Welcome to Plateau City, Ladies, Gentlemen. Captain Ebenezer, at your service. I'll accompany you to the High Lord Mayor's Castle."
Herold speaks, "For those of you in the second car," and he takes a lens-shaped glass, blows a white powder over the surface of the map, moves his right hand in a complex pattern, and says, "lux sit - lux transit." He then sneezes. "All right, you back there - look up at the ceiling - and - do you see a map there?"
Indeed, those in the back do see a map - the same one those in front now observe.
"Don't only focus on the map, but look out the windows, too. Here at the entryway are a few merchants shops seeling supplies - Grub and Chub on the right - or should I say starboard for those facing the rear? - and 'The Last Adventure on your left. Through that street to the right is Magic Square, angling to the right is Warrior's Lane and here as we pass Duncan's Travel Agency we come to Adventurer's Square. I won't detail the names of all the shops, such as Jazz's Comfortable Emporium, Slade's Blades - oh - there is The Red Wyrm Inn - formerly the Red Dragon Inn - formerly - oh, we're passing by the White Dragon Mansion, and are coming to the Circus Quarter. 'Quarter' doesn't really mean 'one-fourth' here - it just is how we designate - oh, this is the Gold Dragon Trail, Kat's Familiars, Bard Street over there - and we're bypassing that and Minotaur Road to go down Centaur Street."
Herold sticks his head out the carriage window. "Driver, why are we going this way? It would have been faster to go by the Red Wyrm, near the end of Adventure's End, and over the bridge to... Oh, that's right, we would have had to go through Gladiator's Park. Never mind."
He brings his head back inside. "And - my, we are moving briskly this morning. Good to have Bolderhusk and the Fipps clearing the way before us. Now we are in Guild Square, with the Merchant Guild House before us... I say - shouldn't we be going right?" he calls to the driver.
The driver answers, "You talk, I'll drive."
Herold's tour continues... (DM Kim) Tuesday December 12th, 2000 9:42:29 PM
Herold further describes Merchant Street, Fouchard's Run, Kerracle's Temple, Lender's Lane, Arrow's Shot, and Riverside Road.
"Thank the gods we didn't try to pass through Merchant Square at THIS time of day," Herold says. Bypassing a statue near another bridge, the carriages wend their way up Market Street, by the Constabulary Castle, past Flair Trail, back to Riverside Road, then, to the right.
"Ah, at last. Cutlass Street - and the High Lord Mayor's Castle!" the bard exclaims. "All right, everybody out!"
Sunblaze Wednesday December 13th, 2000 12:11:06 AM
Sunblaze speaks out to Fipps "What is Gladiator Park? A fighting arena? And also the 'Dragons' what are they, and should we be aware that we are on their territory? Sorry 'bout all these questions but I live my life on knowledge, and without it I shall not be much help here." Sunblaze gets up and watches all the streets pass by, and when they reach the High Lord Mayor's Castle Sunblaze steps out and then holds the door for everyone else.
Sedar Wednesday December 13th, 2000 12:53:40 AM
Impressed with the magical maps, the mage/thief, Sedar, listens with interest as the Herold continues his verbal rampage.
Rond Wednesday December 13th, 2000 9:05:55 AM
Rond listens intently to all the descriptions. While the move along, he also tries to see everything that he can.
Arien Wednesday December 13th, 2000 4:21:43 PM
Memorizing the names of the streets and their locations for later use, Arien pays attention to what Herold says, ignoring the rest.
Arrisa Thursday December 14th, 2000 9:51:11 PM
Arrisa woke up as it was announced they should get out. The elven ranger let out a yawn and then picked up both staffs, her old one and the new one. Exiting the carriage, she blinked in the sun, letting her eyes readjust. She brushed herself down, knocking some of the mud off her clothing and looked around herself. Seeing the familiar buildings of a city, she shuddered. "I hate cities. I hope our stay will not be long..."
Sunblaze Thursday December 14th, 2000 10:03:29 PM
Sunblaze laughs at the comment of hating cities. "Well, I have hated certain cities and certain people, but never something in general." Sunblaze stares at this new building. "Wow, when do we go in?"
Damocles Friday December 15th, 2000 5:51:09 PM
"I'm still horribly confused as to why we're here? Does anyone else know?" The pilgrim is becoming a bit irritated... "So many people to aid, so little time... I could be healing the poor." He sighs... "Ah well, such is the fate set out for me."
Kim OOC Saturday December 16th, 2000 12:58:18 PM
Sorry gang. I got sick this week - and still had a bunch of work to drag myself through. I apologize for the lack of posts this week. I will post later today... but first I get to lay the carpet.
[*cough* *cough*]
Draax Saturday December 16th, 2000 3:12:27 PM
Draax wakes up and looks over at Damocles. "I think we are here because we were summoned for some reason. I think I heard something about honoring us or maybe they want a favor from us. But to tell you the truth I do not have a clue why we are really here. I guess we will find out when we they tell us. We might as well enjoy ourselves until then." Draax smiles as he gets himself prepared to see the city.
Fipps to Sunblaze (DM Kim) Sunday December 17th, 2000 1:39:06 AM
Fipps answers Sunblaze. "Gladiator Park is..." he appears to be ready to say something snide, but then sighs, and says, "It's what it sounds like. There's a large arena there, a stadium, and sometimes they stage fights, or circuses." Then he snorts as Sunblaze asks about the 'Dragons.' "They are hoity-toity groups of adventurers who think the world should bow and scrape at their feet. I could care less whether they're aware we are here. The city is not just their territory." He mutters something under his breath.
Bill Troublefinder d100=33 d100=46 Sunday December 17th, 2000 1:45:56 AM
"Damocles, Draax is right," Bill says. "And we're supposed to meet his honor, the High Lord Mayor. He's called Sturdavent, I think. Anyway, he's supposed to be a good guy, from what I've heard. Hey - maybe he can let you know if there are some people who need your help, some, Damocles," he suggests helpfully. Before leaving the carriage, Bill stocks up on a bit of extra food from under the seat, placing it into his bag. Then he hops down. The wave of dizziness he experienced the night before seems to have past, and he joins the group, ready to go in.
At the entrance to the castle (DM Kim) Sunday December 17th, 2000 2:37:44 AM
Captain Ebenezer, the officer who stepped up onto the carriage at the Quest Gate states, "We shall return shortly." As he and Bolderhusk approach, a uniformed man opens one of two large doors for the paladin and the captain to enter.
Once all are out, the drivers turn the carriages, and take them back the way they came, having no problem with the turn in the huge courtyard before the one hundred foot wide entrance.
The very high ceilinged open-air courtyard is not deserted. On the contrary, there are scores of people lined up in an area off to the left, standing behind brocaded ropes, apparently waiting for a chance to go in. Off to the far right, ornate plush carpeting, couches, comfortable chairs, and small tables sit a few well dressed individuals and small groups. A normal-sized door opens near them, and servers bring drinks and small snacks to those waiting there. To the mid-right, and closer to the main building entrance, there are dozens of desks, and men and women, mainly humans, but including a couple of half elves, a female dwarf, and a gnome - all dressed as clerks, or secretaries, running hither and thither, or heavily concentrating on stacks of documents, or writing. One man glances at documents handed to him and, with a large metal stamp, brushes blue ink on, blots it on a sponge, then brings the stamp to bear in the lower left side of each parchment. Occasionally a document is carried to one of the people in line, or to one of the dignitaries seated to the right. Sometimes the individual receiving the document enters the castle, sometimes the person leaves. Some appear satisfied, even pleased. Less frequently, a frown is noted.
Also noteworthy is that the temperature within the courtyard is warmer than the general city temperature this morning. A comfortable 72 degrees Fahrenheit (22 Celcius) is maintained. Despite the large numbers of people, the sound is not overwhelming.
Sunblaze Sunday December 17th, 2000 2:38:01 AM
Sunblaze sees Bill get some extra food. "Good idea my friend..." Sunblaze does as Bill and fills her pack full to the brim with foodstuffs.
Herold (DM Kim) Sunday December 17th, 2000 3:05:29 AM
"If you'd like, you can take a seat over there," Herold indicates the area with plush carpet. "The servers will provide you with whatever beverages you request, and something to eat if you'd like. It's hard to say how long we'll have to wait, as we have arrived earlier than was expected."
He adds something to Fipps' response to Sunblaze. "The Golden Arena also is where other large events are held. The biennial City Championships, in which a number of athletic contests are held, is quite popular. Who can run fastest, jump highest, that type of thing. And the sports are divided into natural, specialist, magic-free, or magic-augmented, and the like. Every opposite year is the Youth City Championships - geared for encouraging the children of the city to excel in various endeavors. Oh, and religious orders will sometimes schedule special services in the arena. The Bards College night - held once a month - is an enormous draw. Music, plays, historical recitations - many quite popular. I, *ahem*, received one time a standing ovation for my song-poem, 'Into the night.'" Having revealed that, Herold blushes lightly.
"Very well, here, this is a good place to sit." Herold indicates a place with a few couches and chairs placed around a couple of adjacent low tables.
Server (DM Kim) Sunday December 17th, 2000 3:33:00 AM
A server takes the party's orders, and drinks and snacks are brought quickly.
Bill Troublefinder Sunday December 17th, 2000 5:18:07 AM
"Root beer and strawberries, please," requests Bill of the waiter. He sits on the arm of a couch, swinging his legs and looking around at this interesting collection of people and purposeful activity.
Sunblaze Sunday December 17th, 2000 9:41:09 AM
Sunblaze looks in amazement at this place of wonder. She has never been invited into one of these buildings before... Imagine her in a castle... wow. Sunblaze sees the wait standing there and speaks as if distracted by the magnificence of this building. "I'll have... A glass of... well anything really... and could I have some grapes?" Sunblaze watches in amazement at the speed of the workers.
Quick Service (DM Kim) Sunday December 17th, 2000 11:44:55 PM
Sunblaze receives large purple grapes, and a yellow-pink frothy cool drink in a tall clear glass. "One Glider for you, dear lady: Banana, egg, half a pinch of salt, milk, cream, sweet berries, nutmeg and a dash of cinnamon, chilled." Bill gets his root beer and strawberries. Warm biscuits on a plate are provided for all, with dishes of different flavored jams. A cheerful, slender middle-aged woman stands nearby awaiting further requests. Meanwhile, a young man - actually a half-elf, pushes a cart nearby, a cart labeled 'hot morning beverages.' It is two hours since the sun rose.
Draax Monday December 18th, 2000 1:08:02 AM
Draax takes a sit at the table with the others. He looks over at Bill's root beer and decides to have one himself. "I will have a root beer and, hmm what else do I want? Oh, give me some strawberries and cream." He smiles and adds a last item to his order. "And a steak if you have one."
Rond Monday December 18th, 2000 3:21:33 AM
"Water is just fine by me". Rond will look around at all the activity, as he slowly devours the biscuts.
At your service (DM Kim) Monday December 18th, 2000 11:39:12 AM
Draax' and Rond's orders are brought out. "Breakfast steak cubes," the waiter says. One-inch cubes of steak, each with a toothpick, and a dish of a sweet and spicy meat sauce for dipping is provided Draax, along with a linen cloth for catching dribbles.
Arien Monday December 18th, 2000 7:13:55 PM
Taking a seat at the table Arien waits for the server. "I'll have something Elvish, anything really."
Sedar the Silent Monday December 18th, 2000 10:41:46 PM
Waking up from a daze. The Mage joins in breakfast. Ordering a variety of fruits and some tea. (apologies for missing a few posts. Things are busy)
Scattered voices (DM Kim) Tuesday December 19th, 2000 1:22:59 AM
Snippets of conversation are overheard in the courtyard: "Gold Dragons are going off again this morning. Going to save the ..." "... price of coca going up after part of crop burned by ..." "Another cup please. How long must I wait?" "I know you're going to receive the grant. Claros said he heard it himself after talking with the tailor of the cousin of ..." "Don't be preposterous! Such presumption! Let me tell you what really came down when Horsace ..." A breaking female voice sobs, "My sweet Yulia is gone, is gone. She is gone, and no one can bring her back..." A male voice speaks words of comfort. "There, there, Yasmina, we will petition His Lordship. If anyone..." "So, this one - with the eyepatch - he says, ha, ha! He says, - oh, you shoulda been there. 'Captain, the hole is gone!' Ah - hahahahaha! Oh, really you had to be there. Then the gimpy one - oh, I can't stand it! hahaha..." "Third form is missing. It was here a moment ago. Have you seen gnome Daoud since..." "... do something to clean up that quarter, someone's going to have his head, no matter how firmly attached it may seem."
Captain Ebenezer (DM Kim) Tuesday December 19th, 2000 1:39:28 AM
The officer who joined the carriages by the Quest Gate strides out of one of the two large doors at the main entrance, looks around momentarily, then approaches the party. "Good ladies, good sirs, Seneschal Rezdek awaits you within. Good fortune, your wait has been even shorter than anticipated. The seneschal will direct you to the meeting with His Lordship at the earliest opportunity. Ask him questions, if you wish, about what you might expect." The captain salutes the group, shakes Herold's hand, and marches out the courtyard.
Waiter (DM Kim) Tuesday December 19th, 2000 1:46:18 AM
Arien receives a small loaf of delicious Lembas, a few thin slices leaning at the end, but most of the baby loaf intact. Sedar receives some sliced fruit - mango, melons, rare pineapple, tart apple, and a few segments of grapefruit. He is given a medium-sized cup of green tea. The waiter, noting that the party is being summoned, says, "Take what you'd like. We'll get the dishes later, wherever you leave them in the castle."
Herald Herold (DM Kim) Tuesday December 19th, 2000 2:04:18 AM
The bard claps his hands together. "Wonderful. Thank you, Captain!" He turns to the party. "So, are you ready? Oh, Bill - on your chin, something red," he says, touching his own chin on the left side. " - there, you got it. And Arrisa, oh, my." His eye fixes on the stains on her clothing, but he evidently decides to say no more. "We won't want to keep the seneschal waiting. Oh, he is in charge of the castle. Very organized man, he is. Watch your step around him. It's wise to stay on his good side. Shall we go?" He threads his way to the path leading to the doors.
Seneschal Rezdek (DM Kim) Tuesday December 19th, 2000 2:12:51 AM
Both doors are pushed open outwards into the courtyard for the party to enter. Ten foot long, twenty feet high walls are on the right and left inside the entrance, with small holes at varying heights evident. Some holes are evident in the ceiling twenty feet above. Standing another ten feet beyond the walls is a tall man, five inches shy of seven feet. He wears a broad belt over classily understated gray and maroon robes which cover evidentally a fine physique. A long sword hangs from a belt off his left hip. One might guess his age in the mid forties, with a few wisps of gray highlighting the sides of his otherwise dark brown medium-length hair. With a slight bow, he says, "Welcome to the castle of the High Lord Mayor. My name is Rezdek. I am the steward of this castle. I hear you come from Windhorn Hamlet at His Lordship's summons. May I have your names and titles, please?" His hazel eyes observe those before him with an air of attentive dignity.
Damocles Tuesday December 19th, 2000 3:55:16 PM
"I am Damocles, pilgrim of Alemi... And I merely come from there by circumstance, having only recently fallen in with this group." He bows as a sign of fealty before stepping back, pondering whether what he just said was appropriate for the circumstance.
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday December 19th, 2000 8:13:43 PM
The hobbit introduces himself. "I am Bill, Bill Troublefinder, sir." He executes a bow, with his right hand open, palm against his stomach, and his left hand open, back of the hand against his back. When his brief, formal bow ends, he adds, "I am a citizen of Windhorn Hamlet, but hold no titles. Never asked about titles before, sir. I just usually, uh, throw darts, and other things. I mean, I do other things, too. You are a very tall gentleman, Mr. Rezdek."
Bill steps back so his other friends can introduce themselves. He looks around the entryway to see what it looks like, and where doors are, and if there is anyone else there.
Sedar the First Tuesday December 19th, 2000 10:11:11 PM
As Bill T finishes. The mage steps forward. "Sedar Lagerman, currently of Windhorn. An adventurer with Wardd's graces. Thank you and well met Rezdek"
Sunblaze Of ElfWood Tuesday December 19th, 2000 10:17:41 PM
Sunblaze steps forward in an almost angelic way, "I am Sunblaze The Bard and Mage. I am from Elfwood. I am now with the Windhorn Hamlet group. Well Met Dear Friend, Rezdek. I hope this is going to be a pleasent meeting so that I may share a few of my songs with you." Sunblaze smiles at this man, and at her new friend Bill.
Draax Tuesday December 19th, 2000 10:22:40 PM
Draax steps forward. "Well met sir, Andraaxius Slowblade at your service, I hold no titles and Windhorn is the only place I call home." Draax steps back and makes room for the others to introduce themselves.
Herold (DM Kim) Wednesday December 20th, 2000 2:37:17 AM
"Also, Seneschal Rezdek, allow me to introduce to you Arien Silverbow, talented with shortbow and magic both." Turning to the next elf, the bard smoothly continues, "Arrisa Fairwind, a ranger who makes her home in the woods;" then indicating the tall human, "and Ronderiadshel, or Rond, as he prefers, a ranger who, according to the priest of Wardd in Windhorn Hamlet, has been with the group since its first foray against ... well, since its first foray."
Seneschal Rezdek (DM Kim) Wednesday December 20th, 2000 2:50:19 AM
Rezdek raises an eyebrow when Herold takes over the task of introducing the three who have not yet spoken for themselves. "Is the sound of your voice so beloved that you could not grant these last three leave to speak on their own behalf, bard?"
Harold smiles with self deprecation, and shrugs his shoulders.
"Very well. Come, follow me. And let me counsel you," Rezdek says, not giving a backward glance as he leads the way. "If the Lord of this castle asks you to speak, it is good to let him hear your thoughts through your own voice." The seneschal leads the party through a number of corridors, doors, and stairways.
Herold sighs lightly as he follows.
Rich tapestries, oil paintings, statues, and other works of art and architecture are evident along the paths the group walks. Some people whom the party passes nod with respect to Rezdek. One older man with puffy gray sideburns pointedly ignores him. Farther on, a boy, perhaps four, pulls on the distinguished seneschal's gray robes, and asks, "Where is my mum?" Rezdek kneels to the boy's level, whispers something in his ear, and sends the boy on his way with a swift - yet gentle - pat on his bottom. The boy laughs, and scampers down the hallway, turning left.
At last, a large, ornate door is there. "The next room is a cloakroom. You may feel free to leave any wraps. You may leave your weapons, if you choose. I am told you may keep what you wish with you, so do not feel under compulsion. It is for your comfort, that is all. If you would like to vest yourselves in more formal attire, that can quickly be arranged. In fifteen minutes, His Lordship should be ready to meet with you." Rezdek opens the door. Once all have passed into the cloakroom, he excuses himself. "I shall return at the appointed time."
[OOC - DM Kim] Wednesday December 20th, 2000 2:58:29 AM
[200 extra experience points to everyone who posted on the 19th, and 150 more to each person who posted following Herold's post on the 17th (2:05am) through the 18th. As Woody Allen once said, "90% of life is just showing up." As we are not at the moment fighting monsters, the DM shall be attentive to the measure of role playing as we enter this political center. How does your character stand? What does her face tell others? How does he choose his words? What emotions are displayed, or suppressed? Step sharp and lively, lads and lassies!]
The cloakroom & Herold (DM Kim) Wednesday December 20th, 2000 3:37:28 AM
The cloakroom beyond is staffed by two men on the right, and two women on the left. Overrobes in many sizes and styles are offered to those who wish them.
Herold asks for a medium blue overrobe. "Friends from Windhorn, if you have questions, please ask. I know some are nervous when meeting with princes, and mayors and such. But know that His Lordship has a reputation for fairness, and wisdom, and justice. Which means that good people generally like him, but scoundrels don't always feel the same way." He laughs, perhaps a little nervously.
"Name a color and style, if you wish a robe, and it's likely they'll have it," Herold asserts.
Rond Wednesday December 20th, 2000 8:36:55 AM
"Do most people take the time to dress up, when they visit his Lordship? Because if it is the proper thing to do, then I shall do so." If Rond is told it is the proper thing to do, then he's looking at either shades of green, or shades of earth brown.
Damocles Wednesday December 20th, 2000 5:25:04 PM
"The vestments of my god shall show the respect I have for proper authority." states Damocles, gesturing to the tabard he wears over his chain mail. "If you deign this is not appropriate... " the priest sighs, as he has become prone to do. "Then I shall see if you have the proper accoutrements for a monk of the stature that I formerly held."
Sunblaze d20=2 Wednesday December 20th, 2000 7:37:41 PM
Sunblaze listens as she is asked if she wishes her weapons to be gone with and then speaks in a calm voice, although her insides are flaring. "I would not part with anything of mine, for any situation where I am in unknown territory. I am sorry if this offends anyone but it is what I am doing." Sunblaze is shocked that they would even ask such a thing of her, but she realizes that it is perhaps because they wish to be kept safe, and also that they know of her not.
Sunblaze looks in amazement at all of the robes and garments. "I have never seen such colors in my life. Chosing one is going to be a difficult task, even for me." Sunblaze feels the many clothes, and then looks for one with many colors apon it. "Do you perhaps have one with many of these beatuiful and eloquent colors." Sunblaze feels like a kid in a weapon shop, and it shows on her face, watching as the others pick and choose. "Have any of you ever seen such beauty... other than me of course..." Sunblaze laughs, still looking at all of the robes. Sunblaze slowly not to be seen drops her sleeve to the ground and if anyone sees it a small snake slithers out.
DM: Sunblaze uses her telepathic link with Trent and tells him to stay by her and go ahead a little bit, to see what is there in case of danger. (Roll is dex check to see if I can do it without being seen.)
Bill Troublefinder Thursday December 21st, 2000 3:34:30 AM
"How 'bout something swirly?" Bill asks. He is handed what looks like a paisley design, in blues, greens, yellows, and reds. "Whoa - look at this, guys!"
DM Kim Thursday December 21st, 2000 3:51:58 AM
Not five minutes after he left you, Rezdek is back. "His Lordship's last appointment concluded earlier than expected. Please, come with me. Again, additional vestments are optional, you may come as you are."
Sunblaze dropped Trent just seconds before Rezdek showed up, so hasn't had much chance yet to scope ahead - although the little viper does see a crack under the door on the other side of the cloak room he certainly would be capable of slithering under, given another minute or so.
Rezdek holds open the door. Three of the four attendants encourage the party to hurry. The fourth comments, "Yes - his lawrdship will luuuve this robe on you, pretty elf." The speaker is a red-cheeked corpulant woman who just handed Sunblaze a red robe with a golden globe that appears to shoot forth rays across the rich fabric. Indeed, it appears striking.
Harold ensures he is the last to leave the cloakroom.
Down the hallway bedecked with paintings historical, past a few doorways, the group comes to a pair of double doors at the end. Rezdek knocks once. Ten seconds later, the rich twin doors open, seemingly of their own accord.
DM Kim Thursday December 21st, 2000 4:11:08 AM
Through the doors a rich woven rug can be seen, with complex patterns that play within the design. If given more than a quick glance, one would almost think that the patterns dance.
A man wearing simply, but expertly, cut clothing sits at a desk, signing a document. He places it in a drawer, shuts the drawer, and stands as the party enters.
"Your Lordship, High Lord Mayor, the adventurers of Windhorn Hamlet, as you requested," Seneschal Rezdek announces. He sweeps his arm from the party toward the man with steel blue eyes who now stands beside the desk. The seneschal bows, steps out the room, and closes the doors behind the group. Herold remains within the room with the adventurers, and Sturdavent.
Sturdavent Thursday December 21st, 2000 4:26:53 AM
The man looks over the nine in the room with an appraising eye. "So, I am led to understand that some of you recently endured an attack on your village, some conflicts in the sea, and both gains and losses." He meets each person's eyes in turn. "On behalf of the city, and of New Ehlenna, I thank your for your efforts." Gratitude shows in his eyes. He looks away for a moment, as though to recall something.
Sturdavent sits on his desk. "And, I would like to know more of what they were. The matters of Mengor - his tomb, the medallion, his body, and the Sons of Dread, I am brought up to date, I believe," he says, nodding in Herold's direction. Herold returns his nod.
"But please, tell me of what occurred after the sea devils appeared, and of your undersea encounters, and of the dragons... We have some time before the Council meets, and I am interested in every detail. Oh, first, let me be sure I have your names straight." He correctly gives the name and some aspect of each person's character or accomplishments. "Very well, what can you tell me of what transpired once your Ceremony of Renewal was disrupted?" He listens carefully as people speak.
Sunblaze d20=1 Thursday December 21st, 2000 5:30:02 AM
Sunblaze watches puzzled completely at what this man is talking about she just looks around and watches for danger, but is still abashed at this 'palace' of sorts. Sunblaze then slowly talks with Trent in her head and says 'My friend if you wish to go then please do, but if not you may come back... but be careful. I wouldn't wanna lose you, you cost too much to revive!" Then Sunblaze brings her attention away from Trent and to the drawer where that paper he was signing was, and looks to see if any part of it is hanging out.(Wis Check Works.)
Rond Thursday December 21st, 2000 8:34:05 AM
Rond divests himself of his weapons. As he begins wondering about to change, or not to change, Rezdek returns. When it is announced that the party will be seen, Rond grabs an overcoat (or cloak, just something) with earth browns in it to go with the leather armor.
Once in his Lordship's office, Rond looks around. Once his Lordship asks for the story Rond says, "There's really not much to tell. We happened to get a hint that there might be trouble at the beach. We hurried there, and found the Sahuaguin on an ambush attempt. That was thwarted, with the town's help."
Trent the Viper (DM Kim) Thursday December 21st, 2000 11:09:09 AM
Trent definitely wants to come back to the elf as people start leaving the room. Sunblaze's serpentine familiar slithers back into her sleeve before she leaves the cloakroom.
Sturdavent (DM Kim) Thursday December 21st, 2000 11:12:17 AM
"So," the man smiles after Rond speaks, "you wish to give me only the revised version?" His face grows more serious. "Understand that we have some information from other sources. A few weeks ago, some sea elves reported coming in contact with a group from Windhorn Hamlet walking under the sea, pursuing sahuagin. One of our sages also speaks of some temporal stretching in your area. That is, the flow of time was altered, somehow. He is researching this further." He crosses his ankles as he leans against the table. "There is also the matter of this colorful fellow," and he nods towards the paisley-clad Bill, "showing up less than a fortnight ago at the Red Wyrm Inn, and asking that a message be delivered to me, and to the Gold Dragons. Can any of you shed any light on this matter?"
Bill Troublefinder Thursday December 21st, 2000 11:38:18 AM
"Um, sir, your Lordship, sir, we were instructed not to reveal details of what happened to the people in Windhorn Hamlet, because they would not understand it, maybe." Bill then asks, "If we tell you what happened, you're not going to tell them, are you?"
Sturdavent (DM Kim) Thursday December 21st, 2000 11:44:21 AM
The Mayor nods his head thoughtfully. "I can understand the wisdom of such a request," he answers the halfling. "There are two people, possibly three, there who have the ... capacity to deal with such burdensome knowledge. You have my word that I will limit disclosure of whatever is shared in this room to very few people. You request discretion. Discretion I offer you."
Sunblaze's curiosity about papers (DM Kim) Thursday December 21st, 2000 11:55:18 AM
Sunblaze sees that the drawer is properly closed. There are other documents in two stacks on his desk.
Damocles Thursday December 21st, 2000 2:29:35 PM
"Well, I only know of what happened after the inn...That it took me far less time to respond to Bill's summons than it should have is of some note, I should say." "Moreover, the crisis of which Bill spoke when he arrived in the inn... Well... I suppose that it was true, but I saw no evidence of crisis when I arrived in the small town... it was all very odd.
Sedar the Ring Giver Thursday December 21st, 2000 6:28:49 PM
Waiting for an opening the mage finally chimes in. With deep concern in his voice, Sedar speaks his mind. "Well my dear mayor. You ask how things started, but I think we are more concerned how things ended. As you have heard through your sources. Mordeaus was there. And at the last he was given what he so desperately wanted... He now possesses a Ring of some great power. I think still now of that fateful choice I made. Although, that is now the past. I really never understood what it was. I am wondering if perhaps you could shed some light on the subject."
Sedar left his weapons and other belongings in the cloakroom, donning a rich deep blue colored robe when the time came to meet the prince.
Sunblaze Thursday December 21st, 2000 7:23:06 PM
Sunblaze watches, and listens as the story unravels. Picking up all the parts to keep in her head for later use.
Sunblaze talks with Trent in her mind speaking softly. 'What is it you saw young friend...a cat?' Sunblaze is slowly getting tired of standing here listening to some prince speak about something which isn't even interesting.
Draax Thursday December 21st, 2000 11:48:30 PM
With the choice of whether to take his weapons or leave them. Draax keeps his weapons with him. He follows the others into the room and not being any good at telling stories, he lets the others give details of their adventures. Feeling that he should at least add something, Draax is about to speak just as Sedar ask the question about the ring. Draax closes his mouth and waits to hear the answer to the question that has been on his mind for a while.
Sturdavent (DM Kim) Friday December 22nd, 2000 1:41:32 AM
"Won't someone relate how you came to possess the ring?" prompts the High Lord Mayor.
Arien Friday December 22nd, 2000 2:01:06 AM
Hearing the question Arien takes the chance to break in. "On our quest to return the head we came across a temple of Sekola. During the course of time, after we had secured the head we were attacked by several of the Sea Devils along with some strange glowing creature. As we attacked the creature its glow diminished until it vanished completely, I did not see the creature that was revealed when the glowing faded but perhaps one of my friends may remember. Anyway, the ring was retrieved from the body of the glowing creature before we had to escape the temple which started crumbling upon its death."
Rond Friday December 22nd, 2000 9:22:20 AM
"Well, at the original Ceremony, it was interrupted by the real Sahuagin attack. The town wasn't ready for the attack, and the head was stolen into the sea. We decided to recover the head for the town. Prior to leaving town, I had this dream about some kind of battle, which we later found out, was godly in nature. In the dream, a tall Giant (I believe Atomos), was battling a shark like being. At the end of the dream, he seemed to plead with me about releasing him from some kind of imprisonment. There were others in the group that had this dream also. But we didn't know where to find him.
"Shortly after we entered the water to chase the Sea Devils, we were met by a bunch of Under Sea elves. They had followed the Sahuagin to this island that was roughly South of the town. Following the map, we came upon a cave, that, lo and behold, there was Atomos. He pleaded us to find the shark and bring the shark's heart to him, to break him free, or something to that effect.
"We come to said island, where we find some kind of temple to this shark being. We go into the temple, get attacked by Sahuagin, defeat them, find this statue, get a hammer. Fight some more Sahuagin, when we find the head. I almost die, when the head does something, but I was almost dead, and I'm not sure what the head did. We were bringing the head back, when we got attacked by the Ring wielder and his crew. We defeated them.
"We stopped by Atomos' cave, freed him, and came back to the Hamlet with the head. When we got to the Hamlet, nearly everyone was dead. It looked like it was one thing that they all died from. While doing this, someone comes whistling down the path towards us. As mentioned by Arien, this person comes to the party, and basically says, 'Give me the ring, and I'll spare your lives.' We debate about, but before the debate is finished, Sedar gives him the ring. Things change, everyone at the Hamlet is alive. We're told to beware the beach, and we discover we're back at the attack. We stop the attack, and everything else you pretty much know."
Bill Troublefinder d20=16 Friday December 22nd, 2000 12:12:36 PM
Bill thinks Arien and Rond do a good job telling the story. As they speak, Bill interjects, "Uh-huh." "Yep." "That's right." As Rond concludes, Bill pipes up.
"Oh, Mr. Mayor Studavent, sir, the creature that Arien mentioned. You know, glowing? Well, it was like it was surrounded by water. At first, it was real big. Then the more it got attacked, the smaller it got, just like Arien said. I hit it right in the head with my thrown sword," and here Bill, perhaps ill advisedly, in his excitement draws his sword, caught up in the moment of the retelling. He holds it by the blade, with the point hovering a fraction of an inch from the spot between his eyebrows, "right here! And it like shimmered, and shrunk down a little, instead of dying. My sword just flew right through it, with no blood or anything on it." He resheathes his sword as he continues explaining. "But it summoned a huge water creature, that went around hitting people and knocking them around. It even squished at least one of the sea devils! But I noticed the watery glowboy - that's what we called him, was Glowboy - was holding something round and shiney in his hand, like he was concentrating on it. Oh, and people got very afraid of Glowboy, too, and some of them kept on running away, then coming back, and running away again.
"Anyhow, toward the end, with everybody hitting Glowboy, my sword hit its wrist, and I saw this ring fall out of its hand. I caught it just before it fell into the water. It felt real powerful, kinda. So, don't ask me why, maybe I just wanted to be sure it didn't get away, I suppose. But, I swallowed the ring.
"But as it went down my throat, it started to grow! And it got stuck! Like, halfway down my chest. Well, I could still breathe a little, but these little bubbles were coming out of my mouth.
"Meanwhile, the temple starts to crumble away, and K'isst falls down, and I try to carry her out, but she's bigger than I am, so it was kinda hard, so Rond and Draax dragged her out. K'isst is my friend, and she's a noble troglodyte, you know, part elf, too. Anyway, we all get outside, not squished as the Temple of Sekola goes down. Then, like she was crazy or something, K'isst starts sticking her hand down my mouth, then turns me around, and squeezes my chest. Felt like I was gonna explode, or somethin'! So, I gotta get away, and so I pop over about ten feet away." Bill demonstrates by teleporting several feet away from where he was standing.
Bill Troublefinder Friday December 22nd, 2000 12:52:00 PM
"Hi," Bill waves. "I'm over here. So, when I pop away, the ring stays behind, and makes a big hole in my chest," and with his thumb and index finger he makes a circle about three quarters of an inch across, holding it up to his chest. He looks down at the spot.
"So, blood is pouring out, and I faint, I guess. Well, somebody helps me out. Was that you, Draax? Well, I wake up later, and we're running away from the island with more sea devils chasing us, and K'isst is carrying me in her arms." Bill blushes.
"I find out later that Arrisa picked up the ring. I started calling it the Ring of Water. But what happens, I think, is that she has a ring that she gets from Galahad, one of our friends whom the sea devils killed," and the halfling looks sad as he remembers Galahad.
He shakes his head, "Well, she had put the Ring of Water in her belt pouch. And Galahad's ring - it was for water breathing, and maybe something else, I don't really know. But his ring was golden, and the Ring of Water from Glowboy was silvery. Well, Arrisa's ring starts going back and forth in color from gold to silver to gold, but finally settles in at silvery. And there's a hole in Arrisa's pouch. We figure that the Ring of Water somehow joined itself up with Galahad's ring, and probably added some of its power to itself. Does that make sense?
"Well, back in Windhorn Hamlet, it's like Rond said. Everybody dead, with black tongues and such. Then this tall gaunt pasty white man with bloodshot eyes comes sauntering into town whistling happily away, and we don't like his attitude. So we tell him to go away. But he doesn't, and he wants the Ring of Water. We tell him 'No!' - but he doesn't give up. And he tells us if we just give him the Ring - it's like, he's acting like it's no big thing, just a bauble, but you can see he really really wants it. And he calls himself Marteaus, and the Dark Lord. But he says he'll bring our town back to life, but we figure he means he'll turn everybody into undead. But he says, no, they won't be undead, exactly. We still don't trust him. This goes on for a few hours, and we leave him down by the Sentinel, but tell him we'll let him know. He says we have until noon. Was it noon? But a couple of hours, anyway, to think it over. But if we don't give it to him, we're all gonna die!
"We try to figure out how to keep the ring from him. But he can read our minds, and talk to us in our heads, and threatens and cajoles us. I try to teleport with the Ring to the Red Wyrm Inn. It was on my fingertip. So I end up at the Inn, and my fingertip and the Ring stay at the crumbled Temple of Wardd in Windhorn, just after K'isst attacks Marteaus himself!
"Well, from what my friends tell me, it turns out Sedar gets the Ring. And Marteaus, who won't walk into Wardd's temple, still is talking and wearing my friends down. Finally, figuring out there's really nothing else we can do, Sedar tosses the Ring to Marteaus. So Mr. Dark Lord laughs, then disappears.
"Everything starts going funny right about then. Funny weird, not funny ha-ha. Turns out K'isst had died, she told me later. And Arrisa had disappeared somewhere, but she still hasn't told us where, or what happened to her, so it must be a secret. And I'm at the Inn, just getting some people to help us out, and I feel somebody or something tugging me back to Windhorn. And 'Ware the water,' a voice warns me. Now I don't know who brought me back, or spoke those words in my mind. But I'd like to thank whoever that was.
"Time had gone backwards in Windhorn Hamlet. It was the morning of the Sentinel Ceremony. The mayor, and the priests, and everybody from around were there. The Sahuagin attacked again, just like before, but we were ready for them, and fought the invisible ones, and a few militia people died, but the Head was saved this time."
Bill pauses. "Oh, the dragons. I forgot to tell you, your Lordship, that the first time, a whole bunch of dragons came in after the sea devils stole the head the first time. And most just flew inland, but a few stayed, and fought our people. Blackbirds were eating the carcass of a big black dragon when we got back to town. But the second time, after the ceremony, a whole bunch of dragons were flying, just like they were gonna invade all over again, but it was like they bumped into an invisible wall, or somethin'."
"Well, the people head back to town after a bit, and we stay at the beach, just talking. We met Damocles there. All of a sudden, this marble carving of eight people moves up on to the beach. It's our friends! Well, a statue of them, anyhow. Everybody who died defending Windhorn Hamlet from the sea devils, including Borbo Pastna, and Brother Branze Bones, and Galahad, and Ahkum, the priest, and four of the militia men. Kinda looking out toward the island of the Sahuagin, like they were sayin' to the sea devils, 'Oh yeah, I dare you to try THAT again!' And the giant Atomos left us a note with the statue, and a big box he gave us earlier but we left behind with the crabmen."
"Okay, those are the main things, I think," Bill concludes.
Sunblaze Friday December 22nd, 2000 5:26:24 PM
Sunblaze watches Bill, and listens in awe. She starts to stare at the Halfling, but he finishes speaking before she is seen.
"Sorry if my speaking seems rude, but I wish to say something. I believe you are dealing with gods, and not minor ones, but very powerful ones, like Domi. I have only once in all my travels heard of 'Time Travel', and I didn't believe it."
Arrisa Friday December 22nd, 2000 7:22:37 PM
(OOC: Sorry I haven't replied sooner. I've had work, University work and computer problems :( )
IC: Arrisa quietly followed the others. When asked what she would like to drink and eat, Arrisa happily settled for water. She completely disregarded any looks at her concerning her stained clothing or even slightly tattered hair. She didn't care for civilisation, and it showed in the way she carried herself and the manner in which she conducted herself.
As they are led into the cloak room to pick a robe, Arrisa looked for the most simple one she could find. "I'd like a simple robe in the colors of the forest. That will be fine for me." Once she has received it, Arrisa put the robe on and kept all of her equipment with her, not that she had much. From here, she continued to follow the others, still remaining exceptionally quiet...
Cloak for Arrisa (DM Kim) Friday December 22nd, 2000 7:56:16 PM
Arrisa is given a robe with multiple images of leaves, layered with many shades of green. Oak, maple, birch, plus a few brown or dark tan pinecones. The lines of the robe are simple. The hooded robe obviously would help the wearer blend in to a late spring to early autumn forest. It has two inner pockets, one up by the left chest, and one down by the right hip.
Sunblaze Friday December 22nd, 2000 7:59:08 PM
Sunblaze starts to bore with this talk and explores the pockets of her robe, trying to see what the previous owners left inside it. All the while admiring the wonderful colors, and the material.
Sturdavent (DM Kim) Friday December 22nd, 2000 8:47:12 PM
"Thank you," the High Lord Mayor says simply. He walks over to look at a map of New Ehlenna on one of the walls in his octagonal office, stepping around the throne that stands before the map. His finger reaches out to touch Dragon Bay, and that portion of the map enlarges. Windhorn Hamlet is there, and out in the bay are the two islands the adventurers stopped at - where the crabmen live, and where the Temple of Sekola stood. "Right there?"
He walks back over to the desk. "That helps fill in the gaps. The ring you found had been discovered by another group of adventurers, then subsequently taken by sahuagin some time ago. Sedar, sages call the artifact you recovered the Water Ring of Ascension. One of four, or maybe five, rings created eons ago by the fay. I tell you all this because you deserve to know, having found it, and having attempted to keep it from the one called the Dark Lord.
"It is said that the one who possesses all the rings can ascend to godhood. There is little doubt that the whistling man desires such. He was Gargul's creation, but has broken with the Lord of the Dead."
Sturdavent sits on his desk, moving a stack of papers aside. "Friends - if I may presume to consider you such, for you are certainly friends of this kingdom - the governmental Council meets in an hour. They wish to question you about what happened. Now, as citizens of New Ehlenna, and as brave and honorable adventurers, you are entitled to speak your mind freely.
"There are some very good and wise members of the Council. There are some who are not good. There are some who are not wise. One is said to have taken up recently with the worship of the Dark Lord, though he has publically denied it." The expression on Sturdavent's face, and the tone of his voice, clearly show that he doubts the denial.
"When you explore unknown dungeons, I have no doubt but that you walk with care, senses alert to danger." Sturdavent gets off the desk, and walks around. He opens a drawer, lifts out a blue stone. He places his ring into an indentation in the stone, then speaks. "Petty? Come." As he holds the stone, the blue of the stone is reflected strongly in his light blue eyes, which earlier seemed more steely gray.
Petty & Sturdavent (DM Kim) Friday December 22nd, 2000 9:05:59 PM
A few moments after the High Lord Mayor speaks, another door opens, and a high elf steps forth. He looks toward Sturdavent. "Yes, your Lordship?"
"Petty, these are the adventurers from Windhorn Hamlet you have heard about. What do you think?" Sturdavent asks him.
Petty turns to look at the band standing in the Mayor's office for about a minute. He returns his attention then to the Mayor. "They say true."
Sturdavent smiles and says, "I wish them to be suitably rewarded for their courageous work for New Ehlenna. Would you draw up the documents? Double the amount we had previously discussed. Have them ready by the end of the Council session."
"As you wish, your Lordship. Your Lordship recalls my appointment elsewhere this afternoon?" Petty asks.
"Of course. Good luck on that one. Thank you, Petty."
The high elf walks out the door.
The mayor now states, "I can grant you another few minutes, after which I must prepare for the session. That was Petty, my secretary." He then asks, "Have you any questions, or requests, before the meeting begins?"
Damocles Friday December 22nd, 2000 9:15:34 PM
"Lord Mayor... If I may momentarily interrupt you. It's just that... well, why are we here again? People speak of talking to the council and telling them who we are..." Damocles pauses for a moment, deep in thought. "But it seems that you already know who we are, or what we did. It's that... if you previously discussed a sum of money for us then didn't you know what we did already? And can you give us some idea of why we're summoned here?" The priest sighs. "Not that I mean, by any case, to be of disrespect to you. There's just so many questions still up in the air."
Sunblaze Friday December 22nd, 2000 9:41:39 PM
Sunblaze comes out of her trance, and starts to watch. She sees the ring on the man's finger and guesses it to have summoning magic in it. "I would like to ask of something. First of all, if these 4 or perhaps 5 rings were to get close to each other, then what would happen? Do you wish for us to destroy it if we happen to find one? Or shall we bring it to you? I know that many would use the rings themselves, and few people can be trusted. So if I happen to find one, I will do all within my power to destroy it. For evil is harvested within the ascension to godlike powers. I know that it might not be the best choice, for if we could find the power, magic and might in them we could use them for good, but evil will show its face. I know that it will." Sunblaze stops to ponder, but then starts once more.
"I think that I know you are going to ask that we bring them to you. But I fear there is no safety in that. One of us would be overcome with the greed and lust for power that we have all felt before. Some more then others." Sunblaze's eyes show a look of sadness, but only briefly, as she speaks.
"My new friends what do you say about this? Am I wrong for thinking this?" Sunblaze smiles meekly, with a chuckle in her head. Sunblaze then speaks with Trent in her head, 'Trent, please stop it... you're tickling, I know that you are bored, but we shall be out of here soon. I am the one whose feet are tired, not yours. Also, what happened to you in the coatroom, what was it?' Sunblaze moves her sleeve slightly, but not enough to disturb anyone.
Sedar Friday December 22nd, 2000 11:03:40 PM
Awed by the explanation of which 'Ring' was within his hand, the Mage/thief quietly contemplates the magnitude of what may be coming to this world. He snaps out of it when Damocles breaks into a string of questions. Some he thinks very interesting. He awaits the answers quietly.
Draax Saturday December 23rd, 2000 1:36:45 AM
Draax listens as the story unfolds and nods once to Bill as he inquires about somebody helping him. He actually feels relief at hearing what the power of the ring is. To him there will always be gods, some good and some evil. One more good or evil good means nothing to him. He is very pleased that they will be rewarded again for their actions. And equally pleased at Damocles for bringing the question why are we here. The question that keeps going through his mind is what do they want from us or us to do.
Draax takes a deep breath and speak his mind as instructed. "The information about the ring filled in a lot of questions that was floating around in my head. And I appreciated any reward that you think we deserve for our actions, but I would like to know if filling in the gaps about your knowledge of the invents and rewarding us for our so-called success the only reason that we were summoned here or is there something else that you need of us. I do not mean to offend or suggest anything; it is just that I have never been rewarded by someone that has never asked a task of me. If my statements offend you in any way I do apologize, but it's what was on my mind."
Rond Saturday December 23rd, 2000 5:12:20 PM
"Two points that I can remember from our travels. The under water elves are interested in trade, along with, I think K'isst's people are interested in trade, and maybe some help to get re-established after the attack from the Sons of Dread."
Arien Sunday December 24th, 2000 7:29:36 AM
Concerned mostly over the matter of the reward Arien refrains from potentially offending questions such as, "How much?" and so keeps his silence.
Sturdavent (DM Kim) Tuesday December 26th, 2000 12:54:09 PM
"I generally do not view honest questions as a sign of disrespect, priest Damocles, unless the questions are clearly barbed."
Sturdavent touches the tips of his fingers together, his palms apart, and he looks up toward the ceiling as he speaks. "There are many ways of knowing in the Wold. Why the reward? Because we knew some of what you had accomplished. And, whether you intended it or not, your actions have greatly benefited New Ehlenna, over which I hold a stewardship. Do some harm this land? I must take what steps I may to thwart them. Do others help this land? I choose to do what I am able to encourage and reward them. Of course, my resources are finite, and my knowledge, though broad, does not approach omniscience. Each additional piece of information, each new perspective - especially from participants and eyewitnesses - adds to the whole. You have stopped ... you have kept the dragons from causing lasting harm. You found an artifact, confirmed that fact with the information you have provided today, and resisted turning it over to one whose ways are evil. That he wore down your resistance is regrettable, but, I suppose, understandable."
He touches a corner of his desk. In a matter of seconds a mug seems to take shape, then steam begins to rise from within. The mayor picks it up and drinks it down in one long swallow. "Pardon me, but at times I get a powerful thirst," he says. "Sunblaze Trith, I doubt you have the power to destroy one of these rings, and any attempt to do so would likely bring you much harm. If they were gathered together? The one in possession would gain command of the elements, and of great magics, and knowledge, and power. He would become as a god. You are correct in saying that few can be trusted. And you all might ask yourselves if you as individuals, and as a group, are trustworthy. For I ask that question myself. Now, I do not ask you to answer that question here and now. Words mean little in response to such a question. The heart, eventually, reveals itself in actions."
He sets down the empty mug, which fades away, and walks toward the window. Gazing at the buildings, the trees, the temples beyond, Sturdavent falls silent for a moment. Then he turns back to the party. "Ronderiadshal, regarding the sea elves and the noble troglodytes, I shall advise my minister of trade of the opportunities. Regarding the noble troglodytes, I cannot yet promise much, but will see what can be done. I had thought that the one named K'isst herself would be coming, and had looked forward to meeting with her. One of Donyra's temple had a word for her, I was informed, but will tell no one but K'isst the content of the message."
"Should you come across another of the Rings of Ascension - I have means, I believe, to keep such away from such as the gaunt spectre who took the Water Ring. If you find one, and can get it to me quickly, and choose to do so, I will use these means. But I would be surprised if you find another yourselves."
"One last word regarding the reward I offer: Let me say I consider it an investment. An investment in your nature. I do not oblige you with this reward. But I have something - call it faith, if you will - that you will further benefit this kingdom. Stay alert for opportunities. And enjoy your stay here in Plateau City," he says with a charming smile.
He again comes around the desk, and offers his hand to each adventurer. "I trust you will survive the Council. Many do." He walks to the door, and opens it.
The Council of Lords
Rezdek & the walk to The Council (DM Kim) Tuesday December 26th, 2000 1:07:32 PM
Rezdek awaits the party outside the door. The High Lord Mayor instructs him, "If any here desires training from appropriate sources, I trust you will arrange the proper introductions, Rezdek. Herold, you're still available to help show them the city, right? Good. Very well, I'll see you in Council shortly." The HLM returns to his office.
Rezdek takes the group to the antechamber of the council hall. "Please leave your more visible weapons with me, especially bows and such. Some members of the Council are rather more particular than his Lordship. By way of assurance, the area for testimony is under several magical protections."
Damocles Tuesday December 26th, 2000 1:44:44 PM
In a rare display of anger, seemingly completely out of character for the priest, he swings his fist at the wall, pulling back only moments before slamming into it full force.
"And so, the High Lord Mayor answers our questions with riddles and we are called before another tribunal to tell the same story again, one of which I have little knowledge."
He turns to Rezdek. "Is my attendance at this meeting really of necessity? I have nothing of which to offer that bears any substance on the matters of the ring. There are good works I can be doing in this city that may bear far more importance than any meager commentary I can offer here."
Rezdek Tuesday December 26th, 2000 2:45:34 PM
Rezdek looks hard at Damocles. "By all means, defy the request of the Council. Or, show a little more patience, then take leave to do your good works."
Sedar Tuesday December 26th, 2000 5:17:11 PM
"Riddles? He spoke quite clearly I think." Taken aback by the Clerics show of his temper. "It will be much more informative if we listen to, and answer, any questions. For all of us."
Sunblaze Tuesday December 26th, 2000 9:47:22 PM
Sunblaze listens to this man tell her if she has the power to destroy the ring, and her face starts to redden with anger. She begins to realize this man thinks of her as just a common bard, she should show him her 'common' skills, but thinks better of it. Sunblaze watches the priest and his anger and feels like doing what he almost did, but thinks better of that too. When Sunblaze speaks it is through her teeth and with an angry tone. "I shall not come also, for I was not one of the ones ordered to, unless your high and mighty self thinks of a reason for me to come." Sunblaze talks with Trent quickly saying a brief message to him, with a calm and soothing 'word'. 'I may have to let you down, and if so I ask you to follow my new friends and watch the meeting, for I believe it will be helpful to know what goes on.' Sunblaze looks towards Damocles, and gives him a reassuring smile hoping he refrains from any other actions that might injure him, or worse, hurting Sunblaze.
Draax Tuesday December 26th, 2000 11:16:13 PM
Draax listens and nod his head smiling at the answers the party received to their questions. He thinks to himself that Sturdavent did not actually say whether he brought them here with a task in mind. But he is satisfied with what he heard because it is more than most leaders would have told them.
As Damocles loses his temper, Draax looks surprised at the uncharacteristic show of emotion.
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday December 27th, 2000 1:23:37 AM
"Mr. Rezdek, sir, here is my sword. Um, I was wondering if, 'cause it seems like, well, Sunblaze here just joined up in Windhorn Hamlet after everybody left, and Damocles after we did everything else, but before Sunblaze, and I don't think she really meant to say what she just did, she gets pretty excited sometimes, you know, and so, so, like could they go outside, or something, if they aren't real excited about - oh, and don't worry, I think the rest of us will go?" Following this disjointed appeal, Bill looks around at the rest of those assembled, to see if they want to go to the Council.
Herold (DM Kim) Wednesday December 27th, 2000 1:45:08 AM
The bard says to Sunblaze in an intense, yet quiet voice. "Come with me." When he has her attention, he pulls her off to the side, and states, very quietly, for her ears only: "You - will - NOT - speak to the Seneschal with such disrespect. I say this to you as a fellow bard. He has cause to take offense at what your words imply. If I were you, I would apologize, and beg forgiveness for speaking in haste and frustration. You are not well enough known to have the standing to speak thus. Take not offense at my rebuke, for it is offered for your welfare." He looks at her to gauge her response.
Sunblaze Wednesday December 27th, 2000 8:36:22 AM
OOC: I won't be able to post again until Saturday, sorry for the problem.
IC: Sunblaze looks towards her fellow bard, and tries to see what lies within his heart, if it's to protect her, or protect himself. She talks to him in the same manner as he did to her. "He wishes me to throw me weapons down, and walk into an unknown place. Now that may be normal for you, but these weapons have never left me, and they have never let me down. Now you may be trying to save yourself, or you might be trying to save mine. But I am truly shocked that as a fellow bard you would insult me so by draging me out here to talk to me as if I was a young child." Sunblaze stares into Herold's eyes, giving a gaze that looks as if Sunblaze would attack, but then it goes away slowly. Sunblaze leaves it at that then walks back into the room, speaking harshly at first, but then snapping back to reality and speaks with her normal voice. "Unless you believe I shall learn something from this meeting, I ask to not attend, I don't believe my weapons should leave my side. Now if there is going to be some important information coming to me by going then I shall come."
Herold (DM Kim) Wednesday December 27th, 2000 12:54:24 PM
Sunblaze does see concern in Herold's eyes. But after her words, he sighs. "You think that sword or bow are the weapons you need before the Council? No. The tongue is the greatest weapon in the world. Though soft, it can break bones. If you as a bard do not know that, then ... go ahead, ignore what I say. Why should you avail yourself of the opportunity to meet the ... oh, never mind." He turns away from Sunblaze, shaking his head.
Trent the serpent (DM Kim) Wednesday December 27th, 2000 1:11:13 PM
[OOC: Sorry for delay in Trent's communication. A few days ago I posted for the wiggly guy, but apparently the post did not take.]
Trent earlier sent images to Sunblaze of the room beyond the cloakroom. It looked like a room with more clothing, and a weapons rack, and some tables. No one was there.
Trent seems anxious about Sunblaze's suggestion that he go some other place, without knowing where she is going to be.
Damocles Wednesday December 27th, 2000 2:01:05 PM
Dismayed, the cleric places down his weapons and his shield and stands high to walk into the council.
"Justice does so love a bureaucrat ..." he murmurs, as he prepares to step before the council. "Ah, well, I shall pray for those who died in the streets because no priest was around to tend to their wounds."
Arien Wednesday December 27th, 2000 2:48:04 PM
Arien calmly divests himself of his weapons; although he was relucant to leave them he understood that respect should be shown for these people of high standing. He also understood that his weapons would do him no good on a battleground where the mind was the weapon of choice. He deposits his weapons where it seems appropriate and approaches Sunblaze and Herold. Turning to Herold he asks to speak with Sunblaze alone, after the bard leaves he turns back to his newest comrade. "I'm not here to give lectures or reprimands, only a simple piece of advice and a request. Your weapons," Arien continues, "will be of no value where we go. This," he says tapping the side of his head, "will be the greatest weapon of all, I too am reluctant to leave my weapons here but Rezdek and the rest have given us no reason to mistrust them. For my request it is simply that you come with us, though you may not know of what happened first hand you are a part of our small group now and 'twould be a shame if we did not all appear together. I intend no offense by saying these things and ask that none be taken, but remember, you are one of us."
With a bow Arien returns to the group and this time approaches Rezdek, "My good sir if I might prevail upon you; I ask that after this meeting is over you might provide me, and perhaps some of my friends, with a guide to the mage guild of this city."
Seneschal Rezdek Wednesday December 27th, 2000 8:35:12 PM
Rezdek raises both his chin and his eyebrows (not everyone can raise a single eyebrow, after all), then, amidst the verbal wrangling, lets his eyebrows fall, crosses his arms below his broad chest, and waits for this wave of light resistance to play itself out.
He answers Arien. "Yes, of course, and it please his Lordship, it shall be arranged."
Weapons Locker (DM Kim) Wednesday December 27th, 2000 8:35:44 PM
Along one wall are several tall and narrow doors, each immediately adjacent the next. A tall, stout woman takes whatever weapons have been offered up, opens one of the doors (fourth from the right), and places the weapons inside, some standing up, or hanging off of various hooks and rods inside. It is noteworthy that she handles each weapon correctly, avoiding touching the blades with her fingers, and moves both swiftly but with care. Out of a pouch she pulls a brass disk, less than two inches across, and presses it to the door once shut. She twists it, then hands it to Rezdek.
He in turn holds it out. "When you are dismissed by the Council, return here, press this token flat against the door, twist once so that the top edge moves to your right, and then you may retrieve your things." He holds out the disk to the party, for whoever wishes to take it.
The Council Beckons (DM Kim) Wednesday December 27th, 2000 9:12:39 PM
The door opens, and a page steps forth. He announces, "The Council awaits the adventuring group come from Windhorn Hamlet." He sweeps his arm toward the doorway. "Please enter, and await the pleasure of the Council."
Sedar Wednesday December 27th, 2000 10:26:41 PM
Having already removed his weapons, the Mage/thief moves towards the door. Stopping momentarily to bow in respect to the Seneschal, before continuing through the doors. "Thank you." The half elf looks about to take in the room. Sedar keeps himself calm as he moves into the council room. In trepidation ....
Draax Thursday December 28th, 2000 12:19:16 AM
Draax hands over his longsword, shield, bow and arrows, he then starts to hand over numerous daggers that he keeps on his person. He smiles as he pulls the last one from his sleeve, thinking that it is easier to remove them than to put them back in place.
Rond Thursday December 28th, 2000 5:23:36 AM
Having already divested himself of his weapons, Rond prepares to meet the council. (ooc sorry for missed post. working nights, and got distracted! ;) )
Damocles Thursday December 28th, 2000 5:58:23 PM
The cleric falls into place behind the others and attempts to fall back further in the group, making his way towards the back. "I do so hate a circus," one can hear him mutter as he hangs his head a bit.
Bill Troublefinder Thursday December 28th, 2000 7:40:16 PM
"'The pleasure of the Council.' Sure, we'll wait for that," Bill tells the page as he walks in. At the door he turns for a moment, and says, "Come on, Sunblaze. I'll buy you lunch afterwards. And we can find some folks for Damocles to help. Maybe you can make a poem about this Plateau City day." Then he goes in and looks around to see who is there, and what kind of setup the room has.
The Council Friday December 29th, 2000 7:16:18 PM
Into a large circular room the Windhorn Hamleteers walk. Straight ahead, on a platform fifteen feet higher than the floor, sit three people. On the left, a handsome woman, with a strong jawline, and her brown hair in a bun, with one slender braid coming down over her left shoulder. On the right, a late middle-aged elf, by all appearances. His medium-length dark blond hair is wavy, and he wears a ring in his right nostril. In the center is a vigorous older man, with white hair. If one looks at the left side of his face only, he looks warm and welcoming. If only at the right side, his appearance is severe and sharply discerning. The combination some may find disconcerting. He holds a gavel. These three wear dark blue robes. The lining of the middle man is black, of the woman is red, and of the elf is green.
Around the room, at stepped levels from ten to twenty five feet high, sit a few more than forty additional people, mostly human. But also notable are at least one half orc; a couple of half elves; a gnome; three halflings; a female dwarf (judging by the makeup about the eyes and the baubles in the beard); some sort of tall saurian creature with mottled brown and white scaly skin, eyes closed at the moment; a bird-man (falconish features); and a few others. There are two curtained areas (east and west). There is room for several dozen more in the seating about the chamber. At the four points of the compass, including the party's entrance at the south, stand doors at floor level.
As the party enters, a man on the left side is speaking towards the three, saying, "Thus the Merchants Guild is satisfied with this verdict." The noise of whispered or softly spoken voices begins to rise as the adventurers are noticed.
The man with the gavel speaks. "Then so let it be done." The gavel falls, as does silence. The three look down upon the adventurers. The woman smiles. The elf observes dispassionately. In the galley, someone coughs. "You are the adventurers from Windhorn Hamlet," states the man. He picks up a piece of paper. "As I read your name, please indicate by raising your hand, or stepping forward." He reads the names of the adventurers as earlier given to Rezdek.
Arrisa Friday December 29th, 2000 8:40:50 PM
The young ranger follows the group. As she spots the lockers, she lets out a long sigh. Arrisa always preferred to keep her weapons and equipment with her. But it would seem she would have to give them up today, even if just to keep the peace. She waited patiently for someone to take the disc before following the group into the chambers. Upon entering, she let out yet another sigh, except this one was much less audiable. This room was full of people and it was a feeling that she did not like. Secretly, she hoped they would be finished and leaving soon...
Arien Saturday December 30th, 2000 1:08:35 AM
When his name is called Arien steps forward and bows to the council before stepping back again.
Rond Saturday December 30th, 2000 4:30:26 AM
When Rond's name is called, he'll step forward, do his best impression of a courtly bow, and step back.
Bill Troublefinder Saturday December 30th, 2000 4:53:57 PM
Bill waves cheerfully to the members of the Council of Lords.
Sunblaze Sunday December 31st, 2000 1:34:48 AM
When Sunblaze is asked once more to leave her weapons, she leaves the ones that can be seen with ease, but leaves a dagger in her boot, and a few darts up her sleeve. She follows into the room of the Council of Lords, and sneers in her head. Talking to Trent, Sunblaze speaks only in mind.
"Bunch of rich snobs if you ask me, Trent. Hope this will be over with soon, so that we may dine in this exquisite city, and upon Troublefinder's purse." Sunblaze hears her name and curtsies, then waves following in what Bill did. Sunblaze looks somewhat bored and annoyed, but only to someone who is looking deeper than a glance or two.
Sedar Sunday December 31st, 2000 11:43:48 PM
The Mage/Thief raises his hand in acknowlegement as his name is called. Adding a quick bow after stepping forward. He looks about trying to gauge the reactions of those who sit about the three.
Draax Monday January 1st, 2001 8:56:27 AM
Feeling very naked without at least a dagger on him, Draax will step forward and bows to the council when he hears his name.
Council of Lords (DM Kim) Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 3:19:18 AM
"Very well," says the Speaker of the Lords. "Now, we are aware that you foiled an attack by the aquatic race of creatures known as sahuagin on the community of Windhorn Hamlet. A few variations of the story have made their way here. Our object in calling you here today is to obtain your view of the events in question, as well as to let you face your accusers."
As that concept is introduced, the Speaker turns toward his right, and says, "Lord Fghuu BBrrfsk," his lips vibrating in a bilabial trill as his tongue executes an alveolar trill at the start of the second name, both sounds nearly overlapping the final three consonants. "You say you have witnesses against those who stand here today?"
From the western side of the room, the brown and creamy white saurian stands. Around his neck is a stone similar to that which K'isst uses to translate her speech. "Yes. I have. And they will tell you that the attack upon Windhorn Hamlet was in retaliation. Retaliation for what? For an unforgivable desecration. These so-called adventurers came without cause, and desecrated a temple belonging to a noble race, a tribe of sahuagin. A temple dedicated to their god, Sekola. Unprovoked, uninvited, they appeared on the sacred isle, and barbarously attacked the innocent worshipers at the temple, showing no regard for intelligent life, no respect for others' beliefs, and did slay, or attempt to slay, all whom they encountered. But that they did not entirely succeed in their objective, these eyewitnesses can testify."
He reaches out his long arm, and pulls on a cord next the curtain. As the curtain is drawn away, two sea devils are revealed.
The saurian speaks to the pair, and his words are translated thus: "Can you point out those who attacked the Temple of Sekola?"
The two sea devils emit very high frequency squeals and squeaks, which are translated a fraction of a second later. "There - those ones, we saw those ones. Well - her? Did not see her. Him? Yes, yes, him, and him. Where is troggytrog? And the short one. I killed another short one, him not-to-see, bumped, killed, got round finger thing for going not-to-see. Others not here. Yes, those ones, those ones!" They appear agitated, excited. One flares out his gills, and his arms go out, his clawed hands spreading wide in a threatening gesture.
"And what did they do in the Temple?" Lord Fghuu BBrrfsk prompts.
"Kill us! Break Shark God. Bring down Sacred Temple! Thieves! Robbers! Unholinesses!"
"And this is why the raiding party was sent against the village of Windhorn Hamlet?"
"Evil adventurers! Attack us, we attack them! Attack god statue." The second sahuagin begins jumping around in a circle, his skin turning a darker green.
"Lord Valino," the saurian addresses the Speaker, "Here are the witnesses. Do you wish to question them?"
Lord Valino (DM Kim) Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 3:22:23 AM
The Speaker turns to the adventurers. "How do you answer your accusers?"
Arien Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 7:44:45 AM
"My Lord Valino," Arien interjected, "that story may contain some facts but they are twisted about and mangled that it in no way represents what actually happened. A group of sea devils attacked and killed members of Windhorn and stole the sentinel head. Moments later several dragons entered the area, a little too convenient if you ask me. Anyway the situation with the dragons was dire and we were called upon to retrieve the head. We found the head in the temple when we tried to remove it to return it to the town we were attacked by several Sahuagin. Several of us nearly died in the attempt, only the enchantment of the Sentinel head saved us. Afterwards we tried to flee but wound up in the same situation. This time there was a strange glowing creature that accompanied the sea devils, upon the creature's death the temple began to collapse and we finally escaped."
Sunblaze d20=12 Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 8:03:26 AM
Sunblaze looks towards these people whom she knows nothing really about, but then dismisses the possiblity that they are cold blooded murderers.
"Sir, if I may, I wasn't there when this happened, and so I know not of the whole story, but do you really think that these adveturers, who have saved Windhorn, again and again, would do the things that they are accused of?" Sunblaze shakes her head dismissively. (Roll is wisdom check to see if Sunblaze gets angry and shows it, she does not.)
"If you are going to lock these people up then so be it, but why would you take the word of these sahuagin, over the word of these valiant heros? I would think not, but if you shall then why not get magics involved to find who is telling the truth? Not to say that these sahuagin, are lying. I believe that this entire group would be willing to take whatever test you deem fit." Sunblaze stops to think for a moment, and opens her mouth to speak, then thinks better of it. Sunblaze looks to her comrades, and smiles to them if they happen to look her way.
"Oops one last thing Sir, I did not mean any disrespect to you, or anyone here, I am just stating facts that I know of, or those which I think I know. If I have offended you or anyone else, I am truly sorry."
DM Kim Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 11:34:34 AM
[Make a perception check, those who were in the Temple of Sekola.]
Rond d20=1 Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 12:32:42 PM
Rond considers piping up, when he notices something about these two Sahuagin.
Arien d20=8 Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 6:55:47 PM
After finishing his little speech Arien surveys the council in an attempt to decipher which way the majority leaned. As his gaze passes the two Sahuagin he notices something about them.
Bill Troublefinder d20=20 Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 7:41:13 PM
Initially surprised at the notion that they have been accused of something, then fascinated that the Council of Lords would actually give these nasty sea devils a hearing and standing in court, and that the latter would even agree to appear to testify before the Council, Bill is so taken aback that he is momentarily at a loss for words. He notices absolutely nothing in particular about the two sahuagin, instead focusing more of his attention on the gathered Lords. He notices more particularly the rich wood and furnishings of this room. Wait, did that one sea devil there just ...
"You killed Borbo! He killed my COUSIN! Let me at 'im!" Bill rushes toward the west side, intending to scale the wall to get to the sea devils.
DM Kim Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 7:49:29 PM
Bill's charge is interrupted as he quickly runs into something soft and spongy, and invisible, which halts his progress.
Meanwhile those who made their rolls recognize the first sahuagin (who spread his arms out wide) as the one who escaped as they battled just before exiting the temple, and the second sahuagin (dancing in a circle) wears a ring around his neck on a leather thong. Otherwise, he does not look familiar.
Sedar d20=1 Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 8:52:09 PM
The words 'face your accusers' rings through his head. Listening as the Saurian speaks, the half elf's emotions range from astonishment to mortification. After Arien speaks, Sedar will add his own thoughts. "Arien speaks the truth. Although he was polite about it. Those sea devils are telling outright lies. .... cursed blood worshipers." Being direct as possible about it, he states it matter of factly. As he awaits the next round of tall tales the Mage thinks to himself 'what gall to invite us under false pretenses' his respect for his lordship notches down a bit.
A lord speaks (DM Kim) Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 2:33:23 AM
"Fie, fie! What mockery is this?" asks a man of thoughtful mien, albeit much aroused. "Do we now bring the degenerate in order to hurl false accusations against those of noble spirit and deeds? With all due respect, Lords and Lady, would you be willing to explain the decision to invite these two ... two overly green foul creatures into this august assembly? This ought not be a circus. I thought we gathered," and his left hand indicates the adventurers, "to honor those who stand here before us." His eyes sweep the faces of many of the lords, then he sits.
As this lord spoke, his brief points were punctuated by several other voices about the chamber. "Hear, hear." "Yes, a mockery!" "They are evil." "Which ones?" "Be serious." "Hail the heroes." "Shut up so we can hear."
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 3:04:03 AM
Bill slides himself backward away from the - whatever. "They started it. Twice, now! My papa taught me not to start fights, but, when I can, to finish them, and when I can't just to run around real ... well, anyway, they started it - they attacked us first, and we finished it. I like almost everybody." Bill takes a deep breath. "But not those sahuagin. And not the Dark Lord." Bill takes a few more deep breaths, knowing he'd better collect his thoughts before he gets in big(ger) trouble. "Hey, why aren't any crabmen or water elves or troglodytes here? They could tell you, for sure!"
Sahuagin (DM Kim) Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 3:25:05 AM
The first sahuagin seems to respond to Bill's charge, and brings his leg up over the ledge. But as he leans forward to bring his other leg over so as to leap down, he hits an invisible obstacle, as well. He begins beating his arms against whatever is stopping him. To no clear effect. The other puts his hand forward, finding the same obstacle. Then begins shouting, "Trapped! They have trapped us!" He takes the leather thong off his head, and places the ring on his finger, and disappears.
Another lord (DM Kim) Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 3:30:09 AM
"Oh, the Dark Lord?" questions a man with dark, venal eyes, sitting not far to the left (westward) of the Lady. "You say you do not like the Dark Lord? What do you know of him, I wonder? And why do you mention him, here?"
Sunblaze Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 5:26:53 AM
Sunblaze sees Bill's unsuccessful attempts to get to the creatures, and runs at him and tries to stop him. "Bill my friend, watch what you are doing, I fear you'll get us in worse trouble then we were already at." Sunblaze looks deeply into Bill's eyes showing a calmness that seems a stranger to a bard.
"Please excuse Bill's anger, those... things killed one of his most dearest relatives." Sunblaze smiles away from the lords, think to herself 'At least I hope so'.
Rond Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 10:36:44 AM
Rond pipes up, "We were not made aware that we were in need of defending our actions. If this is so, we will need time to contact followers of Atomos. For they know the truth of what we did."
Sedar Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 8:20:22 PM
"Perhaps even Atomos himself could come here" adding in after Rond speak out.
Damocles Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 8:29:24 PM
"This is another fine mess that we've gotten ourselves into..." states Damocles. "Look, it seems to me that there are quick divination spells that will root the truth our of this matter, aren't there? And it appears that a witness has severely damaged his credibility... In any case." He sighs, as he has become accustomed to do. "Leaders all, eh..."
Draax d20=15 Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 11:12:48 PM
Draax looks at the speaker in disbelief, not paying any attention to the two Sahuagin, he takes a step forward and begins to speak. "No one said anything about any accusations or accusers. No matter how innocent we are -- and we are innocent. I must protest to be brought here under false pretences." Draax takes a moment to calm himself before going on. "We were told to come here because others wanted to honor our deeds. An honor that we did not ask for and to answer questions, so that others would have a better understanding of what has taken place. But, to have to defend ourselves for actions that saved Windhorn Hamlet from destruction and possibly the lives of every one of its citizens on the word of those two evil creatures is beyond anything that I would have expected." Draax takes a deep breath, but still visibly upset. "If my words offended anyone I apologize, but I was offended by the accusation, so I guess we are even." Draax stops talking and just looks at his feet.
Saurian Lord (DM Kim) Thursday January 4th, 2001 11:31:01 PM
A loud thud, as of someone falling, sounds in the stands. Lord Fghuu BBrrfsk turns around, looking up in the benches above him, just to the right of the curtained area. "You are not trapped, Clawed Slasher. I explained to you already the barriers from here to the floor. Now we'll get you back to the water soon. Sit down," he says with authority.
Dwarf Lord (DM Kim) Thursday January 4th, 2001 11:38:50 PM
A deep rumbling laugh comes out of the stands to the right. "Ha, ho ho hoo!" he laughs. "You should see your faces," he says, looking down toward the party. He turns to the three at the head. "It is obvious to the blind that these are heroes. Now let this game end. I say we give 'em a feast. And kick those slimy lizards back into the sea!"
Hubbub (DM Kim) Friday January 5th, 2001 12:10:51 AM
The three on the platform confer quietly, as all around the room different voices speak. Most are clearly in favor of the party. A couple sitting near Lord Fghuu BBrrfsk dissent, and say that the Windhorn adventurers should pay the price for this outrage. Others shout them down. Some remain quiet, observing. One older gentleman appears to be asleep in his seat. All in all, not quite the show of decorum from all concerned that one might initially expect of a Council of Lords.
The Three - Lady Shanleigh (DM Kim) Friday January 5th, 2001 1:01:00 AM
The three seated on the raised platform confer, leaning their heads in as the topic is debated back and forth.
At last, the woman lifts her hand. Within ten seconds, the whole room quiets. The elf lord stands and graciously holds her chair as she stands, then resumes his seat.
She is slender, and tall. The room waits for her to speak. She looks about, her face grave. "I am Lady Shanleigh. Lord Valino's name you know. And the wisdom and knowledge of Lord Leunenon is a treasure to this Council," she says, nodding in the direction of the elf. "When conflict arises, as it must, there are times to reflect. Lord Fghuu, I thank you for the efforts you made to let ... one side of the story be told. Obviously, this is a distressing situation for your two witnesses." She turns toward the other curtained area, opposite the sahuagin. The party cannot see to whom she speaks. "And you, my Lord, I thank you for bringing these witnesses who stand before us, who tell another side of the story. It surprised me somewhat that they did not know in advance what might happen here. But sometimes, surprise is the best way to get unrehearsed testimony, and that from the heart. I bow to your wisdom." And she inclines her head toward the curtained area.
"This morning, it falls to me to declare the verdict. We find that the attack on the isle of the temple of Sekola was not unprovoked. We find that Windhorn Hamlet sent out this group of adventurers, and others of their companions who are not with us now, in order to recover what was stolen from them by the Sahuagin, the head of the statue known as The Sentinel. We are not unaware that there were what we shall call ... unusual circumstances ... surrounding this event. Though not present with us today, the good giant Atomos has informed two of our members of certain details. We know that The Sentinel now stands firm once again."
She turns toward the saurian and the sahuagin. "It is now our declaration that the Sahuagin were in league with certain dragons and unnamed others against our kingdom. That they did conspire together against our lands and our citizens. Tell your leaders that what these adventurers did is but a small taste of what shall happen should you ever again come against New Ehlenna. Please have them escorted from this room, Lord Fghuu."
She pauses as this is accomplished, with what look like a pair of giants seeing them out none too gently. There are muffled snorts and chortles as this occurs, but one senses the respect for the lady as the room remains fairly quiet still.
Once they are out, she turns her countenance towards the party, and her face is radiant. "Thank you. Thanks to each of you who risked your life for the sake of your town. You likely now know that more was at stake than at first you realized." Her eyes grow shiny as a few tears form. "We know, too that you lost good friends and comrades in arms. But had you not done what you did, many more, and much more, would have been forfeit.
"A few of you, I understand, just joined this small group. I trust you will live up to the high standard they have set. Surely, in this day, there is much good that the brave and the willing might accomplish."
From the stands, the dwarf who spoke earlier says, "Now, our dear Lady Shanleigh, it is not good to spoil the drink by putting in too much sugar!" There is good-natured laughter at this interjection, along with a few people saying, "Shhh!"
The Lady Shanleigh joins in the laughter, then concludes. "The Council, on behalf of the High Lord Mayor, today declares you Worthy Citizens, and offers a small token of our appreciation. Come forward, please." As she says this, the platform of the three begins to lower toward the floor.
The Medallions (DM Kim) Friday January 5th, 2001 1:08:05 AM
As each person comes forward, a medallion on what looks like a soft silver chain is placed by Lady Shanleigh around the neck of the adventurer, and a small scroll given by Lord Leunenon. On the obverse of the silver medallion is an image of the castle, and a crown. On the reverse are written words, and the image of a crossed key and sword.
Bill Troublefinder Friday January 5th, 2001 11:35:24 AM
Bill says, "Thank you, Lady Shanleigh. Thank you, Lord Leunenon." He looks at the medallion, and smiles. But after a moment, a sad look comes over his face. "Um, Lady Shanleigh, that ring the sea devil has? I think he took it from my cousin Borbo."
Lady Shanleigh & Lord Leunenon (DM Kim) Friday January 5th, 2001 11:39:40 AM
The tall slender lady gracefully crouches down to talk with Bill. "I see. I am so sorry, Mr. Troublefinder."
The elf lord standing near says, "Spoils of war. We gave our word that the two would be returned safely to the sea, and nothing taken from them by us."
Applause, Exuent (DM Kim) Friday January 5th, 2001 11:47:12 AM
Once all the medallions are placed, the lord and lady return to the platform, which rises slowing in an arc upwards. Many members of the Council of Lords begin to applaud vigorously and cheer. Shortly after the platform reaches its zenith, the Speaker, Lord Valino, brings his gavel down. "You are free to go, and to enjoy the liberty of Plateau City."
The page opens the door behind the party.
As the group gathers its things from the locker, Rezdek walks into the room. "Congratulations," he says gravely. "Herold here has told me he will be happy to take those who wish to go to meet with the Wizards Guild, and is available to help all of you get to know the town." As an afterthought, he adds, "Oh, the robes and cloaks you wear are a gift from His Lordship. Normally," he says, "I would see you to the door. But I've been asked to assist with a difficult situation. Herold knows the way." He inclines his head for a moment toward the party, then resumes his customary upright posture, and walks out.
Petty and boys (DM Kim) Friday January 5th, 2001 12:03:38 PM
Petty, the high elf whom the party met briefly in Sturdavent's office, steps through the door into the antechamber. He is followed by two young adolescent boys, who carry the items left in the cloakroom earlier. He supervises them. Everything is in order. He speaks to Rond. "I'm quite busy over the next few days. But would you all be so kind as to partake of my hospitality a few days hence?"
Herold stands near, his face beaming.
Sedar Friday January 5th, 2001 4:22:10 PM
Greeting Rezdek and in turn thanking him for his help and kindness. "Herold, I shall take you up on that offer. For the visit to the Guild. And perhaps afterward to carouse the city a bit. Thank you."
Sunblaze Saturday January 6th, 2001 1:15:00 PM
Sunblaze takes the medallion and beams in excitement. She didn't even have to do anything yet. Sunblaze looks down at it and reads the words upon it. When she finishes she speaks in a gentle voice. "Thank you oh very so much." Sunblaze then turns her head to the one named Seder or something... she should have gotten his name before.
"Might I join you upon that? This guild seems like a good idea." Sunblaze is still beaming with excitement. A free robe, medallion, and now a visit to a wizards' guild. This is a perfect moment.
Draax Saturday January 6th, 2001 3:24:44 PM
Still a little miffed at being tricked into a trial, Draax accepts the Medallion a little stiffly, but politely. While collecting his gear, he wonders what would have happened to the party if the verdict had gone against them.
Bill Troublefinder Sunday January 7th, 2001 1:00:56 AM
"Rond, what do you think? Mr. Petty here wants to invite us over. That'd be nice, right? Where do you live, Mr. Petty, sir?"
A bit later, Bill decides to take a look at the scroll. He opens it, and looks to see what it says.
Rond Sunday January 7th, 2001 2:22:22 AM
(ooc forgot to tell u about going to handbell conference from thurs-Sat) Rond will take the gifts offered to him. Once they are out of sight, he will put the medallion inside his shirt. He will then glance over the scroll, and place that inside his effects. When Petty speaks up, "If it is what you wish, than I shall be there". When Bill pipes up, "I am unsure how many people were included in the invite."
Petty (DM Kim) Sunday January 7th, 2001 9:46:43 PM
"All of you, of course, are invited," Petty answers. "It would be an honor to have you come. I'll leave word where you are staying."
Bill Troublefinder Sunday January 7th, 2001 9:47:53 PM
"Oh. Where are we staying?" asks Bill.
Herold the bard (DM Kim) Sunday January 7th, 2001 9:49:23 PM
Herold answers, "I'll be happy to show you some places where you can stay. Well, shall we be going now?"
On the medallions, and the scrolls (DM Kim) Sunday January 7th, 2001 10:02:52 PM
On the Medallion Sunblaze reads two phrases on the side with the sword and key. At the top, it says, "Hospitality to our friends". At the bottom, the words following the curve of the medallion, are the words, "A strong arm against our foes". On the obverse, where the castle is, at the top it says, "Plateau City" and at the bottom "New Ehlenna".
As Bill and Rond read their scrolls, both learn that the scroll shall be accepted by the Royal Treasury in exchange for ten thousand gold pieces, or the equivalent thereof. There are two seals at the bottom, to the left one in a waxy material which, surprisingly, did not crumble as the scroll was unrolled, and the other, a stylized dragon in a steely gray ink. A complex signature, or symbol(?) rests at the bottom, between the two seals.
Sunblaze Monday January 8th, 2001 12:39:21 AM
Sunblaze looks to Bill and walks over to him slowly. "So Trouble... what the scrolls say? Any idea if we can get money for them?" Sunblaze says the last part with a quiet voice so that Bill may only hear. Sunblaze gets over to Bill and tries to look over his shoulder.
"So I believe we shall go off to these wizards. I have a question which I must ask them... perhaps they shall have done what I cannot." Tears well up in Sunblaze's eyes, but she quickly wipes them away, turning her head and walking to the exit.
Rond Monday January 8th, 2001 1:04:55 AM
"Yes, please show us where we might stay. It seems we might get a chance to do some more shopping."
Draax Monday January 8th, 2001 12:43:07 PM
After making sure that all his concealed weapons are in the right places. Draax nods his head in agreement with Rond. “Yes, I am ready to go.”
Sedar the soon to be free spender Monday January 8th, 2001 4:45:37 PM
Giddy from the knowledge of how much the reward was, he daydreams of what he could buy with it all. To Herold he comments, "So much to spend. This visit to the guild could be fun." Smiling as they travel, Sedar thinks, 'Life is grand.'
Arien Monday January 8th, 2001 6:46:55 PM
Arien returns his gear to its proper place and adds his confirmation of readiness.
Damocles Monday January 8th, 2001 8:03:52 PM
Damocles too looks over his paper, nodding that he is ready to go as he does so. Assuming that the same amound of money is promised therein his eyes go wide with shock. "By Alemi... Such a high sum for such low efforts..."
Arrisa Monday January 8th, 2001 8:11:40 PM
Arrisa remained quiet during the entire process. She knew nothing of the events before she went into the ocean and so could not comment. She stepped forwards to accept the medal and parchment, deciding it would be impolite not to do so. Once everything was complete, she left the room and collected her things. She looked around at the group for a moment, listening to where they were going. "Can we find a tavern or something where we may all meet? I think I'm going to spend some time outside the city if no-one else minds."
Bill Troublefinder Monday January 8th, 2001 8:20:32 PM
Bill's eyes go wide as he reads the scroll. He lets out a low whistle. "Okay, what else can we do for the kingdom???"
"Not 'Trouble' - 'Troublefinder' - there's a difference, you know, Sunblade," the halfling whispers back to the elf. "It's like, I wouldn't call you 'bladder,' you know. But just call me Bill. And yeah, I think we can get money for them. Let's ask someone."
Then, as Sunblaze's eyes go watery, Bill looks up at her, and runs up behind her, pulling on her robe. "What's wrong, Sunblade? What's wrong?"
A bit after interacting with Sunblaze, he answers Damocles, "Perhaps little effort so far on your part, Damocles, but I know you came willing to help, to fight. There was a lot of effort on other people's parts. That sounds strange, 'other people's parts.' Don't know if it came out right. Anyway, I'll bet you'll have a chance to do something more dramatic, like healing some poor people, or rescuing a damsel in distress. Have you ever met a damsel? I've heard of them, before, but I don't know if I've met one. What do they look like? Other than, of course, usually being very beautiful, I guess. Let me know if you see one, okay?"
"Sure, Arrisa, we should be able to find a tavern to meet. But, I'm wondering, could we do it tonight," asks Bill, "after we've had a chance to see the city a little, and do some shopping? Wanna come shopping with me, Arrisa? Say, Arrisa, would you be a damsel? I mean, are you a damsel? It's not that I'm asking you to be one, sorry there. Okay, wanna go shopping?"
Herold (DM Kim) Monday January 8th, 2001 9:07:09 PM
Herold finally breaks his grin to let the adventurers know the following. "I can take you straight to the treasury, to redeem the promised treasure," and he laughs, "as long as you'll buy me a drink today!"
Indeed, each person has a separate scroll for 10,000 gp. The following payment plans are offered:
1) 20 ten-pound gold bars worth 500gp each, each in a soft cloth bag. The only way to get the full 10Kgp value. 2) Assorted gems. Those worth over 500gp have certificates of value - but there is a 100gp overall deduction from the 10,000 gp value for this option, in exchange for the cost of obtaining the certificates. 3) 100 platinum pieces, 450 gold pieces, and nine 1000 gold piece treasury certificates. 4) A box in the vault can be purchased to store monies and treasures. Costs are typically 2% per month storage fee of the value of goods stored, but, in view of the heroes' status, this is reduced to 1% for the first month.
Herold suggests that a vault box might not be a bad idea, until the group gets to know the city better. A complex system of verification for withdrawals is explained, but I'll not go into it here. Suffice it to say it helps to ensure security, and that the person (or persons) to whom treasure belongs will be the one(s) who is (are) able to withdraw things stored.
So, say how your character would like the funds redeemed.
Herold to Arrisa (DM Kim) Monday January 8th, 2001 9:10:36 PM
Herold talks quietly with Arrisa. "Perhaps I could introduce you to the Druid Quarter later this afternoon, Arrisa. It's still within the City, but really doesn't seem like it. There are woods, a stream, a pond, little animals wandering about - even some bears - that won't attack you, usually, and deer. I go sometimes there for the peace. And, if you want good company, there are a few of the druids whose companionship you may find pleasant. Or, they'd probably be willing to leave you in privacy, if such you crave."
Herold's Tour: 1st Stop: Wizards' Guild (DM Kim) Monday January 8th, 2001 9:27:01 PM [Assignment: Go to http://members.aol.com/thejericho/pcitymap.html and then, clicking on various portions of the map, try to find out where Herold will take you. Look for: 1. University of Magic 2. Guild Square (Merchants Guild) 3. Magic Square (and what is the name of the Mage's Guild there?) 4. What quarter is the best one, do you think, for buying adventuring gear? 5. What Inn do you want to check out? 6. What part of the city do *you* most want to check out?
Experience points will go to your character for the answer to each question. How many? Answer and find out. The more answers, the more xp. Email me at BillTFind3@zdnetonebox.com - And I'll incorporate the answers you give in tomorrow's post.
DM Kim Monday January 8th, 2001 9:44:03 PM [OOC: And in the interim, please post for your characters here, as, *ahem*, usual.]
Bill Troublefinder Monday January 8th, 2001 9:47:23 PM
Bill opts for the 3rd option, and leaves seven certificates and 300 gold pieces in a vault box.
Damocles Monday January 8th, 2001 10:19:02 PM
"Amazing... this could build four churches, if not a full monastery." Damocles falls to his knees and offers a prayer to Alemi for the gift. "I'll opt for the third option Herold..." Damocles looks put off for a moment, quizzical almost. "Herold... I feel funny calling you that. Are you a sir, or a Lord, or have some title? Dear..." Damocles waits for the missive to return with the money, obviously deep in thought. "I think I shall keep most of this for now, and wait til I see what the different quarters have to offer. If Alemi guides my hand to make claim to certain devices in his name then I shall act... else." It is clear that he is thinking aloud, and not truly and directly speaking to any of the others. He finally turns to Bill. "What do you think of that friend Troublefinder?"
Sunblaze Tuesday January 9th, 2001 12:09:03 AM
Sunblaze smirks at Bill's comment. "I'm SunBLAZE... not Sunblade... hehe."
Sunblaze considers each option carefully, looking over the ups and downs of each one. Finally she comes up with an answer which is shown quickly. "Yes... I would love for it to be kept here... but 1% of my money is... 100 Gold Pence... but what if I kept it here for about 2 weeks?"
(I will answer the questions give me a little while though as I only have time to post. I will have them by tomorrow.)
Herold (DM Kim) Tuesday January 9th, 2001 3:13:13 PM
"Ah, that's it." He affects a dreamy, pensive voice. "Sir Lord Hizzoner The Mighty Golden Voiced Master Poet And Singer Of Songs, The Right Honorable Herold. Yes, yes, that will do." Looking slightly upwards to some point in the near distance, his eyebrows knit, he holds this pose a moment. Then he rolls his eyes in a silly fashion. "Ah, maybe someday, but for now, 'Herold' will have to do," he answers Damocles with pathos and melodrama, obviously overacting.
Sedar Tuesday January 9th, 2001 7:16:16 PM
Quickly thinking about his choices. The Mage adds in after Bill T. "Choice #3 sounds like the best I think. Yes that will do." Then smiles as Herold reintroduces himself. "Sir Lord Hizzoner The Mighty Golden Voiced Master Poet And Singer Of Songs, The Right Honorable Herold," thens adds, "I think I'll call you Herold as well. It sounds better."
Arien Tuesday January 9th, 2001 10:50:47 PM
Following the majority, Arien picks option #3 as well. After he receives his money he takes some practiced steps to ensure that it's safe from those who would rather procure money through less legal means.
Draax Tuesday January 9th, 2001 11:13:25 PM
Draax will also take option #3.
Rond Wednesday January 10th, 2001 1:34:23 PM
Rond will pick option 4, assuming that purchases from merchants can 'dip' into the casket.
Exchequer Wrightler: The fine print (DM Kim) Wednesday January 10th, 2001 2:34:24 PM
"I am Wrightler, the Royal Exchequer of the Treasury," a piebald man wearing spectacles introduces himself.
"You have not said how you would like to redeem your note," he says to Arrisa. "Haven't got all day, you know."
"The percentage fee is not prorated. The 1%, or 2% security fee applies for a month, or a fraction of a month," he answers Sunblaze.
Responding to Rond's selection, he explains, "If you simply wish to store the scroll here, I have the leeway to waive the storage fee for one month, but the official receipt for the stored scroll carries a five gold piece fee. I'll have my clerk prepare that for you. Do not lose the receipt. It is required for redemption. If you wish to 'dip into' the funds, you will first need to choose among the three options for distribution of said funds." [i.e., options #1, 2, or 3.] "Of course, you can simply take the scroll with you," he adds, squinting up at Rond from behind his note-festooned desk, "and bring it back another time, should you choose. The matter of security would be your concern, and the Royal Treasury shall bear no responsibility nor carry any liability should it be lost, stolen, misplaced or destroyed while in your possession, regardless the circumstances." He brushes back a strand of hair that had fallen down from where it was combed over, and blinks in Rond's direction.
Bill Troublefinder to Damocles; Sunblaze Wednesday January 10th, 2001 2:48:39 PM
"How much does it cost to build a monastery, anyhow?" Bill asks Damocles. "Would that be a big monastery, or a little one? Made of stones, or bricks, or wood? Would that include a chapel, or just places for the monks to stay? Do you want to build one here? Is there a monastery of Alemi here in Plateau City? So do churches cost about 2,500 gold pieces to make? That's amazing." When Damocles mentions the possibility of claiming certain devices, Bill says, "That would be a good idea. If Alemi tells you to get something, you probably wouldn't be a very good cleric of his if you didn't do what he asked, doncha think? Does he talk to you out loud? Or just kinda whisper in the back of your head?"
"Right, I'd wouldn't call you Blazer, not Bladder either, of course," Bill says to the elf bard. "Unless you wanted me to, of course, Sunblaze."
The tour begins... (DM Kim) Wednesday January 10th, 2001 3:26:16 PM [Do feel free to post any last-minute details about funds disbursement, but meanwhile, let's get on with the tour.]
Herold laughs appreciately at Sedar's remark.
Once all are ready, Herold the bard takes the party out of the castle. The number of people in front of the castle has dwindled to about a third of the number you first saw. Bolderhusk and Fipps are there. Bolderhusk offers his hearty congratulations. "Few more deserving, certainly."
Fipps asks, "So, did they try to put you through the meatgrinder? Typical, typical... Oh, well, you survived, I see."
Herold suggests going on foot. "Much better way to get to know the city than riding in a carriage. Draws less attention. Well, sometimes, anyway."
Heading southward, [ http://members.aol.com/thejericho/pcmerchant.html ] he takes a shortcut to Were Way. "Keep your hands on your pouches up ahead," he advises, then leads onward to Merchant Square. Seemingly surrounded by castle-like buildings with crenelations, merlons and machicolations, the large open area is crowded with booths, pavilions, tables. Many goods are sold. Some foods, but a wealth of other items. People are buying, selling, bartering, haggling, laughing, arguing. Herold points out the Constabulary Castle on the west side of the square, the Royal Library to the northeast, and the University of Magic to the west-southwest. "You'll need to go to the Wizards' Guild to get a pass to visit the University of Magic, but I just wanted to show you where it is. Lender's Lane is on the other side, where people lend and borrow money and such."
He leads the party on down Fouchard's Run, where he points out the Temple of Kerracles, turns left, and now heads north on Armor Road, past Spear Street and the Merchant Guild House, skirting Guild Square, to Helm's Way, [ http://members.aol.com/thejericho/pctrade.html ] left on Shield Street, north across Buckler Bridge and across the river into the Circus Quarter. [ http://members.aol.com/thejericho/pccircus.html ] Heading northwest up Centaur Street, then crossing Bard Street, Herold takes the group on the Gold Dragon Trail, by the Sister Temple, up the Red Dragon Road, "There's the Red Dragon Castle, and the Adventurer's Repose Tavern up the street," he points out. He leads on past Rogue's End, indicates the Find Your Familiar shop to the right, walks past Lantal's Supplies and the Black Dragon Fort. "Notorious group, the Black Dragons," he whispers. Then west on Cavalier Way, past The Last Adventure - 'Adventurers' Supplies' the sign footnotes, and into the large Adventurers' Square.
[ http://members.aol.com/thejericho/pcdragon.html ] "There's Grub & Chub - more supplies, and on through here in Magic Square," says Herold, continuing the walking tour, "we have The Catacombs - 'The Ultimate Magic Mall' as they say. Ah, right between Sticks and Stones (bows, arrows and such) and the Elves tavern - that one, the Golden Griffin Inn - is what you're looking for. Star Tower - the Mage's Guild. You've gotta prove you're a mage to get in, you know. Or pay a consultation fee otherwise."
DM Kim Thursday January 11th, 2001 3:29:34 AM [OOC: Okay, players, show your stuff. What interests you along the way? With the clues above, and the help of the online maps, you should have no lack of points of interest. What questions do you ask of Herold, or of each other, or of passersby?]
Bill Troublefinder Thursday January 11th, 2001 3:41:40 AM
"Arrisa," Bill chats as the group wends its way through the city. "Let's see if we can find some woods for you, maybe after lunch. You don't like cities very much, do you. Mind if I ask why?"
Arien Thursday January 11th, 2001 3:54:16 AM
"So Herold tell me, what is this Magic University like? Is it merely a place where old crotchety wizards get together to theorize and discuss? Or is it a school for teaching the apprentices? Or is it a place or research where mages go to design their own spells?"
Rond Thursday January 11th, 2001 2:39:00 PM
Rond will stick with Option 4.
As they travel "I'm not really sure what I want to do. I'm not sure what I would really like to pick up with this money. I've never had this kind of money to spend."
Sedar Thursday January 11th, 2001 6:18:40 PM
Sidling up next to Arien Sedar adds in, "Is it a place to purchase spells and items to help us mages too?" Quickly adding the next question, "What sort of test do they require? Like a fireball down the alley or something?" A huge grin spreads after the last comment.
Money Matters (DM Kim) Friday January 12th, 2001 3:08:24 AM
A receipt, "Five gold pieces, please," is prepared for Rond, as well as for anyone else who wishes to leave their scroll with the Exchequer. Bill carries off his 100 pp, 150 gp, and two 1000 gp treasury certificates. Sedar, Arien and Draax each take their nine 1000 gp treasury certificates, 100 pp, and 450 gp. Since neither Arrisa nor Damocles stated a preference, they are each given 200 pounds of gold, in 10-pound bricks (option #1, the standard issue). [How are you carrying all this? Figure 50 coins weigh ten pounds. The certificates fit nicely in a scroll case, or may be folded and tucked away here and there.]
Star Tower - The Mages Guild (DM Kim) Friday January 12th, 2001 3:31:10 AM
Broad steps lead up to the Star Tower. Variously attired people ascend and descend these steps. One gnome floats several inches above said steps as he slowly descends past the party. Three alert men and a likewise attentive woman stand to the sides of the two doors at the top of the steps. People enter through the left door, and come out the right. A few tiny eyeballs float near the entrance, turning this way and that. One floats to a point about eight feet directly above Sedar's head, looking directly downwards before floating back up. The medium-sized man up toward the left quietly questions some of the people before they are allowed in. One half elf is turned away. Some pass without question or comment.
Foot traffic is quite heavy in this area. People seem remarkably well behaved. The Catacombs (Magic Mall) is to the party's back.
Herold (DM Kim) Friday January 12th, 2001 3:44:31 AM
"The University of Magic?" Herold echoes. "Well, of course crotchety old wizards get together to theorize and discuss. And, many apprentices earn their wands there. And the magical research facilities are nearly unparalleled, they say. No, no fireballs down the hallway, Sedar, at least on your first visit," he says with a wink. "As far as purchasing spells and components, well, check with them. Some you can get in the building behind us - the Catacombs. Look, if you'd like to learn more, just walk up those steps, tell the man there, 'Either a thimble full of goose grease or bacon fat will do for that,' and walk on in. Or, say, 'Diamond dust, ruby shards, a wink of the eye.' Darn passwords... They can answer your questions better than I about the University. Look," says Herold, "do some of you want to check out the nearby shops while a few are in the Star Tower? I'd suggest you stay in pairs, at minimum, until you get your bearings. Let's meet back here, say, in two hours. I believe I heard Mr. Troublefinder offering to buy lunch for us today. Right, Bill?"
Bill Troublefinder Friday January 12th, 2001 3:48:06 AM
"Lunch? Me? Oh, okay. Sure. Pies are on me!" he says. "I'd sure like to see the Catacombs, Herold. Who wants to come with?"
Sedar Friday January 12th, 2001 6:48:06 PM
"Catacombs... just buy the things there, great. I think that's my first visit, then to the tower with what's left. This is gonna be fun and painful," he says with a twinkle in his eye. The Catacombs have a specialty shop for mages or is it just one huge free for all of items here and there?" The Mage/Thief begins to make his way there. "Come this way Arien, let's see what they have!" - coaxing his fellow mage along.
Arien Friday January 12th, 2001 11:31:37 PM
Needing no encouragement Arien sets out at once for the Catacombs.
Sunblaze Saturday January 13th, 2001 2:16:52 PM
(OOC: Sorry I've been gone for a little while... my comp got sick and I needed to take it to the vet.)
Sunblaze looks in amazement at every creature and item she sees. Carefully watching her bag to make sure nobody steals her stuff. "What to get, what to get? Well, now I'm glad I have kept track of any new items that look like they shall suit me. Now what were those wands I wanted? Oh yeah, the Monster Bringer (Summon Monster) and the other one was... Cure Wounds...which one... Light wounds (Cure Light Wounds). Also I want a Heward's Haversack (Heward's Handy Haversack." Sunblaze smiles, and looking into her eye you can see much delight... as if she was a Kid in a candy shop. "Most importantly I would like a Dancer, Thrower, Returner, Wounder Longsword.(+1 Dancing, Throwing, Returning, Wounding Longsword)." Sunblaze looks at the Mage's Guild as she walks by and laughs. "I shall go there as well." Sunblaze starts to think about each thing on her list and pulls out a piece of paper out of her bag, and starts to write. Monster Bringer Wand, Cure Light Wounds Wand, Heward's Handy Haversack, Ring of No Sleep(Ring of Sustenance), 5 Dull Ioun Stones, Broken or poorly created items. Sunblaze puts the paper back in her bag and makes sure the Certificite is fine, then walks along up with her friends again. "We need to go to The Catacombs... but food and drink is what ye shall need before buying... like I always say 'Never spend money on an empty stomach.' So Bill where shall we go, my friend?"
Rond Sunday January 14th, 2001 9:41:45 PM
Hearing Sunblaze's list, Rond asks, "What are all these things? I've never heard of them before."
"Bill, I guess I'll look around with you."
Sedar Monday January 15th, 2001 2:22:22 AM
"Before we all scatter like the wind, let's make sure we divvy up the magic items we have. I think this evening when we are all together would be the best time. Ok. We'll have some time to discuss those things then."
Draax Monday January 15th, 2001 11:28:19 PM
"The Catacombs seems like a good place to start. A little window shopping to begin with. I agree with Sedar, we should get together tonight and distribute the items that we acquired."
Herold (DM Kim) Tuesday January 16th, 2001 3:06:58 AM
"Fine, The Catacombs first, then!" Herold says, walking with the group around to the entrance on the other side. "Say, I know you all didn't like dropping off your things back at the Castle, but I've gotta warn you, they are rather strict about letting outside magic in to the second level of the shop. They charge money for each item you insist on taking with you, but are scrupulous about taking good care of what you leave with them. They have bouncers there, too, so listen to what they say. But on the first level, they have lots of things behind clear crystal walls, so you can see them. Some things are out in the open to ... well, you'll see when we get in. My advice: Don't take anything out you don't pay for." He walks up, and holds the door for the party members.
The Catacombs (DM Kim) Tuesday January 16th, 2001 3:23:42 AM
As people enter, they find themselves in a twisting passageway. As they walk through it (of necessity in single file), the winding corridor is lit with different colored lights along the way. Those looking at the people in front of them will see various items worn or carried glowing, some with one color, some with a few different colors. There is a faint harmonic hum in the air, as though one hears wind instruments playing changing chords some distance away. Mirrors are placed at different points, including some that reflect distorted images. After walking perhaps one hundred circuitous feet, the chords fade away, a door lies ahead, and, when opened, a variety of people of various races, shapes, and attire are seen walking through aisles, examining displays. Signs can be seen. "Magic Dusts." "Shaping Devices." "Priestly Periapts." "Tricks Galore." "Ailore's Eyewear." "Glues & Solvents." "Information." "NonInformation." "Familiar Treats." "Anti-inflammatories." "Bunion Charts." "Weather or Not." "Cheap Tricks." "See Or See Not." "Specials." "Expired Goods." "Lighting Accessories." "Love Potions Et cetera." "Defensive Delights." "Offensive Options." "Ask Mimimali." "Scrolls." "Books." "Tomes." "Stationary." "Stationery."
Rond Tuesday January 16th, 2001 10:02:16 PM
Rond just meanders down the aisles, glancing over the items on display.
Draax Tuesday January 16th, 2001 10:49:15 PM
Draax walks down the aisles, looking at the people around him as well as the different items.
Sunblaze Wednesday January 17th, 2001 12:32:23 AM
Sunblaze laughs wholeheartedly when asked what she has written. "Why it is what I have written and said. But really they are some basic magic. The Ring will make it so that I need no food... and sleep for 2 moon movements(hours). The curing wand does just that - cures. And the summoner one brings a monster to me... whom I control. The bag is like a bag of holding, but a bit different. And the Ioun Stones - they just float over your head... at least these ones do." Sunblaze watches the items as she walks by hoping to catch a glimsp of what she is looking for. "Well we should hurry on our food journey... unless someone would like to shop now?" Sunblaze skips along, with a smile on her face and laughter showing. She enjoys being with this group, more than any other people she has been with... especially Bill... that silly hobbit.
DM Kim [OOC Taking the Temperature] Wednesday January 17th, 2001 1:54:22 AM All right, gang. I conclude I am doing something wrong. I have managed somehow to bring this board to a point where only half, or less than half, post a day. I could mention work, holidays and a bout with illness, but fact is, my own posting, when looked at over the past two months, has been inconsistent. How can I ask consistency from you, when I myself fall short?
Also ... what might have taken a few weeks has been stretched out too long, and I fear the minutiae is drowning out the sense of adventure.
So, here's the deal, folks: Let me know what specific magic items you seek (or, what general types of magic). I'll run them by Jerry and Kent to be sure they pass Woldian muster, then get back to you. Not everything you want will necessarily be found. I'll mention some things you may not have been aware of. But with your current funds, you should have some nice options. Prices will be 3rd Edition (with appropriate adjustments for the city's economy, supply and demand, etc.).
We'll handle the acquisitions partly on the board, and partly via email. I want it all wrapped up by this weekend. Then, let's get on with what we're all thirsting for: Adventure.
But, I need you with me. Can you commit to post? It can be discouraging to place opportunity galore before the players, then have no one take up the gauntlet. If you want to adventure, then be adventuresome! Push the action. One does not need be in a dungeon or in the wilderness to find plenty of opportunities for action.
Oh, one last thing: Regarding 3rd Edition conversions, I have completed character sheets for Rond, Sunblaze, and Arien. I need Damocles, Arrisa, Draax, Bill, and Sedar. If you sent the 3e versions to me already - I'm not finding them at the moment (that's what happens sometimes when I work on five different computers - and that's the reason I ask that people write simultaneously to both my email addresses). Please resend them, and I apologize for not having it all together. Let us, together, raise this game a notch or three.
Kim
Damocles Wednesday January 17th, 2001 8:39:26 PM
"Amazing... astonishing." Damocles is left with a look of astonishment on his face. "I never knew it could be this beautiful." OOC: (list of items to follow shortly)
Sedar Wednesday January 17th, 2001 11:07:05 PM
"Come on Arien, let's go take a look at the defensive booth. Then the see no see area."
(likewise the list will follow asap.)
Arien Wednesday January 17th, 2001 11:32:38 PM
"Truly Sedar you have read my mind. For what else should a wizard and rogue need when not offered the protection of a large misshapen tin can." Arien browses the defensive area then after finding (or not) what he wants he continues to browse.
(Just like in the email.)
In the shop ... and out (DM Kim) d8=1 d20=1 Thursday January 18th, 2001 3:08:02 AM
Arien learns there are bracers, and cloaks, and rings, and other things which can help make one harder to hit. All kinds of curiosities, some obvious in their application, some quite obscure, or of dubious value. Sunblaze does find two gray ioun stones. "Don't know why you'd want them, though."
The party asks questions, learns much, negotiates, and makes some purchases, both on the main floor, and a few go up to the higher levels to examine items...
But the decisions are made, and after a couple of hours, people meet outside.
Turning the corner, Bill notices a parchment stuck on the side of the building, and goes to read it.
[Again, players, email me with your shopping wishes.]
Bill Troublefinder Thursday January 18th, 2001 3:24:43 AM
Bill reads the parchment. He turns around, walks a few steps. He places his thumbs up under his armpits, and begins scratching the ground with his toes. His head begins to bob, much as that of a pigeon, or chicken, and the halfling looks at the ground. Suddenly, he bends at the waist, his face to the ground, and he tries to pick up something with his teeth.
Rond Thursday January 18th, 2001 2:07:49 PM
"Umm, Bill. Can you still respond?"
Sedar Thursday January 18th, 2001 2:27:12 PM
The Mage/Thief gather together with the rest of the gang. "I couldn't believe all the things that they have in there, Arien. How did you make out. I think a few good deals were made." Not noticing Bill T read the notice, Sedar picks up on the halfling's strange behavior during the pecking stage. The 1/2 elf points to Bill T to focus the others' attention onto the strange sight. "Look at Bill T."
Sunblaze Thursday January 18th, 2001 3:50:24 PM
Sunblaze watches as Bill acts like a barnyard animal and laughs. "Bill...you better stop that...lest I be forced to laugh at you." If Bill doesn't respond Sunblaze walks up to him and tries to pull the paper from his hands...without touching it with her skin. Sunblaze then throws the paper on the ground, if she can free it from Bill's grasp.
Sunblaze starts to sing a calming melody to stop Bill's mind from being controlled.
"There once was a fellow named Bill, Who often drank strong swill. He often got into trouble, Making buildings drop to rubble. He dances along, And I sing my song. To help control his mind, And get him out of a bind."
If Bill responds then just forget all that.
Bill Troublefinder d20=5 Thursday January 18th, 2001 5:03:48 PM
Bill continues his behavior, and begins clucking. The parchment he read is still up on the wall. As people approach him, he flaps his arms, moves off a few feet, and resumes his scratching and pecking.
DM Kim Thursday January 18th, 2001 5:07:30 PM
Up ahead, a small crowd is gathered, watching something. Some clucking sounds are heard, much laughter. A tenor voice makes the crowing sound of a rooster. A woman's voice says, "Parkle, stop that this instant! Stop it, I say!" More laughter ensues.
[If you want to check out the poster, roll a d20, please.]
Draax Thursday January 18th, 2001 5:37:19 PM
Draax takes his time looking at various items, he noticing the small crowd and goes over to see what is causing all the commotion.
Sunblaze Thursday January 18th, 2001 8:18:22 PM
Sunblaze quickly watches Bill's trouble, and realizes what problems are coming from it and begins to follow Bill in suit. Acting like a chicken, but also casting a spell while doing so. Sunblaze quickly grows white feathers, a beak extends from where her mouth and nose are (I think that is acceptable) and starts to cluck, and crow. While doing this Sunblaze tries to push her 'Trouble'd friend away, moving him to an alley or somewhere in a dark spot. Sunblaze smiles as she changes into the chicken speaking common.
"Hello, we are the Changing Preformers. We do a number of imitations, of creatures great and small. We travel the Wold entertaining for parties and the like." Sunblaze looks to her friends with a laughing, yet still very serious look.
DM Kim Friday January 19th, 2001 7:48:35 PM
Draax sees three people acting rather like chickens at the moment. A corpulant lady is jumping up and down on a parchment, and shouting, "It's cursed! It's cursed! Don't read it!" The parchment is apparently face down on the cobblestones, so only some footprints are visible on the object of the lady's wrath. Her face grows red, and perspiration trickles down the side of her face. The flesh of her upper arms undulates as she continues her exertion.
Meanwhile, some wag has opened a sack, and scattered corn grains on the ground. Two of the human 'chickens' bob madly about, plucking up as many of the kernels as they are able. The 'rooster' walks about the inner edge of the crowd, proud, head back (and forth), looking with one eye at the people on his right, then pivoting his head to look with his other eye to the left. He crows again, and flaps his 'wings.'
Those who have gone to look at the crowd (which is beginning to extend toward Bill), make a perception check (except for Bill, who is strangely attracted to the crowing of the ersatz rooster, and heading that direction).
Since the party is just outside of The Catacombs, Sunblaze would have to go out to the edge of the square to find an alley - and Bill wants to check out the rooster. (check the map)
Sunblaze Friday January 19th, 2001 8:13:13 PM
(OOC: Sorry i'm posting before anyone else...but I'll be gone a little while. Once again sorry. P.S. Shouldn't take too long)
Sunblaze quickly grabs the paper and almost throws it in her bag. Sunblaze starts to get angry with the crowd and she pulls out her dagger (the magical longsword if she has it yet), and almost screams. "LEAVE US BE, UNLESS YOU WISH FOR THE WINDHORN ADVENTURERS TO BE AFTER YE." Sunblaze quickly is sorry for yelling at these people, but shows it not. Then she follows Bill's insane movements and runs as fast as she can to get in front of him, and starts to sing a song (Bard ability... Countersong) to Bill.
"A small mouse, Live in a giant house.
And the owner was a chair, It took the job upon a dare.
It ruled over the whole abode, It even had a young pet toad.
The toad often ate the bugs, And stored them in glass jugs.
The bugs wanted to move away, And they still do today.
My dear friends have left me be, All along in my insanity."
Sunblaze tries to keep Bill's eyes on her, hoping that he can hear her songs, not being stuck in his own world, or stuck with the rooster.
Draax d20=12 Friday January 19th, 2001 8:20:13 PM
Draax looks at the people acting like chickens. At first he thinks it is some type of show for the crowd, but he cannot make out the plot. "Big city people are strange." He see the woman just up and down on the parchment and shouting. "Oh now I get it. A spell was placed on them." Draax is ashamed that he feels better about people being made a fool of than him not understanding the meaning of a play. "With all the magic around here you would think that someone would help them." (check made)
Rond d20=19 Saturday January 20th, 2001 1:39:37 PM
Rond begins to scan the crowd to see if there is someone watching the proceedings with too much interest. Unfortunately, he gets sidetracked (failed perception check), when he sees Bill start to move off. Rond moves with Bill, keeping an eye on him.
Sedar Sunday January 21st, 2001 10:21:58 PM
The mage gets caught up in Bill T's actions, noticing nothing else. Sedar decides to walk along with mighty Rond. Following the halfling along. "It must be a spell of some sort. I wish I had a counter," speaking to the Ranger as they walk. Adding, "I'll have to put that in my list of things to buy."
Bill Troublefinder d20+3=6 d100=22 Monday January 22nd, 2001 9:21:47 PM
Bill continues his clucking and chicken-like movements. Though trying to move toward the 'rooster,' he flaps away whenever anyone gets too close to him. The halfling looks sideways with a dull curiosity at Sunblaze, the singing elf, then resumes his hunting and pecking. He really gets excited when he finds some corn.
Herold the bard (DM Kim) d20+7=18 d20+9=16 Monday January 22nd, 2001 9:25:51 PM
"You've got the right idea, Sunblaze. Do you know this one, though?" He casts a spell over the halfling - and attempts to dispel the magic that has affected the fellow's mind. It seems to work.
Elegant lady (DM Kim) Monday January 22nd, 2001 9:35:27 PM
A very well-dressed lady, who must have been stunning in her youth, approaches Sunblaze. "My, what interesting performances you do. It was thrilling to see you change like ... that, right before our eyes! I mean, the others acted like barnyard animals, but you look - well, somewhat at least, more bird-like somehow. And your silly songs," She titters, and giggles like a school girl for a moment. She waves her gloved hand before her face, as though momentarily requiring more oxygen. "Oh, my son would be thrilled at such a performance. That was fun, too, when you pulled out your sword and pretended to threaten the crowd!" She claps her hands together. "I say, would you and your friends here," and she gestures toward Bill and the other three 'chickens,' "be willing to perform at his birthday party? It's next week, you know, and I've been trying to figure out how to surprise him." She gets a vexed look on her face, replaced quickly by a wan smile. "He can be so hard to please at times." Then, with a burst of optimism, she adds breathily, "But I just know you would delight him! Oh, say yes, please? Oh, and what would your customary fee be, my dear?"
Damocles Monday January 22nd, 2001 11:13:59 PM
The priest is the last to leave The Catacombs, a look of disappointment on his face. He catches up with the others, mumbling something about high prices and outright robbery. "Those magical goods are so expensive. Who'd have known a simple hammer, or a shield... Such high prices." He does motion to a cape of white feathers that graces his shoulders. "I did find this though, and thought it a bargain. Seems it is a cloak that allows the bearer to sprout forth great wings, as a celestial being, and take aloft. I thought it could come in handy for a pilgrim such as myself."
OOC: Sorry this took so long, but I was scouring the DMG. I assumed Wings of Flying would be an acceptable item. Also, does anyone... have my character sheet?
Sedar Monday January 22nd, 2001 11:59:26 PM
Ignoring the elder lady, Sedar moves over to his friend Bill T. "You all right there Bill?" Turning to Herold for a moment, "Glad you had that spell. Thank you very much." Back to Bill. "Well, Bill, how do you feel? You look a bit fowl there, I mean foul.... Did anyone see how he was spelled upon?"
Rond Tuesday January 23rd, 2001 8:01:53 AM
Having no clue what to do, Rond keeps sweeping the crowd with his eyes. Looking for anything that might be more weird than Bill acting like a chicken.
Draax Tuesday January 23rd, 2001 4:30:56 PM
Draax looks at Bill with the other, relieved that it is over, No knowing a lot about magic he is still not sure exactly what happened.
Arien Tuesday January 23rd, 2001 5:04:23 PM
A short while later Arien comes strolling out of the Catacombs. He is wearing a new black cloak that has the design of a spiderweb embroidered in silk upon it. He stops a moment to regard the chicken/people for a moment before rejoining the party. After noticing the way that the others are behaving he asks simply, "All right, what'd I miss?"
Arrisa (DM Kim) Tuesday January 23rd, 2001 6:28:42 PM
Arrisa approaches Herold. "Could you take me to the Druid Quarter now? I ... I need to be away from all this," she states, waving her arm to indicate the large buildings, and crowds of people. "Now? Please?" She turns to the others. "I'm sorry. I just don't know if I can stay in the city. It is all rather unsettling to me. Look, Sedar, Draax, Rond, Arien, and Bill - it was good to be able to help you out some. And to meet you new people, too - Damocles, and Sunblaze. But I must go now." She pulls a twig from her hair, and turns to go. After a step or two, over her shoulder, she says, "Perhaps later..." She rolls her right shoulder, looking uncomfortable, then goes.
Herold (DM Kim) Tuesday January 23rd, 2001 6:37:17 PM
The bard looks surprised at Arrisa's little speech. He says to the party. "Well, then, I think I'd better escort her to -- shall we meet again this evening? Which inn - The Red Wyrm Inn, or The Adventurers' Repose?" He keeps his eye on the retreating Arrisa, as he waits to hear where the next rendezvous shall be.
DM Kim Tuesday January 23rd, 2001 6:41:08 PM
Draax, a few minutes earlier, had noticed a flock of sheep crossing the square. He now notices the same man who led the sheep running back the other direction, sheepless.
Rond notices a group of hooded figures (looking slightly sinister?) off by the statue between Magic Square and Adventurers Square, who seem to have been observing the 'chicken' crowd by The Catacombs. They begin moving off toward Adventurers Square.
The elegant lady, perhaps in her late fifties, speaks to Bill. "She is in charge here, isn't she?" as she indicates Sunblaze. "Or is someone else in charge here? You see - Oh, that was a wonderful act you have here, by the way, little man - you see, my son - Godfrey the Fourth - it is his birthday - his tenth, you know, next week - and, well, would you be so kind as to perform? Oh - why are the other chickens - the rooster is leaving? Excuse me." She runs off, both rather daintily, and rather quickly, in pursuit of the 'rooster.'
Damocles Tuesday January 23rd, 2001 7:26:14 PM
"The Red Wyrm Inn would provide greater opportunity for excitement... And I could certainly use some of that," states Damocles.
He smiles at the retreating woman. "It is a shame that I was not here to show her my wings. What a bird she would I thought I have been there." He chuckles, obviously in more jovial spirits.
Rond Wednesday January 24th, 2001 12:43:29 PM
For any of the group that is near Rond, mumbles, "I'll catch up with you guys". Rond will go into detective mode, and try his best to trail the group he saw, and see if he can get any better details.
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday January 24th, 2001 4:04:16 PM
"Goodbye, Arrisa, goodbye!" Bill shouts to the retreating ranger. "Have fun with the druids. I hope to see you again sometime!" He waves to her.
"Whichever is fine, as long as the pies are good," Bill says. "But since Damocles wants the Red Wyrm - let's meet there. See ya later, Herold."
To the elegant lady, he answers, "In charge? In charge of what? She's in charge of her snake, I think. What? Godfrey? I like birthday parties. Oh, okay, lady," he answers yet another retreating female.
"Hey, where's Rond going?" he pokes Draax in the thigh. "Should we follow him, or does he want to go off on his own?"
Sedar Wednesday January 24th, 2001 5:07:13 PM
Replying to Rond, "Be careful. It's a new place for us. Who knows what's about? The Red Wyrm is where we'll be for a bit." Moving over to Bill T and the others he adds, "Don't worry Bill. He can take care of himself. Let's go find something to eat."
Sunblaze Wednesday January 24th, 2001 7:26:36 PM
Sunblaze stays in her bird like form and walks around. When Bill gets out she smiles to him...but is quite annoyed. "I think something is up. There is someone who wants us gone...and I think we should stay together...unless anyone can see a reason why we should not."
Sunblaze looks around for anyone else who didn't run away.
Arien Wednesday January 24th, 2001 9:47:49 PM
Flexing his fingers to break in his new set of gloves Arien turns to the remaining party members and asks, "Well what shall we do? We could got to that inn and wait or perhaps maybe just wander the city. Its a rather new place and it seems there may be some unfriendly elements so we ought to stay at least in pairs. I for one would like to see more of the city, who wants to come along?"
Draax Wednesday January 24th, 2001 10:30:25 PM
Draax looks towards Rond as Bill pokes him. "Yeah, something is up, he just went into stealth mode." Listening to Sedar words of comfort. "Sedar is right, Rond can take care of himself and I do not have experience in being stealthy and not being seen."
Taking a second to think to himself his says, "I really don't feel comfortable letting him go off by himself, but if he is trying not to be seen I would only hamper his efforts."
Looking at Arien. "So, what else in the city do you want to see?" Pointing in the direction that Rond went Draax says. "How about over in that direction?"
DM Kim Thursday January 25th, 2001 11:53:39 AM
As Rond moves in the direction of the robed figures, he notices a parchment placed about four feet up from the base of the statue. Those he follows turned to the right, going down the alley between the "Sticks and Stones" shop and the large building next to it.
Next to side of The Catacombs, the elegant lady attempts to converse with one man who is still in poultry mode. He pecks at her feet, and she jumps back, startled.
The fellow who was crowing earlier, however, is no longer looking like the cock of the walk. He rubs his face and shakes his head, as the woman who had ground the parchment under her heel talks with him quietly. Some of the crowd has broken up, though a few stay on, looking amused at the lady who is talking with the 'chicken,' and a few others trying to eavesdrop on the woman talking with the 'rooster.'
A pretty strawberry blonde half elf walks briskly past the group, a smile on her face. She wears a mid-calf-length dress with puffy sleeves, and carries a basket on her left arm.
Damocles Thursday January 25th, 2001 1:15:59 PM
The priest strides over the woman consoling the avian man. "Well, seems like he had the feathers pulled off his wings," Damocles smirks, seeming unusually jovial. "Now, what is it that's causing this? The parchment, some sort of charm spell?"
DM Kim Thursday January 25th, 2001 9:21:02 PM
"Some sort of spell? Some sort of foul magic, you ask me!" the beefy woman answers, the pun unintentional. "Wot you smiling that way for, huh? Thinkin' it's funny, wot happened to my Barry, eh? I'll not put up with yer smart-aleck remarks, unnerstand?" She eyes Damocles, put off by his amusement at her Barry's expense. "Was this here parchment wot did it. He got to readin' it, after that other fool over there looked at it," she says, pointing to the remaining chicken. The sweating woman puffs, holds up a few pieces of the parchment, and shoves them into Damocles' chest. "You take it if you want. I'm takin' my Barry home, where he can proper get his head cleared." Then she turns toward a plain-looking man in brown robes. "Thank you, good man, for helping my Barry." She takes out a small purse, and carefully extracts two platinum pieces. "This is for yer trouble." He accepts it, a serious look on his face, and a slight bow to the woman. He looks at Damocles, and turns to go.
Rond Thursday January 25th, 2001 10:40:49 PM
As Rond does his best to try to follow the group of men he had spotted. He discreetly scoops up the scroll and deposits it inside his tunic. Rond will approach the corner in such a way as to be able to look down the alley, before he rounds the corner.
Scrolls Investigation
DM Kim Friday January 26th, 2001 3:15:31 PM
Rond sees the last robed figure go around the corner to the left at the end of the narrow street.
Arien Friday January 26th, 2001 4:44:50 PM
"Sure let's head that way, after all one never knows where adventure lurks. Do you others want to accompany us or shall we split?" Arien waits for their response before heading off with Draax.
Bill Troublefinder Friday January 26th, 2001 6:56:38 PM
Bill watches the pretty half elf pass by. "She looks familiar, I think," he comments. The halfling looks like he is trying to clear his head and get his bearings. He turns in a circle, taking in the buildings and the people in Magic Square.
"Hey, yeah, let's stick together!" he answers Arien. "Damocles, Sunblaze, everyone, let's go!" He sets off in a brisk walk toward the left of the Sticks and Stones shop.
Sunblaze Friday January 26th, 2001 7:14:25 PM
Sunblaze watches the 'men' stare at the half elf and gets angry, she struts towards the first female in his party and talks in a voice loud enough for the rest of the group to hear.
"Pah... they don't even notice the good ones. I say we show them something." Sunblaze laughs slightly wanting to smack the guys around. She follows behind her friends, taking back guard and looking around. (OOC: Do we have our items we bought?)
Draax Friday January 26th, 2001 7:40:14 PM
Draax smiles as they set off in the direction that Rond headed. "I agree Arien, adventure seem to lurk in some of the most unexpected places. The best part is that even if nothing happens we will have a chance to see some more of the city."
Rond Saturday January 27th, 2001 9:57:56 PM
Rond does his best to continue to follow the group. He looks around occasionally, to see if any one is paying attention to him.
DM Kim d20+2=17 d20=2 d6=4 d6=2 d20=8 d20=7 d6=1 Monday January 29th, 2001 3:53:42 PM
Rond follows the left-turn corner, and sees he can go straight ahead, following the castle-like building on his left, or quickly turn right. The last member of the robed group has gone to the right, and disappears around a jog to the right. As Rond continues to follow, three gnomes in shiny armor come toward him, but give him as wide a berth as possible in the narrow street. One says, "Good day, sir," in passing. As they go past, one comments to another, "Sally does a good job, I'd say."
Those following Rond at a distance are soon passed by the same gnomes. "Good day, good day," the gnome with the most bulbous nose says politely to Draax, Arien, et al. Looks like they're heading toward Magic Square.
As the last gnome passes Sunblaze, the last person in the group, she feels a tweaky pinch on her bottom.
Meanwhile, Rond's pursuit leads him across Warrior's Lane, where a number of people walk, including a pair of formidable half giants in bronze armor with heavy hafted spears, plus others in more common garb. He crosses past the back and side of The Green Tortoise Club, where he notes eight feet above street level the figure of a man standing behind a glass window, apparently absorbed in reading a scroll. As he comes through there, he finds he has lost sight of the robed figures. He can choose to go: 1) Right, past one side of Waldo's Armor, and by Sally's Petite Armor; or 2) An easy left, crossing in front of Waldo's, Insignias by Poto (a building covered with representations of shields and coats of arms), Jehosephat's Rare & Ancient Emporium, and Money Changing by Galey; or 3) A sharp left, passing in front of The Green Tortoise, and toward Finlin Vod's Party House. [Reference http://members.aol.com/thejericho/pcdragon.html ]
Arien spots a parchment on the wall of the unmarked building to the right of the alley exiting on Warrior's Lane. Sedar notices a different parchment on the front of the same building.
There seems to be a disturbance toward the end of Warrior's Lane, near the intersection with Adventure's End.
Draax, looking to the left, sees that there is an overhead walkway which crosses Warrior's Lane. The walkway is lined with round shields, metallic alternating with wooden.
Arien Tuesday January 30th, 2001 2:19:37 AM
Curious about the parchment, Arien approaches it and gives it a quick scan.
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday January 30th, 2001 2:35:31 AM
Bill nods to the gnomes. He finds himself checking the ground occasionally for seed grains. In Warrior's Lane, he looks left, then right, seeing who is there, what they may be doing, and trying to make a mental map of where they've been, and what's where. He looks up at the half giants, impressed with their spears. The halfling thinks about asking them if they know the giants who ran the big wheel ride back in Windhorn Hamlet, but reins in this impulse at the last moment. When the disturbance is heard down the street, he sees if there's anything he can climb up on to get a better look at what might be happening down there.
Rond Tuesday January 30th, 2001 7:44:36 AM
Rond quickly checks down each direction for the party he was following. When he doesn't spot anyone, he decided to hold position at the intersection (of choice 2 and 3), and keep an eye down both of them for about 2 minutes.
If no one appears he'll move towards Finlan's. Once nearer to Finlan's, he'll observe the type of patronage Finlan's receives.
Otherwise, he'll resume the chase! :)
Draax Tuesday January 30th, 2001 9:35:39 PM
Draax looks toward the shields on the walkway. He tries to see if any of them have a coat of arms on them. Draax also looks around and takes notice of the type of people walking around.
Sedar Tuesday January 30th, 2001 11:34:37 PM
Noticing the parchment. He forces his eyes away. Reaching out he rips it down and crumples it up. Shoving it deep into a pocket. Shouting to Arien. "Don't read that ... remember before with Bill T"
Damocles Wednesday January 31st, 2001 2:00:12 AM
The priest picks up the scraps of parchment with his eyes closed, securing them away in a pouch. He then turns to Draax. "Is it your want that I take to the sky? Perhaps I can best scout where Rond is from there and catch a glimpse of whomever he was pursuing?"
DM Kim Wednesday January 31st, 2001 2:13:49 AM
Arien, looking at the parchment, reads, "Coming Soon: Spectacular Event At The Golden Arena In Gladiator Park. Don't Miss It! The Event Of The Year! Date Soon To Be Announced! Invite Your Friends!"
There is a nice color drawing of the interior of the Golden Arena, showing every seat filled, and a dozen or so small figures at the center, apparently performing a dance, with gauzy streamers behind. There is more verbiage at the bottom, but Arien's reading is interrupted by Sedar's voice.
Draax notes that several of the wooden shields do have coats of arms, and two of the metal ones do. One pair of the wooden shields with the heraldic images are similar to each other, but most are distinct.
Rond does not see those he was following. Out of Finlin Vod's Party House come four dwarfs. Three look particularly happy -- for dwarfs, at least. One looks to be in a foul mood, and keeps a few feet distance from his companions - they are all similarly attired, axe over the shoulder, hammer on hip, small and well-worn knapsacks on their backs, a few alesacks. The happy one in the lead shakes a pouch up and down, and the distinct sound of shaken coins is heard as they move in Rond's direction. As they go by, the dour dwarf is mumbling something like, "... find out how, then flatten them like bliny..." He keeps on striking the palm of his hand with his hammer.
Bill spots a chair next to an upended barrel beside a building - easily climbable. From the top, Bill can see - lots of people walking down the street. A few pick up their pace in walking toward the disturbance. Others do likewise moving away from it. But, though some shouts waft their way from the far end of the street, it's hard to discern what is being said.
Draax notes many different people - but a fair percentage look attired in the various fashions of warriors. Some look rough, some more refined. A nervous pair of skinny boys find their walk made brisk by a bulky man of medium height who marches them quickly down the road held by the scruff of their necks, towards the end of the road that opens into Adventurer's Square.
Sunblaze Wednesday January 31st, 2001 1:28:32 PM
As the gnome pinches Sunblaze she pulls out her dagger and says in a calm voice. "Next to do that loses a finger." She then walks with her friends until they stop.
Sunblaze watches as her friends do many things, each differing from the last. She decides to watch the dwarfs and she sees a moment she walks up to them smiling.
"Hello, I am Sunblaze... you seem to have a problem... at least you anyway." Sunblaze points to the angry dwarf. "You are also armed to the teeth, perhaps you are looking for someone or something?"
Rond Wednesday January 31st, 2001 2:06:43 PM
Having not discovered anything further, Rond pauses for a second more. Upon not finding anyone, Rond starts to wander back to the Red Wyrm Inn, to meet back up with the group. (In his periphery, as best he can, he'll see whether anyone comes out of hiding.)
Arien Wednesday January 31st, 2001 5:05:29 PM
"Huh? What are you talking about Sedar? Is that why Bill was acting so odd? I was in the Catacombs so I missed that part. Anyway this is just advertising some grand event in the Golden Arena in the Gladiator Park. Let me see what it's all about." Arien takes the parchment down and finishes the reading while rejoining the group. When he reaches them he passes the flyer about so they can all read it.
Draax Wednesday January 31st, 2001 6:19:56 PM
Draax takes note of a few of the more interesting coats of arms so that he can ask someone later about who they represent. He smiles as he observes the man escorting the boys. Hearing Sedar's warning he looks over at Arien reading the parchment. "Uh oh."
Sedar Wednesday January 31st, 2001 9:42:28 PM
"Sorry Arien, my mistake. I guess sometimes I worry too much."
Arien Thursday February 1st, 2001 7:34:43 PM
"Hey no problem, someone should worry for the group, tell you what. You have permission to do my share of the worrying from now on. I never do it anyway."
DM Kim d20=5 d20=4 Thursday February 1st, 2001 9:52:25 PM
After Sunblaze threatens the retreating gnomes, she hears the last one give a raspberry.
Based upon what Rond can recall, the Red Wyrm Inn should be just down the alley past Sally's Petite Armor (63), or, maybe he can try cutting through one of the shops - Waldo's Armor (64), Insignia's by Poto (50), Jehosephat's Rare & Ancient Emporium (68), or cut around the corner marked by Money Changing By Galey (61), and head for the front entrance of the Red Wyrm Inn (former Red Dragon Inn) (2).
Sunblaze, just after addressing the dwarfs, notices Rond looking around.
As Arien reads the smaller writing at the bottom, he finds that the poster promises, "Possibly a life-changing event. You will not want to miss it. Bring your friends, your family. Hey, your familiar, if you have one." "Time and date to be announced." If others look at the parchment that Arien passes on, they will see what he saw.
The dwarfs look up at Sunblaze. The one with the coin pouch quickly stuffs it under his breastplate, then jumps up and down to encourage it to drop down a ways. The dour-looking dwarf almost bumps into the fellow before him, then quickly takes a defensive stance, hammer ready. "Whadda you wanna know fer?" he growls back. One of his companions says, "Nobody in particular, lady. Someone tell you to ask us?" The latter fellow speaks in a neutral tone, not hostile, not friendly.
Bill Troublefinder Thursday February 1st, 2001 10:05:58 PM
Though he'd love to find out what's going on down the street, Bill figures it'd be better to stick with his friends. "Hey Draax, Arien, Sedar, Damocles - Sunblaze just went around that curved building there into the alleyway. I'm gonna see what's up over there." He climbs down from the barrel to the chair to the street, and weaves his way among the crowd past the curving side of The Green Tortoise Club. He sees up ahead the back of Sunblaze, and scurries over to find out who she's talking with. "Hi!" he says to the bardic mage. "Hello!" he greets the dwarfs. "You know each other? I'm Bill!"
Sedar Thursday February 1st, 2001 10:56:15 PM
OOC (will be away from a computer for a week. Sedar can disappear for awhile somewhere in town during that time, unless you need him for support) sorry for the short notice kent)
Draax Friday February 2nd, 2001 12:05:53 AM
Draax reads the flyer as it is passed around. "This seem interesting, hopefully it will occur while we are still in the city." Hearing Bill address everyone about going into the alley after Sunblaze, Draax calls after him. "If you need any help just yell." Draax continues to look at the different people and the different coats of arms on the shields.
Damocles Friday February 2nd, 2001 11:19:39 AM
"A good idea friend Bill... I will use this opportunity to try out my new garments." Damocles speaks a quick word and the cloak on his back fades into his flesh. Moments later, great, feathered wings spring forth, unfurling in resplendent fashion. "Ah... such a tingly feeling," he states, as he begins to beat them and launch himself into the sky as to get an aerial perspective of the goings-on.
Sunblaze Friday February 2nd, 2001 11:26:12 AM
Sunblaze looks towards the dwarfs with intrest, and speaks slowly. "Nobody sent us, but being armed so very well makes me think trouble is brewing in this city, or around you. Am I correct?"
Sunblaze Saturday February 3rd, 2001 1:45:50 AM
(Sorry for such a short post, I thought I sent it all...guess not. Here it is.)
Sunblaze knows to watch what she says with an angry dwarf, and knows even better that each one has a bigger temper then the last. She thinks for a moment, where she tries to place the exact words to use when she comes up with an idea. She searches her backpack, and pulls our a magnificent stone, a beatiful yellow amber with an orange ting in it. Inside it looks as if a wold was stuck inside, never moving, timeless itself. She puts the amber out in her hands, for one of the dwarves to take, and speaks calmly. "It is a gift from me to you, take it in good health my friends." Sunblaze looks to the dwarves hoping to have their attention with the magnificent stone. "Nobody has sent us, but you being armed so well makes me think there is trouble brewing, either in the city, or near you. Am I correct?"
DM Kim Saturday February 3rd, 2001 4:11:09 PM
From Vinod's a minute ago came three big ugly guys, one medium-sized reasonably-nice looking guy, a big ugly woman, a rather beautiful woman, and a short plain-looking man. After walking along, as though looking for something, one of the big ugly guys shouts, "There they are!" They hustle purposefully toward the dwarfs.
Nearby pedestrians appear startled, or worried, or delighted, or afraid, or pugnacious, when Damocles spreads his wings. As he ascends, he notes one green-clad fellow on the street below nocking an arrow in his bow and aiming ever-so-slightly ahead of Damocles... but he has not yet loosed his arrow. The buildings here are twenty five to fifty feet high.
The dwarfs tense as Sunblaze reaches into her backpack, and they spread out. When she offers them the gem, they initially react with suspicion, except for the one red-bearded dwarf, who has not yet spoken, whose eyes light up as soon as they see the beauty. He reaches out his hand for the gem. But the second dwarf who spoke with Sunblaze (who has a large mole on his right cheek) slaps his hand away, and asks, "Whadda we have to do for it?" The dour-looking dwarf answers his companion, "Who cares, Graydown, let's just take it. She said 'gift,' dincha hear?" He reaches for it.
"Trouble? Who doesn't have trouble?" he asks. Then turns his head as he hears the shout from behind.
Sunblaze Saturday February 3rd, 2001 4:26:35 PM
As the dwarven men act in surprise at her gift she smiles. "It is a gift, nothing is asked for in return but a pleasant word." Sunblaze being completely oblivious to Damocles, doesn't notice the archer. Sunblaze places her hand on her sword as the people come to the dwarves, whispering quietly. "What has happened... are you in trouble?" She keeps one eye on the oncoming people.
Draax Sunday February 4th, 2001 9:55:28 PM
Draax continues to look around and observe the different things in his local area. Upon hearing the men shouting and the footsteps, Draax turns to look. He points and says to any one close enough to hear. "This should be interesting." Draax walks quickly to see what's going on and what is going to happen.
Arien Monday February 5th, 2001 1:26:38 AM
Noticing that the situation could rapidly degenerate as angry people (especially Dwarves) were wont to do Arien decides to get out of harm's way. He walks over to the nearest building and after a moment of consideration leaps on to the side of the wall. His hands sticking to the smooth wall Arien scales the building effortlessly. After he reaches the top he squats on the edge of the roof to get a better view of the area and to watch the events below.
Rond Monday February 5th, 2001 3:32:51 PM
(taking option #3), Rond goes into the Red Wyrm Inn.
Bill Troublefinder Monday February 5th, 2001 7:04:38 PM
"Whoa - look out behind you. C'mon with us, uh, Graydown and all. To the Red Wyrm Inn! Sunblaze, it's that way!" Bill steps around the dwarfs, encouraging them quickly to follow after Sunblaze, as he watches the big uglies approach.
DM Kim (Marker Post) Monday February 5th, 2001 9:28:46 PM
[holding place for something soon to be added - go ahead and continue posting - I'll post late this evening - KIM]
DM Kim [placeholder: do not delete] Tuesday February 6th, 2001 2:08:21 AM
This post left intentionally blank. Do not delete.
Damocles Tuesday February 6th, 2001 12:49:26 PM
Damocles glides down to Arien, and perches next to him on the wall. "If nothing else we shall at least have height to our advantage, should the fight come down to that."
DM Kim d20=5 d20=4 d20=16 d20=7 Tuesday February 6th, 2001 2:09:39 PM
[Sorry, gang. Immediately after the 'placeholder post' above last night, my computer refused for half an hour to reconnect to my ISP, and finally froze. Here's what I tried to post.]
Three of the dwarfs, observing those rushing toward them, choose to take Bill's suggestion. They follow after Sunblaze so well, that they actually pass her by. The fourth dwarf (he of the dour expression) raises his hammer to face the assault. As he glances over his shoulder to gauge his companions' positions for tactical purposes, he realizes that they have a different gameplan. Expressing a dwarven term of disgust, he pivots to run after his companions.
Herold with a companion (DM Kim) d20=19 Tuesday February 6th, 2001 2:47:13 PM
"And of course here, on Warrior's Way - oh, there's a flophouse down there on the left - as I was saying, on Warrior's Way, fighters of all sorts meet to swap stories, trade weapons, and occasionally join in a friendly brawl," the charming bard Herold relates to the fellow walking beside him. "Now, The Green Tortoise is a gentleman's club, for the nobility, landowners, and their friends, with a reading room, exercise facilities, bathhouse, and reputedly a very good chef. Over there is Waldo's Armor - say, Farlonger, there is Sunblaze! Oof!" he concludes, as a dwarf's path intersects Herold's.
The Big Ugly Gang (DM Kim) Tuesday February 6th, 2001 4:17:15 PM
Meanwhile, those who spotted the dwarfs continue to bear down, and are about sixty feet from Bill Troublefinder.
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday February 6th, 2001 4:19:46 PM
The halfling decides that this is not yet his fight. So he walks a few steps up the stairs of The Green Tortoise Club, hoping the gang will pass him by.
Farlonger Tuesday February 6th, 2001 9:44:38 PM
Farlonger follows the direction of Herold's call, and sees Sunblaze. He waves happily to the other elf, even as the quartet of galloping dwarves pushes around him and his companion.
Still, he seems more pleasantly fascinated with the events than curiously cautious. As Herold threatens to be toppled by a burly dwarf, Farlonger calls over to Sunblaze.
"Hello, person named Sunblaze! Is dwarf-racing a common sport around here?"
Arien Tuesday February 6th, 2001 11:10:56 PM
Arien follows the Big Ugly Gang via rooftops. Leaping the shorter distances between roofs and descending and ascending the buildings when faced with a larger space or a building of greater height.
DM Kim Wednesday February 7th, 2001 2:53:10 AM
As Arien focuses on the gang below, he notices for the first time a man and a woman sitting on a carpet which hovers just above the triangular building opposite The Green Tortoise. The man, toward the back of the carpet, looks down towards the street, arms folded. The woman's gaze alternates between Damocles and Arien, with an occasional glance over her opposite shoulder. She holds a slender stick in her hand.
DM Kim d20=11 d20=11 d20=16 d20=19 d2=1 Wednesday February 7th, 2001 3:08:14 AM
"Watch where you're going, man," grumbles the dwarf. He rises, and continues running away.
The pursuers draw towards the front of the Green Tortoise. The one in the lead, while running by, sees Bill up on the stairs, and heads for him. This fellow is 6'6", perhaps 300 pounds, and rather half-orcish looking. Taking three steps as one, he leans over, and breathes the stench of his breath in the halfling's face. "What you did say to Pago? What you did tell him go? Huh?" He grabs Bill's left arm, and lifts him up by it into the air, so as to encourage a response.
The second in the group, a woman who looks stunning, but with a hard edge to her countenance, confronts Sunblaze. "What story did they tell you, sister? You their friend?"
Herold, knocked back a few feet in the collision with the dwarf, reaches a hand into a pouch at his waist.
Damocles Wednesday February 7th, 2001 1:27:43 PM
The cleric frowns noticing the woman and turns to Arien. "I think they may be the cause of the current strife. What do you believe?" he whispers, all the while running through scenarios in his head as to what the next step should be.
Arien Wednesday February 7th, 2001 7:33:02 PM
"You might be right but I suggest for the moment Damocles that we wait a moment to see if our friends need any help before doing anything." Arien stops above Bill and the half-orc. He tries to catch the half-orc's attention by clearing his throat rather loudly. If the half-orc looks up he tells it in a somewhat neutral tone that it would be best for him to put Bill down.
Bill Troublefinder - Chatting at arm's length Wednesday February 7th, 2001 8:02:22 PM
"Ouch!" says the halfling as the huge ugly thing lifts him off the ground. "I just told them my name, and said, 'hello.' You are very rude, you know. Here you are picking me up and we've never even met before. Oh, and I asked them who they were, because my friend was talking with them. Hey, is your boot untied? I don't wear boots, so mine never come untied. Why is your arm so hairy? Do you use something special to help it grow? The top of my feet are hairy - see? Who is that pretty lady talking to my friend? Is she your friend? I bet she smells better than you do. Have you taken a bath this year? My mother told me that apples help freshen the breath. I'd be happy to buy you an apple... Oh, wait, I know, it was kind of hard to remember, you know, because you just kind of picked me up all of a sudden, then there I was - I AM, I mean, just hanging up here in the air. Wait-wait-wait-don't-hit-me I'll-tell-you-what-I-forgot I-told-them." The halfling takes in a big breath, then answers, "I said, 'Look out behind you!' Yes, that's what I said. Then I said, I told them, that is, to go to the Inn, you know, where the adventurers are, and big wyrms, and stuff. Or, to the - hey, friend," he calls over to Sunblaze, "what DID I say? This guy is getting me all confused! Oh, hi up there!" he says, looking up in the air at Arien.
Sunblaze Wednesday February 7th, 2001 9:45:28 PM
Sunblaze held back by these people confronting her, pulld her sword and speaks calmly. "Everyone stop, I'm not in the mood for games and am fed up with this. If you all don't tell me exactly what is going on I will use this." Sunblaze looks in the direction of the voice asking if she is friends with these dwarves and speaks slowly. "Listen, I just met these four, so back off." Sunblaze looks to her friends and gives them a look and mouths 'Ready your weapons, this could get ugly'.
Draax Thursday February 8th, 2001 12:02:18 AM
Draax turns to follow the running, trying to look like a nosey tourist. He stops when they stop and finds a building to lean on while observing what is going on. As the big guy picks up Bill, Draax slips a throwing dagger in his hand and begins to pick at his fingernails while keeping an eye on the situation. In a low voice to himself he says. "I knew something was going to happen, it was just a little to peaceful for us." He smiles to himself ready to release the dagger in flight if needed.
Herold the Large (DM Kim) d20+8=27 Thursday February 8th, 2001 1:13:59 AM
The normal-sized charming host Herold is gone. Well, at least the normal-sized version is gone. Herold, though, is definitely present, in a big way. Before the eyes of anyone who happened to be looking, he grew to a height of over nine feet, with a significant increase in body mass. He is head and shoulders taller than the biggest half-orc here. As he speaks, his voice is over an octave lower than normal.
"These are not the ones you want," he says to the woman who spoke to Sunblaze. "The authorities are watching you from above." His eyes raise briefly to the corner of the rooftop of the triangular building across from The Green Tortoise Club. (Bill, Farlonger, Arien and Damocles can see a man and a woman peering over the edge of a hovering carpet just above the 20' high building.) His eyes come back to look at the half-orc who just stopped behind the woman. "You may go on your way, now. I would suggest you walk."
DM Kim d20=1 d20=8 d20=1 d20=2 d20=17 d20=17 d20=13 d20+7=25 d8+7=14 Thursday February 8th, 2001 2:58:23 AM
The woman who asked Sunblaze the question puts her left hand up her right sleeve and her eyes narrow.
But as Herold speaks, her attention is diverted.
The half-orc behind the beautiful woman blinks at Herold's words, and walks dumbly down the street. The female half-orc behind him looks up in disgust toward those on the carpet, spits, and follows after the one who walks away. Remarkably, the beautiful hard-edged woman complies meekly, and the short plain-looking man, who wears what looks like very fine soft gray silky cloth, nods and heads in the same direction as his companions.
Up on the stairway, however, the half-orc there was totally oblivious to whatever Herold was saying. He shakes Bill as the little fellow jabbers away. "Shut up! Shut up!" He shakes him again. "Say too many words to say anything, you say. Shut mouth!" He throws the halfling down the stairs (14 hp damage, or save for half), and makes a threatening gesture toward Arien, though it's unlikely he would be able to reach him. He stomps off toward Herold, missing brushing him by inches, but walking down the narrow street that leads to the back of the Red Wyrm Inn, with the others.
The last half-orc heads back the way he came. At the far corner of the triangular building, he looks back, then takes a sharp right, out of sight.
Only the fairly handsome fellow remains of those who had been charging down the street moments ago. He looks up at Herold. "Don't I know you?"
Herold (DM Kim) Thursday February 8th, 2001 3:03:00 AM
"Yes. How did you get mixed up with this group, Lepkar?" Herold asks.
"Well, they take care of me, and I take care of them." He looks uncomfortable, and sounds defensive. "Well, see you later. Well, uh, goodbye." He walks toward the rest of his retreating group, and turns slightly a few times as though to look back, but checks himself.
Bill Troublefinder d20+2=6 Thursday February 8th, 2001 3:11:27 AM
Bill does not land very softly. He groans, and rubs his head. A gash was opened up on his forehead, and, as happens sometimes with head wounds, blood flows down his face.
"Oo-oo... Let's just go to the Red Wyrm. I need to sit down for a while. Hi, Herold," Bill says without much energy. He looks at the newcomer, and nods, but then just leans over as he sits on the bottom step, rocking up and down slightly.
Farlonger d20+9=16 Thursday February 8th, 2001 11:36:52 AM
"Oh, you poor little person! I know you don't actually know who I am but let me fiddle with your forehead a bit. I'm a bit of a healer, in case I didn't mention that."
Pulling a dagger from under his ratty, patchwork cloak, the pale elf cuts a length of cloth from his tunic and approaches Bill. Halfling willing, he offers to press his makeshift bandage to Mr. Troublefinder's forehead. (And also halfling willing, Farlonger will institute some long-term care, Heal check 16).
"Herold," Farlonger sighs, distracted with his task and not actually concerned with the bard paying attention to him, "this is why I live in the woods, you know."
Sunblaze Thursday February 8th, 2001 12:05:52 PM
Sunblaze watches as the half-orcs leave and is quite happy when they leave. "Why hello, I am Sunblaze." The second she sees Bill hurt she rushes over to him and talks in a quickened voice. "Are you ok my friend...perhaps we shouldn't pick fights with creatures three times our size my friend." Sunblaze rips of a part of her shirt and places it apon the already placed bandade. "Sorry I did not reply to you sooner. As you can see something came up and I was prepared for battle."
Flying Carpet (Pull over, Arien) (DM Kim) Thursday February 8th, 2001 2:07:28 PM
The flying carpet pulls up next to the hovering Arien. A handsome woman sits silently. A dark-haired man with a mustache and goatee speaks. "Afternoon, sir. Are you in possession of a flying permit for Plateau City? By the way, that was good the way that you came to the aid of the halfling down there. May I see your permit?"
Bill Troublefinder Thursday February 8th, 2001 2:40:28 PM
Bill looks up at the kind stranger, and pulls back his hair so that he can attend to the wound. "Thanks." When Sunblaze offers to augment the bandage, Bill says, "That's nice of you, Sunblaze, but I won't be able to see if you add that! Hey, can we just go to the Inn now? They have a few quiet meeting rooms there, and maybe we can get one of them, and figure out some stuff." He rises, and says to the stranger. "My name is Bill, Bill Troublefinder, from Windhorn Hamlet, and this is my friend Sunblaze, and I see you know Herold, and - well, what's your name?" Bill holds out his hand to shake that of the newcomer.
Arien Thursday February 8th, 2001 5:21:59 PM
"I might have one if I could fly good Sir. As it is I merely climb. I could demonstrate for you if you like. It is the effect of my recently acquired cloak. I believe it is called a Cloak of Arachnida and like its name allows the user to climb like a spider in its web. As for my coming to the aid of the halfling he is my friend and compatriot. We both hail from Windhorn Hamlet and have arrived in town recently. Perhaps you could tell us what special laws there are in this city so that we might avoid breaking them?"
Farlonger Thursday February 8th, 2001 7:53:29 PM
The pale elf puts his hand to his forehand with a soft 'oh!', before extending it to shake hands lightly with Bill.
"I'm sorry. That's awfully rude of me. Yes, I'm Herold's friend, Farlonger. I'm a wandering woodsman, you see, and... well, that's my life story! I won't bore you."
Farlonger reigns in his wandering conversation skills with a shake of his head before placing a hand on Bill's shoulder and looking up to Sunblaze.
"I suppose you must be the friends that Herold mentioned. Well, it is a great pleasure to make your acquaintence. You know, an interesting first impression is sometimes better than a handshake, I find. Bill Troublefinder, don't you find a bandage for your head a much nicer greeting? Well, I... oh, there I go again. I'm sorry. I don't talk to people much."
The druid's otherwise fair complexion blushes a light pink quickly.
Ah, I meant, Pull Over, Damocles (DM Kim) Friday February 9th, 2001 1:26:41 AM
The man replies to Arien, "Oh, indeed, yes. New in the city, eh? No time to tell you all the laws, naturally. But, if one wishes to fly, a permit from any one of the Quarters' constabulatries, or the High Lord Mayor's Bureau of Air Affairs." Then he requests the same information from Damocles. "Your permit to fly, sir?"
Herold diminished (DM Kim) Friday February 9th, 2001 1:44:16 AM
"Damocles - show them what the you were given this morning. The medallion?" Herold waves his hand, and shrinks down to his normal size. "Gentlemen, lady, this is Farlonger. He's been staying over in the Druid Quarter for a while now. I invited him out to see the city. Saw a bit more than he expected, I suppose. So, the Red Wyrm Inn, right? Where is Rond?"
Damocles Friday February 9th, 2001 2:02:53 AM
The Alemite shrugs his shoulders in compliance and shows them his medallion. "Funny. I thought we of the priesthood kept up on laws such as these. I must be falling behind in my studies." Damocles sighs. "Any chance that you would have a pocket guide to the laws handy? Something small and portable?"
Rond's walk (DM Kim) Friday February 9th, 2001 2:07:38 AM
In the mean time, Rond has made his way out to Adventurer's Square, then back toward the main entrance of the Red Wyrm Inn. He has seen scores of people pouring into the Inn, occasionally a few coming out. As he reaches the entrance, a pair of men stand outside. "Crowded in there today, sir. Something big in the Maw. You'll need to turn in your weapons, or have them peacebonded." One holds the door open for Rond.
Sunblaze Saturday February 10th, 2001 2:17:18 PM
Sunblaze looks towards the Druid and smiles at him. "You're kind of cute." She looks at him for a moment longer and then walks towards the Red Wyrm Inn, and when she is asked to remove her weapons she gets somewhat angry, not showing it, but those who were with her before know that she could do it again. "I ask to keep these by my side, for my own protection. And if you wish approval then here it is." She pulls out of her shirt the Medal that was given to her, and shows it to the keeper at the door.
Arien Sunday February 11th, 2001 6:35:07 PM
Seeing that the authorities had no quarrel with him Arien scampers down the side of the building and meets up with the remaining party members. "Well shall we head back to the inn? Or do we want to wander around a bit more, I imagine there are still many sights left to see."
Arrival (DM Jerry) Sunday February 11th, 2001 10:11:31 PM
The party arrives at the Red Wyrm Inn. Two gnomes in surcoats open the doors for you with a bow. Music, smoke, and the smells of food come from within making your mouth water.
Two halflings sit on high stools behind a counter. "Your cloaks and weapons gentlefolks. Or you may peacebond if you prefer. Welcome!"
[ooc Kim was having trouble posting.]
Into the Inner Sanctum - DM Kim Monday February 12th, 2001 2:58:41 PM
The inn is full of a noisy crowd, and bets made on a group of adventurers who just returned from the Maw are being settled.
Once the request for a private room is made, Franklin himself delivers the adventurers through a door, down a hallway, and through heavy wooden doors into a medium-sized sitting room. He walks to a set of bookshelves, and spends a few moments rearranging several books on the shelves - moving perhaps 15 or 20 around. He then closes the wooden doors from the hallway, and the bookshelves swing apart. Behind them a thick metal slab slides aside. Then, several feet beyond, a pair of thick stone doors, though massive, appear exquisitely balanced as Franklin opens them into a well-appointed room. "Herold, the deliveries were made, as you requested." Then, addressing the group as a whole, Franklin says, "This room is special. If someone places a hand on this crystal prism in the center of the table, then you may speak, and order what refreshments you desire from the kitchen. Over here at this indentation in the wall an unseen servant - a magical creature, you know, will deliver the food and drink. There are protections on this process, as well. This creature is not to be feared as an eavesdropper. I was informed that you wish not to be disturbed. Through special construction techniques, and augmented with permanent spells of warding, scrying into or out of this room is not possible, except auditorily if the crystal is pressed by living flesh. I assure you that nothing short of a canny demigod would likely be able to circumvent the security here. To exit, just press both hands here on this metal sphere to the side of each door. There are toilet and lavoratory facilities through that door at the far side of the room." Franklin bows, and closes the stone doors. The rest of the room has on the walls ornate woods, with an elegant carpet on the floor, chairs, pillows, and couches around the room. A familiar marble chest sits in one corner - those who were in Windhorn Hamlet would recognize it as the container for the gifts from Atomos.
Herold (DM Kim) Monday February 12th, 2001 3:04:48 PM
"On our trip over here from Windhorn Hamlet," begins Herold, "I was able to identify some of the items you won in your battles, which you had placed in chests placed in the carriages. I have taken the liberty of having the capabilities of those items evaluated by friends in high places. A scroll inside yon chest will enumerate what they learned, and you will find those items there. If there are some items you are carrying that you wish identified further, I will see what I can do."
Sunblaze Monday February 12th, 2001 8:11:39 PM
Sunblaze asks to keep her weapons on her, as she needs practice. "I shall keep them up in my room, and they will come out only if I am leaving. I can be escorted if you wish." She walks up the room with elegance, and a stride unlike any other. She reaches for the door, but then pulls back and coughs slightly in the direction of a male. Once inside looks around momentarily and then smiles. "Thank you Franklin." Her face red with excitement, as she has never been in such a room. Protected by magics which she wishes to perform. She walks over to the crystal and puts her hand over it, and then takes it away, and continuing to do so about 2 or 3 times until she is satisfied that it is foolproof.
Treasure and Plans
Old Treasure Allocation - DM Kim Wednesday February 14th, 2001 2:09:08 PM [Much that was gained in the Sentinel Head Rescue is still unassigned. I know that different characters have claimed, or are at least in possession of, some of the items listed below. But I do not have the information at my fingertips for all of them. Please let me know if there is an item listed that your character already has.
Then, whether in or out of character, let's get this divided up among the characters this week. And to save time and DM headaches, if you choose to sell any magic item(s), you will get 75% of book value. If you need to know the value, let me know. --DM Kim]
The scroll, written in elegant, yet legible script, lists the following:
Unassigned Non-magical Treasure: Signet ring that was on the hand found in a shark's gut. It belongs to the Duke's long-lost eldest son. Herold offers to have it returned to the Duke on behalf of the party, if they wish. 30 gold pieces 5 electrum pieces 18 copper pieces Ten gems, 25 gp each Three silver spoons, 1 gp value each A small dagger with jewels on it (20 gp)
Miscellaneous Magic: Ioun stone, Lavender (sustains person without air) Blast Cloak (ashen grey color). Sends magical fire-based attacks back upon the caster, works twice per day with this effect. Otherwise offers +4 on saves versus fire-based damaged. Fail, take 1/2 damage, save for no damage. (If attack is reflected, no damage to wearer.)
Armor: Helm +1 (slightly dented - no rust) Small Shield +1 (has a little dent, but is fully functional)
Weapons: Battleaxe of Cleaving +2 Light Crossbow +1 Long sword +1 Rapier +1 Trident +1 Net +1 Net of Snaring +1
Potions: Oil of Impact Potion of Climbing Potion of Extra Healing Potion of Fire Breath Potion of Flying Potion of Healing Potion of Levitation Potion of Plant Control Potion of Polymorph Self Potion of Storm Giant Strength Potion of Ventriloquism 6 Potions of Water Breathing Potion of Zombie Control
Scrolls: 2 Airy Water scrolls Protection from Evil scroll (wrapped in a piece of greased vellum paper) 3 Water Breathing scrolls Scrolls (in waterproof sealed tubes): Blade Barrier (clerical) Charm Plants (mage) Legend Lore (mage) Neutralize Poison (clerical) Sticks to Snakes (clerical)
Things people have claimed, or at least are specifically in possession of (Sorry I do not have all listed - help me out here):
Arien or Draax? – (+2 Dagger with carved dragon pommel, casts lightning bolt 6d6 1/day)
Arrisa - Staff of Divergence +2. Any lightning attack is diverted away from wielder (20 charges). Diverted to a random place 1 charge, to a chosen place 2 charges.
Bill - Bag of Holding Bill - 5 Darts of the Hornets (+2 to hit, and each dart splits into 5 +2 darts attacking the intended victim. Each dart usable only once). Bill - Ioun stone (heals 1 hit point per 2 minutes). Bill - Ioun stone (+1 saves & AC, or saves only if wearing armor) Bill - Silver Bracers of Defense AC 4 (+6 in 3e)
Rond - Quiver with 12 +1 arrows Rond - Two Arrows of accuracy, +3 to hit
Sedar - Ring of the Ram Sedar - Ring of Protection +2 Sedar - Ring of the Chameleon
Again, these are all items from the Sentinel Head rescue.
Bill Troublefinder Thursday February 15th, 2001 1:45:19 PM
"Wow!" Bill exclaims once the list is read. "Lots of good stuff. Now that we really know what it all is, how do you think we should divide it up? What would help us help each other best as a group, do you suppose, with how we divide this up? I'd be interested in a potion of water breathing, since we have six of them. And at least one potion of either flying or levitation. How 'bout the rest of you? Sedar? Rond? Draax? Arien? Damocles? And how 'bout the newer people who just joined us? Sunblaze and Farlonger. Can you use somethin' here, you think?"
Sedar Thursday February 15th, 2001 4:40:49 PM
Leaning over Bill T's shoulder, Sedar likewise reads the list some great items. "I think we should just take what we need and be fair about it. If something really fits someone else then we should consider that." The mage/thief than grabs out the list a potion of water breathing, a potion of polymorph self, a scroll of lengend lore, then adds the ring of the ram to the community list.
Arien Thursday February 15th, 2001 5:16:11 PM
"Well then let's see... I could use that dagger and that ring Sedar just tossed in, and maybe those bracers if no one else needs them."
Draax Thursday February 15th, 2001 8:00:22 PM
Draax take a potion of waterbreathing. " I would like the black cloak, the magical helm, the lavender ioun stone, and the potion of giant's stength."
Sunblaze Thursday February 15th, 2001 8:20:26 PM
Sunblaze looks in awe at all the items apon the list. "I want one of those, and one of those and two of those," she says jokingly, yet there are some things upon the list which look good to her. "If I am allowed to have any, then I shall wait until the end, when everone else has chosen."
Rond Thursday February 15th, 2001 11:26:38 PM
"Arien, I might suggest that either you or Sedar take the ring of the chameleon. I figured that you might be interested in make yourself not noticeable in certain situations. Sedar, you might want to take at least the healing potions, and be the person that feeds those of us that are front line fighters, if need be. We might want to also use you as the pack horse for any unwanted potions, if you are comfortable with that. I don't know about any of these other things."
Bill Troublefinder Friday February 16th, 2001 1:08:35 PM
"Arien, I've been wearing the bracers since we last were in Atomos' cave, and have kinda gotten used to them. Besides, I can't wear any armor, because, when I tried in the past, then I couldn't do some of the things I usually can do, some of the things my uncle taught me about, and even new things I figured out lately. But I CAN do those things with these on. So, like, if it's okay with you, I'd kinda like to keep them on. I hope that doesn't upset you too much or anything. I wonder if you can buy somethin' like 'em in the magical shops?"
Herold (DM Kim) Friday February 16th, 2001 1:37:05 PM
The party spends some time figuring out who should have what. After a while, Herold clears his throat. "Have you thought of where to stay here in town?" he asks the group. "Of course, rooms are available here at the Red Wyrm Inn. But occasionally a building, or part of one, becomes available for moving into. Is that something you'd like me to check into with my contacts?"
DM Kim Friday February 16th, 2001 1:41:52 PM [OOC: Let's go ahead and get this stuff all distributed, but in the meantime, push forward. Peer & Stan - can you work with everyone on the magic item distribution? Todd is rather busy at the moment. Thanks. Copy me on any email correspondence regarding how things are divided up - and send me your 3e character sheets once these matters are settled.]
The meeting eventually breaks up, and the group decides to stay at (pick an Inn, any Inn) for the time being. Over the next few weeks they get to know the city better. Herold arranges for those who wish opportunities to train with others who are more advanced in their respective adventuring skills. Sunblaze, Arien and Sedar are invited to attend a few seminars at the College of Mages. Damocles is welcomed by the local clerics of Alemi. They help him find a booklet entitled, "Welcome to Plateau City - Rules We Live By," that does a good job of bringing him up to date on the local laws, licenses, penalties, and such. Farlonger gets to know the city better, but pops back over to the Druid Quarter from time to time - even brings a few of his new-found friends and makes introductions. Rond, as a ranger, is welcomed with great warmth by the druids. Bill has a great time asking Farlonger's old hut-mate questions about plants and their properties. Bill also meets two people who possess a measure of skill in the mental arts. Draax and Rond are invited to engage in martial practice with some of the Plateau City military. Arien and Sedar also manage to make contact with a few rogues in the area, one of whom mentions he saw Arien climbing the walls of the Green Tortoise. "Very impressive technique," he is told.
Meanwhile, posters announcing the impending doom of the Wold appear at various places throughout the city. Sometimes, after reading a parchment, people are seen to walk about in a daze, or do things out of character with their personalities. No one knows for sure who is posting them, and rumors fly.
Word comes that the meeting requested with one of the High Lord Mayor's assistants has been postponed, but eventually it is time to honor the invitation accepted earlier to meet with...
Petty (high elf) occasional Secretary to the HLM Sturdavent (DM Kim) Friday February 16th, 2001 2:28:52 PM
Petty, who spoke with the group just after they met with the Council of Lords at the High Lord Mayor's castle, welcomes you to his home. Shortly after your arrival, a man named Marcus joins in as well. A very nice meal is served, and he engages in pleasantries as the meal progresses, asking what you all think of Plateau City, and whether there have been any difficulties in adjusting to this different pace of life. He asks questions of each of you, included Farlonger, whom he had not previously met. Petty asks after Arrisa, wondering why she chose to leave for the time being.
As you watch Marcus, who is quiet during the meal, he appears to be an intense listener. As well, he occasionally appears troubled, with an air of darkness about him, as though he bears weighty burdens that he cannot share. Though, as Petty chats about various goings-on in the City, when Sturdavent is mentioned once or twice, Marcus' eyes brighten.
Marcus (DM Kim) Friday February 16th, 2001 2:44:07 PM
As belts are loosened to accommodate the ample and sumptuous servings, Petty finally says, "I should tell you the reason you were invited. It was to meet this man," and he nods towards Marcus. Petty takes a sealed scroll and hands it to the party. Sunblaze recognizes it bears the same seal that Sturdavent used, and opens it.
"You are to trust my man Marcus, a Knight of the Realm, in all matters, as do I. [signed & sealed by] High Lord Mayor Sturdavent"
Marcus returns the nod to Petty, and, still seated, asks the party, "Are you particularly busy at this time?"
Arien Friday February 16th, 2001 4:09:28 PM
"Of course its ok Bill, like I said I only wanted them if no one else needed them. I find it better to have everyone equiped well rather than having just a few with all the stuff."
Later when talking to the rogue.
"Ah yes I felt that being able to climb walls quickly would come in handy sometime while we stayed here. Oh and another thing, I am rather new to the area, perhaps we could meet later and exchange information."
Still later at the dinner party.
"Well I can't speak for the others Sir Marcus but my schedule is rather...free at the moment."
Sunblaze Friday February 16th, 2001 4:40:53 PM
Sunblaze seeing as nobody has grabbed the items she wants quickly asks if she may take them. If so she does pick up the longsword, the Potion of Levitation, and the helmet. She places the helmet upon her head, and the potion in a secure place. The sword goes in a second scabbard, looking much like the other.
When she reachs Marcus, Sunblaze speaks with her wondrous voice. "Hello my friend, I am Sunblaze. One of the Windhorn Hamlet adventurers. I believe we were to have a meeting with you. Would you care to have it now my friend?"
Peer Friday February 16th, 2001 10:54:02 PM
OOC (Kim has asked to help organize and distribute the loot. So what I am going to do is just that. I have a general idea, from everyone's post on what they would like, and am going to assign everything. I will use time served, class, and character personality to do so. I will post this by Sunday. Kim if you or anyone has an objections to this method please let me know) peerj@aol.com ------ Sounds fine and efficient to me. If anyone wants to tweak the results, the characters can thumb wrestle over details. Bill will throw the +1 Save/AC Ioun stone into the pot if someone else wants it. Thanks, Peer --DM Kim
Draax Saturday February 17th, 2001 1:55:22 AM
Draax takes the items that he asked for. "Sorry Sunblaze, but I already laid a claim for the helm, but you are welcome to choose another unclaimed item"
Speaking to Marcus. "Like Arien, I am also free at the moment." The half-elf thinks to himself for a moment. "I am not sure of the exact reason that Arrisa is not with us, but I think she does not feel comfortable in a crowded city. Hopefully she will decide to join us later."
Sunblaze Sunday February 18th, 2001 12:18:56 PM
Sunblaze laughs as Draax takes the Helm. "Fine then." She says in a jokingly pouty voice. She grabs the Shield, A small dagger with jewels on it. "I say we bring an underwater breathing thing for each of us. Those who cannot cast spells should take potions." She reaches for a Water Breathing Scroll. "And I'll throw in something of mine." She reachs down to her boot and sets down a magnifacently well crafted dagger. It has many jewels on it, each a different shade and color then the last. "It's a magical dagger. Helps you hit enemies, it does." She goes for the last thing she wants. The Blast Cloak, and tries it on.
Bill Troublefinder Sunday February 18th, 2001 1:06:51 PM
"Sunblaze, you like the same stuff Draax does. He mentioned the 'black' cloak, but I think he meant the 'blast' cloak, 'cause there isn't any black cloak here - only the one ashen grey cloak."
Then, a few weeks later at the dinner with Secretary Petty and Marcus, the halfling answers the latter's question with a smile "Busy? Depends on what you have in mind!"
Peer Sunday February 18th, 2001 8:09:24 PM
This is what I came up with:
Arien -Dagger of Lightning, Ring of the Ram; Scroll of Airy Water, Potion of Water Breathing & Zombie Control
Bill T -Bracers of Defense +6, Bag of Holding (10 lbs. external weight, holds 30 cu ft, up to 180 lbs internal), Ioun stone of healing 1hp per 2 min, potion of ventriloquism, potion of flying, potion of water breathing, 5 darts of the hornet
Damocles - potion of water breathing, fire breathing, & oil of impact, scroll of airy water, blade barrier, ioun stone lavender (can breathe without air, including underwater), rapier +1
Draax -blast cloak, potion of storm giant str, potion of water breathing, helm +1
Rond -Ioun stone +1 ac/saves, Potion of water breathing, plant control, giant str, 2 +3 arrows of accuracy, 12 arrows +1, Battle axe +2 of cleaving
Sedar -Potion of xhealing, healing, polymorph self, scrolls of water breathing, legend lore, Ring of protection +2, ring of chameleon, light crossbow +1.
Sunblaze -+1 long sword, potion of water breathing, scroll of water breathing, neutralize poison, stick to snakes, shield +1
Herold -Signet ring to return to the Duke
Arissa [gone] -Staff of Divergence
K’isst [gone] 2 gold candle sticks (120gp) Scroll of Healing
The gems and coins will be in Bill's bag to pay for any miscellaneous expense that may occur. ------ [Thanks, Peer. I'm altering this to reflect that anyone who is not here, we do not have access to what they have, nor they to what we have for the time being. If someone asked for something, and it was not assigned, I've added it in to this list. -DM Kim]
Unassigned -Net +1, Net +1 of Snaring, Trident +1, Potion of Levitation, Potion of Climbing
Sedar Sunday February 18th, 2001 8:20:39 PM
Leaning back in his chair the 1/2 elf listens quietly. Speaking in turn the mage/thief adds "I would be very interested in any opportunity that may come about."
Draax Sunday February 18th, 2001 10:47:10 PM
Draax laughs as Bill address Sunblaze. "Yeah, that just shows that she has good taste."
OOC: Did Arien get the Ring of the Ram and did Bill get the potion of flying?
Rond Monday February 19th, 2001 12:47:23 AM
Rond hands the scroll over to Herold, that the group of people left behind. "I do not know if this means anything, but someone left it behind, it looked like on purpose. I tried to follow them, but I lost them."
When the party catches up with Marcus, "Not so busy as to be put aside, since the scroll speaks very highly of you. Seeing as someone thinks we need to see this statement," acknowledging the scroll, "it must be something pretty weighty."
Jerry (OOC) Monday February 19th, 2001 1:49:15 PM
K'isst will not be returning. So please give the nets and the trident to someone else.
Peer (OOC) Monday February 19th, 2001 11:45:26 PM
ok jerry. Will assign them next post.
Kim (OOC) Tuesday February 20th, 2001 1:52:08 AM
[Peer - take a look at your distribution post. I amended it in line with what Jerry said, plus see my comments there. Again, thank you.]
Marcus (DM Kim) Tuesday February 20th, 2001 2:28:25 AM
Marcus' eyes spend a few moments on each person. Then he speaks. "Many years I have worked for the kingdom, or as some call it, the empire. And most of those years I have enjoyed the leadership of our High Lord Mayor, Sturdavent." He closes his eyes for a moment, then resumes. "There are many elements involved in ensuring the security of this kingdom. You may wonder why there is no king, since we call this a kingdom. I privately consider the High Lord Mayor our king, though in his noble humility he does not deign to take that title.
"Many good and trustworthy people dwell here in Plateau City and in New Ehlenna," Marcus continues. "But there are many rebellious and unruly that can be numbered among our populace, as well. There are some even in the highest places," he says, his lip momentarily curling in disgust. "I observed that farce you were made to sit through in front of the Council of Lords a few weeks past. I urged Sturdavent not to subject you to this inquisition, especially in light of the deeds you had done. But he, wisely, counseled me in return to observe the lords, and see if any of those who covertly oppose us might further tip their hands.
"Ah, I go on too long about that. Let me just say that it was profitable," Marcus states with a rather grim smile, "and we thank you for enduring the discomfort of facing such patently stupid accusations.
"Now, to one of the reasons I invited you ... that is, Petty invited you here," and here he nods his head to the high elf who is hosting this private banquet.
"You are newcomers here. Some who live here have met you, but, aside from Herold, I suppose, few if any know you at all well. We have need of a group such as you. You possess ... diverse talents. The kingdom needs the eyes and ears, and sometimes the hands, of those who are willing to do what they can for the sake of the kingdom." Marcus sips at the single glass of rich red wine he has been slowly drinking this evening, between sparse nibbling at his food.
He readjusts himself in his chair. "Have you given any thought as to how you might support yourself here in Plateau City? There exist business opportunities that might afford you a modest income - as well as allow you the flexibility to, shall we say, stretch yourselves from time to time. Is this something you would be interested in discussing further?"
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday February 20th, 2001 2:41:09 AM
"Well, I do like to stretch from time to time, certainly, Mr. Marcus," Bill answers. "Flexibility is a good thing. And my father and mother taught me how to work, so, keeping busy can be quite a good thing, too. You're not talking about us doing anything that's bad, or like that, are you, sir? It's just you talk sorta mysterious like. Not too much, mind you, but at least sorta. What do you think, Draax?"
Damocles Tuesday February 20th, 2001 3:03:05 AM
"I have no objections to this idea. The... concept fits well with my lifestyle. Alemi has a nice temple in the area, so I can retain some duties as a member of the priesthood, and I most certainly enjoy the prospect of... "stretching my legs."
Damocles smiles.
Rond Tuesday February 20th, 2001 1:51:17 PM
"We haven't really discussed anything permanent, that I'm aware of. For myself, I had not thought about anything of any substance. Though we might have the funds to establish ourselves somewhere here in the city. "
Draax Tuesday February 20th, 2001 5:06:39 PM
Draax thinks to himself as Marcus is talking, when Bill asks the question he looks up and begins to think a little more before replying.
"I agree Bill and with you too Rond."
Turning to Marcus. "I have a pretty good idea what you want us to do, but like Bill said, you speak so mysteriously that I am a little wary. And like Rond, this is the first time that I let the idea of staying here permanent enter my thoughts. My biggest concern is trust, no offense to you Marcus, but I have no idea who in this kingdom is good or bad. In Windhorn there were certain people who have earned my trust enough that I would take their word for almost anything. But I have not been in this city long enough let down my guard for anyone. That council of lords left a bad taste in my mouth."
The fighter turns and looks to his fellow adventures before turning back to Marcus. "I think you should give us a more than general idea of what you are talking about and what it will require of us and then give us some time to talk about it among ourselves. If that is ok."
Smiling to himself he looks again at Marcus. "And with all that said. Yes, I would be interested in discussing it further."
Sunblaze Tuesday February 20th, 2001 6:23:02 PM
Sunblaze takes all this in, while forming her own ideas. "I can sustain myself for a short while, but I would prefer to be with this group if possible."
Sedar Tuesday February 20th, 2001 7:03:29 PM
Speaking after Draax, Sedar comments, "I think that is exactly why they wants us. We have no knowledge of who is who and perhaps who is with who. We come in with a somewhat blank slate. As for staying in town ... I'm all for it."
Arien Tuesday February 20th, 2001 7:56:43 PM
"I have always been flexible as to where I stay. This city has endless possibilities for those willing to take advantage of them. Plus it'll be fun finding all the back exits to this place."
Damocles Wednesday February 21st, 2001 12:04:59 AM
"I've spent some time before, and feel comfortable in suggesting it as a stable place to stay for the rest of us. This is my opinion at least..."
Farlonger Wednesday February 21st, 2001 12:53:15 AM
Farlonger remains quiet while the others discuss the events concerning their own personal agendas. He furrows his brow, expressing a bit of confusion at the affairs of his new companions but he politely smiles and waits for them all to speak their mind.
Finally, after everyone has put their two copper pieces in, he speaks quietly.
"I'm sorry to remain so silent. This is all a bit new to me, but as I can see, you might need some help from me. That is, if you'll accept it. I don't mean to be presumptuous, but I really don't have much else to do at the moment.
"And Mister Marcus, I wouldn't worry about my living. I can be quite comfortable living in the Druid Quarter. Well... actually... if you have any animals that need looking after...?"
Marcus (DM Kim) Wednesday February 21st, 2001 1:54:07 AM
Responding first to him who spoke last, Marcus remarks, drily, "Verdina tells me that Doroh rather bent your ear, druid Farlonger. Best source of information on local flora in the region, he is." A hint of a smile evaporates, as he questions the druid. "Tell me - did she take you to the Looking Pool?"
As the others questioned him, Marcus listened.
"Will I ask you to do something that is bad, Mr. Troublefinder? I will tell you that is not my intent. Some situations may be complex, and I cannot forecast all you may face, and decide in advance for you what choices you will take. I will not promise you comfort or ease. If those are your goals, you'll need to make your own arrangements.
"Rond, Herold mentioned the scroll you gave him. A few weeks back, over the course of two days, a number of scrolls showed up around the city - mainly around the northern quarters - Adventurers; Circus; Hindquarter, plus a few reported in the Rogue and Trade quarters. Some were innocuous, inviting people to some spectacle at the Golden Arena - no dates were mentioned, though. But there are reports of people who read other scrolls then behaving like dogs, or of walking up and kissing total strangers, or engaging in other odd behavior. Dancing wildly in circles. Few saw them being posted, although contradictory reports came in. Well, perhaps more on that later."
He temples his fingers, and stares down into his half-empty wine glass. "Are you, as a group, willing to do some work for New Ehlenna, without public recognition? With no guarantee of fame -- indeed, fame is what, if you choose this path -- you may wish to avoid. When at war, one can choose a frontal assault. Or one can choose sappers, to work under or around the defenses of the enemy. A wise general will employ more than one tactic. Are you willing, in a manner of speaking, to be 'sappers' for the kingdom? Lest there be misunderstanding, I do not mean this literally. You will not be issued shovels and told to dig under the walls of a castle," he says, looking at Bill.
Marcus then seems to recall something. "Yes, Arien, good thinking. Back exits..."
"Before you answer, if you choose to do this, as a cover, perhaps you'll set up a business specializing in some sort of adventuring supplies. Or, you'll take different positions around the city, but with an understanding with the proprietors that you may need occasionally to drop your work at a moment's notice. Anyone here try acting before?" Marcus asks, leaning back in his seat. "Wear a disguise?"
Sunblaze Wednesday February 21st, 2001 9:42:12 AM
(OOC: Beware... this is slightly... Odd. But I wanted an interesting way to show both sides of Sunblaze. And here it is.)
IC: Sunblaze listens to Marcus carefully, and slowly she comes to realize that this isn't the life she could go for... well not this part of her anyway. When Marcus finishes she speaks with sorrow in her heart. "Alas, that is not the life of a bard." She lets it hang for a moment and then starts again. "But it tis the life of a mage. I shall leave you for now. May we meet again." With that Sunblaze's entire look changed. She no longer had her wondrous smile, nor her eyes gleaming with interest. She now looked as if she had spent her entire life hidden from people.
She now moves slightly away from the group... in her chair, as if she feared them slightly. "Hail. I am Sunblaze the Mage. This may seem quite odd to you... but worry not. We are merely two minds, in a single body." She watches them, being wary of them, but still trusting.
Rond Wednesday February 21st, 2001 1:59:26 PM
Doing his best of a hairy eyeball, Rond looks at Sunblaze for a moment. Rond then looks at the rest of the group, for their reaction.
Rond checks to make sure some mysterious scroll did not just end up in Sunblaze's hand.
As long as no one takes exception to this "changing of the guard," then Rond shows no real sign of concern.
Then to Marcus, Rond replies, "I have no real experience in acting. Though I wonder whether we may be able to open up maybe some kind of trading concern. Where we might be occasionally be able to sniff out new trade items, and use that as a cover to sniff about. Depends whether you are talking about inner city stuff, or traveling outside of the city."
Draax Wednesday February 21st, 2001 10:08:57 PM
Draax answers Sedar. "I see your point and if that is their intentions, they picked the right half-elf because I have no clue who is who around here. I guess I am also willing to stick around for a while and see how things go."
Speaking to Marcus, he says, "Public recognition has never been a motivator for me. The less that known about me, the less prepared my enemies will be and the better chance I have of coming out of a situation alive.
"About what we should do. I have never been good at deception and I have no idea about what type of cover we should have."
Looking at Sunblaze, Draax lets out a low sounding whistle. "Now this is getting weird."
To Sunblaze he says, "So you are saying that you are Sunblaze, yet you are not Sunblaze. Do you have recollection of what transpired while the other Sunblaze was with us?"
Damocles Wednesday February 21st, 2001 11:01:14 PM
"Oh" murmurs Damocles... "That's all quite interesting... I'd rather sell adventuring supplies than anything else I suppose. I've already found that I dislike having to be around too long for anything more permanent than that..."
Sunblaze Wednesday February 21st, 2001 11:06:55 PM
'Sunblaze' looks towards Draax with a look that couldn't be the Sunblaze that you once knew. "I remember much... except of a lot of about a week ago. And I don't know what I am doing with these weapons." She points down to her swords. "I know I could can use them, but they seem to be slowly forgetting me."
Sedar the half-elf Thursday February 22nd, 2001 12:01:35 AM
"That makes two of us Draax. It will surely be interesting though." Sedar looks over at Sunblaze ? to see how things continue, as his interest piques at this sudden change.
Bill Troublefinder - halfling mirth d20=3 Thursday February 22nd, 2001 2:07:09 AM
Bill looks concerned about Sunblaze at first. Then one side of his mouth raises into a half smile. As she and Draax and Rond interact, Bill tries to stifle a laugh ... but doesn't manage for long. In a steady staccato rhythm he laughs a halfling laugh of delight and pleasure. "Ha-ha-ha-ha hee-hee-hee-hee ho-ho-ho-ho!" He claps his hands together, "St-sto-stop ... oh, you're killin' me ha-ha-ha-ha ha-ha ha-ha-ha."
Bill hops down off his chair, and leans his head against the wall until he manages to regain some control. "Can we act?" He slaps his knee.
Then, glancing up at Marcus, and asks, "Sh-shovels?" He works hard at surpressing a giggle. Finally, applying the mental disciplines his uncle used to school him in, Bill finally reigns in his mirth, mostly.
"Sorry, sir. Sorry. It may appear that I lack the composure required for what you propose, but I assure you I am seldom thus as you now witness. Hee-hee-hee. Sorry. In fact, once I served as a spy at the behest of a cleric of Wardd. The cleric is a great man in our little town. I infiltrated a group that was threatening our hamlet, pretending to be a little thug. It wasn't too hard, because I have this older cousin who used to ... well, never mind." He looks at Sedar. "It wasn't Borbo. A different cousin."
Arien Thursday February 22nd, 2001 5:16:33 AM
"Well Draax deception is where us... shadier characters come into play. Rest assured that we will help those of you less knowing about such things." Arien glances over at Sunblaze for a moment and murmurs quietly to himself, "I see." while filing away the information for possible later use.
Marcus (DM Kim) Thursday February 22nd, 2001 6:53:18 PM
"Hmmm ... yes." Marcus observes the responses and antics of the group, and exchanges a glance with Petty.
"Here is what I ask. I have a small group of people I work with. If you are willing to become members of this group, there are certain promises and obligations we would agree to. One of the primary requirements is secrecy. Perhaps in your daily tasks you would be in disguise, then, when a special job is to be done, you could be as yourselves. Or the reverse, if you wish. The point being that you, we, must take steps to keep others from connecting you with these quiet activities on behalf of the kingdom.
"Some of our associates can help get you set up, if you agree to work with us. That includes getting your, shall we say, cover work, rolling, as well as helping you work out aliases, disguises, and such. If necessary, I can float you a modest loan.
"If you are willing, then we can make arrangements for an oathbinding." He turns towards the cleric of Alemi. "Damocles, you would be familiar with this procedure, I assume?"
Draax Thursday February 22nd, 2001 7:40:07 PM
Draax turn to Sunblaze. "Well I guess I was beginning to trust the other Sunblaze and since you are her or she is you. Oh never mind, my head is starting to hurt. Hopefully you are as willing to help us as she was or you were, oh you know what I mean."
Draax looks over at Arien. "Thanks Arien." He hesitates for a second. "I think."
Addressing the whole group. "Yeah, Bill can act, I cannot remember for sure, but I think I even tried to kill him, when he first appeared as one of the cleric's henchmen. Some people are just too good at acting." Draax smiles over at Bill.
"OK, the way this conversation has been going it looks like we all are in agreement to join Marcus in his cause. If any one disagrees with that statement please let us know now." Draax looks at everyone waiting to see if anyone has any objections.
If no one disagrees Draax continues. "I will leave the matter of our cover to those of you who are more experienced in that kind of stuff." He nods his head toward Arien.
Draax stops talking for a second waiting to see what everyone else says, when Marcus' last comment registers in his mind. "Whoa! What! What is oathbinding and what oath will I, I mean we will be taking?"
Sunblaze Thursday February 22nd, 2001 9:18:24 PM
Sunblaze sits pondering much about her double self. She wonders if this change could happen instantly in the heat of battle. Her thoughts are broken by Marcus's speech. She listens well, but takes out a piece of paper and writes down everything that is spoken here.
She waits for everyone to finish their speech as well. "I am not skilled in the ways of Act. But my counterpart is. She can also change her appearance, quickly, if needed.
"Worry not about the Oath Binding. It is a simple thing that has been undergone for many centuries. My counterpart had to once take it. Although she broke it. For life saving reasons." She continues to wonder if she can change quickly.
Bill Troublefinder Friday February 23rd, 2001 11:57:00 AM
"Yeah, Draax, you know Hiram Veril, Mendicant of Wardd. Has a peg leg, wears lots of reds and yellows. Kinda sweats a lot, and is real nice? That's the cleric I'm talking about. Had me hook up with the Sons of Dread, try to scope out what they were up to. So anyway, I got word back to him about some of what they were trying to do to blow up Mengor's body, then joined up with you while you were goin' after the corpse. Glad Borbo was there to vouch for me, otherwise same thing might've happened to me that happened to poor Vogel. It was kinda tough findin' out what was goin' on while I was with the Dreadlings, though. They've got lots of secrets, and they don't tell their hired 'thugs' too many details."
Rond Friday February 23rd, 2001 3:15:22 PM
"I don't think that there will be any problem. Provided everyone agrees.
"My vote would be that we act in town, and be ourselves, when we're looking around."
Draax Friday February 23rd, 2001 6:57:26 PM
Draax laughs as he addresses Bill. "With what you went through with those Dreadlings, this should be a piece of cake for you."
To the group his says. "I vote the same as Rond, it will probably be easier that way."
Bill Troublefinder Friday February 23rd, 2001 7:00:02 PM
[Catching up on three weeks we raced through - Bill writes a poem about the venture to rescue the Sentinel Head, in keeping with his promise to the Sisters. He has Sunblaze check it for metre, rhyme, style, etc., and also asks Herold for help. Bill also does what he can to get to know the city, and the people in it. Okay, back to the present.]
"Hey, how about we open up some sidewalk pie and beverage carts? People could come and get a slice of pie, plus something good to drink with it." Bill's legs start swinging back and forth as he sits and relates his idea. He has a faraway look in his eyes, and a happy expression. "And we could have a bunch of 'em in different places, so as to keep an eye on lots of stuff going on, and have snacks while we work. Yeah."
Then, as his mind processes a little more of what Marcus said, he asks, simply, "Oath binding?"
Farlonger Friday February 23rd, 2001 7:14:29 PM
To this point since his last words, Farlonger seems a bit distant as though he was day-dreaming. He blinks a bit and returns to the real world, leaning forward to smile at Marcus.
"You did say Looking Pool? Yes, I've been to the Looking Pool! It's rather beautiful in a simple sort of way, don't you agree?"
He continues to faintly smile, but blinks twice as the second part of the inquiry reintroduces itself to him.
"OH! No, no, I've never actually seen anything in the Looking Pool. I didn't have time to meditate in front of it."
With this, he fishes about in his robe and produces what appears to be the head of a viper. The viperhead flicks its tongue out curiously at Farlonger as the two exchange a glance.
"Gess, have you seen anything in the Looking Pool? Mmm. Well, this would be an easier conversation if you could speak.
"OH! And I'd love to work with these people! Yes. Although... say! I can sort of perform. I do a good job with animals. Could set up some sort of.. I don't know. A show? Or a showing?"
Marcus (DM Kim) Friday February 23rd, 2001 7:17:12 PM
The dark man listens to Farlonger, and nods. He looks with interest at Gess, then back at the druid. "Well, perhaps you'll be given the opportunity at some point. And yes, quite beautiful."
"Rond, you asked whether you would be doing things within the city, or outside. What I have in mind for starters would be here in the city. But I cannot predict that every mission would be here in Plateau City."
"Since the cat seems to have Damocles' tongue, let me explain," says Marcus. "Alemi, the god of Truth, oversees and enforces oaths which his clerics mediate through what they call the 'Sanctification of Oath.' There are lesser and greater classes of oaths. This would be a first class oath. It is binding on all until the deaths of all who have taken the oath. If it is broken, the foresworn will contract an illness unto death. If prescribed restitution is not performed, the violator suffers death within a week of the oath breaking. This, lady and gentlemen, is a grave matter we discuss."
He turns toward the bard/mage. "You say you broke an oath, Sunblaze? Was restitution made?" Marcus' expression is severe. "Explain."
Sunblaze Friday February 23rd, 2001 8:52:41 PM
[What Sunblaze did during the time: She tried to write a new song, and didn't let anyone know if she actually got it. She trained herself with her new weapons, finding out the key points of each one. She helped a homeless dying child, using a charge from her Cure Light Wounds Wand. Through this she gained the friendship of a group of children who are more a gang who stick together no matter what.]
Sunblaze looks at Marcus for a moment and speaks with a quick glance around. "Yes...we broke an oath you could say. We took the oath only to find out that it was a lie. Yet we had taken it and we were suffering. We ended up finding a Temple of Alemi and we worked there until it was shown that we were forgiven. I wish not for it to happen again. We were in much pain, killing us it was. Your body feels like it is ripped apart from the inside out." She continues to write this down while keeping herself some what secluded.
Rond Sunday February 25th, 2001 10:12:32 PM
"I don't know that I would want to be involved with a pie cart," as Rond rolls his eyes. Then he gets this far away look, "unless we could be encouraged to start pie fights, maybe?!" Smiling mischieviously, "But I get ahead of myself."
Draax Sunday February 25th, 2001 10:42:51 PM
Draax laughs at Rond's joke. "Yeah, I am not that fond of the pie idea either. Especially with Bill as a partner we could eat ourselves out of business."
Sedar Monday February 26th, 2001 1:16:15 AM
"Well Marcus, So when will be starting with this ?" Settling back in his chair. "how much time will we need to set up shop , so to speak. My friends and I will need a little time to discuss our base of operations."
Peer OOC Monday February 26th, 2001 1:24:55 AM
Last few Magic items to pass around.
Arien -Potion of Climbing -Potion of Flying
Bill T -Potion of Levitation
Sunblaze -Net +1
Damocles -Net of Snaring +1
Rond -Ring of the Ram
Damocles Monday February 26th, 2001 6:42:34 PM
"Can't we simply provide adventurer's with necessary gear? Sell things live Wolfsbane, thunderstones, tindertwigs. Maybe grappling hooks and some weaponry. I'm sure the council could discretely provide the start-up capital..." He nods to Marcus. "I had almost forgotten about the oaths I've already taken. Thank you for the reminder."
Sedar Tuesday February 27th, 2001 12:03:14 AM
"We do have some start up coin of our own left too," adds Sedar.
Marcus (DM Kim) Tuesday February 27th, 2001 2:23:13 AM
"So, we are agreed in principle then, yes?" Marcus asks. "Let us be agreed in fact. Petty?"
Petty rises and leaves the room for a moment.
Arien Tuesday February 27th, 2001 2:39:53 AM
"Aye we do have some coin of our own perhaps if we pool it we could start up a decent business. But if the government wants to employ us they would likely supply the buildings or at least the coin to rent or purchase one."
(OOC: Weren't those items already distributed already? I think at least some of them were.)
Oratai, Patriarch of Alemi (DM Kim) (not Matriarch?) Tuesday February 27th, 2001 3:29:59 AM
Petty soon returns, leading a lady, regal though small of stature, by the hand. "Oratai, Marcus." Petty offers the lady his seat. She holds up a finger, as if to say, 'just a moment,' then walks in a circuit about the table, looking at each of the adventurers seated around it. The late middle-aged woman brushes Damocles' forehead with her fingers as she passes by him. "Younger brother," she says to him. Damocles recognizes her as the high priestess of his faith. She holds her finger to her lips to forestall anything he may wish to say for the moment.
Her circuit of the table complete, she speaks. "I am Oratai, Patriarch of Alemi. I know of each of you. Damocles, priest of Alemi, it pleases me much you are in this group.
"Marcus has invited me to conduct the Great Sanctification of Oath. This will bind each of you explicitly to the terms of the oath, including the details. The Great Alemi desires honesty and honor among all peoples. But due to our various weaknesses, He provides this holy magic to sustain us when temptation might otherwise draw us away from that which we have promised. Do you recognize your weakness, or will your pride cause you to fall?" she asks, but whether rhetorically or not is unclear.
"This oath will bind all here in the room to hold sanctified silence from all others who are not present, save High Lord Mayor Sturdevant, with whom you may also communicate regarding these matters.
"You will not reveal to anyone now outside this room, again save High Lord Mayor Sturdevant, the existence of this organization, on failure of painful death.
"For Marcus’ part, he additionally agrees to always play straight with the party and to tell them the truth at all times as he knows it upon failure of painful death.
"In addition, know that by entering into this covenant, you will find yourselves in situations the outcome of which may have profound effect on the direction of certain events within the city, and for the Kingdom of Elenna. Perhaps, for the Wold itself. Because of the delicate nature of the work, you each agree never to become a member of a Dragon group, nor a Knight of the Realm, for Marcus tells me that there are necessary activities that one of those two types of groups may not engage in.
"You each severally and corporately agree that you enter into this oath with no mental or inward reservation whatsoever, that you choose to perform this oath of your own free will, and upon your lives you will keep this oath, in all its parts, so help you Alemi."
As she stands beside the chair Petty earlier offered, Oratai asks the group, "Before I commence the ritual I ask: Do you understand this? Do you understand what is asked of you?"
Marcus (DM Kim) Tuesday February 27th, 2001 4:31:54 PM
Marcus clears his throat. "Thank you, Patriarch Oratai. A few clarifications. First, if I vouch for another, and let you know it is permissable, then you may communicate with them. Also, regarding conversations with Sturdevant - if there are others with him, then it would not be wise to bring up matters relating to our circle. If he initiates conversation with you when there are not others outside the circle, then of course you are free to speak openly."
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday February 27th, 2001 4:45:29 PM
"Before you go any further, I must say something." Bill stands up on his chair. "My father taught me when I was growing up that I should not take oaths. 'Just let what you say be true, son,' he said to me. 'Don't think that you need say everything to anyone who asks. Candor can be foolish. But lies will never serve you well for long. Do not, son, take oaths. Liars can use oaths to deceive others. True and good hobbits don't need oaths to keep their word. Let your yes be yes, and your no be no.' He also told me to be careful about what I say I'll do. So, and no offense intended ma'am, and sirs, I will not enter into this oathbinding. But, I'm willing to keep secrets, long as I know it's really for the best. I'm not saying this 'cause I'm particularly proud, but I think I should remember what my father taught me." Then Bill sits down.
Rond Tuesday February 27th, 2001 6:26:05 PM
" ... and how does this process work if we happen to be magically induced into saying something we should not reveal?"
[OOC - DM Kim] Tuesday February 27th, 2001 6:52:52 PM [I'll be taking the earlier OOC discussion off the board, most likely on Thursday. If you want a copy of it for posterity, copy and paste somewhere before it goes away. - DM Kim]
Farlonger Tuesday February 27th, 2001 9:18:48 PM
"OH! I'm sorry. I still have very little idea who you people are!"
Farlonger considers the people around him with some shock after the matriarch discusses the terms of some bizarre agreement with them. He seems shocked, but also embarassed at the situation.
"I'm really very dreadfully sorry, but I really don't know anyone here that well. I really only tagged along at the bequest of Herold. This is all very confusing.
"I must agree with my small friend. I am always willing to help your community to my best efforts, but any action that would cut me off or otherwise interfere with my interaction in the larger community of the wild world is unacceptable. I'm really very sorry, but I can't go along with this.
"Please, everyone. I know I've gotten to know you all a little better, but I still feel very strange and this is all a bit too fast and... and... well, I have the druidic society to consider. I really must decline. Please accept my humble apologies."
Sunblaze Tuesday February 27th, 2001 10:31:12 PM
Sunblaze looks at these people with suspision. "You won't take the oath? It is a sure way of keeping the truth. I think you are all fools for this choice you have made." She thinks for a moment. "Yet it is not fully my decision about if I take the Oath. Please tell me what the Bard says. And force her to bring me back." Sunblaze looks as if she goes under some sort of shock and soon you see that Bardic smile on her face."Hiya all. What is happening? I know something about this Oath we have to take. Not good. Why when I took it I was forced into it. I had to battle many warriors, yet when they got to hundreds I was defeated. I ended up deciding that the oath was for my best health and took it. Only to find that they tricked me. I went and told all that I could, and within a day I felt sick. SO sick that moving made me feel horrible. Don't take it no matter what the cost. Our lives could be at stake here."
Sedar Tuesday February 27th, 2001 11:48:29 PM
"For those who refuse to take an oath remember this, it is for our safety as a group that this is done. As well as for the safety of those who would guide and help us. Although it changes of paths in life ,it by no means changes them for the worse. It may open up avenues for each of us in the future. Fearing this opportunity because of other commitments or incidents we have gone through is wrong. Perhaps wrong is too strong a word, but I use it anyway. We will be serving great peoples and community by moving forward into these oaths, possibilities of any negatives aside. I think it is a great chance for each of us. I for one have no second thoughts about this. I am willing."
Draax Wednesday February 28th, 2001 12:19:44 AM
Draax considers what Oratai says and he thinks that it is an oath that he is ready to take. But before he can agree others start refusing. He waits a few minutes to hear what the others say before voicing his own opinion. Just before the wizard Sunblaze leaves he says,
"First thing, we all are not fools. Second, there is no need to go any further if everyone does not agree to take the oath. I see this as an all or none type of agreement. I will not submit to an oath that only some of us take. I believe myself be very trustworthy, but I will take the oath if that is what's required and everyone else takes the same oath. If not, then lets not waste Marcus's time and see if we can help him in other ways."
Draax waits to see if he will be taking the oath of moving on to other things.
Arien Wednesday February 28th, 2001 8:59:13 AM
"Though I am reluctant to take the oath for reasons, since it is for the good of the party I am willing to in this case submit to the oath, providing we are given the full details surrounding it. Such as will the oath be considered broken if one of the takers is forced magically to give away our knowledge."
Marcus (DM Kim) Wednesday February 28th, 2001 12:10:35 PM
"Damocles?"
Damocles Wednesday February 28th, 2001 1:37:21 PM
"I am outraged. Almost sickened." "Oaths are sacred ways of binding. You won't take them for what reasons? because family told you to? Keep in mind here that we are fighting dark and foul forces that could rip this kingdom asunder and we may be the only line of defense against them. And if some take it and others do not in the group? We already know too much for the kingdom to allow us to continue on in our normal fashions without taking oaths of binding. They have trusted you with so much and yet you give them so little in return. High Mother I will gladly take the Oath, as you knew I would. But as for these... I am saddened by you Bill Troublefinder. For I had thought you were a good halfling, and now..." Damocles sighs. "I see that you are self-concerned and no Hero."
Arien Wednesday February 28th, 2001 4:19:26 PM
"Damocles, I can't speak for Bill when I say this but I have no desire to be a hero. Heroes are myths and legends, I have found that those people that are called heroes are merely people like you and I that were willing to do what needed to be done. I for one would be rather known as Arien Silverbow than the Hero that Saved the Kingdom. Of course you realize that requiring the oath itself can be taken as an insult that we after what we have done cannot be trusted without the threat of death. I have already consented to the oath but I know in my heart that it is not needed of me, nor any in this party."
(OOC: So who else was near that earthquake today? I live about 100 miles from where it happened and it was pretty nasty as it passed through.)
Farlonger Wednesday February 28th, 2001 7:25:20 PM
"Please, don't argue. Anger will only complicate this situation. I make my decision because of the relationship I have with the druidic community, and the special communal aspects that are related to it. My oath is to nature, raw and pure, and to my fellow servants of such."
Farlonger leans over to the adventurer closer to him.
"It's a druid thing. I didn't mean to sound stuck up or anything."
With that, he sits back up and adjusts himself.
"But as I was saying. There's little merit in rushing into an oath or agreement - especially such a shadowy and uncertain agreement such as this...
"Er.. pardon me, Matriarch.
"...without taking some serious time to consider its implications. I, for one, did not seek to be a hero in the first. In fact, I really feel like I'm still a guest here. Therefore, like all wild things, I must make my decision taking into account my own preservation and the preservation of those with whom I have associated.
"I still feel that if you were to force me to choose on this matter at this very minute, I would have to answer with a definite 'no', but I also feel that this is not a shortcoming or the act of a coward. Being a hero is not synonymous with being bull-headed and overanxious."
Sunblaze Wednesday February 28th, 2001 8:41:33 PM
Sunblaze looks at Damocles with a horrid look in her eye. "Have you ever had to take this oath and then be forced to break it? Have you ever felt the pain that it brings?" When she hears him speak of Bill she speaks ever sharper then before. "HOW DARE YOU SAY THAT OF BILL! He is doing what his father had told him to. You have no right to say that about him. It is a commitment he made and one that he wishes to keep. If you are against that, then you think you are more than you think." She thinks for a moment. "It is not your choice what we do. It is your choice what you and only you do." She is quite angry with the one who she called friend, Damocles.
(OOC: The earthquake was felt here...But we got an aftershock that's all)
Sedar Wednesday February 28th, 2001 9:15:18 PM
"Although I have encouraged everyone to agree. I agree totally with Sunblaze. It is each one's decision to make. I will respect what each us decides upon." Then adds in towards Bill T. "I have the highest respect for Bill T and consider him a trusted friend. If you speak ill of him, then I will consider that you speak the same of me."
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday February 28th, 2001 10:08:05 PM
(OOC: In the earthquake I was today. It gives one perspective, it does.)
"Damocles, I know that this is part of your faith. And I love Alemi - he is the greatest of gods, according to some. So I don't disrespect you or your faith, at all. But, yep, it's because my father taught me so. And if you don't think I'm a hero, that doesn't bother me, because that's not what I want out of life. But I do want to help people, and do what I can.
"Now, I may have dissembled some to get in with the Sons of Dread." The halfling scratches his head. "Like, I went by another name. I never said, 'My name is Bob,' because that's not my name - it's Bill! But I said, 'You can call me Bob, if you want,' 'cause I didn't care if they called me that or something else. So I was pretty careful how I phrased things, not exactly lying, but not giving away somethin' I didn't want to give away. Not very heroic, I guess you could say. But it's 'cause I did that, partly, that some of you guys found out what they were up to - and saved our little town.
"Hey, Farlonger - you could be yourself usually, and then in disguise when you're off doing things, right?" Bill says as the thought just interrupted his other point of discussion.
"Anyways, Patriarch Oratai - why isn't your title Matriarch? Oh, maybe it's not polite to ask, sorry. But Oratai, ma'am, and Mr. Marcus, and Mr. Petty, I didn't mean to raise a ruckus or nothin', and these are my friends here, and I don't mean to cause them consternation, but I'm just not gonna be able to oath bind myself. Now if they wanna go ahead, that's fine with me, because I think people should be free to make promises such as they choose. Now I can tell you that I'd be most careful, and I can be pretty stubborn about some things. And I'd do whatever I could that seemed right and reasonable to keep everything secret that needed to be.
"But if you want me out of the group for refusin' this oath bond, and that's what the rest of you want, then I'll go on my way, and figure out other things I can do to help out people that need it, and New Elenna, and such. Thanks, Sunblaze, and Sedar, for stickin' up for me, but don't be mad at Damocles. He's a good guy."
Marcus (DM Kim) Wednesday February 28th, 2001 10:30:53 PM
Sometimes watching individuals closely, sometimes with eyes closed as though in contemplation, finally Marcus says softly, "Enough," yet punctuates that almost whispered word with a dagger thrust into the table, point embedded a couple inches into the hardwood.
"Enough. I see there is division among you concerning the oathbinding. Perhaps you are not ready to be brought into the full circle."
After speaking thus quietly, he brings his voice back to a more conversational tone. "Let me ask of you this, though. There is something that requires immediate investigation. At this point, I offer you an alternative, each one to choose: Either be oathbound with a lesser oath, or grant me your solemn word that you will show the utmost discretion concerning the matter I am about to reveal, else leave before I speak further. There are things I could tell you and involve you in more fully with the oathbinding. Nevertheless, shall we consider a less robust relationship initially, and learn who is worthy of trust?" Marcus looks down at the dagger, waiting to hear a response.
Rond Thursday March 1st, 2001 6:10:00 AM
(sorry for missing post)
"Though I have some concerns, I think we are going to need someone that has an understanding of some of the background things that are going on. We can not get into the middle of something, and then have to scamper off to come ask you questions. I would recommend, rather than asking the whole group, that at least one person, if not a couple, take some kind of oath, in order to have the information somewhat accessible to us. I do not have any real problem with taking whatever level of oath is necessary. I was just trying to aid to the discussion. If we can get away with one person taking the oath, then I would say that is fine. Marcus, is there any minimum number of people that have to be oathbound? And do you feel they would still be free to operate, with having other members not knowing, or not being able to communicate to?"
Patriarch Olatai (DM Kim) Thursday March 1st, 2001 12:35:20 PM
"You are ... Farlonger, yes?" The holy woman says, "The matters we deal with may involve the preservation of life, including that of the animals you revere. My statement is not melodrama, but simple fact."
Farlonger Thursday March 1st, 2001 3:31:00 PM
"I could at that, Bill. I could also use some of my other... ah, people skills to find out any information that would be relevant.
"And I suppose in that sense I could certainly help. The difference between a binding oath and the promise of a secret kept is wide indeed... uh.. Marcus? Hello! Yes, wide indeed, and it is in my nature to honor a friendly creature with cooperation. However, I would no more be bound than a stag be corralled or a hawk be plucked off the wing. How poetic of me! I should write.."
Farlonger coughs his tangent back down before continuing.
"Yes. Though this Alemi is foreign to me, I understand honor as my community does. I would defend your secret as a friend and compatriot, but I would not be bound. Am I making any sense? I tend to go on some times..."
Draax Thursday March 1st, 2001 5:09:00 PM
Draax listens to everyone and then nods his head as he comes to a decision. “I was willing to take the oath when I thought we all were in it together., but since that is not the case here. I will give my solemn word that I will show the utmost discretion concerning what you are about to reveal, if you still wish to reveal it to me. If not I will help out in any way that I can and remain ignorance to the knowledge that you believe I should not be privileged to. At this time I will not be taking the oathbinding." Draax looks toward Marcus, waiting to see what he decides.
Sunblaze Thursday March 1st, 2001 7:32:14 PM
Sunblaze amazing keeps quiet for a moment. Her mind is deciding her future. "Learning I am." She is there, not sure what she is going to do. Then with a realization. "I will take the Oath. Yet I take it in trust once again. I come to realize it all. My life is not my own. It is for me to help people. And how can I help people if I refuse to do the things that will." Her face looks sad, yet she is going to continue. "My friends, I ask that you follow your hearts. I am taking this oath, not sure if it will help or hinder me, but I hope that you do what you must." She looks as if she is going to cry, but she keeps it in.
Bill Troublefinder Thursday March 1st, 2001 7:57:07 PM
Bill stands up on his chair. "As long as it would not be morally wrong for me to keep silent about what you tell us - not that I think you'd suggest that, mind you, but just in case, then I affirm most solemnly that I will be very discreet and prudent concerning what you tell us. Yes, sir, that's my word." Then he sits.
Oratai, Patriarch of Alemi (DM Kim) Friday March 2nd, 2001 12:17:51 PM
The woman, the Patriarch, has eyes alight with wisdom, and eyes that, for the moment, show a touch of sadness.
"The giving of one's promise is a gift," begins Oratai. "It is a treasure, if given with a good heart, and with noble intentions, and the will and determination to keep it. Those who fail to deliver on their word are like clouds that float over a dry land, promising rain, but they leave no moisture behind to quench the thirst of those who are parched.
"Those now willing to be oath-bound with the lowest of the three Sanctification of Oath rituals please come to this end of the table. Those who wish to make affirmations, but not be oathbound, sit at the far end of the table. If you will do neither, please leave now." She pauses, allowing the members of the group to show their choices.
Then she continues. "The promises you give, by way of the ritual, go to the ears of Alemi Himself. Let me warn you: If any enter into this oath with false intentions, he will suffer acutely. His stomach will tighten, nausea will overcome him, or her, for a short time. If any person break this oath, daily will he suffer thus until restitution is made or honorably attempted. This third-class oath may, however, be renounced, avoiding further ill effects, by announcing publicly that you are doing so to the parties involved.
"It is not Alemi's good pleasure to inflict pain. But he knows the hearts of men, and elves, and halflings. As a father disciplines his son whom he loves, so does Alemi those for whom he cares. Do not despise His discipline. No punishment is pleasant at the time, but those who allow themselves to be trained by it will in time enjoy the peaceful fruit of righteousness."
"You who now enter into the ritual, first state your name, then repeat after me, with your right hand over your heart, and your left hand just above your head."
"'I speak these words in the presence of Alemi, and bind myself to the words I utter. May it go well with me when I keep my word. May it go ill for me should I break my word...'"
The ritual goes on in this vein, and Oratai moves the left hand of each oath taker, sprinkles pinch of powdered iron over the head, then presses the hand down upon the hair. "May iron enter your souls, and truth and honor be your guard..."
Finally, the promise itself is recited. "'I will hold close the information granted to me, and not reveal it to outsiders. I commit to work for the good of New Elenna, and its leader, the High Lord Mayor Sturdavent. Aside from those whom Marcus, or Petty, or the High Lord Mayor grant me leave to tell, I will not tell. Unless released, I will not be a member of a Dragon Group, nor become a Knight of the Realm. I pledge my life, my health, and my sacred honor. So help me Alemi.'"
Oratai in turn takes the right hand of each person who joins in the ritual, and from the fingers of her left hand a soft light flies, settling on the head of each oath-taker, forming a momentary yellow halo. A sense of resolve, and strength, and well-being enters into each who took the oath in truth.
[If any choose to take the oath, but have inward reservations, please email me -DM Kim ;-)] ...
Marcus (DM Kim) Friday March 2nd, 2001 1:03:07 PM
"Those of you who have remained, if I have not yet heard your given word, I now will hear it," Marcus says. "Then I will speak of the matter at hand."
[Please indicate whether you took the oath, observed, or chose to leave. Feel free to describe your character's reactions to the ceremony - and tell Marcus, if not oath-bound, the nature of your affirmation.
I need your updated 3e character sheets. I have received Draax's sheet, reflecting what he now possesses. Everybody else, get to work. Need all sheets by the end of next week.
On Monday: The Mission.]
Damocles Friday March 2nd, 2001 4:45:36 PM
"You can count on my oath staying true High Mother," states Damocles, a bit abashed at being chastised.
He turns to the party. "I am sorry if I offended any of you, but this is what I hold to be most sacred. I believe that you can all understand that."
Sunblaze Friday March 2nd, 2001 5:11:20 PM
Sunblaze looks as if her heart is going to tear. She takes the oath, yet she almost runs away. Her mind flips and flops as she takes it. (BTW, she takes the biggest one...)
-------- [Sunblaze takes the 3rd-class oath, which is the ritual that Oratai took you through, not the 'biggest one' - the 1st-class oath. -DM Kim]
Draax Friday March 2nd, 2001 9:55:27 PM
Sticking to his decision to not take the oath, Draax goes to sit at the far end of the table. He watches the ritual with interest, but does not display any emotion on his face. He eyes moves from one oath taker to next looking for some type of reaction or change. After the oaths are taken, Draax stands and gives his pledge.
"I give my solemn word on the grave of my parents and everything that I hold dear. That I will abide my same restrictions place on the oathbound. I will work for the good of New Elenna and the High Lord Mayor Sturdavent. Unless granted by Marcus, Petty, or the High Lord Mayor I will not tell everything that I do in their service and will only discuss it with those that have been granted the privilege. While in the service of the realm I will not become a member of a Dragon Group or a knight of the realm. This I pledge on my honor and the memory of my father and mother."
Draax takes a deep breath and then sits back down.
Arien Friday March 2nd, 2001 10:27:41 PM
Arien watches as the vows and oaths are taken and despite some misgivings takes the oath.
Rond Sunday March 4th, 2001 5:00:41 PM
Rond goes to the end of the table indicated for oath takers. When the time comes, Rond repeats without hesitation,
"I will hold close the information granted to me, and not reveal it to outsiders. I commit to work for the good of New Elenna, and its leader, the High Lord Mayor Sturdavent. Aside from those whom Marcus, or Petty, or the High Lord Mayor grant me leave to tell, I will not tell. Unless released, I will not be a member of a Dragon Group, nor become a Knight of the Realm. I pledge my life, my health, and my sacred honor. So help me Alemi.'
A sense of resolve, and strength, and well-being enters into Rond.
Farlonger Sunday March 4th, 2001 8:34:32 PM
Farlonger moves to the far end of the table, taking his seat amongst those not taking the oaths but keeping their promise to remain silent about what they hear.
"To reinterate, I will not bind myself, but I swear to remain true to the noble and good secrets related in this room."
Sedar the Oath Taker Sunday March 4th, 2001 11:03:33 PM
Following the oath takers he in turn repeats. "I will hold close the information granted to me, and not reveal it to outsiders. I commit to work for the good of New Elenna, and its leader, the High Lord Mayor Sturdavent. Aside from those whom Marcus, or Petty, or the High Lord Mayor grant me leave to tell, I will not tell. Unless released, I will not be a member of a Dragon Group, nor become a Knight of the Realm. I pledge my life, my health, and my sacred honor. So help me Alemi."
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday March 6th, 2001 2:43:45 AM
After all his friends have spoken, the halfling again stands on his new chair toward the far end. "I agree to guard the information granted to us," Bill begins, "and show all the discretion I can muster with it. That is, to use it wisely and intelligently as I can figure for the good, and not to spill the beans to someone who might use it against us. I plan to work for the good of New Elenna, and its good leadership. I'll listen carefully to what Marcus, and Petty, and the High Lord Mayor have to say. I won't be a blabbermouth about important things, even though I might go on and on about other stuff. Now I'm not trying to be difficult, but I'm not sure about this Dragon and Knight thing, so I'm not saying one way or the other just yet. But Mr. Marcus, if you're willing to have me go on this first mission of yours, then you can keep an eye on me, and decide if you think you want to trust me for other things." Bill looks ready to say more, yet chooses to close his mouth, give a little bow, and sit back down.
Oratai - DM Kim d20=6 Tuesday March 6th, 2001 3:26:45 AM
Sunblaze definitely feels queazy after taking the vow. Arien feels disquieted.
Oratai approaches Sunblaze after the ceremony. "Daughter, you are of two minds. Purity of heart is to will one thing. At first I thought yours was an act, to show that you can play a role. Yet now I perceive you are on a precipice. Do not allow yourself to play this game. You are one person. One. And you are responsible for your acts. 'The double-minded woman is unstable in all her ways.' 'If you lack wisdom, ask of Alemi. He is delighted to give generously. But ask in faith, and do not doubt. She who doubts is like the wave of the sea driven and tossed by the wind.'"
DM Kim Tuesday March 6th, 2001 3:37:08 AM
Damocles, Rond and Sedar have an enormous sense of well-being, of ... what's the word? blessedness? bliss?
Each who took the vow, including Arien and Sunblaze, hear an inner voice, masculine, as though in their head, saying simply, "I hear," as the halo settles for a moment on his (or her) head.
Marcus - DM Kim Tuesday March 6th, 2001 3:50:17 AM
Marcus listened and observed the giving of the oaths, the offering of the pledges, without comment.
He then pulls out a scroll case of large diameter from beneath his chair. "You are aware of the posters. One of my operatives was researching their origin. She has disappeared." He opens the leather-hinged capped cylinder, and withdraws several nested parchments. He passes them around the table, face down. "I want you to read these at my signal. Be warned - they possess a charm, and you may feel compelled to ... now, Oratai is here, and should any of you succumb, she will neutralize the effects. But I want each of you to feel the pull."
The dark-mooded man returns to his seat, places a hand palm down on the table, and with the other pulls up quickly to withdraw the embedded knife from the table.
"Read."
[Make a Will saving throw, DC 15 - remember, this is third edition - so higher is better. Sedar, Rond and Damocles each get a circumstantial +2 on their saves, in addition to any other adds, and Sunblaze and Arien a +1.]
Bill Troublefinder d20+6=7 Tuesday March 6th, 2001 3:52:41 AM
Bill fails his Will saving throw.
Sedar d20=14 Tuesday March 6th, 2001 6:12:18 AM
The 1/2 elf reads through the poster. Afterwards he looks up to see what his friends think of the writings. (made save)
A Moment of Silence (DM Jerry) Tuesday March 6th, 2001 10:45:33 AM
...and for a moment, all is silent in The Wold.
DM Kim Tuesday March 6th, 2001 1:47:33 PM
[Please see Jerry's post in the Loot 'n Booty for the reason behind this moment of silence. -Thanks]
DM Kim Tuesday March 6th, 2001 9:05:58 PM
[Go ahead and post your saving throws by tomorrow. I'll resume posting tomorrow later in the day.]
Draax d20=16 Tuesday March 6th, 2001 10:25:59 PM
Draax looks at the poster and then to his friend to see their reaction. (made save)
(OOC: Will be away from my computer for 14 days, but I have my notebook with me. I will only be about to post as the opportunity becomes available.)
Farlonger d20+7=11 Tuesday March 6th, 2001 11:36:50 PM
Farlonger first takes great care in covering Gess's eyes, illiciting a curious tongue flicker and grumpy hiss from the viper. Then, Farlonger quickly flips the poster over, gazes into the designs he find there, and... finds his... mind... giving way...
Sunblaze d20+8=10 Wednesday March 7th, 2001 1:05:13 AM
Sunblaze fails her throw.(Was 13 at first, but my thingy closed so I tried to roll untill I got under again. Just to let you know.)
Rond d20+5=19 Wednesday March 7th, 2001 8:55:15 AM
Rond takes the scroll proferred. A little hesitantly, Rond flips over the scroll and quickly reads through it. When he finishes, he looks up, as if to say, 'what now?'.
Damocles d20=10 Wednesday March 7th, 2001 2:13:26 PM
Damocles looks over the scroll and nods to the High Priestess when he finishes, a bit shaken but still stable.
Arien d20+3=19 Wednesday March 7th, 2001 3:03:58 PM
Arien flips the poster over and scans it quickly. When nothing happens to him he eyes it for a closer mark, not reading the writing but the paper itself, looking for any clues it might divulge.
(OOC: Sorry for the lack of posts, my ISP died somewhere around Saturday night and today is the first time I've been able to get online since.)
DM Kim - Scrolls, Assignment, Leavetaking d20=10 d20=11 d20=16 Thursday March 8th, 2001 3:46:47 AM
The scrolls say various things, each one with one phrase, such as: "The end of The Wold is near"; "Beware - prepare to Meet the Reaper"; "Wrap up your affairs"; "Not much time left".
Farlonger, Sunblaze, and Bill hear a voice - a rather scratchy voice, saying, "Come on the night of the full moon to the Arena for an important meeting which may just save your soul from the awful things to come." And each feels a compulsion to obey.
Oratai carefully observes those reading. She casts dispel magic three times in succession, successfully dispelling the charm on the druid, the bard/mage, and the psionicist.
Marcus says, "I want you to find out where and by whom these are being produced. It is not your task to shut them down at this time - this is an information gathering job. In this line of work, knowing who and what you're up against arms you for effective action. Funds are set aside: partly to reward you when you are successful in obtaining what I have asked; and partly as a tangible reward for the keeping of your oath, or the keeping of your word. I believe in rewarding discretion and initiative. If all goes well, 10,000 more gold pieces will be yours. There are some bright minds among you. I shall leave it to you to strategize how to fulfill this endeavor. If there are no further questions, I shall get a message to you tomorrow concerning a few possible avenues of work for you, and assemble materials for disguises and such."
Petty says, "Thank you all for accepting my invitation. Hope you enjoyed the dinner. Please come again."
Oratai asks Sunblaze and Damocles to stay behind for a moment as the others prepare to leave. Her eyes look on Sunblaze's face. "Have you considered my words, daughter? You may play a role, but do not dance with insanity. If you so desire, we have a special ceremony which may aid you. Think about it overnight." And to Damocles she says, "Younger brother, watch over this one. If she wishes on the morrow, bring her to the temple."
[You may wish to discuss among yourselves some possible approaches to tracking down the information Marcus seeks. Sunblaze - what do you want to say to Oratai?]
Where Are They?
Sunblaze Thursday March 8th, 2001 7:31:33 PM
Sunblaze hears the voice and listens carefully. "Did anyone hear that?" She didn't really ask it to anyone, it just slipped her lips. 'Trent...did you hear that as well?' She looks in wonder as she is told not to destroy the place. "What if the chance is handed to us? If it is right there for us to use?"
Sunblaze looks at Oratai. "I wish for it to happen. Two minds, one body..." She looks around for a moment. "Please don't tell the others this, but it is my own fault. I failed with magic and this is what came of it. I haven't been able to use a Dispel Magic spell, so I have been stuck like this, but I think it was just undone. I no longer feel the other me... I thank thee." She is somewhat scared that her information will get out.
Sedar the Chameleon (ring) Thursday March 8th, 2001 9:14:23 PM
"Well, I would have to say that making such scrolls takes a certain talent. A few of us could begin with reseaching the magic academy for those who are strong in such talent or those who have shown a wicked humor in its uses. At least a start before we track them further."
Arien Friday March 9th, 2001 12:25:11 AM
"Most paper makers leave a watermark on their works, if it is still on these pieces of paper we should be able to use it to trace it back to the manufacturer, from there a spy or a well placed bribe or two could lead us to these people rather quickly. After that we would simply need to follow the people back to their base of operations and we could then implement a simple rotating schedule for surveillance."
Rond Friday March 9th, 2001 8:26:51 AM
"Are there common areas where the messages are showing up in? Or is there no pattern to where they are being found?"
Farlonger Friday March 9th, 2001 8:01:03 PM
"Er, if I may interject and be a bit of a snobbity-poo for a moment, I've got a few ideas. If you want to hear them?"
Farlonger looks around at those accompanying him, but doesn't seem to mind whether they actually want to hear said ideas or not. Undaunted, he continues.
"The guy in my head told me that on the next full moon, the people affected by the posters were to gather in the Arena for some sort of Wold-ending ceremony or some such. So that gives us two options!
"The first is doing a round of the local city dweller temples and finding out about any orders that have some kind of doomsday outlook. It's important that we don't make it clear we're interested as part of the poster conspiracy... er.. that is.. unless we WANT to be followed. So we can follow them? Hey, there's an idea!
"The second is to go to this Arena place and see what its lay is, in case we have to camp out there or end up going there, anyway."
Farlonger blushes to the tips of his pointy, pale ears.
"Well, those are my ideas anyway. I'm going to go see if I can't prepare myself to ask the pigeons what they've seen. Pigeon's eye view and all. I'm not intruding too much, am I? Tell me if I am!"
Oratai (DM Kim) Saturday March 10th, 2001 1:32:38 AM
The wise woman, Patriarch of Alemi, looks at Sunblaze as the latter speaks her confused words. "Come see me tomorrow. Damocles will show you the way. Good night, daughter." She takes her leave. ---------- [OOC: We'll handle the meeting via email -DM Kim]
Bill Troublefinder Saturday March 10th, 2001 1:54:24 AM
"'Snobbity-poo'!" Bill quotes Farlonger. "Good word!" he comments with a chuckle. "Well, let's see. Sedar - so, you think we should find out who makes scrolls, and who might be inclined to make these types of scrolls. Arien - you think there might be watermarks, or at least some way of finding out where the parchment or paper was purchased. Rond - you want to discover the patterns of distribution. Farlonger - you suggest we find out what cult or cults are focusing on doomsday. Ha! What about the Sons of Dread? Maybe there are others, too. And check out the Arena, and talk to the birds. What do birds know? No offense, Farlonger, I just wonder what a pigeon's gonna know about scrolls. Bread crumbs, yes. Draax - you get some sleep, and maybe in the morning you'll have some ideas. Oh - here come Sunblaze and Damocles. Those are great ideas, guys. We already know some of the places they've been posted, right, Rondaroonie? And M... Mr. Hammer told us some places. Wow! More money, just for finding out things! I like this place. I wonder if I can get a red wig."
When back in the rooms where the group stays, Bill whispers, "Let's call the fellow who's asking us for help 'Mr. Hammer' - so that we don't use his real name, and somebody overhears us. Okay?"
DM Kim Saturday March 10th, 2001 2:02:49 AM
The members of the group find their way back to the rooms they have rented. In the morning, a messenger arrives. "I was told to give this to an ugly guy name of Rond," a pimply boy announces. "Rond here?" When Rond shows up, he is handed a little card. "Varian's Costumes: Varied attire for those whose needs vary" are the words written on the card. An address in the Noble Quarter is given. "I can take you there, or you can get lost yourselves," the lad offers, holding out his hand in the time-honored way of messengers expecting something of value to be placed therein.
Draax Saturday March 10th, 2001 2:37:37 AM
Before heading back to their rooms Draax says to the group. "I cannot think of anything that has not been said already. I do like Farlonger's idea about going to the arena to see what's going on there. I think we should go before the meeting, during the meeting, and after the meeting if necessary. The only problem that I see with this idea is that, since suggestion type magic was used to get the people to the meeting. They may use the same type of magic or stronger at the meeting and Oratai will not be there to dispel it this time."
Looking at Bill. "You are right Bill, maybe I can come up with something better after a good night sleep."
Damocles Saturday March 10th, 2001 3:48:44 PM
"Hmm. An enjoyable morning it seems," states Damocles, offering up his morning devotions. "Sunblaze, shall we walk together?" He asks, turning to the Bard. "I would not like to keep the Mother waiting, if it can be avoided."
Rond Monday March 12th, 2001 9:43:39 AM
Rond herds the boy outside of the room, " I will be along shortly, to follow you back to the shop. I need a minute to discuss some things with my friends". Once the lad is deposited outside, Rond comes back in to the room. "Why don't we consider meeting together right after the meeting. I could plan on not going to the meeting, and meet you afterwords. We could either ask for someone to accompany us, and check for magical influences. Or, when someone doesn't make the meeting, then determine that we need some help at that time. Assuming that everyone that makes the meeting is in fine mental health (cough cough)." At the end of his statement, Rond first looks to Bill, with a twinkle in his eye, and then looks towards Sunblaze,with a little more seriousness.
Sedar Monday March 12th, 2001 8:15:43 PM
"Rond I'll go with you this morning. I'll like to see this place. Afterwards I'll drop by the guild to see what I can find out and meet everyone back here again.... so what time you want to go, Rond?"
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday March 13th, 2001 2:47:15 AM
Bill takes the outstretched messenger's hand and gives him a polite halfling handshake (not too hard, not too soft). "Glad to meet you, lad. Oh, right, Rond." He releases the boy's hand, and follows his tall friend back into the room. "So, you want some of us to go with this guy to Varian's? Oh - bye Damocles, bye Sunblaze. But - Hey, guys," he says to the retreating cleric and mage/bard, "let's meet back here for brunch."
"Good idea, Rond. You want to go in with most everyone else, and I'll wait outside, kinda in the shadows, y'know? Then if'n there's trouble of some sort, I can roust the cavalry? That what you have in mind more or less?"
Pimply-faced boy (DM Kim) Tuesday March 13th, 2001 2:53:29 AM
The messenger, maybe 13 years old, looks at the hand that the halfling just shook. He rolls his eyes, and as the door closes, he is seen crossing his arms and tapping his foot.
When the adventurers leave the room after their conference, the boy says, "So, what, you want me to take you there or what? I'll do it for nothin' if you pay me a silver," he states ambiguously. "No skin off my nose either way."
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday March 13th, 2001 2:55:15 AM
Bill pays the boy a silver piece, and hands Sedar a second. "Give this to him if he gets you there with no problems, 'kay?"
Bill follows the group at a distance, trying not to look as though he is following them.
Rond Tuesday March 13th, 2001 5:53:54 AM
"Actually, I meant the rally meeting, that the others were talking about. There was some concern that if someone got caught up in one of the spells, that how do we counter that. So I was thinking that we could have a meeting time and place for after the rally, where, if someone didn't make it, we went looking for the person, and got them magical help."
"I was planning on going to Varian's anyway. If you wanted to follow, you could."
Once the meeting breaks up, Rond joins the boy outside and gathers everyone that is going in a group. "Okay, child, we are ready to go."
Draax Tuesday March 13th, 2001 9:54:40 PM
Draax joins Rond, Sedar and anyone who comes along. "Anyway, have we decided a plan for the meeting?"
Arien Tuesday March 13th, 2001 10:44:17 PM
Arien decides to put a disguise together at the shop before going to investigate the matter at hand.
"Follow me." DM Kim Wednesday March 14th, 2001 2:22:30 AM
The boy leads on. The group passes through the Merchants Quarter, then to the bridge just south of Riverside and Vault Roads - not too far from the University of Magic. Well-armored guards issue challenge at the bridge. The boy holds up a round piece of leather with a gem sewn into the middle. The guards stand back. "Walk on in peace," one says.
Along the King's Road, the boy turns right onto Parade Road. Where that intersects with Crystal Way, one of the many walled fortress-like mansions stands. "Follow me," he says, turning left into an arbored pathway toward a building with five towers. Halfway down the path, he pushes through some bushes to the left, walks parallel to the path for fifteen feet, then pushes back through the vegetation back on to the path, walks up to the door, knocks once, and waits a moment. "Follow me," he says, heading back down the path. This time, however, at the fifteen foot section he earlier bypassed, you see him descending into the pathway, as though walking down stairs. On the other hand, it appears as though the cobblestone path is swallowing up his body. His head disappears beneath the path.
Another path. DM Kim Wednesday March 14th, 2001 2:40:11 AM
The Shrine of Alemi lies in the Outcast Quarter, not too far from the Foreign Market of the Foreign Quarter. Damocles and Sunblaze skirt the Abandoned Pyramid, then pass on into the Outcast Quarter. They see over the rooftops the upper levels of Lasher Castle. One of the Alemian brotherhood motions for Sunblaze and Damocles. "She awaits you inside, brother, sister," he says. Amidst run-down shacks which surround the shrine is one that looks as though it has been treated with greater care, and it is into this that the brother beckons the pair. Damocles recognizes him as Gordinian, a fair-minded adjudicator by reputation, and mid-level in the church's hierarchy.
Damocles (near Alemi's Shrine) Wednesday March 14th, 2001 12:43:38 PM
"Hello Brother, it is good to be again in the care of the church," Damocles states, greeting him. "For as though I decided the life of a monk was not the one I needed... I am still comforted by Alemi's warm embrace on the grounds of my God."
He pauses for a moment and gestures to Sunblaze. "This is Sunblaze, as I am sure the Mother has told you."
DM Kim Wednesday March 14th, 2001 3:38:47 PM
As the group follows the boy, they descend beneath the illusory surface, and, past a door at the foot of the stairs, enter a medium-sized room with a couple of hallways and a doorway or two. In the room stand a number of statues dressed in many different styles of clothing. A banner says, "Welcome to Varian's".
A short, plump man, clad in a plaid vest, brown bloomers, a red beret, and other odd accoutrements, walks in through the doorway. "Ah, Jasper, thank you, lad," he says in an adenoidal voice. He hands the boy a little pouch. "Now shoo, boy." Jasper leaves.
"Yes, yes, Marcus made an appointment for you. It's disguises we want, eh? Right place for you today! We have vast variety in our vaults." The man steps behind the counter next to the entryway, which makes it difficult to see him. Rond, being tall enough to see over, notes the man removing his vest, and doffing his beret. He then stands up straight. His 4'6" foot height has changed, and he now stands about 5'6", the rather pasty complexion now supplanted by a light tan. His eyes are the same color, though. "So, tell me, Varian that is, what kinds of disguises you would like," he says, now in a well-modulated voice, with none of the adenoidal effects heard earlier. Had Rond not observed the whole thing, it would have seemed foolish to think this is the same short person who greeted them.
Sunblaze (near Alemi's Shrine) Wednesday March 14th, 2001 7:52:00 PM
Sunblaze comes along, she seems nervous. Unlike Damocles have ever seen her. Her hands are sweaty and she seems to be taking all this in with a heavy heart. "I could have been more helpful with them... disguises..." She is ready to run out of here if she needs to, or feels she wants to.
Draax Wednesday March 14th, 2001 11:44:01 PM
The 5'9" half-elf looks at the man with a puzzled look on his face. "I never really thought about what disguise I would use. Turning to everyone. "You guys are better at this than me. What would you suggest for a disguise that I could pull off?"
Bill Troublefinder Thursday March 15th, 2001 1:22:45 AM
Bill looks around at all the costumes, and walks around touching the different fabrics. He looks into the openings - hallways? other rooms? to see what lies beyond. "Do you think I should disguise myself as a stone giant, guys? Or maybe a dry sahuagin? I know - Fipps! I could do him." Approximating the cleric's irritating voice, he mimics, "'Hello miss, My, what an ugly dress you are wearing today. It does match your bushy eyebrow, though.'" Then he shudders. "No, sorry guys, I don't want to do Fipps, on second thought."
"Draax? How about a ... a ... hmmm. I dunno. Shopkeeper? Clerk? Bouncer? Curmudgeon? Circus trainer?" Bill seems remarkably full of energy this morning. "Varian, we are going to be merchants, I think. Selling gear for adventurers, maybe, or something like that. Our friend is helping us get set up. But sometimes we want to ..."
Varian (DM Kim) Thursday March 15th, 2001 1:33:08 AM
"Yes, yes, yes," the costumer interrupts Bill. "I don't likely need your life story." He pulls out from behind the counter a box, 9"x11.5"x4", and opens it. "Makeup here. See this little pop-up mirror? Helps you see where you are putting it. Touch here," and he touches a little white stone in the tray, "and the light comes on." A soft white light illuminates the area before the mirror. He touches it again, and it gets moderately bright, a third time and it is very bright. "One more touch turns it off. As you see there are a number of different foundations, rouges, powders, eyeliners, lighteners, darkeners, and such. This deluxe kit goes for 560 gold." He lifts one corner, and a tray comes up, revealing another underneath, holding still more makeup paraphenalia. "I have lesser kits, of course. For as little as 50 gold. I'm afraid nothing less expensive than than, as I will not carry anything of poor quality. Although, once you learn enough about disguises, even poor quality can do in a pinch."
"Plenty of clothes, of course. And a few items of magic which can help out. I have a few hats of disguise, great for quick changes. Got one for two thou, one at twenty two hundred, and one at twenty five hundred gold." He reaches under the counter, and puts on the red beret the short fellow was wearing when first you saw him. It changes into a green 'Robin Hood' style cap, and now Varian stands over six feet tall, slender, with a ruddy complexion, and forest greens. "Danger is, somebody touches you, and what they feel doesn't match up with what they see, they can get confused at best, suspicious at worst. If you take care, though, you can cut down on that problem. Takes practice."
He goes over to a rack of clothes. He takes down a satiny red cloak. "Somebody is following you. 'Get the guy in the red cloak!'" he shouts theatrically. Varian reaches in through a small slit, grasps something inside, and shakes the cloak - and the cloak goes inside out. Now he holds in his hand a soft flannel brown cloak. "Then you turn around and say, 'The red cloak went thataway!'" He wiggles his now handsome eyebrows up and down.
"Fake mustaches, beards, beauty marks. Got 'em all. Got some dust of illusion - 500 gp, a little dust of disappearance - 3,500 gp, a wand of enlarge - 750 gp, a kilt of gender reversal - gotta check the price on that - been having a few kinks with the last couple of kilts. Now, I don't have one here today, but a robe of blending is a sweet item. Can cost ten, eleven thousand gold."
"So!" he says, rubbing his hands together. "You give the say-so, and I'll come up with some mundane disguises for each of you. I can do masks - I see you have one already," he says to Rond. "Or whatever is necessary. Tell me how you'd like to look, or what role you want to play, and we'll work on it together."
Morning Tea (DM Kim) (near Alemi's shrine) Thursday March 15th, 2001 2:38:13 AM
"Yes, Damocles, of course, of course. Sunblaze, I am Gordinian. You needn't be nervous. The Patriarch will see you. We've prepared some herbal tea." The brother leads the two down a narrow hallway, and into a side room. "Have a seat, please. She will be right in."
Moments after Damocles and Sunblaze are seated at a small round table, Patriarch Oratai enters the room. "Please don't stand. We need no formalities this morning." Oratai places her hand briefly on Sunblaze's shoulder. "I'm glad you chose to come this morning, dear. Thank you for coming, good brother." Oratai takes a seat, and Gordinian pours three cups of tea. He places some scones before each person on a small plate. A cloth serviette rests under a table knife and spoon next to each plate.
Gordinian looks upward. "For Thy bounty and goodness, we thank Thee, Blessed Alemi," he says. He nods in leavetaking, and exits the room.
Oratai sips some tea, and eats her scone, encouraging her two guests to do the same. "Now, dear. I know you are unsettled, and apprehensive," she says to Sunblaze. "If you are honest, whatever you perceive the cost of that honesty, you have little or nothing to fear. Tell me, how long have you been of two minds? And just what is the fear that possesses you?"
Need some coaxing? (DM Kim) Thursday March 15th, 2001 3:00:36 PM [OOC: Gentlemen - c'mon, tell Varian how you want to change. What type of changes? This is a good time to describe how your character normally looks - eye & hair and skin color, length and style of hair, complexion, size of nose, facial hair, warts or wrinkles or scars or other salient characteristics. Also - tell us here how your character is normally attired. What kind of clothes, colors, fabrics, jewelry, other accoutrements? Let's post, gang! An important part of role-playing and character development is to have a good mind's-eye view of what your character looks like, and to communicate such to the other players and DM. No blank-face characters. I'll pull out my secret stash of rewards to those who do a suitably good descriptive job.
One other item: I've received only two updated 3e character sheets following the magic distribution. Please get those in right away. -Thanks -DM Kim]
Sunblaze Thursday March 15th, 2001 9:03:15 PM
(First things first. Will I have a chance at disguises, because that is something I, Sunblaze, would love. Second my character sheet will be with you soon. In 'new' text format.)
Sunblaze is puzzled at why this woman would ask of her past. Yet she seems willing. "I have 'been of two minds' for not long. It has been less then a year, and it is my own fault." She stops as if to ponder. "It was because of magic, magic that I failed to use at an abled stage in my Magehood. I tryed to make a double of me... an extremely hard spell even for those who knew it. But, alas, I am not the strongest mage. It ended up not making two bodies, but two minds. That is my story, although it is not a great one, it is true." She smiles fakily.
Sedar of the Chameloen Friday March 16th, 2001 2:25:13 AM
"Rond I think the bouncer type is a good disguise for you. Maybe working the door at some tavern would give you some an earful of tips to help us out." The light-framed 1/2 elf then turns to the disguise master, adding, "Well Varian, those items you mention sound great, but I am interested in some that just won't make me stand out in a crowd. You see I have this nice little ring of chameleon powers. It really allows me to blend in with a crowd well, along with other things. So a disguise that will help me go simply unnoticed is what I am after. ... Rond if you bounce at a place maybe I'll bartend. That way we could keep an eye on each other. ... Hey Bill what think you of working in a watering hole to gather some info?"
Arien Friday March 16th, 2001 2:57:00 AM
"Hmm, I think that looking like a fop could be interesting. Let me see what you have that's bright." Arien browses through the selections pausing a few times to consider a piece, those that meet his approval go slung over one arm. After he finds what he is looking for he approaches the shopkeeper, "Pardon me but could you show me to the changing rooms? I would certainly try before I buy."
After secluding himself in one of the indicated rooms Arien changes quickly. After finishing the task he examines himself in the mirror. After a moment he nods in satisfaction. The clothes he wears now are almost completely opposite of what he normally wears. Used to sneaking about Arien usually wore muted tones that could blend in with the night. These clothes do anything but blend however. He wears a shirt of bright blue silk and bright scarlet pantaloons. The soft leather boots reach up to the knee and the long, blue cloak drags on the floor. He sports a yellow sash with his rapier and dagger on either side. Then to top it all off he wears a broad brimmed hat that is somewhat fastidiously tilted and crowned with a great green plume.
Satisfied, he stows his old clothes momentarily, then returns to the group. As he approaches them he gives his cloak a dramatic swirl and bows deeply to them. "Arien Silverbow at your pleasure, swashbuckler extrodinaire."
Damocles (near Alemi's Shrine) Friday March 16th, 2001 9:06:54 PM
The priest remains silent, watching, and observing the goings on. He seems rather unfamiliar with this type of situation, and almost a bit uncomfortable in the presence of the high priestess.
Draax Friday March 16th, 2001 10:51:11 PM
Draax looks into a mirror, wondering how he would look with his black hair changed or his hazel eyes another color. He thinks about Bill's suggestion about a shopkeeper, but thinks that he would fit in better as a bouncer or bodyguard. "Hey Varian, I will take one of those 'hats of disguise' and one of your lesser kits." The half-elf smiles to himself. "This just might be fun."
Oratai (DM Kim) (near Alemi's Shrine) Saturday March 17th, 2001 2:53:45 AM
"Do not smile to please me," Oratai says to Sunblaze, a harsh edge to her voice. Then she tempers the rebuke by adding more softly, "Words of truth are pleasing to me, and to Alemi above. We have sought His counsel, and heard what you have said."
She turns to Damocles, notes, "You feel unsure of yourself, brother Damocles. Fear not. Two questions for you: Do you, Damocles, vouch for this woman, Sunblaze? You have known her not long, I realize. But I repeat: Do you vouch for this woman? If so, will you stand by her in her time of need?" She awaits his answer...
Then returns her attention to Sunblaze. "You said last night that your doublemindedness was dealt with through the dispellation of magic. There is one more thing that will seal the process. After that, I will give you a scroll that you must read daily, which will help to strengthen the oneness of your mind, and soul, and spirit. Will you submit to this process and regimen?" the Patriarch of Alemi asks Sunblaze.
Sunblaze (near Alemi's Shrine) Saturday March 17th, 2001 12:42:52 PM
The smile leaves Sunblaze's face the second she's told to. She knows that trust is something earned, but she just wants it over with. She wonders how Damocles could help her, in her time of need. When asked if she shall submit to the process she considers for a moment. Then she looks up. "Yes I shall."
Farlonger Saturday March 17th, 2001 11:34:02 PM
Farlonger considers the shop full of costumes and illusionary devices for a moment, scratching his chin thoughtfully. After taking it all in, he turns to the shopkeeper.
"Do you have anything resembling a religious pilgrim's robes or anything to that effect? Nothing immediately indicating a specific religion mind you. Just something... clerical looking. Am I making any sense? OH! And make them in something nice and flashy. I'd like to be noticed, too..."
Farlonger stops, and pulls out a strand of his chalk-white hair, chuckling a bit.
"I'll probably need some hair dye and some make-up, too. Or... no wait! I'd like a hat of disguise! But I'd still like all of those robes and what not. Okay, that'll be fine..
"Say, I think I'm beginning to like this shopping business! So when is the next full moon, anywho?"
Damocles (near Alemi's Shrine) Sunday March 18th, 2001 4:55:11 PM
"Yes honorable Mother, I shall agree to vouch for her and keep her safe. I shall hold this as sacred an Oath as one can hold in the eyes of Alemi." Damocles, on that note, bows his head to the high priestess as a sign of reverence before turning to Sunblaze. "The scales of your mind can now be balanced, and internal justice will be done. By the grace of Alemi."
Oratai, Patriarch of Alemi (DM Kim) Monday March 19th, 2001 12:56:43 AM
Oratai attends to what Sunblaze and Damocles say. "Very well. Damocles, as you rise in power, one day you may be able to cast the spell which today I prepared for our friend here. There are many applications of the healing arts. Alemi allows us in the heal spell to channel positive energy into a person, or creature, to wipe away disease and injury. By His virtue, it cures nearly all diseases, blindness, deafness, wounds, even some short-term mental or physical losses. It serves as well to neutralize poisons in the person's body. Some spells which produce feeblemindedness are overcome by this gift from above. And, most important for you, today, Sunblaze, is that mental disorders caused by spells or injury to the brain are cured. A single application of the spell is needed to simultaneously achieve all these effects."
Her instruction and explanation complete, Alemi's Patriarch tells Sunblaze, "I shall call forth words of power, and place my hands upon your head." As soon as Sunblaze is ready, Oratai raises one hand to the sky, and places the other over her own still-slender belly. She chants a couplet of sanctified words, then her hands come to rest on the half-elven mage/bard. Sunblaze feels a warmth, a sense of well-being, and a reintegration of her heretofore somewhat mixed-up self.
Oratai then looks into Sunblaze's eyes. Apparently satisfied, she pulls out from her sleeve a scroll tube. "Words of wisdom are written herein. Each day, read for at least five minutes what is scribed herein. Twenty one sections there are - one for each day of the month, plus one extra. One day a month, read two of the sections. All other days, one section. Do this, Sunblaze, for at least three months. After that, pick it up and read it from time to time, as you feel the urge. I read from it now every fifth day, and each day during the Month of The Sun and the Month of Pilgrimage. If you have questions, ask Damocles. And, dear one, you are welcome to come and ask of the brothers and sisters here, or of me."
She stands. "Now, your friends are at Varian's," Oratai says. "Come with me, and you may join them." She leads the two adventurers further down the narrow hallway, which comes to a T-intersection. To the left she goes. Gordinian is there. "Brother. Take our brother and friend to the Noble Quarter. A boy there will lead them the rest of the way. Use the underpath. Then, Gordinian, administer these potions to the sick at the Shrine of St. Cormac in Shanty Town Quarter. Sister Hairgold will help you," she says, handing him a box in a sack. The lady, both gracious and regal, nods her head to Sunblaze and Damocles, and turns to go. Then she pauses, and holds up a warning finger. "Please, speak not of the underpath to others, outside of those with whom you met last night. Discretion." She then walks gracefully away, round the corner and out of sight.
Gordinian on the underpath (DM Kim) Monday March 19th, 2001 1:59:19 AM
The brother bows to Oratai. "Wait here a moment," he says to Sunblaze. He takes Damocles into the next room. "Here, brother, are the two wooden slats you must depress at the same time to open..." and he presses two slats on one wall. A click is heard, and Damocles notes a rectangular hatch has lifted slightly off the floor. "...this trap door." Gordinian slides his hand under the edge, and lifts. There is no discernible sound as he lifts the door. "Last year a thief saw a vision of Alemi, and converted to faith. He has made improvements in certain areas since he joined. Regularly oils the hinges," he points out.
"C'mon in now, Sunblaze," Gordinian beckons. He leads the two down the steps below the trapdoor, and picks up a torch from a neatly piled stack of torches next the landing. He takes a moment to light his torch, then lights two more, handing one to each. "I'll get you into the Noble Quarter. Follow me!" he says cheerfully. The underground passageway varies from five to ten feet wide. Other passageways intersect, join, split off from the path the priest of Alemi takes his brother in the faith and Sunblaze through. There are guards at a few intersections. Gordinian pulls a medallion he wears around his neck up from under his robes to show to the guards, and they wave him to pass with his companions. At one point as they draw near another intersection, the sound of pottery breaking is heard, followed by a word of profanity, and the sound of feet running away. Gordinian presses his finger to his lips, indicating silence, then continues on, leaving the intersection behind. At last, another set of stairs is reached. Gordinian asks Sunblaze to wait just around the corner. He shows Damocles how to unlock the door at the top of the stairs, then calls for Sunblaze to join them. They come out into a small stone chamber. He presses his hand on two stones, and rests his knee on a third stone, not hiding this from Sunblaze. Click. Slide. A room is through the 4' wide opening just before them. He extinguishes his torch, and instructs them to do the same. He leans the torches against one wall of the stone chamber.
"Take the door next the statue," he tells them. A statue of a boy fishing by a stream sits next to the indicated door. "The boy should be waiting for you. Blessings!"
Pimply-faced Jasper. Costume Reunion. (DM Kim) Monday March 19th, 2001 2:09:31 AM
"'Bout time. Your friends probably are done by now." The boy who brought Varian's card to the group this morning stands there, his arms crossed. He leads Damocles and Sunblaze a few manors down to Varian's shop. "Look, here are your friends," he says, then himself leaves. Draax, Rond, Sedar, et al are trying on various interesting and outlandish sets of clothing.
Bill Troublefinder Monday March 19th, 2001 2:17:07 AM
Bill laughs at Arien Silverbow's flourish. "Yeah, Sedar. If a watering hole is a good place for information, sure. How about a bar or tavern, instead?" Hard to tell whether Bill is being facetious, but the twinkle in his eye might give a clue.
"Varian, I'd like some wigs. Do you have any small stilts? There's still one hat of disguise left, right?"
Varian (DM Kim) Monday March 19th, 2001 2:41:30 AM
The costumer answers most of the adventurers' questions in the affirmative. He adjusts clothing here and there, opens chests to suggest accessories, takes out three or four different long narrow strips of cloth with lines marked in small regular increments, and jots notes down on a little pad of paper.
"Full moon?" he responds to Farlonger's question. "You lookin' like one of those nature boys, figured you'd keep up on that sort of thing. It's ... I think maybe fourteen days from now. Fifteen? About then."
There seems no end to the varieties of clothing he possesses. His skill with chalk and scissors are clearly evident. One might suppose him the nimblest tailor in the city. Varian recommends that each person have at least two sets of disguises. "Maybe you'll like one more than another. But at least you have a choice that way."
He tallys what each person has chosen. Figure 50 to 100 gp for each full getup. The fancier outfits (such as Arien's getup) can run to a few hundred. The kit for Draax is 60 gp. "You need this special makeup with your complexion," he explains.
He grins with delight at Arien's outfit. He suggests the addition of a brooch on his upper right breast. "Make sure the blouse does not bunch up under the pants. Smooth it out first. If you're going to do a fop, attention to detail says it all." He brings a ruffled collar to add to the mix. And offers a choice of three different wigs - powdered white, brown, and auburn.
Varian expresses an interest in Sedar's Ring of the Chameleon, and politely requests to take a look at it. "A find indeed, a find indeed. Seen a few of these in my time. By its markings, I'd say it comes from ... Fargunia, if I'm not mistaken."
"So, anything else? Yes," he answers Bill, "Three hats of disguise. 2500, 2200, 2000. Wigs aplenty. Stilts? Got some longer ones. Could have short ones by tomorrow, or maybe this afternoon."
When Sunblaze and Damocles arrive, he claps his hands together. "Ah, more from my friend." He runs them through what is available at what prices.
Damocles Monday March 19th, 2001 12:31:52 PM
Upon hearing Varian prattle of the list of items, Damocles begins doing something that takes the rest of the group a bit by surprise. His clothing begins to rapidly shift form as he begins to knowingly smile. Finally, it takes the form of a full suit of plate mail, resplendently and ornately crafted. "Glamered plate mail solves the part of actual cloth costumes for me. And I'd wager I'm the least easily recognized of any of the hamleteers.... but if the rest of you feel more is appropriate."
Draax Monday March 19th, 2001 7:38:09 PM
Draax listens to Varian give a total of expenses. "Hey Varian I requested one of the hats of disquise too." Draax wonders to himself why no one wants to sell him magic items.
Varian (DM Kim) Monday March 19th, 2001 7:54:10 PM
"Remarkable!" remarks Varian at the transformation of Damocles' clothing into armor. "Of course, sometimes it is the countenance or coiffure that needs realignment. And don't forget the shoes. One fellow disguised himself as a pauper, but his fine shoes gave him away at a glance."
Varian replies to Draax, "Oh, yes, yes, of course, there is one for you, sir. Take your pick." The first one looks like an elegant lady's hat with three feathers coming out of a mother of pearl shell on the left side. The second like a dirty, rumpled, hole-ridden cap of a laborer. The third has a broad rim, made of felt, and looks good for keeping out the rain. "Don't be deceived by the looks," he tells Draax. "Any one of these can change, depending upon your whim or need. Oh, next week I'm expecting a few additional magical aids to disguise, just so you know. Tell Marcus if you're interested, and he'll arrange a meeting. My shop moves all over town, so don't expect to find me here next time."
Rond Monday March 19th, 2001 10:33:57 PM
"I am not sure what I should be. I think that maybe the bounce should be the last choice, since I have to respond to fights, which would put my face in front of people, possible, or at least their fist, which, I wouldn't be happy about." Rond walks about, peering here and there, looking at colors, trying to size up anything that might work on his 6'4" frame. "What do the hats of disguise allow you to do? Maybe I could do something completely different, that wouldn't be related to who and what I am now."
Sedar Monday March 19th, 2001 11:04:08 PM
"Hey go ahead Draax and Rond, you guys need the most help with disguises. Take the hats. I have my ring here to help me out." Turning to Varian, Sedar says, "I would like a nice three outfits. One for moving in the merchant area something say middle classish. Another for the tavern hopping rather utilitarian, you know a little rugged looking. And one last one for the mages guild, to make me look rather well off. We can take measurements right away. Time is awasting you know." He smiles as Arien comes out of the dressing rooms. "Arien that looks great. Could barely recognize you." Then winks in return to Bill T. "I guess the real watering holes are for the animals after all."
Arien Tuesday March 20th, 2001 1:03:56 AM
"Ahh yes a brooch would do nicely, details indeed. I think I shall take the auburn wig. Hmm and another disguise is it? Well then I shall have to browse for a little longer till I find something that strikes my fancy."
Damocles Tuesday March 20th, 2001 2:14:01 PM
Damocles looks about the shop a bit more before turning to Varian a moment before they exit. "Oh... Well, these boots keep my step lively so I can move under all this weight, so I'd rather not go without them... same for the cloak." As they step outside his armor shifts form into that of a set of noble's clothes. 'Well, that's a bit better... So what are we doing from here? I had thought we were opening up an adventuring shop."
Draax Tuesday March 20th, 2001 10:31:24 PM
Draax looks at the various hats. "OK, I will take the laborer looking hat. I have a general idea of what the hat does, but does it comes with instructions?" Draax takes the hat and starts to experiment with it.
Sunblaze Tuesday March 20th, 2001 10:59:03 PM
Sunblaze seems speechless at the ongoings. She keeps quiet and nods her head if needed. As she leaves the place with Damocles she speaks quietly. "It seems I'm becoming a priest as well my friend. Your Patriarch seems a nice lady, and what god does she follow my friend? Was it Alemi?"
When she reaches her friends she seems to have put her troubles aside, along with her interest in the Priestly way. "What have you got my friend?" Her eyes looking at the store. As Varian says some items Sunblaze repeats them. "Wand of enlarge... Kilt of gender reversal... Deluxe kit..." She walks around the outfits and watches the others. "I also have a Ring, it is one called of a creature that can go into its surroundings and blend... what was that creature's name?" She finally decides something. A smile crosses her face. "Damocles - I can help with the adventure shop I can make scrolls and some magic items. But what about this? We could open a Costume shop!!! That would be perfect." She then starts to decide what to buy. "That Cloak thingy sounds good... how much? Also I want a Kilt of Gender whatever...big word; Wand of Enlarge; Deluxe Kit - that'll do for make-up. Wish I could've gotten one of those hats, shucks. A wig, blonde. I'm going to love this. Wow... never been like this before." She looks around. "I think I'm going to want a Priest outfit - to the god of Alemi, if possible. Perhaps I could even learn some stuff from Damocles too!" She looks at what she has with her now and laughs. "Anything else that I might need my friends?"
Varian (DM Jerry) Wednesday March 21st, 2001 3:43:25 PM
Oh, I would suggest that you not disguise yourself as a priest. That cover is too easy to penetrate. You can't cast spells and Gods tend to frown upon such things. Now a set of worship clothes to go with the "wardrobe" of your alter ego is a good touch. Think in terms of the "complete" person you with to become.
It's sorta like role-playing. You're designing a whole person to be.
Will the Real Hamleteers Please Stand Up (DM Jerry) Wednesday March 21st, 2001 3:49:52 PM
The shopping and planning of your alter egos continues. After a few hours, everyone seems satisfied. As you begin to sweat the cost of the bill that is to be offered, you find that it has been taken care of.
(Make sure that your character sheet now contains two descriptions of your character. "True Appearance" (Spy) and "Disguised Appearance" (Everday alter ego).)
The party heads out in their disguises. (Please describe yourself in disguise with your next post. If we need a couple of days here we can take them so you can be satisfied with your alter ego. I need 3E character sheets ASAP please before we proceed please. Email me if I can help.)
Rond Thursday March 22nd, 2001 2:28:38 AM
"So what are we planning on doing then? Are we going to open up a shop? Are only some of us going to open the shop, and others will work someplace else? I ask, because I'm not sure me being a bounce in an adventurer's shop, would be a good thing?!"
ADM Todd Thursday March 22nd, 2001 2:30:03 AM
At the very least, lets keep posting and figure out what the characters are going to do inside the city.
Who Are These People? (DM Jerry) Thursday March 22nd, 2001 4:36:32 AM
As you emerge from the building into the early morning sun, (don't ask me how....I'm declaring a time) you find yourselves amidst a group of total strangers! You know who they are, and yet you don't. You look at each other with strange appraising looks and amusement.
Perhaps introductions are in order?
Sontra(AKA Sunblaze) Friday March 23rd, 2001 12:34:27 AM
A dark skinned man can be seen exiting from Varian's. His skin is a mixture of dark and light. If his eyes are looked at they seem quite depressing. His eyebrows, and lashes are that of one who never touches them. His head is covered by a hat, silvery and metal. Slightly blond hair can be seen coming from it's sides. His mouth is covered by a mustache, and his chin by a bead, both are the same color as his hair, only slightly darker. On his back a Shield can be seen, only barely because a Havernsack is covering it.
On his hands can be seen two rings, one a golden looking one and the other rusted. One of his hands is almost resting on a sword, held to his side. On the other side there is another sword, this one seems less...powerful.
A red cloak covers from almost head to toe, but beneath that red can be seen on the pants a shirt. He walks over to the crowd and is about to speak and then all of a sudden stops. He looks coldly at them, not a mean cold, but a tired of getting this cold.
Braald (Damocles) Friday March 23rd, 2001 2:00:40 PM
Garbed from head to toe in ornate, polished and spiked full plate mail, the great helmeted warrior that stands before you seems a bit intimidating. At 6' even, he is not as great in stature as some of those around him, but nevertheless, the confidence of his gait would suggest one that was familiar with the art of war. He wears a long, white cloak over his shoulders and bears a great mace at his side. "I am Braald," he proclaims, voice booming. "My arms are at your disposal."
Steps (AKA Draax) Friday March 23rd, 2001 6:36:24 PM
A young human youth about 16 or 17 summers stands before the group. He wears some hand-me-down leather armor with a brace of throwing knives across his chest and a headband. He stands about 5ft 9in, 170-180 lbs (the same height and weight as Draax). In a tough voice he says. "They call me Steps, I hear that there is an opening for a box boy or something. You name it; I can do it. You need someone thrown out; I can do that too. I'm just your average street punk, willing to do odd jobs for money." The tough looking young man's face begins to lighten up as he smiles and then he becomes mean looking again. "So, are you people hiring or what?"
Tamosvar (AKA Arien) Friday March 23rd, 2001 7:22:58 PM
Also exiting the shop is what can only be an Elven fop, or a swashbuckler. He walks with a swagger and with each step the large green plume on the top of his hat bobs. He removes his hat and makes a sweeping bow to the group. "Greetings there my dear fellows, I am known as Tamosvar and I am new to these parts. I am looking to go into business around here and am looking for some partners, from the looks and my instincts I would say that you chaps would work out just fine, so what do you say? Perhaps this isn't the place to discuss things though, mayhap we should retire to a nearby inn and discuss this over a fine wine?"
Varien (Dm Jerry) Saturday March 24th, 2001 2:24:04 PM
"Hmm....good, good, good. Uh, mister Damocles? I realize that wearing plate mail may have been a dream of yours for a long time, but I've never seen a merchant in armor. And if you became a bouncer, they'd just run past you. Plate mail is slow my friend. Why don't you come back inside and let's try something with an apron?"
He counts. "One, two, three, four. Shall we have a seat here and watch the others make their grand exit?"
Those who have exited see a posting board nearby with all kinds of notices on it: official, adverts, wanted posters, and classifieds. There are hundreds there.
Then he turns to Tamosvar and says, "Hmm... a swashbuckling merchant? Well it's original. Are you a former adventurer then retired to the merchant life? People are gonna ask that ya know...."
Damocles Saturday March 24th, 2001 4:53:09 PM
A long sigh is heard from inside the armor. After a moment passes Damocles pipes up with his normal voice... "All right..."
He steps inside the doors for a moment and allows the armor to take the form of a normal apron once out of view of the crowd. "So what do you suggest? I was never very good at acting..."
Sontra Saturday March 24th, 2001 7:38:55 PM
Sontra looks at Steps and comes to a decision. "Boy, you help me? I have a job or two for you." He watches the crowd, and keeps an eye on Steps.
Tamosvar Sunday March 25th, 2001 2:42:00 AM
"Retired? Not at all, not at all. You see when one is adventuring one finds all sorts of odds and ends that are often just left behind as their value to the adventurer is often less than the things they carry with them in the first place, so what better to do than to sell it to those newly aspiring adventurers or the type? Adventurers aren't the only ones who need arms, armor or other items, there are often mercenaries or merchant guards who need new equipment. Plus if the stock runs low it can be replenished by both adventure and the more mundane means."
Steps Sunday March 25th, 2001 1:42:00 PM
Steps looks at Sontra, the street youth takes a dagger in each hand, spinning them a few times before returning them to their sheath. In a tough sounding voice Steps replies to Sontra. "You have work? That's good, I work hard for my pay and you will not be disappointed. So how much does it pays?" He leans against the wall, pulls a dagger and begins picking at his fingernails.
Sontra Sunday March 25th, 2001 4:35:35 PM
Sontra looks at Steps. "I have work, although it doesn't pay much at the begining, if you show you can do it then it can pay very well! But it all depends on how you work...if you slack off I decrease your pay. Got it?" He looks around for a moment. "I'll need all the help I can get though, so if you know anyone who can help..."
Nel - psst! It's Farlonger! Sunday March 25th, 2001 6:40:55 PM
Shortly, another person emerges from the well-hidden store. Dressed in simple flowing gray robes and wearing a wide brimmed hat, a human with a blotchy, red complexion and frazzled raven-black hair, the stranger steps towards where the others wait.
"So, friends," he says, performing a small turn so as to show off his new attire, "do I look convincing enough to be a religious pilgram? I think this is about right. They used to walk by my grove all the time back in the old days...
"Oh. Heh. It's me, Farlonger. But call me Nel. I'm going to use this to ask around at the temples about the doomsday prophecy. Think I can pass, maybe?"
Greeley -(Sedar of the chameleon ring) Sunday March 25th, 2001 9:45:56 PM
Wandering out with the crowd walks a nondescript individual. He seems to blend in with those about him. Some take him for a swashbuckler friend. Others for a young eager lad's sidekick. And yet another as a fellow pilgrim. "Who was that guy anyway. Did you see what he looked like?" There was that sly grin on his face as walked on by. Wasn't there?
Roger (Rond) Monday March 26th, 2001 2:10:30 AM
A man emerges wearing a leather tunic and belted leather pants. He's blond, stands about 5'8", and is very muscle bound. "Call me Roger. If someone is being a menace in your store, I'm the person to call." Dropping to a hushed voice, he says, "I suggest that we not worry too much about what we are supposed to do, until we have agreed upon a business. We probably want to get back with Marcus, and see what the next step is."
Workers Needed (DM Jerry) Monday March 26th, 2001 6:05:43 PM
Suddenly one of the posts is blown off of the "Posting Board" across the street. It flies by, tempting each of you to grab at it, looping right in front of Greeley's face.
Greeley doesn't see the whole ad, but he does pick up on the big words as there is a lull in the breeze.
THE BEER AND BATH WORKERS NEEDED
There are other similar postings on the board across the street.
Bill Troublefinder - as himself! Monday March 26th, 2001 7:01:32 PM
The halfling pulls at the edge of 'Steps'' tunic. He whispers, "Hey, just want to let you know, I've gotta go now. Somethin's come up, so you-know-who wants me workin' for him elsewhere for a little bit. I'll be back, maybe in a few days or so, I hope. Pass it on. Bye!"
Sontra Monday March 26th, 2001 8:01:55 PM
Sontra looks amazed when Bill says he isn't coming. "But... Bill..." He quickly recovers and moves over to the board. "Well boy, you may get a better job there, and I might as well!" He laughs, his mouth booming.
Steps Monday March 26th, 2001 8:26:56 PM
Steps looks down at Bill as he begins to whisper. "Got ya, seeya soon." He will inform those of the group that were not aware of Bill's departure.
He nods to Sontra. "You may be right, it looks like finding or creating work will not be a problem." He tries to focus on Greeley, but gives up as his eyes continue to avoid looking directly at the man. Steps walks over to the board and begins pulling posts that have work that would fit with his character.
Sontra Monday March 26th, 2001 9:46:33 PM
Sontra sees the clever boy pulling down all the ones he wants and does the same, taking only those that might help him gain some way of finding a decent spot to work. He also takes any that might fit his counterpart, Sunblaze. "Boy, you truly know what to do when it's needed."
Roger Monday March 26th, 2001 10:16:23 PM
When Roger is informed of Bill's departure, he mutters, "I wish Bill a safe journey."
As the others gather the various signs from the billboard, he asks, "I wonder if we should change back, or just go back to the inn, to talk with Marcus?"
Greeley Monday March 26th, 2001 11:21:41 PM
Quick and nimble hands grasp the floating paper as it brushes by his face. After gathering with the group and saying goodbye to his good friend Bill T., Greeley asks those gathered. "Hey all, just saw something interesting. Take a look at this." He lets those interested read on. "Beer and Bath looking for workers. It's an odd combo of things, but that should just suit us fine. Draax and I could go check it out. To see if it's a good idea or not. What say you there, Steps?"
Harry (Damocles) Tuesday March 27th, 2001 5:10:30 PM
A youngish blond haired man steps out, smiling as he does so. Youth is clear in his complexion, and he looks to be about twenty summers, and fair of skin. He wears simpler garb, fit for walking around town, a nicely made pair of boots and a long white cloak are the only pieces of his garb that vary from that of, perhaps, a minor merchant or artisan.
"I'm Harry, beginning actor... I'm looking for a stage to play on, but in the meantime am in sore need of employ. Would any of you gents 'ave an idea of where I could find work?"
Notices (DM Jerry) Tuesday March 27th, 2001 8:54:32 PM
THE BEER AND BATH WORKERS NEEDED Had to fire the whole lot due to thievery. Emergency pay for the first two weeks for quick responses! See Stella manager.
The Flying Pig Need bartender and bouncer See Hobnob
House of Blood Gladiator School now taking students for upcoming semester.
The Crypt needs ghosts. Nuff said.
Sontra Wednesday March 28th, 2001 12:24:28 AM
Sontra looks at the notices and looks torn. "Emergency Pay... Blood Gladiator... Flying Pig?" He looks towards those who are his 'friends'. "Any of ye decided? I would be well to be with some of those whom I know... even only slightly. The Gladiator School looks good, but the Flying Pig needs a Bartender... and I can do that..."
Roger d10=10 Wednesday March 28th, 2001 12:59:00 AM
"I think it is whether we all want to work together or not. Or we could work in shifts at one place (all of us), and then splinter off according to your tastes."
Steps (aka Draax) Wednesday March 28th, 2001 8:41:09 AM
"The 'Beer and Bath' sounds good to me Greeley." Steps goes over a takes a look at the posting. "OK, let's do it." He waits to see what the others are going to pick, before heading over to the 'Beer and Bath' with Greeley.
Harry (Damocles) Wednesday March 28th, 2001 1:15:44 PM
"Crypt needs ghosts? Wunder wot that means. Anyone else want to look into that with me?" The young actor makes some spooky noises. "Boo..." He cackles momentarily and then continues in an eerie voice. "I am the ghost of the crypt... muahahaha," before laughing a bit. "I suppose I would need to work on the act."
Tamosvar Wednesday March 28th, 2001 11:12:29 PM
"Well I think I could make at least a decent ghost, shall we go take a look to see what it exactly entails, my good fellow?"
Whither or Thither (DM Jerry) Thursday March 29th, 2001 1:53:04 AM
Steps and Greeley are talking of visiting the Beer & Bath. While Harry and Tamosvar seem to initially favor the Crypt.
Roger instead focuses on the strategy end of things. He suggests that the heroes need to decide whether to work together or separately.
Steps Thursday March 29th, 2001 4:11:10 PM
Steps looks over at Roger. "OK Roger, you are suggesting that we all work in the same place. That seems like a wise plan. How about if me and Greeley go and check out the Beer and Bath? Get information about what is required of the job, how much it pays, and how many workers they can hire. Harry and someone else can go to the crypt and find out the same information. Others can come with either group or check out another job."
Steps looks at everyone to get their reaction. "We can all meet back here tonight, put our information together, and vote on the job that we will choose. How does that sound to everyone?"
Sontra Thursday March 29th, 2001 8:40:46 PM
Sontra heads off to the Flying Pig. Alone and wondering what shall become of him and his friends. "Alone we were, but friends we are, We have traveled long and far.
Together we shall be as one, To be the best might under the sun." His hands sweat, and he goes of into the shadows and places a little bit more make-up on them. Just to be sure.
Greeley Thursday March 29th, 2001 8:51:33 PM
"OK Steps. We'll meet back here in about an hour then. Let's go." The mage heads off with his friend. "I think we'll need to stop and find directions." Chuckling at their choice of direction. "You think this is the way to start?"
Shopping for jobs in disguise (DM Jerry) Thursday March 29th, 2001 9:57:26 PM
So our brave heroes split up to check out their opportunities for "mundane" employment.
Sontra's trip to the Flying Pig will occur here for your reading enjoyment.
Those going to the Beer and Bath and the Crypt will be handled either by email or chat and then posted here. :)
Sontra asks directions and receives them. He is directed to Circus Quarter just east of Scalzo's Circus House on Centaur Street. The area is just south of Dragon Quarter and Adventurer's Square and just north of the Endless River.
When Sontra arrives, he sees a 2-story beat up building. The placard of a flying pig has been scratched up and a crude drawing of a monkey has been etched over it.
Inside, is the most horrible beat up place that Sontra has ever seen. Tables are nailed together. In fact the common room has a couple of carpenters putting a few tables back together. It is full of patrons though and all are drinking!
A snot nosed wart faced female dwarf comes to him and says, "Have a table bub."
Roger Thursday March 29th, 2001 10:00:26 PM
"Yes, let's scout what these places offer, and what they are like, and the temperament of the people in the place. You might also take time to study the patrons, to see if we're going to be able to get any information or not.
"We are looking for a place that probably has a mix of people, from all classes, and all walks of life.
"Do we want to meet back here, or back back to the RWI, where we can talk in private?!"
Sontra Thursday March 29th, 2001 10:34:26 PM
Sontra smiles. "Well... I was expecting... something... oh never mind. That's too Sunblazely." He sits. "I'm here about the jobs!" His voice is loud and growly.
Harry Friday March 30th, 2001 1:58:51 AM
"Well then, I'm off to the crypts... anyone want to come up with me? If you can keep pace, that is," says Harry.
He skips off at a steady pace, turning back to the gathered group. "Well, any other would-be actors want to play the ghost for some coin?"
Tamosvar Friday March 30th, 2001 6:12:02 AM
"Aye friend I'll come with ye to the Crypts, don't worry fellows we'll find out all there is to know about this opportunity."
Wartti (Waitress of the Flying Pig) (DM Jerry) Friday March 30th, 2001 6:32:33 PM
"We got two. One for bartender, one for bouncer. But before I sends ya back to see the Chief Pig so to speak, I needs to know somethin'.
"Do you believe that pigs can fly?"
Sontra Saturday March 31st, 2001 3:23:19 PM
Sontra, about already decided about this place thinks for a moment. 'These people must be either insane, or just be extremely poor...' He looks up at the waitress. "Eh? Pigs can fly, in many different ways. They can - I'd show you - but alas, magic escapes me." He smiles faintly. "So, do I get to see him or not?" He asks pressingly.
Warrti (DM Jerry) Monday April 2nd, 2001 1:20:16 PM
"No magic needed mister. Just a drink of this."
"One for table 4!"
One for Table 4 (DM Jerry) Monday April 2nd, 2001 1:25:22 PM
A voice says, "One for table 4 coming up."
The whole bar gets quiet for a second and then suddenly you find yourself surrounded by everyone in the place. And all of them begin chanting:
"PIG! PIG! PIG! PIG! PIG! PIG!..." over and over again. This seems to be the signal for others to also order this strange drink. It comes. It is pink. It smells horrible. Three others join you.
"To Pigs that Fly!"
And the crowd answers, "And Monkeys that don't!"
::everyone spits::
Then the three of them look to you and one says, "On 3."
1......2.......3.
They down their drinks. Everyone looks at Sontra to see if he does the same.
Sontra Monday April 2nd, 2001 7:09:35 PM
Sontra, on three downs it. He wonders what exactly is in it. He slams the glass down on the table and yells. "GIMME ANOTHER!" He looks around, hoping he did what he should have. "Wow, good stuffs..."
Flying Pig (DM Jerry) Tuesday April 3rd, 2001 10:12:40 AM
Suddenly the chant grows in volume....or is it the drink."
"Pig! Pig! Pig! Pig!"
Your fellow drinkers rise to their feet. You feel all warm inside. Then it hits you. Dizzy, yet all-powerful. You could take on the world! You could slay Flame the Dragon with a dagger! You could....
Wait, where is this that your new friends are leading you? Up the stairs? To The Balcony? To the broken spot in the balcony? And what's that happening down below? People gathered around a table like it's a trampoline?
Your first friend yells "YAAAHHHHHHHH!" and dives off of the balcony onto the table. The table breaks in to halves and everyone holding it steady crashes to the floor. Your new friend lies unmoving.
Then a few seconds later he slowly gets up, swipes the dust off of him from the dirty floor and yells. "Pigs Fly!"
Everyone screams.
You feel the electricity in the room. The excitement is becoming a part of you. A new table (well an old one nailed back together) is brought into the landing area.
Everyone looks at you.
"Pig! Pig! Pig! Pig!"
You may give into the feeling and jump, or you may try a saving throw of will with a DC of 22 if you wish not to jump (and disappoint your new friends.)
Sontra Tuesday April 3rd, 2001 11:19:36 PM
Sontra throws himself down, the whole time yelling. "PIG PIG." He hits the table violently, without realizing what has happened he gets up and starts to yell to the next person. "PIG PIG PIG PIG..." His words are slurred together, back in his mind he can hear Sunblaze saying. 'Gunna feel that in the morning.' Sontra not thinking he missed the table starts to bring another one over, he places it half on top of the first. He then finds a seat with a drink at it and start to guzzle it down. "PIG...PUG...BLOOB."
Warrti (DM Jerry) Wednesday April 4th, 2001 10:37:30 AM
"So, what do your skills lie? Bartender or bouncer?"
"I think maybe weze has job for the likes of a pig like you!"
Sontra Wednesday April 4th, 2001 7:14:38 PM
"Bartemders my game... I mean bardener... Oh nevermind you know what I mean." He hiccups a couple of times. "I just checking... not sure yet..." He decides to sit down, in a stable spot although the room is spinning.
Steps Wednesday April 4th, 2001 11:02:39 PM
Having completed his job interview Steps heads to the RWI to meet the others. He keeps looking around for Greeley wondering where he disappeared to.
Steps' Adventure (DM Jerry) Wednesday April 4th, 2001 11:19:43 PM
Getting There (DM Jerry)
Steps asks around and get instructions to the establishment. It is in a prime location and looks to be a very new building. It is in Adventurer's Square on the very northern end. Just south of it is Finlon Vod's Party House. North of it is the courtyard just inside Adventurer's Gate.
Inside is a wetbar to the right that flows past a few tables down into an indoor pool with a waterfall pouring into it. The water swirls and smells great. There are stairs leading up on either side of the waterfall to private bathing rooms above. A staircase behind the waterfall leads down to the lower level where there is storage, and more private areas.
A slightly plump woman sits at the bar doing books. Without looking up she says, "We're closed. Sorry. Hope to be open in a few days."
--------
Steps:
Steps calls out before the woman turns around. "Excuse me, we hear that there are openings for jobs. My friend and I are here to see it about the postings that we read."
He waits to see if the woman replies.
---------
Glint In Her Eye (DM Jerry)
The woman slowly turns. "You must have lost your friend on the way mister. I see no one but you. Why do you want to work here at the B&B? Why does it intrigue you?"
She has a glint in her eye that says she is appraising you like she would a diamond or a ruby.
Then as she finishes turning, you realize that the coat that she wears makes her look overweight, when actually she is quite the looker. Perhaps older than some men desire, but a timeless beauty nonetheless.
She wears a diamond necklace and a matching bracelet. She has on a fashionable bathing suit under her white wolven fur coat.
--------
Steps looks around for Greeley and then remembers the ring that his friend wears, but he wonders why his friend would use its power now. He shrugs his shoulders as to say 'Oh well.'
He turns back to the woman. "My friend must have gotten loss along the way. I was at the job posting board with a few other job seekers and saw your posting about job openings. I am in need of a job at the moment, so I thought that I would come and see what is required of the job and to see if I meet those requirements.
I have to admit that I do not know much about the 'Beer and Bath' but I am a quick learner. I think that I could be a good bouncer or stock guy, and I know a few others who may need a job if they have not found one already."
Steps looks at the woman and lets his appreciation of her beauty show on his face. "Well miss are you hire? If you are, what are the job requirements and pay?"
---------
Checking out the Meat (DM Jerry)
"Hmm...."
She gets up and walks around you as if inspecting a piece of meat. She squeezes your muscles. "Bouncer pays more. We don't use stock boys as such here. We, instead have need of 'waiters and waitresses' who carry drinks and bathing items to the various rooms as well as 'preparation staff' who prepare the baths and clean up after each visitor. They keep the water smelling and feeling good, and add the idiosyncracies to each theme room.
"The scale is high, because I want the best.
"Bartender: 200gp a month Bouncer: 150gp a month Toter: 75gp a month Preparation Staff: 50gp a month.
"All this is in addition to tips and overtime.
"As I'm in need of workers in a hurry to get this place open again before the owners come a fussin' about me firing the previous staff, I'll give you a try. If you work hard and well I'll keep you. I'll let you know it's permanent in a week.
"You start now. Your first job is to find me more staff. Hit the bars and the streets. Find me 2 bartenders, one more bouncer for the hours that you are not working (we are open dawn until way past midnight most days), 6 toters/waitresses/waiters, and at least 10 preparation staff. We could use more.
"I'll give you half a week's salary of the position concerned for each person you hire. Find me a bouncer and I'll give you half a bouncer's salary for a week.
"I am Chenna. It is good to meet you." :)
-------------
Steps:
Steps smiles to himself, glad that he did not change his height and structure with the hat of disguise, knowing that when she touched him it would have defeated his disguise. "Nice to meet you Chenna, you can call me Steps. That is a lot of workers, but I did see a few other job seekers at the posting board and I am sure that I can track down a few of them down and maybe some others. I will bring or send to you all that I find and I will report back to you daily with a progress report. Thank you for the opportunity."
Steps gives her another appreciative look and says "Again, it was nice looking I mean meeting you."
Step goes back to the meeting place to give the others the news.
----------
Sedar and Bill say Goodbye (DM Jerry) Wednesday April 4th, 2001 11:27:55 PM
Two hooded figures approach the table in the Red Wyrm Inn.
Bill's voice speaks.
"We just wanted you to know. We've been recruited by ah 'Mr. M.' to handle a special mission. We'll be gone for awhile. We hope to see you soon."
Sedar says, "We wanted to say bye in person. If anyone asks you didn't see us. We were not ever here. We are supposed to just disappear, but we couldn't do that to you guys. You are to find two new people to take our places as if we quit or died or something. We'll leave that to you. Tell them everything, but make sure that for your sake that they take the oath with Oratai at the Temple of Truth. She is expecting you within the next day or so with your new recruits."
Bill says, "Wow, but this is all so exciting and stuff. I can't wait to tell you all about it. It's very cool."
Sedar says, "Ok, we gotta go. See you guys soon. Good luck!"
They walk off. As they leave, Bill says, "See, I told you they wouldn't be mad."
Sedar says, "Just wait. They will be."
Sontra d100=64 Wednesday April 4th, 2001 11:28:24 PM
Sontra looks at whomever is talking to him. He seems to have forgotten, it's as if he just became sober. "...I need to know... how much do the jobs... pay... and do you need more wokrer... worrieirs... WORKERS!" He shouts, the voice is odd for a moment then back. Once he has gotten the information he trudges slowly to the door, still not feeling well, looks in his haversack, then thinks 'Waterskin'. There it is. He grabs it, and drinks it down, in an effort to feel... unqueazy.
Draax Thursday April 5th, 2001 10:45:28 PM
Draax listens to Bill and Sedar. "OK guys, do what you have to do, stay safe, and hopefully we will all survive long enough to work together again." Draax shakes both of their hands in farewell.
Wartti (DM Jerry) Thursday April 5th, 2001 11:00:47 PM
"Just a bartender and a bouncer. It pays 5 gold a week. Bouncer 10. Why, got a friend?"
Sontra Thursday April 5th, 2001 11:26:13 PM
Sontra looks up. "Friends...yah...got lots...but a few might wanna have the job." He smiles and heads back to his friends, sweat dripping down his face, he goes down the wrong ally a few times. Finally she appears back at her friends. She looks like she had too much to drink. She tries to sit, twice, both failing so she decides to stand.
"Good...plece...oplace...place..." Finally it comes out right. "But two...joubs...and drimking..." She shouts out. "ARGGGGGGGG!" Her voice is slurred.
Comparing Results (DM Jerry) Monday April 9th, 2001 11:54:29 AM
Two of the three groups return to the sign board where the others await them. Those who went to the Crypt also finally return. (I couldn't wait on posts from the Crypt people any longer so I'm moving ahead. Those people very slow in posting so I'm making an arbitrary decision here...)
Those going to the crypt report that it is a den for thieves and what not, which would not be so bad, but it would take some doing to get in there and work your way into their trust. If we do go with this option we're looking at weeks or months before they'd trust us enough to hire us. The place is full of secrets and a feeling of evil and darkness. Twould be a difficult cover.
Our brave heroes in disguise now sit and discuss their results and which jobs they should persue while awaiting the return of the final group. Read on brave reader and see where the group decides to work while they are in disguise.
Sontra Monday April 9th, 2001 8:32:27 PM
Sontra looks at the group for a moment. "We're NOT working there! Horrible place, and the drinks..." He tails off, not saying much more than odd words put together. Slurry and slow, that's how he speaks throughout the entire thing, making it quite boring. "Whatcha find? Goodness?"
Steps Monday April 9th, 2001 9:16:34 PM
Steps looks at the group and in a soft voice, but loud enough for everyone to hear he says, "The Beer & Bath may be what we are looking for. They are in need of workers right away. I took on the job of a bouncer and they still need the following:
"Two bartenders, another bouncer for the hours that I do not work, they are open from dawn until past midnight, six toters/waitresses/waiters, and ten or more preparation staff.
"Bartender: 200gp a month, Bouncer: 150gp a month, Toter: 75gp a month, Preparation Staff: 50gp a month. In addition to tips and overtime.
"So, if we all take the jobs, we will still need to find a few others who are not in our group and I think that our mutual friend may be able to help us find a few people to fill the additional position.
"So what do you guys think? If you agree, pick the job that you want and I can take each of you there two at a time so that she does not see us as a group."
Steps waits to see what the others say.
Roger Tuesday April 10th, 2001 8:39:50 AM
"I think the Beer and Bath would work fine. I imagine that I could be the other bouncer."
Sontra Tuesday April 10th, 2001 10:28:27 AM
Sontra laughes. "Me barntedner....well, the drink person..." He looks at his friends. "Gave me big drink, lots of alchol...scary..." Sweat is on his face, and he seems to have a brusied spot down his arm.
What Shall We Be? (DM Jerry) Tuesday April 10th, 2001 10:57:00 AM
Our courageous spies to be are making the important decision of what their cover in real life shall be. It appears that they are close to their decision. May they choose well.
Harry Tuesday April 10th, 2001 5:27:32 PM
"Beer and bath sounds like it'd be good rates.. I don't know what position I'd take. But I'm sure the gods will provide." Harry looks a bit worried. "I don't know about this whole situation though."
Sontra Tuesday April 10th, 2001 7:17:23 PM
Sontra throws some water on his face and seems to sober up. "I feel very much the same, I think we are being set up here...But by whom I am not sure of. Many people could be doing it, and we are not even sure if we are being thrown into horrible places." He looks around for a moment. "I suggest we watch ourselves for the next little while, enemies are many, and friends are few in times like these."
Steps Tuesday April 10th, 2001 10:27:58 PM
Steps listens to the others and then begins to think to himself for a minutes.
"If we are being set up, I hope it is by the good guys, because if it is by our enemies, that would mean that they know who we are and it would be a waste of time to go around looking like we do. Like Sontra say we need to be watchful."
Steps pauses for a second and then continues.
"Back to work, I agree that it would have been better to have more than one choice for employment where we all could have worked together, but the woman that hired me seems to really be in need of workers right away and if it is a set up they did a good job.
If you do not know what job you would like we can let the employer decide. She will give those that she hires a week to prove that they can do the job. The only problem that I see is that she needs a lot more people and we need those same people, so if we do need to be absent for some reason or another, we will not be missed. "
Steps looks at each of the members at the table.
"I can take a few of you to the place and the rest of you can go there on your own or I can take everyone at the same time or different times, because she did tell me to go out and find some more help. However, when we do this I think that we should at least stay in groups of two or more, so that it does not look strange to our new employer that some of us may need leave work at the same time if the need arises."
Sontra Tuesday April 10th, 2001 10:59:25 PM
Sontra looks at Steps. "I shall return with you. A bartender will be good for me, as I have had to sell some drinks in my time..." He smiles, and sets the waterskin back in his bag.
"If nobody else comes with us, then you shall have to stick together, and we don't want to lose anyone... Like we did Bill, although I'm sure he's ok..." He grabs from his side his dagger. "Take this, on it you shall find names, they only come under the moonlight, but if we ever get split up, please tell these people if I am gone. They shall find me..." She smiles and hands it to anyone who isn't going with them.
Tamosvar Wednesday April 11th, 2001 12:03:40 AM
"I find that the bartender often learn things of interest from those they serve, since I am in the market of interesting knowledge I would like the other bartending job."
Roger Wednesday April 11th, 2001 2:11:21 AM
"I think at least one or two of us should probably approach her on our own. In order to give her someone else to confide in. I do not think we want to overwhelm her with people that might be loyal to Steps, instead of her"
Being Set Up (DM Jerry) Wednesday April 11th, 2001 1:35:05 PM
A voice from behind you says, "Of course you've been set up. But by a friend."
A sound of hoof on cobbles can be heard. A nearby wagon rises as a considerable weight steps down from it.
Then materializing from thin air is a Minotaur. He is over 8 feet tall and carries himself as a warrior. He also carries a holy symbol of Domi.
"I am Bull. I set you up."
Sontra Wednesday April 11th, 2001 11:27:59 PM
Sontra turns quickly, eyes on the creature. Muttering under his breath. "And we know you're a good guy because?"
Sontra's eyes fall apon the symbol of Domi. "A follower? Or a fake?" He pulls his severely magical sword from his side and looks prepared to fight, if needed.
Roger Thursday April 12th, 2001 7:11:11 AM
Roger quickly turns towards the Minotaur. He sizes up the Minotaur, and quickly swallows anything he might have had to say. Quickly, Roger look around the rest of the area, within the wagon (as best he can), to determine whether the Minotaur is acting alone. While looking around, Roger backs up, or situates himself so that he has enough room for combat, if it should arise.
Steps Thursday April 12th, 2001 8:46:47 AM
Steps looks at both Tamosvar and Sontra. "Ok, that takes care of the bartenders. Roger can go talk to the woman on your own and decide what job you would like from her. It would also be nice to see if she tells you the same things she told me."
As the Minotaur speaks and then appears, Steps looks up and just shakes his head. "I knew something weird would have to happen. Things were going normal for a little too long."
To the Minotaur he says. "As my friend said. "What makes you the good guy? How are you setting us up? And you say your name's Bull, is that suppose to mean something to us?"
The disguised half-elf says everything in a calm voice, but he is ready to spring into action if needed.
"And most important," he says with a smile, "eavesdropping on a private conversation is not polite."
Harry Thursday April 12th, 2001 2:26:29 PM
"Hey kip," says Harry to Bull. "How're you doing bout these parts? Locals treat you well? Haven't seen your like around these parts, but doesn't surprise me anymore." He extends his hands.
"I'll give you benny of the doubt, even if these chaps won't. What can I do you for? Or what can you do for me?"
Tamosvar Friday April 13th, 2001 6:32:53 AM
When the minotaur appears Tamosvar's eyes widen a moment in surprise before he readies himself for combat if need be. He stands there arms negligently hanging by his side but there is an impression of an explosion of movement ready to burst into being at anytime.
Bull (DM Jerry) Friday April 13th, 2001 8:50:06 AM
Bull watches the various responses to his appearance closely appraising the group.
After an appropriate dramatic pause, he pulls a satchel off of his shoulder and lays it on the ground.
"Inside this satchel is a scroll of Detect Lie, Detect Invisibility, and the signet ring of Marcus along with his password. I'll need the ring back."
He looks around the area as if for something specific.
"I was part of a now defunct group named The Grey. We worked for Marcus as you do now. The Loot & Booty was built by us and is still owned by us. Chenna now manages it for us in a blind trust. She knows me as a customer, but knows not that I be one of her secret owners. I saw that the wickedness of the staff was exposed in such a way as to cause her to fire the staff. She had been instructed to fire the whole staff if corruption was discovered within the staff.
"I did this as a last favor to Marcus to help you get a cover job where you could remain together for mutual protection and secrecy. So of course, I watched to see that you made the correct choice for a place of employment. When you correctly saw through the obvious hole in my plans--that this job was just too easy--I came forward. Otherwise, you would not ever trust your cover. Now all you have to overcome is your mistrust of me. Thus the items in the satchel.
"Your plans for going for positions separately is well thought out. I do suggest that you all get on the same shift if possible so that you are all available at the same times of day to meet your responsibilities to Marcus and the HLM.
"So do your magics and satisfy your curiosity and skepticism. Then do not approach or talk to me again about such things. I will be outside of the loop. As I said, this should be my last act for Marcus.
"I await your ministrations."
Sontra d20+9=14 d20+9=24 d20+9=24 d20+9=13 d20+9=11 Friday April 13th, 2001 12:47:11 PM
(OOC: Sorry the rolls are an act of hitting the wrong box, and typing.)
IC: Sontra picks up the satchel and looks through it. Once satisfied that these items are what Bull says he pulls out the Detect Lie Scroll. "This shall help us now... unless it is a one use..." Sontra looks at his friends. "We can trust you? Well I shall put my hand forward, but I shall find out your true intentions." He walks over to Bull, completely interested. "Minotaur you say? I wish I could have met you under better conditions. We could have been good friends." He seems giddy at the sight of this 'Taur'. "Perhaps you could tell me about Minotaurs later, for I would love to find out more about you..."
Roger Friday April 13th, 2001 1:27:09 PM
Eyeing the Minotaur, Roger makes sure to get an eyeful of the signet ring, to ensure it belongs to the suggested owner. After seeing the ring and verifying the owner, Roger will then ask, "Would you prefer these questions asked here on the street, or would you prefer to move to a more private spot? So we can not be blamed for any eavesdropping that might take place."
Harry Friday April 13th, 2001 2:31:17 PM
"Well, sounds good to me." Harry nods to the Taur. "So shall we all just show up at once? Rather than go piecemeal? This job is the only way to go, I think, so whoever found the work first should lead the rest of us to them, right?"
Steps Friday April 13th, 2001 9:52:51 PM
Steps waits to see if the Minotaur has any suggestions. Steps looks the ring over thoroughly and then nods his head, satisfied that it is original.
"OK Bull, I am convinced and thanks for clearing up the mystery about the job and for your advice. While you are here maybe you can help with the filling of the other positions at the Beer and Bath. I would like to be able to bring her more workers than those gathered here and I would prefer that more workers outside of the loop apply on their own. Being new to the city I would not know where to find these workers."
Steps waits to see if the Minotaur has any suggestions.
Tamosvar Sunday April 15th, 2001 5:49:59 PM
After seeing that the Minotaur was friendly Tamosvar relaxes and lets the rest of the party ask the questions. Instead he makes a slow circuit about the group making sure that no ones grows too interested in them.
Bull (DM Jerry) Monday April 16th, 2001 11:38:30 PM
"These advertisements should suffice to bring in others also. Good work is hard to find."
"Otherwise you seem to have things in hand. It appears my final favor for Marcus is complete. Good luck. I have a dragon to consult. Farewell."
He turns walks down the street and dissappears.
We got Jobs! (DM Jerry) Monday April 16th, 2001 11:44:12 PM
One by one, two by two, our brave spies approach the Beer & Bath and obtain jobs from Chenna.
[please post your selected job in your next post.]
The jobs are for Bouncer, bartender, reservation desk, and a sortie of waiters and water toters.
The rest of the day is spent working hard preparing the B&B for reopening, training in your new occupations, etc.
[You have the freedom here to freelance a bit about your new duties and tell an anecdote of something that happened the first day of work.]
Harry Tuesday April 17th, 2001 3:20:24 AM
Harry signs on to work the front desk, knowing that he'll be better in a role where he gets to meet a good number of people than he will putting together those bitter, nasty alcoholic drinks (he is, after all, a moralistic Brother at heart).
((will continue later. 3:30 AM here... creative juice is dying))
Sontra Tuesday April 17th, 2001 6:15:35 PM
Sontra taking the only job where he would fit with experience, The Bartender. He got into it quickly, and tried to make friends with any others around him. Trying to find who he could trust.
Sontra on the first day figured how to set drinks on fire for show, and got caught on fire himself. He ran and rolled around for a little while. He got back up and tried it again, this time succeding, although it took a while before anyone would get near him doing it.
Sontra spent alot of his spare time exploring the bar, getting to know it inside out, and then everything in between. Although he hasn't had alot of time, he has enough to know how to escape if needed without the front door.
Harry (cont.) Wednesday April 18th, 2001 3:38:54 AM
After dealing with a few pernicious customers who demanded more service than he could give them (subtly, Harry reminded himself as he carried the eight cart of food to the man on the second floor, "The customer is always right"), Harry called it a day. He handed over his key to the night clerk and moved off into the streets, waiting for the others to finish their shifts.
When they began to pour out he commented, "Well... should we all board together since we all work together? Or shall we find separate places to hang our hats?"
Room and Board (DM Jerry) Wednesday April 18th, 2001 11:03:29 AM
Harry is pleasantly surprised to find that the top floor is for staff lodgings. There are a set of apartments designed to house two bunkmates per room. A common room is for socialization, cooking and shared restrooms.
Sontra does not find a secret exit from the bar. The nearest one would be the staircase heading down or simply diving into the big pool that bumps up against your bar making part of it a wet bar.
Roger Wednesday April 18th, 2001 1:33:34 PM
Roger applies, and picks up the job as bouncer. For his first day, he works on learning who the staff are. Where supplies are, and helps out with moving some of the bigger and heavier pieces of inventory.
Whenever Roger is not actively engaged in moving items, he does his best to keep an eye, and respond to any customers that might be over enthusiastic about getting to know the staff, or any other customers.
DM Jerry Thursday April 19th, 2001 5:16:00 AM
[Due to my late post yesterday, I'll wait until tonight for the rest of you to have a chance to post.]
Harry Thursday April 19th, 2001 4:23:57 PM
Harry drags himself up the stairs, slowly, and into his own room. He offers up a short prayer to Alemi, quietly, before returning out to the common room to wash and eat a quick bite before he goes to sleep. He remains mainly silent to everyone else, but notes that if needed, they know where to find him. He seems exhausted, as if this were one of the first days of truly difficult labor he's ever gone through.
Steps Thursday April 19th, 2001 6:35:17 PM
Steps enjoys his job as one of the establishment's bouncers. He keeps an eye on the door, being polite to all the customer even as he escorts a few out. As he throws one drunken customer out he says in a calm voice. "Please come back again."
It's Time....but for what? (DM Jerry) Thursday April 19th, 2001 9:23:21 PM
As the party settles to relax a bit in the late hours, a man enters the bar as it is closing. He approaches Steps.
"I'm looking for a job."
He grins and shows the sign of Marcus.
[This is Carl's entrance. I'll leave it to him to continue the conversation and describe himself]
Back in the common room, an owl flies into Harry's private room and holds his leg out.
The note reads, "Good hunting tonight. I need to know the source of those fliers. Be careful.
Also, I am sending you a new potential member. He is trustworthy. He carries my sign."
It is signed with Marcus' seal.
Sunblaze Thursday April 19th, 2001 10:09:28 PM
(OOC: Sorry about the not posting, it seemed repeating every time I tried.) Sontra looks at the newcomer with a smile. Then she signals a waiter. "Find out what he wants, please... say it's on me..." Sontra grabs a glass and cleans it up, making sure it's nice. She then looks to (Carl?) with a moan. "Great... another guy..."
DM Jerry (Jerry) Thursday April 19th, 2001 11:18:15 PM
Because of the confusion of having two names for our characters (alias and real) plus adding the new folk, I want everyone to put their first name in parenthesis after their character name. If you are posting for your alias, do it like this:
Alias Tamsuar (i.e. Arien) [Adam]
Otherwise just:
Arien [Adam]
This will help us to get used to all the name stuff...I hope.
Tamosvar (i.e. Arien) [Adam] Friday April 20th, 2001 2:03:46 AM
While not having any major accidents during his first few days of training as a bartender the hot headed elf does almost skewer some of the more annoying patrons. Only the fact that he didn't wear his rapier into the bar room and the realization that stabbing customers would probably get him fired, although he was never quite sure with the way these humans acted at times. Despite these troubles the first few days went rather smoothly and Tamosvar eventually learned to subliminate most of what the patrons said beyond their orders for more drinks.
Alias Gullion (Carl) Friday April 20th, 2001 7:20:59 AM
The man who grins up at Steps is a short, stooped fellow, who might have once been healthy, but is now florid of face and running to fat. His skin is mottled, and shows evidence of a bout of the pox at some time in the past. His hands shake a little, as if he has spent too much of his time at the bottle. His lank, greasy black hair is plastered to his scalp, and a beaded cap (which has seen far better days) is perched upon his head. His face wears an ingratiating grin, which parts to reveal unhealthy looking teeth and worrisome breath. He is clad in a grubby embroidered robe of indeterminate colour, that like his cap is showing its age. His shoes are red, and have long, pointy toes. He gives the impression of a friendly, worn out and slightly pot-bellied weasel.
Gullion swiftly tucks Marcus' sign back up his baggy sleeve. As he does so the hilt of an ornate dagger is momentarily visible. He smiles leerily at Sunblaze, and bows. "The pleasure is all mine, m'dear."
He turns back to Steps. "Now I happen to know for a fact that the last fella who served nibbles and treats for the clientelle of this fine establishment was run out of the joint when it turned out his Exotic Eastern Kebabs were actually Rat on a Stick. An' that, sadly, is depriving your poor payin' customers of the opportunity of sampling some o' the finest wares this side of Ilthmar."
He grins again, and with a flourish reveals a tray that had somehow been tucked under his robes. "Ladies an'Gents, may I offer for yer delectation an' appreciation, Gullion's Tray of Multitoodinous Delights!" He coughs unpleasantly, hawks up a gob of flem, and spits it noisily into the cobbles.
Upon close inspection the tray seems to hold a bewildering assortment of snacks, powders, herbs, unidentifiable objects and assorted bric-a-brac. Upon even closer inspection the astute observer will note the stuff is all junk, but Gullion never seems to shut up long enough to make closer inpection possible.
"Yessir, Gullion will provide items of exotica to clients of taste, an' provide a friendly ear to those with troubles an' woes. An' of course half me profits will go to the House. Well, I guess you'd better introduce me to me fellow workers, eh fella?"
Roger (Rond) ((Todd)) Friday April 20th, 2001 9:37:51 PM
Having never done table a waiting before, Roger is surprised to seem to have a knack for balancing things, and to carry them to the table. The first couple of days go a little slow, as Roger gets use to where everything is. But over time, he starts to serve up quite a storm.
Water Toter or bust (DM Jerry) Friday April 20th, 2001 9:46:58 PM
Channa the owner saunters over to this new applicant.
"Sir Gullion I don't sublet within the establishment that I manage. That would cut into my profits. However, if you're willing to clean up, we need water toters to empty and fill the baths. If you show talent, we'll let you perfume them too. Sound exciting? I'll pay you 25gp a week plus tips."
"Sir Steps, please close up the building for the evening. I'm going home." She leaves, living in her own apartment elsewhere.
In the meantime, the group begins to gather in the common room to discus how best to find the source of the magical fliers that Marcus had shown them.
It's nighttime... time for aliases to be dropped and for the true spies to emerge. Watch carefully! They blend with the shadows and work the thankless tasks that keep the kingdom great.
So let's get to it. The first task at hand, is to find the source behind the magical fliers that seem to be charming the readers. The flyers say, "The end of The Wold is near."
Marcus said that those who succumb to the charm hear an additional command to: "Come on the night of the full moon to the Arena for an important meeting which may just save your soul from the awful things to come."
[It's been a while getting to the point, but this is it my friends. Let's get to Marcus' task.]
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steve] Friday April 20th, 2001 10:18:14 PM
Sontra knows his job has been finished for now at the bar, and cleans up. He sets himself up to go. He gets the others and with a smile sets off. "I believe we have about 7 days until the full moon... I have already gotten this message, so I know what it was like. We might want to all go visit the arena and see if we can dig up any clues as to who is planting these fliers, but keep your hands on your blades and spellbooks, for I have a feeling that we're in for a wild ride." She goes over to the door and is about to open it, waiting for any last comments.
Harry (Damocles) [Dave] Saturday April 21st, 2001 12:29:07 AM
"I'll go with you Su... Sontra... I'm afraid I'm not the bluffer that you are and will need someone else to do the talking for me," says Harry, as he exits his room, wearing a normal looking outfit, drab browns and greens, and a long, flowing cloak... He seems to be moving with an uneasy step, although his speed is unaffected, his step is off. Odd... The large mace at his side indicates that he's ready for business.
Alias Gullion (Renik) (Carl) Saturday April 21st, 2001 10:53:31 AM
At Chenna's words Gullion's face splits into a grin. "Water toter? That's three promotions up from Nibble Salesman!" Aside to Sontra he whispers, "And the pay is tenfold!" Back to Chenna; "Boss, I accept! You've just found yerself the finest Water Toter in Yrth's Peninsula! Why, my old Dad, bless his dear departed soul, spent his whole life aiming to be a Water Toter. Never made it higher than Human Waste Shoveller, I'm afraid, but them's the breaks. An' truth be told, he was a right idle bugger." He grins round at the assembled group, and continues rambling in this vein until Chenna departs.
Once she leaves, Gullion smiles at the group, retrieves a sack stashed at the entrance to the Beer and Bath, then vanishes for several moments into the nearest washroom.
The figure that emerges is quite unlike the hunched, half-crippled individual who entered. It is a slender man of average height, graceful and agile, good looking in an angular sort of way. In his movements, face and eyes he gives the impression of being alert and quick witted. He is pale skinned and clear eyed, and his hair is shoulder length, brown, and wet from washing. He is dressed for nocturnal city life; black calf length boots, grey trousers, dark grey shirt, black doublet. Over this he wears exquisitely made black leather armour, studded with black iron rivets. At his side he carries a rapier, and on his belt an ornate dagger, along with a buckler on his left arm. This matches the armour, and is black, expertly made, and studded.
He pulls on a long grey cloak, and introduces himself. "Companions, my name is Renik Dacour, and I, like you, have been charged with a mission by our mutual benefactor. We all know what we must do, and I will speak of it further now. One can never be too careful. I apologise for my somewhat colorful alter-ego, but it occurred to me that in a guise such as that I might perform information gathering even whilst in disguise, without attracting undue suspicion."
His jaw sets firmly, and he continues, "But now the time for disguises is past. If I am to face unknown dangers I will do so as myself."
He looks at the assembled group, and smiles. "We've got a lot to accomplish before the full moon. Shall we get to it?"
Arien [Adam] Saturday April 21st, 2001 4:30:55 PM
Shedding his colorful disguise rather eagerly Arien quickly changes into his old clothes and throws his cloak over his shoulders. Stepping lightly and yet moving quickly the elf seems to glide into the common room and sits with the rest of the party. After listening to the conversation for a bit he interjects, "I say we scout out this arena early so we can get a feel for the place. There also might be some... visitors there that know something about these flyers. But whatever we do we should do it quick, there is little time left to us."
Draax (Steps) (Stan) Saturday April 21st, 2001 7:39:12 PM
Steps greets Gullion/Renik, "Welcome. We can always use more help." After Channa the owner leaves, Steps locks the doors and makes sure that all the windows are secure. As the group gathers in the common room, Steps' human features slowly change into to those of a half-elf. Still wearing the same leather armor as his alias Steps, Draax looks as everyone goes through their transformations.
"Before we begin, everyone please remember to only be seen entering and leaving here as your alias."
Draax listens to the others as he changes into his chain mail, helm, ashen grey cloak, and gathers his shield and weapons.
"I think both Sunblaze and Arien are right, we should scout the place out early and also be there for the event. I do not think that anyone should go alone unless others will get in your way. I think that some of you stealth types should scout the place and a few of us can be near by in case things go awry. We can meet at the inn and make plans on what we find or don't find.
"If no one disagrees, those of you that have already changed complete out of your disguise should leave from the back, one at a time. Those that are still in your disguises or/and can change your disguise magically should leave from the front."
Draax's image shimmers for a second and Steps stands before the group again. He goes to the back, making sure that there is no light, and begins to let out those leaving from the back. After everyone is gone, he locks up the place, goes to an area where he cannot be observed, and changes his image to himself before heading to the arena. As he gets on his way he begins to smile. "Now the fun really begins."
Harry (Damocles) [played by Dave] Monday April 23rd, 2001 12:13:21 PM
"Draax.. um..." The priest sighs his familiar sigh. "It's just that... why should we take off our disguises at all? We're going to be trying to gather information and -- well, it'd be easier to do in disguise, wouldn't it?"
Roger (Rond) ((Todd)) Monday April 23rd, 2001 2:00:41 PM
Listening to the conversation as it unfold. When Draax is done he comments, "I agree. For now, we should start learning the lay of the land, also. So that we can maneuver around as unobtrusively as we can. I wouldn't try anything too sneaky tonight. I'd just try to identify some people or places that we may want to follow up on." Once all conversation dies down, Roger is going to head out the front door. He decides that he's going to go have a drink or two, before heading to bed.
Draax (Steps) [Stan] Monday April 23rd, 2001 7:40:21 PM
"Harry, that really depends on what we will be doing. I would rather not have Steps found breaking into to somewhere, fighting or bringing attention to my alias. If we are going to get down and dirty, I really don't want any customers recognizing Steps as someone they seen causing a commotion. I may be able to look like Steps, but I can only fight like Draax and any good fighter that takes a measure of both may put it together.
But like Roger said, if we are only going to get the lay of the land, we can remain as our alias until we start actually doing things that may bring attention to ourselves.
So, are we going to wait until tomorrow or do some of you still want to check a few things out tonight?"
Draax waits to see if anyone is still going to go sneaking or if everyone is going to retire like Roger did. He will retire with everyone or provide backup.
Bring On The Night (DM Jerry) Monday April 23rd, 2001 10:37:45 PM
Those exiting the building in disguise, use the front entrance. Those exiting out of disguise use the rear entrance.
The group has no problem exiting the building and meeting around in the short alley behind the Beer & Bath that runs from Adventurer's Square to Warriors Lane.
The night is dark. The magical mist that covers Adventurer's Square to the southeast that has been in the news glows in the slight moonlight. This ominous event seems to have quieted the sounds of the night. Your steps on the cobblestones seem loud to your ears. Everything is sharp, distinct. Senses alert.
Bring on the night.
Sontra/Sunblaze [Steven] Monday April 23rd, 2001 11:29:05 PM
Sontra, glad to stretch his legs goes out the front door, meeting at the alley. He watchs around, seeing if more than his friends are there. If not, he takes off his kilt, and Sunblaze's hair grows back, and her features show.
"Ahh, tis a wonderful night... Now to our job... We should split into two groups, on to the arena, the other to search about for the scrolls." She pulls her haversack out of her bag and puts the kilt in. "The ones at the arena should has at least on map maker, so we get to know the lay-out. I shall join that group so I can 'fake' us being travellers or the like if need. Also I could try some spells in spots so that we may be able to use them ahead of time..." She rubs her head, straining for ideas. She looks up and comes to a realization. "I didn't read my scroll!" She rubs her head some more. "Harry... should this happen?"
Renik (Gullion) [Carl} d20+12=31 d20+12=29 Tuesday April 24th, 2001 6:33:22 AM
Renik pulls up the cowl of his hood, so that his face disappears into shadow. Then he slips out of the back door, and silently into the darkness of the alleyway behind the Beer and Bath.
As he joins with his newfound companions he glances nervously at the mist across the square, and the local gossip springs unbidden to mind; "It claims the souls of any who enter it, feeding on them to grow ever larger!" "It sucks flesh from the bones!" "It is a hole in the Wold, sucking our reality away and spewing it out into endless nothing, endlessly consuming until nothing remains!"
These tales are doubtless wild and fanciful fabrication, but here in the dead of night, confronted by the eerily glowing mist, the effect is nonetheless disquieting.
He smiles inwardly at himself. Come Renik, you are a professional, keep your mind on the job! You of all people should not be prey to childish night-fears! He turns his attention to the mission at hand, and nods at Sunblaze's suggestion.
"I concur. The Golden Arena should be examined before the Full Moon. I will join you, Sunblaze. My forte lies in concealment and infiltration, so if you are in agreement I will go first by some 20 to 30 feet, attempting to remain hidden in case we encounter any lookouts or sentries, or other unwelcome attention. Let us decide who is going where, and be off, for the night grows no younger, and," he cannot help mentioning, "the sooner we are away from that accursed mist, the better."
Assuming the others are in agreement, Renik heads off towards the Arena. His planned route is simple. He attempts to avoid busy areas where possible, melting into the shadows and moving slowly, and in total silence. (Hide check 19+12=DC31, Move Silently check 17+12=29) He keeps to the back alleys around the back of the Green Tortoise Club, then comes up the alley alongside it to peer into Warrior's Lane, scanning the area for signs of activity. If all is clear he motions the party forward, and down towards the intersection with Adventurer's End, heading for the path that leads into Gladiator Park.
(DM Jerry) Tuesday April 24th, 2001 11:17:58 AM
(I looked in Duncans Travel Agency under the Continent of Yrth, country of New Elenna, Plateau City, Dragon Quarter: and found that JK has placed Duncan's Travel Agency where the Beer & Bath should be. So when you look on that map, the Beer & Bath is not listed. It should be in the building/location where Duncan's now is. Duncan's should be on the river in Circus or Hindquarter.)
[hint to the wise: stay in one group.]
Draax (Steps) [Stan] Tuesday April 24th, 2001 4:07:07 PM
Feeling the excitement of starting a mission, Draax listens to everyone as they decide which group to join. "I will go with the group looking for scrolls and people carrying scrolls. If anyone is coming with me, just remember not to read the front of the scrolls. I do want to go around chasing chicken people again."
The chuckles as he remembers the last time.
Dave, OOC Tuesday April 24th, 2001 5:25:33 PM
(I'm getting pretty tired of this splitting up business. We're not going to split up. Period. It's too much of an inconvenience to work things that way. Jerry has noted on repeated occasions that we should NOT split up. If the rest of you keep insisting on this course of action... I'm sure consequences will follow)
Arien (Tamosvar) [Adam] Tuesday April 24th, 2001 5:32:55 PM
"Well then if we have two objectives it makes more sense to quickly accomplish one then move onto the other. Splitting a party is never, never, an option. So the real question now is which do we want to do first? We know where the arena is so we could go there first, between the group of us we can easily get an idea of how the layout works there. Then we can spend the rest of the night looking for anyone spreading these flyers."
Should the group decide to go to the Arena first Arien will follow along on the roofs to keep a good look out for anyone wanting to ambush the group.
Organization and a Stranger (DM Jerry) Wednesday April 25th, 2001 12:07:40 AM
Our heroes of the night discuss the value of staying together over the expediency of splitting up. Some take some false starts only to be drawn back into the alley to hear what the others have to say. The conversation continues in whispers and low tones in the shadows outside their back door.
(OOC: Methinks Dave is very wise.)
Renik notices a solitary figure looking into the alley as he begins to leave. The figure enters.
Meanwhile, a solitary figure approaches. He reveals a glowstick which shows, once again, the sign of Marcus and a holy symbol of Wardd. He grins. "I believe that if you can match my sign, I am to join you. The ahem....big "M" apologizes for all the interuptions this evening, but warns that he's sending one more soon." He waits for you to show your matching symbols and then breathes a sigh of relief and introduces himself in low tones."
[this is the introduction for Michael's character. Michael you may now begin posting.]
Adam OOC Wednesday April 25th, 2001 1:16:36 AM
Well after seeing what can happen to split parties and having that warned against in very strong terms by Chris Lindsay over in game 3 when I was just learning the game I too have adopted the "No splitting the party" policy. Unless of course I'm the DM then I just let my evil chuckle warn them that that might not be such a great idea.
Garmik (Alias Mismor) [Michael Tedin] Wednesday April 25th, 2001 2:10:45 AM
Garmik is dressed in non-descript clothing covered by a grey cloak. He brushes his brown hair to the side with his hand and speaks in hushed tones. "I should introduce myself. I am Garmik Bilsch, but you may call me Mismor while at the Beer and Bath. I'm hoping to get hired as a performer there. If not, I can wait tables." Garmik looks around the alley to make sure nobody is watching or eavesdropping. His voice drops lower. "I don't know how far you have gotten in finding the source of these fliers, but I suspect that you have not found much. In any case, I am think we should get away from the back door before we raise suspicions. If we are going to look at the Arena, I am willing to follow. Renik, you seem to know the way. Can you lead?"
Renik (Gullion) [Carl] Wednesday April 25th, 2001 5:10:07 AM
"Welcome Garmik, it is good to have you along. I cannot agree strongly enough that we should depart at once. This is not the place for debate, we are certain to attract attention if we tarry any further. Are we in agreement? We adopt Arien's suggestion? First we head to the Arena, then if there is still time we investigate the flyers. Well then, let's go."
Renik has been growing somewhat impatient with the indecision of the group, and is relieved to get going. He reflects wistfully that such missions are easier to organise when operating solo, but quickly dismisses the thought. Marcus put this group together for a reason, and he suspects that it is because he fears their enemies are dangerous and powerful. No sense in playing the lone wolf under those circumstances.
If the rest are ready, Renik will set off on his previously described route, in the previously described fashion, watching Arien's effortless scaling of sheer walls with a mixture of envy and admiration. Now that's an ability that would come in handy, he thinks.
Harry (Damocles) Wednesday April 25th, 2001 12:24:07 PM
Harry nods to the rest. "It seems that we are going to go to the Arena then, eh? Well, it is always best to know the ground that you are fighting on, possibly, I suppose... But a place like that..." He sighs as he pauses. "It's just that -- there might be people there after hours already, might there not be? Oh dear... I suppose if we are dead set in our ways already..."
Harry begins following ofter Renik, keeping a fair clip, but staying mainly on the streets. He'll try not to attract attention simply by not doing anything out of the ordinary.
(Roger)((Rond))(((Todd))) Wednesday April 25th, 2001 7:03:39 PM
Feeling a bit odd, Rond shivers. Noting the current conversations he comments, "Let's move. Afterwards, we may want to consider some public, noisy place, for discourse."
Sunblaze Wednesday April 25th, 2001 7:43:51 PM
Sunblaze looks at the newcomer with a scowl. "I wish Bill was here instead..." She mumbles. She looks around and sets off towards the Arena with her friends. She holds her head, as she has a splitting head-ache, it seems odd to her. She watches slowly as the new comer walks along. Trying to keep her head up without it hurting.
Garmik (Alias Mismor) [Michael Tedin] d20=7 d20=1 d20=13 Wednesday April 25th, 2001 9:22:53 PM
Garmik notices Sunblaze's apprehension, but says nothing. As the party moves through the streets, Garmik stays to the shadows as much as possible, though he makes sure that Sunblaze and the others know exactly where he is. (Hide Skill Check of 7+7=DC 14) Along the way, Garmik keeps his eyes and ears open for any potential trouble (Spot Check of 1+6= DC of 7 oops, Listen Check of 13+6= DC of 19).
Renik leads the way (DM Jerry) d20+11=31 Wednesday April 25th, 2001 11:12:50 PM
Renik leads the way as described: "He keeps to the back alleys around the back of the Green Tortoise Club, then comes up the alley alongside it to peer into Warrior's Lane, scanning the area for signs of activity. If all is clear he motions the party forward, and down towards the intersection with Adventurer's End, heading for the path that leads into Gladiator Park."
Looking to the right down Adventurer's End one can see the Golden Towers of Gold Dragon Castle. All is dark there except for the lit grounds.
You must now turn north and go past Gold Dragon Castle to the nearest park entrance. The Golden Arena is within the park.
As you get farther from the strange mists in Circus and Hindquarters, the sounds of the night return. Night owls, insects, especially coming from over the wall to the park to the west. Plus the sounds of humanity: A drunk in an alley, the sounds coming from The Golden Griffin Inn and the Red Wyrm Inn.
Suddenly a group of three figures appears atop the park wall to the west. When they spot you (d20+11=31) [natural 20] they freeze. As most of you are hidden at any single moment, they pause as if ascertaining how many of you there are and whisper to each other. They, however, are totally exposed on the top of the wall separating Adventurer's End from Gladiator Park.
All three carry a large jingling sack. One looks back over his shoulder nervously.
Sunblaze Wednesday April 25th, 2001 11:36:42 PM
Sunblaze looks over to the people there and then is stunned. She unsheaths her sword and prepares to fight. She moves closer to the new band and holds it up. "Who is thee?" Her head still hurts, but she ignores it for now.
Harry (Damocles) d20-3=16 Thursday April 26th, 2001 1:53:25 AM
Harry bolts towards an alleyway, hoping to not be noticed by the others. (Hide check 16, due to armor penalty). He clanks a bit as he moves, but doesn't seem to be going any slower. Once out of sight, great wings unfurl from his back and his clothes become a suit of glimmering armor with a full helm that shields much of his face. He prepares himself for the worst case scenario, but hopes for the best.
Renik (Gullion) [Carl] Thursday April 26th, 2001 5:38:46 AM
Renik looks up to see the three men appear at the top of the wall. Swiftly unslinging his bow he notches an arrow and trains it on the three.
"You heard the lady, gentlemen," he calls. "Come down here and let's discuss this like civilised fellows, I dislike chatting to folk perched up on walls. We wouldn't want you to fall off and hurt yourselves, would we?"
He grins from within the shadow of his cowl, and takes closer aim with his bow.
Draax (Steps) [Stan] Thursday April 26th, 2001 6:29:28 AM
Draax nods to Garmik in greeting and then smiles at Sunblaze's comment. He sees the other group carrying the sack just as he hears Sunblaze address them. He draws his bow and readies an arrow, but makes no other move.
Roger (Rond)((Todd)) d20+10=30 Thursday April 26th, 2001 9:20:32 AM
Not wishing to give away party numbers, and letting those that have identified themselves have the limelight. Roger jumps into the shadows. (hide check 20+10)
Garmik (Alias Mismor) [Michael Tedin] d20=6 Thursday April 26th, 2001 8:48:32 PM
Garmik follows Sunblaze's lead and unsheaths his sword, but holds it at his side. He attempts to move back into the shadows, hoping he has not been seen. (Hide check 6+7=DC 13.) He whispers to Sunblaze and Renik, "Be careful, it may not be necessary to fight these people. It may draw more attention than we want. Let us quickly find out what these men are about and, if it does not concern us, move on. If they know nothing of the fliers, we should leave them be. Remember the job we were hired to do. Ask about the fliers."
Arien (Tamosvar) [Adam] Thursday April 26th, 2001 10:00:09 PM
After seeing the men Arien crouches at the edge of a roof. Arms crossed and resting on his knees Arien makes no hostile overtures and keeps an eye out from his vantage for any companions the trio may have that might be trying to flank the party.
Strangers In the Night (DM Jerry) Thursday April 26th, 2001 10:23:21 PM
In response to Sunblaze hailing, "Who is thee?" Stranger #1, a long haired male with an earring in the left ear.
He says, "We want no trouble here. And we suggest that you give us none."
And with that he does a flip in the air and lands on his feet... a bit roughly.
Harry is most likely seen when he heads toward hiding, but he is probably not seen to change appearance.
The 2nd gentlemen drops his bag to the ground below him and then gently floats to it. "We'd love to discuss the hour of the night wit' ye pretty lassie, but we must be off rather quickly you see."
Rond disappears like a ghost (perfect roll). His performance is not lost on the 3rd of the figures: a black headed female. "We don't want a tangle with you fine folk. I am Midnight. We are known as the 'Stars of Midnight.' We must be on our way and so should you. For we are followed indirectly."
The three of them then run forward smiling and saluting.
Sunblaze 2d4(4+2)=6 Thursday April 26th, 2001 11:19:48 PM
Sunblaze sees the 'thieves' as she guesses running away and then follows in suit. "I'm coming with you Stars... I would rather know who you are and why you were here than think you were criminals." She laughs, her head pounding, and she seems to be ready to pass out.
She drops her sword and comes to a dead halt, then she begins to cast her spell (Sleep, 6 HD are affected[2d4], Wizard Spell, but sung).
"Weary Thieves, stop and rest, I would think it best. Your bones are sore, Stay awake for no more."
If any fall asleep she runs after them, grabbing her sword and trying to drag them into an alley. "Help me my friends."
Harry(Damocles) Friday April 27th, 2001 11:48:50 AM
Harry rises aloft out of the alleyway, and in doing so, one might notice his new likeness to the devas and Aasimar of myth. He soars well above the street level, trying to rise high enough so as to not be noticed by anyone who is not watching him exit the alley. From his greater vantage point he attempts to see who it is that follows the group already at work.
Draax (Steps)[Stan] d10=6 d20=3 Friday April 27th, 2001 12:52:11 PM
Draax listens as Sunblaze converses with the alleged thieves. Upon hearing that others may be in pursuit of the rogues, Draax begins to looks and listen (DC 3+6 =9) for any sign of pursuers. He turns toward Sunblaze as she begins to sing, he then looks toward the retreating rogue to see what the results are. He keeps his readied bow pointed to the ground, but ready to bring into position and fire if needed.
Renik (Gullion) [Carl] d20+12=20 Friday April 27th, 2001 5:28:18 PM
Renik sighs. He is sure this is not what Marcus had in mind when he suggested they keep a low profile. He has a nasty feeling they are about to get caught in a confrontation that is not their affair. Still, the die is cast now, and he had best be ready. The fact that pursuers are likely to be on the scene at any moment has not escaped him.
Attempting to keep the fleeing Stars of Midnight within bowshot, he melts into the shadows of a doorway (Hide 8+12=DC20), and waits to see if Sunblaze is succesful in bringing down any of the thieves.
Garmik (Alias Mismor) [Michael Tedin] d20=1 Friday April 27th, 2001 8:59:41 PM
Garmik is unsure why Sunblaze is acting so rashly towards these men who seem to want no trouble. He is even more apprehensive about the pursuers they mention. He does a quick check around to see anything that might look like pursuers. (Spot check 1+6= DC 7) He keeps quiet, tries to stay unseen, and keeps his sword ready at his side.
If any fall asleep as a result of Sunblaze's lullaby, Garmik will first defend Sunblaze against any violent response from the Stars of Midnight. If there is none, he will help Sunblaze drag sleepy bodies into an alley.
Arien (Tamosvar) [Adam] d20+7=23 Saturday April 28th, 2001 1:07:39 AM
Storing the name of the group away for later use and inquiry Arien jogs lightly across the rooftops to find a better vantage point. Once there Arien gives a sweeping glance of the general area before focusing on the way the trio came from. (Voluntary spot check.)
DM Jerry Tuesday May 1st, 2001 12:33:28 AM
[Game halted until character sheets are in. Next goal date: Wed.]
Party Initiative Results (DM Jerry) d20+7=26 Friday May 4th, 2001 11:20:57 PM
Sunblaze's Sleep Spell focuses on Thief #2. He staggers and then recovers continuing on his way. (Will Save of d20+7=26)
(Kim by private post bids me to tell you that Midnight has black hair and is not "blackheaded." I say: Kim if you don't like my blackheaded comments, you can come back from your self imposed vacation and start DMing again [grin])
Damocles (hopefully we have put away Harry's disguise for the evening's spying) rises using his Wings of Flying 30' above the ground and 45' forward progress (see Fly spell and the comments there on wearing heavy armor when flying) He ends up pretty much in plain view of everyone. He is not yet high enough to see any pursuit beyond the wall to the west.
Renik runs to the nearest doorway and attempts to hide there in the shadows.
Garmik detects no sign of pursuers. Garmik finds it hard to remain unsen as he is in the street. However, it isn't far to the edge of a building. (see map.)(The word "defend" isn't a combat term. If you wish to interrupt any attack upon Sunblaze, state that you are readying an attack upon anyone who attacks Sunblaze.)
Arien finds that he is already in the best vantage point that he can reach in one round so he remains where he is. (see map.) He looks around (see map). Then he focuses on the area of the wall and beyond where the trio came from. He spots what appears to be several figures on the other side of the wall approaching it at a run.
Suddenly Arien hears footsteps behind him on the rooftop. A figure approaches him moving across the roof as one born to them. He flashes Marcus's sign and squats down beside him. (This is Paul's entrance for his character named Kale. Everyone is now been introduced into the game. Yeah!)
(Remember that when I end a post with three dots that I have another post yet to do and you should wait to post until you see that I've ended my last post without those tell-tale three dots. In combat, I will always say that it is now party initiative as my last thing.)...
Stars of Midnight Initiative (DM Jerry) d4=1 Friday May 4th, 2001 11:45:40 PM
#1, having run through the group last round, and his way clear with nothing in his way, increases his speed to quadruple his normal (120').
#2 after stumbling from sudden sleepiness barks out in a loud whisper, "We've been attacked! Sleep spell!" He immediately slows to let Midnight catch up with him and follow her lead. He readies an attack upon anyone who attacks Midnight or anyone Midnight attacks.
Midnight, "Curses! You fools! What did we do to you?"
She continues forward eyeing Damocles with respect. "Stay with me Tumble. I'm going to send out an invitation to this party for all to attend."
She stops turns and casts.
"WALL OF FIRE"
The night sky lights up with fire as a wall of the stuff stretches from one side of the street to the other attaching itself to the buildings on either side of the street. It is nearly 15' tall. The heat washes over everyone. The light from the flames lights up the scene making it look as if the whole street and wall was lifted from The Wold and placed in hell!
Garmik being within 20' of the wall on it's "hot" side takes d4=1 hit point damage from the flames.
It is now player initiative.
(next turn due 5PM CST Monday.)
Sunblaze Saturday May 5th, 2001 1:41:25 AM
Sunblaze make a small shout to her friends. "GET AWAY! WE'VE BEEN HAD!!! Meet at my place!" She hopes her friends got the message and she focuses her ring's power. Any watching see her blending with the surronding area.
Sunblaze now 'hidden' goes towards the door near Renik and tries to pull it open. If she manages to, she runs it, trying to find something that is an exit, that's beyond the Fire Wall.
If she does, but can't catch them she pulls Trent out of her sleeve and whispers. "Stay with them, I'll contact you later... If they escape, don't worry, I'll help you." With that she throws him out gently and thinks. 'Good luck my friend...'
Garmik (Alias Mismor) [Michael Tedin] d20+7=8 Saturday May 5th, 2001 12:52:04 PM
Garmik steps back at least 20' from the wall of fire towards Draax.
"Is Sunblaze always this rash? I think we should get away from here. This flame is going to attract a bit of unwanted attention. Let's let these Stars of Midnight go on their way."
"We should continue on our business this evening. I see nothing that has interrupted it if we get away from here quickly."
Garmik then heads north away from the wall of fire and towards the entrance to Gladiator Park, encouraging Renik and Draax to follow. He will attempt to hide in the shadows once he gets away from the light of the Wall of Fire (d20+7=DC8 I guess there is just too much light). As he moves north, he will scan the rooftops looking for Arien and Rond.
Damocles d20+8=25 Saturday May 5th, 2001 3:09:24 PM
Damocles soars over the wall of fire (as it is 20' high), landing on the other side with his palms up and facing Midnight. "Pax, shall we all take flight together? I have no desire for combat... only a single one of us does, and she is out of sorts. We can aright this problem." (Diplomacy, 25).
Arien Saturday May 5th, 2001 10:35:51 PM
Unsure whether the wall of fire constituted an act of aggression or not Arien does not attack but has his bow in hand and an arrow nocked. He however does not attack but waits to see what further action the trio will take.
Draax Sunday May 6th, 2001 1:54:40 AM
Draax see the firewall go up and his half-elven face can be seen mouthing all types of profanity and finally says loud enough to be heard. "This is just great! Our first scouting mission and the first thing we do is bring attention to ourselves."
Noticing how everyone is beginning to move in different directions, he turns to Garmik. "I have not known her that long, but I will definitely note the rashness in her character for future references."
He sighs. "But, you are right; we should flee this place, even if they were not being pursued. That wall is going to draw a lot of attention."
Draax puts away his bow and moves away from the firewall in the same direction as Garmik, but keeping his distance. In a voice loud enough to be heard by anyone close by, he says. "If any of us make it out of here with out any complications, let meet at the place where we were heading."
Walking very fast Draax heads in the direction of the park.
Renik Sunday May 6th, 2001 11:38:56 AM
As the Firewall flares into life, Renik claps a hand to his forehead in despair. What a fiasco! Half the city can probably see this! And it is certain whoever is pursuing the Stars of Midnight will see it too, and come running. He makes a mental note to have a serious word about the nature of spying with Sunblaze when they return to the Beer & Bath.
As Garmik and Draax start to head for the park Renik slips out of the cover of the doorway and starts to follow them. He notices however that Damocles has disappeared over the wall. He spots Arien, perched on a rooftop beyond the twenty foot high sheet of flame. Who is that next to him?
He puts two fingers to his mouth and lets out a piercing whistle to attract his companion's attention. Assuming Arien does spot him, he signals urgently; "Let's go! Trouble coming!"
Arien Sunday May 6th, 2001 10:14:19 PM
"Well then whoever you are looks like we need to get out of here, and quickly. I'd introduce myself but I'm sure Marcus has told you all about us, and well like I said, we need to be on the move."
A moment later the arrow is back in his quiver and his bow was once again stored away. With a practiced loping run Arien heads towards the Arena, keeping an eye out to make sure the newcomer doesn't fall far behind.
Fire is the Devil's Only Friend Monday May 7th, 2001 5:01:55 PM
On the rooftop beside Arien, the newcomer raises his hand in a gesture of restraint when he sees the elf nock an arrow. When he realizes that Arien was not intending to fire, though, he nods and creeps closer to the roof’s edge. A halfling by his size, his features are difficult to discern in the faint moonlight, until he leans over the cornice to survey the unfolding fiasco below. For an instant the firelight illuminates a swarthy face of middle years, which looks accustomed to laughter but at the moment wears a scowl of disbelief. Then he pulls his head back into the safety of the darkness.
As Arien turns to vacate the scene, the halfling lingers for a moment, held both by curiosity at who might have been following Midnight, and by worry that the firewall might set the whole neighborhood ablaze. But with the attention the spell is sure to draw, there will be little chance of learning much, he decides…and plenty of hands to deal with any fires that break out. With a last disbelieving shake of his head, he turns and scrambles across the rooftop, hurrying to keep up with the longer-legged elf.
[OOC: Hi everyone, great to be aboard. My name’s Paul, and I’ll be playing the role of Kale, or Mike as he calls himself in the Beer & Bath. I look forward to getting to know all of you!]
Flight the Better Part of Valor (DM Jerry) d20+10=14 d8+10=16 d20+3=19 d20+3=6 d6=4 Monday May 7th, 2001 8:48:39 PM
Sunblaze reaches for the doorknob of the door near Renik and as she pulls she realizes that the door opens in. Almost at the same time, she realizes that she's been had. The doorknob sends a shock up through her hand, up her arm, and into her body. Suddenly she finds that her feet have left the cobblestone as the shock goes through her body her hand unable to let go of the door (Shocking Grasp must hit with touch attack [d20+10=14] which it does doing (d8+10=16 hpd.).
When the shock finally stops, Sunblaze's eyes roll up in her head and she collapses to the ground.
Garmik heads north towards the entrance to Gladiator Park. After a bit when things get darker, he stops to hide in the shadows.
Damocles easily lands facing Midnight and makes his proposition.
Arien waits for a bit and then heads west across the rooftops. As he moves west to the next building there is a 10' drop in height which is no problem for Arien with his tumbling skill. (Should we still be in combat, this would be all he could do. Check the scale on the map. However, we are now out of combat.) The next building is again 10' shorter and Arien jumps down easily. As he approaches Adventurer's End, he sees a 25' jump to the ground in an area where any followers could see him if they come over the wall. We leave him here for this post to ponder his next action.
Draax also heads north after Garmik at a fast walk.
Remik also heads north after Garmik and the others.
Kale scrambles after Arien. Lacking Tumbling, he uses his Jump skill to avoid damage from the two jumps. He makes his first jump avoiding damage. He fails the second landing on the roof with a thump (d6=4) and takes 4 hit points damage from the bad landing as he finds himself hitting rump first. . .
Midnight (DM Jerry) Monday May 7th, 2001 8:50:44 PM
Midnight looks over Damocles seeming to stare in his eyes for a moment. Then she smiles and says, "Come on!" She runs ahead trying to catch #1. (We'll handle this separation from the party via email very quickly.)
Garmik [Michael Tedin] Monday May 7th, 2001 10:03:07 PM
Garmik waits for the others to catch up. He allows Draax and Renik to pass him and watches behind for Arien and Damocles.
[OOC Is Garmik or anyone else in a position to see what happened to Sunblaze?]
Draax [Stan] Monday May 7th, 2001 10:29:33 PM
Draax walks past Garmik and slows down his pace as he periodically looks around and behind him for the others and for any sign of pursuit.
Kale (aka Mike) d20+3=10 2d6(2+5)=7 2d8(7+2)+3=12 Monday May 7th, 2001 10:37:01 PM
[OOC: All these actions are based on the assumption that Kale can see that Sunblaze is hurt from his rooftop position. He's got a clear line of sight to her now, and Midnight's firewall provides plenty of light... but I don't know if Sunblaze's camouflaging ring still functions when she's unconscious... Also, this would be more than one round's worth of actions were we in combat; let me know if it's too much to post in one chunk. I'm still getting the hang of how things work here; apologies in advance for the mistakes I'm sure to make. ;-) ]
Pulling up short at the third roof-edge, Kale judges the long drop and decides that Wardd won't object if he and the elf take a bit more care in this descent than in the last two. "Rope's in my pack," he says quickly. "Can you grab...damn, no time; someone's hurt down there. Bet or fold..."
With that oddly cheerful remark, the halfling steps out into empty space. A moment later a sharp grunt of pain from street level betrays the fact that he's misjudged his landing on the rough cobbles below. [OOC: Missed jump check, 2d6=7 points falling damage.]
He's on his feet as quickly as he can shake off the fall, and moving at a fast limp as he skirts the blistering heat to reach the fallen mage. "O Lord of Second Chances," he intones the moment he's at her side. "Please stake this lass to play one more hand in thy name. Salutos Wardd Ramidae!"
With that, he places one hand on the woman's badly burned arm, the other over her heart, and closes his eyes as he becomes a conduit for the Lucky One's grace... [OOC: Giving up Entrall spell to cast Cure Moderate Wounds; 2d8+3 = 12 points healed.]
Arien Tuesday May 8th, 2001 12:25:54 AM
Arien pauses where he is and drops flat to the roof to conceal himself. There he waits to see if any pursuers will be coming over the wall and also waits for the rest of the group to catch up.
Renik Tuesday May 8th, 2001 11:49:16 AM
As Renik heads off after Garmik and Draax, he hears furious crackling, buzzing sound, and a flash of eirie blue light. When he looks around Sunblaze is lying unconcious, smoke curling from her twitching right hand.
He is about to call the others back to assist her when he hears someone grunt in pain, and a moment later a limping halfling appears. Could that be the figure he saw a moment ago, perched next to Arien on the rooftop?
Before he can reach Sunblaze the little man is at her side, and they are both lit with the unmistakable white glow of healing magiks.
"Whoever you are, friend, I thank you for your kindness." Says Renik as he reaches the two, and leans down to help Sunblaze to her feet. "But I would advise you get as far from this place as possible, for this blaze will bring unwelcome questions at best."
And checking that Sunblaze is sufficiently recovered to follow, he sets off again after his companions, not expecting Kale to follow.
Sunblaze d8=1 Tuesday May 8th, 2001 6:04:39 PM
Sunblaze grabs the door and is hit with the bolt. As it runs through her body she smokes slightly, then she falls to the ground. The electricity still goes through and then dies.
If Sunblaze is healed, and survives she bolts up. She pulls from her side a wand and then holds it tightly. She uses it on herself and a heals slightly, then she runs after her allies.
Kale Tuesday May 8th, 2001 6:26:05 PM
Glad to see that the patient is back on her feet and seems alert, the halfling breathes a quick word of thanks to his deity. Then he grins up at the human who has run back to help. "Good advice, friend, but you're stuck with me," he tells Renik. "Name's Kale; Big M sent me."
Assuming everyone in the trio is capable of running now, Kale sets off northward before he's even finished speaking, moving at the fastest clip his short legs and his injuries allow. He'll try to keep up with the others, or at least keep them in sight; failing that, he'll settle for deducing their destination and catching up with them once they reach it.
Garmik [Michael Tedin] Wednesday May 9th, 2001 3:02:16 AM
When Garmik sees that everybody is up and moving north, he waits until Kale draws near and moves north as well. He flashes the holy symbol of Wardd to Kale.
"Well met, brother. May the Lord of Luck be with us for the rest of the night. That run-in with the Stars of Midnight was a bit of bad luck. But luck comes and luck goes as Wardd wills."
Garmik then moves north, making sure Kale can keep up.
Masks of Red, Doors of Blue (DM Jerry) Wednesday May 9th, 2001 4:28:18 AM
A lot happens in the City of Adventurers. It is said that there are upwards of 100 "official" adventuring groups in the Big Plat at any time. One can hardly go anywhere without running in to some of them, whether it be day or night... or Midnight.
Sunblaze is healed. (Hero point to Kale. Nicely done.)
Arien realizes that everyone else in the group has gone north and is on the other side of the intersection than he, except for Damocles who ran off with Midnight and her two friends.
The rest of the group, minus Damocles, moves north passing Gold Dragon Castle and ending up at the East Gladiator Park Gate. There is a bulletin board, with several of the tell-tale advertisements you are attempting to trace.
Suddenly, a Dimension Door appears near the gate and Damocles steps through, seemingly none the worse for wear.
Just as suddenly a dozen or so robed figures drop over the wall back down by the intersection. Wearing red masks, they head east hard on the trail of someone or something. One stops to look north and spots your group near the gate. He pauses, then moves on with the others.
Renik Wednesday May 9th, 2001 5:15:53 AM
"Kale, eh? Glad to have you aboard, Kale, that was a good save back there. I'm afraid our friend Sunblaze is somewhat... impetuous. Your timely intervention saved a bad situation from degenerating further."
As they reach the East Gate Renik is somewhat startled to see Damocles step out of a shimmering gateway in the air. Is this Midnight's doing?
"Damocles! Good to see you back! Did you learn anything of value concerning the Stars of Midnight?"
At that moment the masked, robed figures appear, and one gets a good look at them before heading off, presumably after Midnight.
"Perhaps we should get into the park and under cover," suggests Renik. "We are too exposed out here on the streets."
Draax [Stan] Wednesday May 9th, 2001 4:01:33 PM
Draax listens as Renik talks to Kale, He tries to get an impression of the halfling and decides that he likes the newcomer.
"Kale, let me add my praises to your smart thinking and quick action. Also let me welcome you to the group, I am Draax, I will let the others introduce themselves."
Turning to Sunblaze he says. "Now maybe you can tell us why you cast that spell on that group? Did you see or know something that the rest of us didn't?"
While waiting for an answer from Sunblaze, Damocles suddenly drops in. Draax looks over at him in surprise and then looks to make sure that he is ok, after seeing no visible damage, he turns his attention to robed figures until they disappears. Many questions comes to his mind to ask Damocles, but he decides to wait.
Draax goes over to the bulletin board and looks at the advertisements without reading them to see if there are any obvious clues, although he does not expect any. He takes one down and then turns toward the park entrance.
"Renik is right, maybe we should get off of what seems to be a high traffic area."
Draax will head into the park unless someone comes up with a better place to go.
Sunblaze Wednesday May 9th, 2001 8:09:14 PM
Sunblaze looks at the group for a moment. "I thank you for saving me..." She turns to everyone else. "Yes, I saw people running away, probably thieves...and us being near-by we would have easily taken the blame, forcing us to reveal ourselves, as they wouldn't let us keep our stuff with us." She stares at them. "Don't get angry with me because I tried to help us..."
Sunblaze walks towards the park, although she doesn't want to go, she wants to go back. She'd created a big problem tonight, and didn't want to worsen it by angering her friends, but she was perfectly in the right, even if they didn't think so.
Damocles Wednesday May 9th, 2001 8:30:48 PM
Damocles shifts back into the form he was wearing when he left, that of an iron clad and angel winged warrior of the upper planes. "They are friends. Nothing more. Seeking to right a wrong."
He turns to Sunblaze and looks deeply into her eyes. "You must remember, in the future, to take precautions against such indiscretions."
He begins moving towards the park with the others, wings trailing behind him.
Garmik [Michael Tedin] Wednesday May 9th, 2001 9:41:31 PM
"Renik is right. I also prefer the cover of the park to the exposure of the street."
Garmik quickly scans the bulletin board for anything new or out of the ordinary. He also checks the flyers to see if they are different in any way.
Garmik takes another flyer and follows Draax and Damocles into the park.
Arien Wednesday May 9th, 2001 10:34:06 PM
Deciding to put caution to the wind Arien quickly scales down the wall and darts across the square to the other side and just as quickly scales the wall over there. He then moves along the walls slowly to find the party. When found he whistles quietly to alert them to his presence and descends to them.
Into the Park (DM Jerry) Wednesday May 9th, 2001 10:46:56 PM
The red masked ones disappear quickly down the street.
Garmik spots on the bulletin board a few of the flyers in question. There are several held on with a tack. It looks as if people have been tearing one off and leaving the others underneath.
As the party enters through the stone and steel bar gate, the scenery changes dramatically. A road goes to the right hugging the wall. Another road goes straight going forward disappearing into the park. Trees surround you. There are the sounds of the night. Owls, night birds, crickets and grasshoppers.
Suddenly crashing through the gate is a carriage. A rather plump woman in a party dress opens the door of the cab before it comes completely to a close.
Whispering to another woman in the cab who is as skinny as the first is plump, the plump one says, "No, he has to be here. My finder's stone is practically burning my hand off. Ouch I broke a nail!"
She steps out. She whispers, "Gullion, are you here my friend? Gullion?"
Kale Thursday May 10th, 2001 12:20:44 AM
"Greetings, Brother," Kale grins back at Garmik as they run. "Any luck you walk away from is good luck, I always say…so Wardd’s with us yet tonight. So far, that is," he adds, glancing over his shoulder as the first of the masked figures appears over the wall. He remains silent after that, conserving his breath to keep up with the longer-legged folk until the party pulls to a halt beside the bulletin board. As the halfling limps to a halt beside the others, his breath is ragged and his face is flushed from exertion, but he seems to have enjoyed the desperate sprint.
"Hiya gentlemen," he says, returning Draax’ and Renik’s greetings. "Name’s Duckwell. Kale Duckwell. We’ll have to repeat the introductions the proper way later – over a hand of cards, that is – but for now I wager you’ll be wantin’ to see my credentials." He proffers a letter marked with Marcus’ seal, then wanders over to the board to pluck down one of the gimmicked papers, which he rolls up and stashes in a case at his belt.
He seems to take Damocles’ appearance in stride, nodding an affable greeting, but boggles at Sunblaze’s words. "I shoulda checked her for head wounds," he mutters under his breath, then swallows his annoyance while he scrambles to match the tall elf’s stride. "Listen," he tells her, "I’d be the last to harp on that mess back there. When folks with enemies surprise each other in dark streets, mistakes happen. Wardd knows I’ve authored some colossal blunders in my time." His tone of voice and barely suppressed chuckle carry an odd note of pride at this confession. "What worries me is that you sound like you still think attacking those three was a smart move. So by all the gods, lass... PLEASE say you won’t do that again?"
Kale (after seeing Jerry's post; oops.) d20+10=18 Thursday May 10th, 2001 12:31:28 AM
As the carriage barges into the park, Kale breaks off his negotiations with Sunblaze and vanishes into the foliage beside the path (Hide roll 18), where he watches and listens with great curiosity to see if the woman's contact will appear...
Renik (Gullion) and Gullion (Renik) d20+7=27 Thursday May 10th, 2001 4:44:57 AM
As the carriage comes to a halt and the plump lady leans out Renik curses softly under his breath. What on earth is Lady Flora doing here? Is everyone in this city to know their movements this night? Still, it must be something important for her to track him down at this hour. Whispering urgently to his companions "Hide! Hide and be silent! This woman knows my alter ego, and she must not connect him with this group! he ducks into the foliage, rummages in his backpack and retrieves Gullion's red beaded cap and his disguise kit.
Working furiously he roughly applies the makeup, hair oil and breath 'freshener' that would normally take him several minutes to apply. The overall effect, though rushed, is remarkably convincing when combined with Gullion's stoop and clumsy gait. (20+7= DC27: Woo hoo!)He calls softly from behind the bush "My Lady? Lady Flora? Is that you?", then stands and approaches the carriage, his long grey cloak drawn up around him, hood half hiding his face. The voice is markedly different from the assured, confident tones of the man who stood there just moments before. This voice has a nasal, wheedling quality to it, and if his companions had not been aware of the change, they would scarce believe this is really Renik Dacour.
As he reaches Lady Flora, Gullion peers about nervously, and launches into his typical babble. "My Lady! What brings you here at this hour? An exquisite delight though it is to see you (as always), I fear this is not the safest place for such a delicate rose as your beauteous self. And in truth it would be better if vagabonds and hoodlums such as frequent these parts did not discover your humble servant here either. Do you you have urgent news for me?"
Garmik [Michael Tedin] d20+7=16 d20+7=9 d20+6=10 Thursday May 10th, 2001 9:06:55 PM
To Kale, Garmik replies, "A game of cards might be just the thing to pass the time. Perhaps later back at the Beer and Bath. As for Sunblaze, I don't think a head wound has caused her strange behavior."
To Sunblaze, Garmik asks, "Did you study one of these flyers? My understanding is that they can cause strange behavior in those who read them."
Before he can get an answer, Lady Flora's carriage enters the park. Garmik heeds Renik's warning and attempts to hide in the darkness (Hide check d20+7=DC16). Unfortunately, the darkness makes it difficult to see in the brush that Garmik hides in. (Move Silent check d20+7=DC9)
Once hidden in the brush, Garmik will stay still and attempt to listen to the conversation between Renik (Guillon) and Lady Flora. (Listen check d20+6=DC10)
Draax [Stan] Thursday May 10th, 2001 9:40:15 PM
As the carriage comes crashing through the gate, Draax begins to go for his sword until he see who is driving and hears her calls. Draax stands his ground as others disappear around him.
He keeps his hand on his sword as Renik goes through his transformation. As Gullion begins to talk to the woman, Draax slowly moves away and stands next to the closest tree, looking around for any other unexpected guest.
Damocles Thursday May 10th, 2001 9:54:08 PM
"All too odd," states the priest. "It appears as if someone's found a long lost friend." He tries to stay in the dark as much as possible, but is afraid that light will glint off his armor a bit too much to be subtle.
Lady Flora (DM Jerry) Thursday May 10th, 2001 10:14:27 PM
Ahh, Gullion my friend. I thought I heard others. Are you ok? Good. Yes to the point. There are some black clad folk in Gold district this very minute who are putting out those flyers you asked about. If you're quick, you might get there before they leave the area. That's it. Now will you come to tea one afternoon?"
"No time for your stupid fantasies Flora, we gotta go now," says the skinny lady with her. She looks with disgust at Gullion.
"He's the one you said was cute? Gods Flora! We gotta get you a man!"
Flora's friend pulls her into the carriage and it rockets forward into Dragon Quarter.
Sunblaze d20+19=35 d20+19=23 Thursday May 10th, 2001 10:56:39 PM
Sunblaze listens to her friends for a moment. "Well, next time I'll consult you all before I try to help us!" Sunblaze listens for a moment, trying not to attack Kale. "I'll do what I need, if you don't like that, Marcus will find ya another group!" With that Sunblaze tries to go away. Hidden from their comments (Hidden easily).
Sunblaze walks along, mumbling. "What right did they have to be mean? I did what I could for the party. Maybe I'll buy them all a nice gift... they'll like that..." A smile comes to her face and she feels Trent sliding around. "You too..."
Sunblaze reachs the carriage, and slips down(hides again), watching. She wasn't about to be this person's friend because he was sent by Marcus...
Arien Friday May 11th, 2001 1:49:26 AM
Waiting until after the carriage has left Arien turns to the others and says, "It seems now we have two options. One is to continue onto the park and scout it out, something that in my opinion can wait. Or two we can find these people who are distibuting the pamphlets and track them to their headquarters, an opportunity that I doubt will come so easily again."
Kale: Gold Quarter and/or Bust Friday May 11th, 2001 2:35:16 AM
"Fastest way to the Gold Quarter is straight through the park," answers Kale as he climbs back onto the road, brushing bits of shrubbery from his clothes. "And you're right, Arien; we can't ignore a stroke of luck like this. Good luck or bad luck, we'll see -- how trustworthy is this ladyfriend of yours, 'Gullion'? -- but the important thing is: it's luck."
If the party is in agreement, Kale sets off at top speed along the path leading west into the park. "Three-to-one...naw, maybe five-to-two against," he can be heard to mutter cheerfully as he runs, though he doesn't say what he's figuring the odds of.
Renik Friday May 11th, 2001 5:15:22 AM
As the carriage rounds a corner, Gullion straightens, and is replaced by an animated Renik.
Stuffing his cap into his bag and removing his makeup swiftly with a rag, Renik rapidly nods at Kale and Arien's words. "To the best of my knowledge Lady Flora is to be believed. I have no reason to doubt her word." His movements have taken on an urgency now that they have their first real lead to pursue. "As I see it we have no choice but to locate these dark-clad figures and follow them."
When Kale mentions the best route to the Gold Quarter Renik grins. "It seems I'm not the only one who's been brushing up on my maps of the city! If I remember right we follow Unicorn Trail to Gladiator's Curve. We should make haste."
He is about to set off when a thought occurs. "Damocles, could you take to the air, fly high so as not to be seen, and act as our spotter? Perhaps you could signal us from the air as to the location of our quarry, unless anyone here has a means of remote communication?"
Once this is settled he tears off at top speed after Kale.
Draax [Stan] Friday May 11th, 2001 6:10:34 PM
Draax listens as Gullion and the lady talks, he looks directly at the lady when she mentions the flyer. He smiles and gives a silent thanks to WARDD, God of Luck.
He looks over at Sunblaze and hides a smile, thinking to himself that nobody gets it right 100% of the time in this business. If we did where would the adventure be?
He nods his head in agreement with the others about going to see about the men in black. He holds back just long enough to make sure that everyone is following before moving on himself.
Garmik [Michael Tedin] Friday May 11th, 2001 9:10:43 PM
As people head off, Garmik follows quickly behind muttering to himself.
"Unicorn Trail to Gladiator's Curve. Then what? She could have been a little more specific. Where in the Gold Quarter? Gold Street? Blue Ale Tavern?"
Louder, he says, "Once in the Gold Quarter, we should stay nearer the more traveled streets. If they are posting flyers, they will likely post in the high traffic areas."
Oh well, he thinks to himself, roll the dice. Perhaps we'll find something if we move quickly. It'll be difficult to see men in black at nighttime. Even seeing a signal from Damocles might be difficult. He will have to rely on the elves for better vision.
Arien Friday May 11th, 2001 9:20:21 PM
As the party sets out to locate the people posting the flyers Arien takes a moment to scale a nearby building and thus taking once again to the rooftops quickly follows after the rest of the group.
Through Gladiator Park (DM Jerry) Saturday May 12th, 2001 12:11:03 PM
The party takes Unicorn Trail to Gladiator's Curve straight into Gold Quarter. The walled Gladiator Castle is on the right and is a bit tall for Arien to climb and might have guards.
Arien looks left and sees buildings of the appropriate height there, but every couple of buildings is broken by an alley, meaning lots of climbing up and down again. He looks to see where to begin.
(Arien, I need you to be specific about which building you'll climb. Sending everyone a copy of Gold Quarter that should be better quality than the one online.)
The gaudiness of this quarter is evident. Glowglobes are everywhere lighting the streets and alleyways. All the buildings are of the finest stone and wood. Everything is freshly painted with gold in the color scheme of nearly all the structures. The Temple of Karinthis towers over everything, with Gladiator Castle and The House of Blood coming in a close second. The two gladiator training schools almost seem a blot on the landscape. At the west end of this quarter, the city walls, tall and broad, keep one from seeing the inevitable 5000' drop that plummets on their other side down to the second level. Oh, what the view must be from that wall at sunrise and sunset.
Sunblaze Saturday May 12th, 2001 1:18:16 PM
Sunblaze looks at the group, watching them. She liked them, but they didn't seem to like her much. She'd get them all to like her, if it was the last thing she'd ever do.
Sunblaze looks up, trying to see the stars, when she spots Arien she smiles. "Freedom, to fly whenever you wish. It must be great Arien..." Sunblaze is just staring up, imagining it. Flying, soaring, with the birds. She'd get there, eventully.
Kale: The game is afoot Saturday May 12th, 2001 5:53:32 PM
"Maps, hell!" Kale grins back at Renik. "I live here! Well, not right here in the park. Or in the Gold Quarter, Wardd help me... but I've been there once or twice."
As the party spills out of the western park gate into the shadow of Gladiator Castle, the halfling is puffing from the sprint across the park. "Must be gettin' old," he admits between gulps of air as he peers down the darkened streets. "That or the rest of you all have freakishly long legs."
"Like Garmik said, main streets are where we'll have the best chance of spotting 'em. If we get separated, let's meet in front of the Temple; it's hard to miss."
[OOC: It would be logical to split up and fan out across the district, but I know it's a pain in the ass for Jerry if we separate the party too much.
I haven't received the more detailed map Jerry mentioned... but working from the one on the website, how's it sound to everyone if we cut through an alley to Competition Street, then circle that island of buildings in front of the Temple (the cluster that contains Sparkle's Exchange). If there's no sign of the fliers or their authors there, we can try circling the next block south of there; it also looks like a high-traffic area...
Meanwhile, Damocles can be scanning the whole quarter from the air.]
Draax [Stan] Saturday May 12th, 2001 7:22:54 PM
Draax looks yearningly towards the gladiator training schools. “I bet someone could learn a lot in one of those.”
He turns his attention back to the group. He listens to Kale’s suggestions and not being from this city, he cannot think of a better plan.
“I have no problem with Kale’s plan, especially if he is familiar with the area. Is there anyone else in our group that lives or lived in this area?”
He turns to everyone, trying not to look directly at Sunblaze. “OK, when/if we do run into these flyers posting guys. The plan is to trail them,not fight them, right? And since we want to trail them, any of you guys that can blend into the background or become invisible may want to remain out of sight. So if they see us, they will not become suspicious, when we follow them. Us clumsy types can follow a trail you leave us at a safe distance.”
Arien Saturday May 12th, 2001 8:44:33 PM
Seeing the situation with the buildings around this area Arien mutters to himself for a moment then decides just to catch up with the group and leave the wall climbing for when they find the people posting the flyers.
[OOC: Arien isn't the one who flies, he's the climber, Damocles is the nice big target in the sky ;p]
Garmik [Michael Tedin] d20+7=12 d20+7=15 Sunday May 13th, 2001 8:15:10 PM
Following Draax's suggestion, Garmik hides in shadows (Hide in Shadows check d20+7=DC12).
Following Kale's suggestion, Garmik quietly follows the group through the alley to Competition street, then circling the block in front of the Temple of Karinthis towards Gold street. (Move silently check d20+7=dc15).
Renik d20+12=14 d20+12=22 Monday May 14th, 2001 5:03:54 AM
Good, a local, that helps. He nods at Kale's suggestion, then nods again emphatically when Draax speaks. He whispers back, "I entirely agree. Stealth is the key here. Though it will mean moving a little more slowly, it is imperative we are not spotted if we are to trail these miscreants to their lair."
Following Kale's lead he sets off, flitting from shadow to shadow (Hide 2+12=DC14) and moving silently and surely down the empty street (Move Silently 10+12=22).
Damocles Monday May 14th, 2001 12:45:37 PM
Damocles moves higher, his wings continuing to pump. He tries to gain a better vantage from where he is.
"Oh to have eyes of an eagle. How easy things would be were I able to see from these heights," he murmurs to himself, hovering while scanning the area.
Kale Monday May 14th, 2001 5:00:16 PM
Kale nods at Renik's words as the group hurries along. "If they do spot us first," he adds, "no great harm done. Just act like we're tavern-hoppers: raise a heartfelt cry of 'To the Blue Ale!' and then stumble off to the south."
"The moment we're out of sight, of course, the sneakier folk can double back and catch the pamphleteers' trail, and the rest can follow a bit further behind. With stalkers on the ground, Damocles in the sky and Arien on the rooftops, we should be able to keep track of 'em then."
The Luck of Wardd (DM Jerry) d20=17 d20=19 d20=18 d20=8 d20=4 Monday May 14th, 2001 11:07:08 PM
The luck of Wardd must be with our heroes this night. The group follows Kale's plan and cuts through to Competition St. and then around the blocks in front of the temple. At the same time, Damocles wings it over the buildings rising higher until he can see the whole quarter (300' unless Damocles says he wants to be at a different height.)
The main group spots fresh flyers as they move across town. Then they spot a group of black dressed individuals at a bulletin board in front of Sparkles exchange. This might be them. One of them spots the group almost immediately. Damocles notices that they round the corner onto Gold Street. The party is in the courtyard in front of the temple some 80' away heading SE walking towards Sparkle's Exchange.
A loud whistle sounds through the night.
[Sorry. Forgot to send the map.]
Sunblaze Monday May 14th, 2001 11:36:42 PM
Sunblaze the second she sees the possible culprits runs out of hiding and shouts to her friends. "There! And they might be werewolves!" She smiles as she says that. She'd figured that out by herself, previous experiance told her that they, under the full moon become wolflike, which would explain why they wanted people to come at mid-night! It was a perfect plan. Althought there was a slight chance she was wrong, but when had she ever been wrong before? Sunblaze just started running (round action, x4, attack of opportunity for enemy, 120f if needed, pg. 143, Player's Handbook).
Garmik [Michael Tedin] d20+7=22 Tuesday May 15th, 2001 12:17:24 AM
Garmik remains in the shadows, allowing Sunblaze to move forward. (d20+7=DC22)
He remains silent and waits.
If the black cloaked figures run, he will follow in the shadows. If the defend themselves from Sublaze's onslaught, he will remain in the shadows.
Kale: *whimper* Tuesday May 15th, 2001 1:02:37 AM
Kale watched in helpless dismay as Sunblaze breaks from cover and charges toward the cloaked figures. "Lass, that's not...damn," he mutters weakly. Damage control time...
"Werewolfesh!" he shouts after her, staggering drunkenly into the middle of the street. "Thatsh a good one, lassh! C'mon, have another drink b'fore the bottlesh all gone!"
If Sunblaze can be brought under control, Kale will join her in lurching away down a side street, drawing along any other party members who have come into plain view. He'll lead the group in a rousing chorus of his favorite Dwarven drinking song (titled "Drink!") and make enough noise for any ten drunks, hopefully covering for the more subtle party members as they stalk their quarry.
Arien d20+6=19 Tuesday May 15th, 2001 1:43:12 AM
Wincing when Sunblaze goes hurtling down the street Arien quickly climbs a nearby building that is in the same area as Sparkle's. Then keeping low to avoid detection he moves to the end of the roofs overlooking Gold Street to see if he can spot the retreating figures.
Draax [Stan] Tuesday May 15th, 2001 2:59:59 PM
Draax sees the cloaked figures and tries to act normal; as they turn the corner he starts to walk a little faster attempting to get them back in sight. He looks up hoping to spot Damocles and see if he is moving in the same direction as the bad guys.
As Sunblaze shouts Draax turns and looks at her in surprise, as she begins to run after them the half-elf stops and actually starts to laugh. "I guess it's time for another plan because I just saw stealth and surprise go flying away."
More quietly he says, "At least they did not see some of you and do not know our full numbers. If we are lucky we still might be able to pull off the original plan. If they run home Damocles may still be able to follow them."
If Kale is unable to bring Sunblaze under control Draax will jog after her trying to keep her in sight, but also watching the shadows. If Kale does get her under control, Draax will join in the drunken song and dance.
Damocles Tuesday May 15th, 2001 4:52:52 PM
Snapping his wings back, Damocles drops in height from where he is, plummeting to get a better vantage point on the figures but trying to avoid any missile fire. He looks to his comrades, indicating where their quarry is, and hoping that they come along soon.
Where Did They Go? (DM Jerry) Tuesday May 15th, 2001 9:20:09 PM
Sunblaze rounds the corner of Sparkle's Exchange to see... nothing.
Damocles, diving to get to where he can see around the back side of Sparkle's Exchange, gets far enough to see one last figure wave his hands and disappear in a flash of light.
Flyers scatter everywhere, seemingly dropped at the last moment. Hundreds of them. The wind carries them away swirling down the street.
Garmik [Michael Tedin] Tuesday May 15th, 2001 10:05:26 PM
Garmik follows as the black cloaked figures go around the corner of the Sparkle exchange.
"Damn!" Garmik mouths silently to himself. Is Sunblaze purposely trying to sabotage our work, or is she truly touched in the head? Is it a curse? If so, it is a curse on us all.
In any case, if these are the flyers, they may be more dangerous scattered to the wind than posted to walls. He comes out of hiding and starts picking up the flyers and stuffing them into his backpack.
As he gathers the flyers, he says to the others, he says, "It seems we scared them off. Did they leave tracks?"
Sunblaze Tuesday May 15th, 2001 10:24:20 PM
As Sunblaze reaches the corner she almost screams, but it's not quite that loud. "ARG!!!!" She looks at the flyers and grabs some, shoving them into her bag. "We were sneaking and they saw us, but how... is there someone in the group? No... why would they do that?
"Don't bother for tracks, they used magic to escape, so unless we use magic to trace them... Next time we need to do this hidden... they saw those who weren't hidden. So who can't hide? Because I have this ring..." She was trying to speak, but her mind was racing. If it was werewolves then a lot was at stake... but werewolves were wonderful creatures. At one time she wanted to be bitten by one... but then the problem of not being able to change whenever. But what if they weren't werewolves? ... Maybe she should stop thinking so crazily.
Draax [Stan] Tuesday May 15th, 2001 11:08:51 PM
Catching up with the others and hearing how the cloaked figure disappeared, Draax looks around to make sure the group is alone. He looks over at Sunblaze, shaking his head. "Werewolves hmmm? Well, they know someone is after them now. Hopefully they are all not mages, they probably have devices that allow them to teleport."
He thinks for a few seconds. "Or maybe just disappear. If I heard right, you only seen one vanish. How do we know that the others are not still in the area standing near us invisible or hiding? Maybe we should give round one to them and get out of here. Unless someone has a better suggestion. They have the upper hand for now. They know that we are here and we have no idea where they are."
Draax puts his hand on his sword and starts scanning the area with his eyes, waiting for the others to agree to call it a night or to come up with another plan.
Kale Wednesday May 16th, 2001 2:05:27 AM
Kale drops his drunken ruse as Sunblaze disappears around the corner, and instead hurries to catch up with her and the others. He arrives in time to hear Draax's analysis.
"A lot more likely they can go invisible than teleport," the halfling opines in an overly calm voice that hints at suppressed tension. "So please assume one or more of them are hearing every word we say. Does anyone have magic on them to see the invisible?" He turns to Sunblaze, a bit reluctantly: "Any spells of that sort?" he asks her, his calm tones now the dint of great effort.
Renik d20=19 Wednesday May 16th, 2001 6:34:54 AM
Renik appears from the shadows where he has been hiding, and listens to the exchange. When Sunblaze speaks his eyes light up. Of Course! How devious! He turns to Kale and under his breath so only the halfling can hear he whispers, "I suspect Sunblaze is under the mental control of our enemies, quite possibly as a result of reading one of those flyers. She seems to be deliberately sabotaging our plans, and doesn't even seem aware she is doing so. We need to contact our holy friend as soon as possible to determine if Sunblaze is indeed afflicted. She should be able to cure her if so."
Renik is unwilling to name Patriarch Olatai in public, and hopes the halfling catches his meaning. He assumes the Patriarch also oathbonded the more recent recruits. He looks around, then leans down once more.
"However we may have a more immediate problem. If our enemies are in fact invisible and we have no means of detecting them, returning to our home ground becomes a fraught affair. The hunters become the hunted!"
Speaking to the group at large he asks, "Would it be possible to tell from the spell's visual manifestation what it was? Is anyone here sufficiently versed in the mystic arts to tell that?"
Another thought strikes him. Sunblaze said don't look for tracks... "Does anyone know how to track? That should tell us if our foes are still here or not!" He dashes off to the spot where the figures vanished to see if he can spot tracks leading to the point they disappeared, and if any lead on any farther. (untrained Track roll of 19.) He will prod the air with his sword where the tracks end, just in case. (OOC: If there is too much in this post I apologise! Renik will carry out any incomplete actions next time.)
Damocles Wednesday May 16th, 2001 5:54:02 PM
Damocles drops to the alleyway floor, retracting his wings. He shakes his head in silence and turns to look to Sunblaze. His eyes are heavy, and filled with sorrow. "Tomorrow you shall return to the church. When you have realized the error of your ways, when you are cured more. Return then. Now you are endangering not only all of us but all denizens of this free city."
To the rest of the group he then speaks. "They disappeared. As for being werewolves -- I assume this is the product of a fevered mind, for I saw nothing of the sort. Had I a moment more..."
"I assume it was teleportation magic, the tracing of which is far outside my realm. Remember that, for the future." He picks up a flyer blowing in the wind and places it in his satchel. Then he releases his wings again.
"I suggest we return to home. We are being paid to work and cannot do such on no sleep."
Arien d20+12=30 d20+7=14 Wednesday May 16th, 2001 10:25:48 PM
"Actually friends, there are many things that may appear to be magic, but are simple mundane items. Perhaps a flash pot that obscured the vision while the figure slipped into a sewer or nearby alley. Still, there is the possibility of teleporting, though I doubt they would all have it. Then there is still the option that that one person may have been merely a diversion while the others slipped away." Thus said, Arien moves back to where they first saw the people posting the flyers and follows the route they took up to where the last one disappeared, searching for anything that might indicate something other than magic. (First roll was a search check, second was a spot check.)
No Clues (DM Jerry) Wednesday May 16th, 2001 11:25:03 PM
No tracks are found.
Most of the flyers are collected.
It is getting late. More than one of you is found to be yawning as you have worked a full days and nights work. A bell tolls the third hour. (3AM)
Renik d20+4=15 d20+4=23 d20+4=6 d20+4=6 d20+4=18 Thursday May 17th, 2001 5:06:18 AM
"Very well, it looks as if no more can be achieved tonight. What say we return home and get some rest?"
If the rest of the party are in agreement Renik heads back using the route they came by, and gets some sleep.
On the journey back Renik will hang back a little from the party, listening carefully for the sound of following footsteps. (Listen DC15, 23, 6, 18: take as many rolls as required for the journey)
Draax (Steps) [Stan] Thursday May 17th, 2001 7:29:09 AM
Draax will stop at the Red Dragon Inn. He get a drink and goes to a dark corner. After about 15 minutes Steps can be seen coming out of the inn heading home for a quick nap before going to work.
Garmik [Michael Tedin] d20+8=26 Thursday May 17th, 2001 9:57:09 AM
Putting the last flyer into his pack, Garmik agrees, "Yes, it is getting late. I wish to know more about what happened here, but some among us seem would probably not endure a full night out well. And many of you have work tomorrow, correct? Just one thing before we go."
In order to determine what kind of magic the black-cloaked figures used, Garmik casts Detect Magic on the area where they disappeared. (Spellcraft check d20+8=DC26 to determine what kind of magic was used).
That done, Garmik will head back towards the Adventurer's quarter with the others. "The way back to the Bed and Bath is shorter from here if we go by the south side of the Arena. I will need to speak with the proprieter of the Bed and Bath tomorrow. Do you suppose it would be a problem to spend the night there tonight? It is a long walk across town to my regular residence."
Damocles Thursday May 17th, 2001 10:07:43 AM
"I think it would be too conspicuous were one of the workers to stay away for the full night," states Damocles. As he speaks he undergoes a transformation, his gleaming armor becoming a set of plain clothes, and his enormous wings transforming back into the cloak that he oft wears. "Let us return by the quickest route."
Arien Thursday May 17th, 2001 2:40:04 PM
"Indeed we should head back but when we near the B&B we should split up, returning in groups of two or three; and approach the place from different directions. Just to throw off any watchers."
Sunblaze-Sontra Thursday May 17th, 2001 7:06:09 PM
Sunblaze finishes with the fliers and then adorns her kilt, in the shadows. She then casts Invisibility on herself, becoming hidden. She walks ahead, running to the Bed and Bath. She opens the door and then goes quietly up to her bed. Lying down, she forgets to end the spell.
Sunblaze Disappears (DM Jerry) Friday May 18th, 2001 12:42:48 AM
Everyone heads back to the B&B. Sunblaze disappears after casting a spell. Nothing else is seen of her.
Garmik has a room both in the B&B and his own apartment so he has a choice of where to stay.
The next morning, the group seems to have slept in a bit. The B&B is not yet open, yet those not in the group seem to have already eaten and moved into the B&B proper. Everyone is a bit sleepy having only 3-4 hours sleep. However, it is a new day with new challenges.
Gullion (Renik) Friday May 18th, 2001 7:06:39 AM
Gullion rubs the sleep from his eyes and heads downstairs to grab some food before the first custom of the day. He grins leerily at his companions as they too appear. "A fine day, an' no mistake, am I wrong?" Even his normal endless banter is somewhat muted by tiredness. Still there is work to be done, and he settles down to his duties swiftly, keeping an eye out for his 'special' clients.
Steps (Draax) [Stan] Friday May 18th, 2001 12:48:01 PM
Steps comes down from his room and nods a greeting to Gullion and any of the other members that is in the area. The young human wipes the sleep from his eyes and sits down for a quick breakfast.
For the sake of those in the immediate area but is not of the group, Steps says. "I hope work is not eventful today, I was up most of the night over at the Red Dragon Inn. I guess I am not experienced enough to know my limit yet."
Mismor (Garmik) [Michael Tedin] Friday May 18th, 2001 4:00:32 PM
A man dressed in brightly colored clothes comes down the stairs, singing and humming. He cheerfully greets each of the patrons and the staff in the Bed and Bath with a "Hello! How are you doing this fine morning?" or "You look lovely this morning, lady!"
He carries a lute on his back and is dressed in a multicolored jacket of greens and blues and yellow hose.
"Pray tell, where might I find the proprietor of this establishment? Mismor is here to entertain the patrons." He then pulls out his lute and starts absent-mindedly strumming a tune.
Sontra-(Sunblaze) Friday May 18th, 2001 5:00:34 PM
Sontra awakens, as if he wasn't out last night. His ring kept his body running fine. He comes out dressed and ready for work. He goes over to his bar and starts to set things up. Getting glasses out, making sure the ale is ok.
Sontra looks at the group leave, then starts to watch the others, the ones who came here because they needed the money.
Tamosvar (Arien) Saturday May 19th, 2001 12:01:46 AM
With a flash of color Tamosvar bounds down the stairs and into the common room with a swish of his cape and the doffing of his hat he bows low to everyone in the room and cries happily, "Greetings dear friends, another fine day it is! To those who do not call themselves friends yet," the fop adds with a wink, "We shall have to work on that."
After sitting down to a quick breakfast Tamosvar circulates with the other workers getting to know them better. When reaching Mismor he gives a happy little shout and cries to him, "Now this is my kind of man! Knows his clothes well he does! Although the colors do seem a bit muted and you need some more accessories, but we shall work that!" Together the two make quite the impression, and eyesore. One a man in greens and blues and yellows playing a lute. The other in a bright blue shirt and crimson pantaloons. With a yellow sash and a deep blue oversized cap, and to top it all of a bright green plume rising out of a large, jauntily tilted hat.
Mismor the bard (DM Jerry) Saturday May 19th, 2001 9:42:42 AM
As mentioned above, it seems you have the run of the staff common room for the nonce and can talk freely.
Mismor is quickly hired as the house bard at 100gp a month.
Let us watch, brave readers, as our heroes discuss last night's venture and plan what they will do tonight to discover the ones planting the notices of charming. Let us also see if they can keep their eyes open during the day on 4 hours sleep.
Harry (Damocles) Saturday May 19th, 2001 3:10:19 PM
Harry offers up a quick prayer for a slow business day and takes up his place at the desk. If Sontra wanders his way he gestures for the barkeep to come over to him, a heavy glower on his face.
Steps (Draax) [Stan] Saturday May 19th, 2001 6:13:43 PM
Steps covers his eyes to shade himself from the brightness of Mismor clothing. He walks over and welcomes the new bard to the B&B. "The name is Steps and I am one of the bouncers, if any of the customers gives you any trouble. Let me know and I will handle it."
Steps smiles as he thinks to himself that 'this acting is getting easier everyday'.
Steps looks around in the common room and makes sure that no one except the group members are present. He looks over at Sontra, then moves close enough to him to speak without his voice traveling far. "This seems to be becoming a habit of me asking you the same question, but do you mind telling me why you reacted the way you did the later part of last night." Steps looks at Sontra waiting to see if he will answer the question.
Sontra (Sunblaze) Saturday May 19th, 2001 7:52:54 PM
Sontra looks at Steps. "I'm busy sir, you'll have to wait until I'm done here." He doesn't even look up at Steps. Just loud enough for Steps to hear he speaks. "I don't know you... remember..."
Sontra walks over to Harry. "What is it? Got a problem with me?" His voice is stern, but quiet. Sontra's twiddling with his fingers. The group was angry, he'd seen that coming, but maybe they should have looked around better. It didn't matter that Sunblaze had run at the Flyer Posters, they'd seen them already.
Tamosvar (Arien) Sunday May 20th, 2001 12:13:38 AM
After checking to see when he was due to the bar Tamosvar circulates a bit more with the people about the B&B. Then depending on his schedule he either heads off to take his turn behind the counter or heads up to catch up on as much sleep as possible so that he would be ready for the ventures this night held for him.
Steps (Draax) [Stan] Sunday May 20th, 2001 1:13:47 PM
Steps looks around the common area only seeing the group at this moment. Shaking his head and smiling at Sontra response, he realizes the truth of the statement. As he turns to head toward the door to resume his bouncer duties he says in a low voice. "That is correct, I do not know you."
Mismor (Garmik) [Michael Tedin] d20+6=20 Sunday May 20th, 2001 1:46:13 PM
Noticing that only those hired by Marcus are in the room, Mismor visibly relaxes. He flops down in a chair and sets the lute down. "By Wardd! It is too early in the morning for this persona. Mismor is a night person and our adventures last night only reinforced the feeling. Also, I suspect that I shall be playing late into the evening."
Mismor then picks up his lute and plays an upbeat, working song. (Perform check d20+6=DC 20)
To Tamosvar, he says "Accessories? With accessories such as yours, I would be dangerous just walking down the street. Perhaps we can go shopping later in the day. I may need a nap first."
More quietly to the rest of the group, "What of last night, then? Can we speak freely here? We must get Sunbl... er, Sontra to the Patriarch, correct? And what avenue shall we pursue now that the Men in Black know that we are looking for them?"
Harry (Damocles) Sunday May 20th, 2001 7:51:06 PM
"Shouldn't you be headed to church? You're a pious man and need to go daily for morning devotions" Harry states to Sontra. He looks directly at him, not a hint of joviality on his usually warm face. "Else... well. We need reliable workers here at the Bed and Bath, and if there's irregularity..."
Roger (Rond) Sunday May 20th, 2001 10:15:41 PM
Coming downstairs in the morning, Roger starts sweeping up and, setting the tables and the chairs up for the next day of business.
After getting the floor cleaned up, Roger approaches Sontra. "How are our supplies holding out? We may need to talk to Marcus, our supplier. See whether he has some half-baked plans for how we are going to do our jobs. We seemed to have lost our ability to subtley mix and blend our alcohol. This is not going to make good business for our employer. We may even require some of the bartenders to talk with each other, before presenting their drinks. Someone has to be in charge, but we seem to keep losing that idea. I might recommend going back to our employer, and updating him as to what is going on, along with a written report. What do you say?"
Sontra (Sunblaze) Sunday May 20th, 2001 10:55:23 PM
Sontra looks back at Roger. "Well we will need to inform our Supplier, and it seems I will need to go to the church this morning." He looks at Roger, with a plea. He mouths out 'Please, don't make me go back....' His head goes down. "I have done some things which I shouldn't have, but maybe it's because I'm getting used to this new change... which Damocles helped me out with. If you give me one more chance, the drinks won't be messed up again, and I won't get anyone hurt. Just come on..."
[OOC: Jerry, Can my items be entered yet? Or do I need to wait? I'm talking of course about the Catacombs items.]
Gullion (Renik) Monday May 21st, 2001 6:50:44 AM
Looking around to ensure there is no-one around to overhear, Gullion approaches Sontra in the common room, a frown upon his face. He seems reluctant to speak, but he steels himself. He must, for his own safety and the good of the mission.
"Sontra, we need to establish something. Forgive me if I speak plainly, but I feel it is necessary." He looks to the rest of the group. "We are alone here, and need not speak in code. What I have to say I must say clearly." He turns back to Sontra.
"Your actions last night put all of us in danger, and more importantly deviated from our core mission. Remember what our benefactor told us; gather information on the enemy, avoid confrontation if at all possible. Last night you seemed intent on fighting anything that moved. We attracted a great deal of attention, and alerted our foes to the fact that there is a group in pursuit of them. To my mind this constitutes an abject failure in our mission thus far."
"We are spies. Understand that. Regardless of how you may once have acted, how you may once have battled, your nature must be now one of subtlety. You must be as the shadow, silent, still, unnoticed. It is our job to gather information, and most importantly, to gather that information without the enemy being aware of us. That is what it is to be a spy. There is no glamour, no glory. I have trod this path for several years, and so have some experience of this life. It has taught one thing above all others; the loud spy is soon silenced."
"Now your behavior may be simply foolish, or there may be a more sinister force at work. It is possible your actions are being caused by the influence of the posters, and so we must visit the Patriarch to ensure you are not the victim of some malignant spell. If that proves to be the case then I apologize now for my harsh words; you are not in control of yourself. If, however, it turns out that your actions are entirely your own, then heed this, and heed it well; I will not be put in danger, and have the mission jeopardized by you again. If you are uncertain how to act then do nothing; follow those who have experience of these matters. If you follow this advice then perhaps we can succeed in our mission. If you do not I will be forced to lodge a formal protest with our benefactor about your behavior. You have asked for one more chance. That is precisely what you will be given."
He sits, and looks shaken and drawn. Working alone is _so_ much easier! He has never had to reprimand a colleague before (he has rarely had colleagues at all!), and it leaves a bitter taste in his mouth. Roger is correct, they do need someone to take the lead, and perhaps a return visit to Marcus is the best way to establish that. He suspects, if last night is anything to go by, that Kale would be a good candidate.
The B&B gets busy (DM Jerry) Monday May 21st, 2001 10:00:36 PM
During this second day of the reopening, the crowds come back. You deal with over one hundred guests at some points. All of you are stretched thin. Both bartenders are busy. There are over twenty five in the main pool at any time, with the rest in private pools and small group pools. Many order water treatments and perfumes, etc., from the "bath" menu. Incense abounds in some where bubbles and fake waves make others content.
(During the day you have chances to continue to talk privately to each other so feel free to address you want to address without fear of being overheard. We'll assume that you're being careful.)
Mismor (Garmik) [Michael Tedin] d20+6=18 Monday May 21st, 2001 10:17:15 PM
Mismor plays his lute throughout the day, taking breaks occasionally. For the most part, the songs are more of the quiet type, allowing people to relax in the pools. (Perform check d20+6=DC18) In spite of a slight weariness, the performance is not bad.
During breaks, Mismor will retreat to the staff room. If there is some privacy, he will address those whom he knows.
"Do we have a plan to find these Men in Black? Last evening was a colossal disaster, should we try it again or attempt a different approach? One suggestion I have is to try to find the posters during the day. Perhaps they post the flyers then as well? It is worth a chance, isn't it? After all, Wardd rewards those who make their own luck."
"Oh, since I have only recently joined this little band, I am unfamiliar with the um... protocols. To put it more plainly, who is in charge here?"
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steven] d20+5=19 Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 1:03:17 AM
Sontra gets straight to his job, slightly angry about the group, but starts to realize they could be right. He mutters out loud as he pours some drinks. "The scrolls could be getting at me. Maybe they're right... Let's hope so."
Sontra decides to get some attention over to him, so he can drop a message to someone in the group. He quickly casts a spell (Unseen Servant), hoping none will see. Then he brings out a bottle, and sets a glass on the counter. Then he shouts out. "I will bet anyone here that I can make this glass float up, and then as if through magic pour some ale into this glass!" If anyone takes the bait he then holds the glass up to where he commands the Unseen Servant to go and then drops it, telling it to hold it. He then drops the bottle, having the creature grab it, and pour it into the glass.
Sontra quickly grabs on of his friends who are nearby and mutters something. "I'll need someone to take me to the Temple, I can't be trusted alone..." Then he goes back to his job of pouring drinks.
While pouring drinks to various people, Sontra listens for anything having to do with the Fliers, werewolves, or the Windhorn Hamleteers (+5 bonus to listen check).
Gullion (Renik) Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 6:29:34 AM
During a brief lull in the busy day, Gullion finds himself and the others alone in the common room. He speaks quietly and urgently to the others.
"Sontra is correct, someone should act as chaperone on the visit to the temple. Sontra, you mentioned Damocles helped you once before, perhaps you might prevail upon him to do it again?"
Looking to Damocles and the others he says, "Regarding tonight's sortie, whatever we do, it strikes me that we have one strength that we could capitalize on. Damocles' ability to fly is an invaluable asset, but could be made even more effective. If he could be rendered invisible, either by spell or potion, our spotter could not in turn be spotted. Perhaps in addition we could enquire at the Catacombs if any items are available which might enhance his eyesight, or allow him to communicate with us from a distance. Would the group be willing to invest together in such items? Or do any of us have spells or items that might assist? (I fear all I can contribute is a 100GP Catacombs voucher.)"
Satisfied they are still alone Gullion continues; "Mismor, I suspect hunting for the 'Men in Black' during the day would be fruitless. They seem to wish to remain unobserved if last night is anything to go by, and so are much more likely to work at night. Also, we will have precious little free time during the day if the last few hours are anything to go by! So what are we to do tonight? We never did investigate the Arena, should we start there? Hopefully our contacts will provide us with further leads, but failing that the Arena strikes me as the best starting point. Our only other real option is to stake out the location where we interrupted the MIBs last night, but I would have thought that has little chance of success. Aware of us, our quarry are hardly likely to return to the one spot where they know they have been observed."
He is about to return to work when a final thought strikes him. "Mismor, I am new here too, but from what I have seen there is no current group leader. I for one think that a group spokesman or decision maker in a crisis situation can only help. Does everyone else feel the same way or no? If we do decide to elect a leader, my vote is for Kale. He proved himself a quick thinker last night, and he is familiar with the city streets. What say the rest of you?"
(OOC: Sorry the last couple of posts have been so long, I'll try to keep them shorter now all that's off my chest!)
Roger (Rond) Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 8:57:40 AM
Roger begins to learn how to duck and weave in and amongst the patrons, as he learns how to take orders, and deliver orders.
He meets up with the others when there is a temporary break in the action. "Since Sontra is willing, he should probably go to the church and get checked out. If the same escort would escort him, I think that would work also. Though we as a group might want to be a little more clear as to WHEN, who is who. I've seen a tendency for us to mix and match our names, without too much thought as to when and what we are up to. We need to decide when, if any time, that we are going to change back and forth, and then stick to those names.
"Personally, I see very few instances where I need to change, nor instances where we as a group need to be our old selves.
"We could set up a party gold account, for the purposes of outfitting or getting equipment for the purpose of helping the party. It would have to be clear that these items would be returned, or traded, as necessary, depending upon party needs. I have not spent any of my money just yet, so I can make that available as a party account. If someone who is familiar with magic could look up what we would need to give our airborne friend some extra benefits. You might want to include something that would make him silent, in case he has a rough landing. I do not know if any others have more gold to contribute. I do have a holding area, that we could combine all this stuff to.
"I do not mind having a party spokesman/leader. Keep in mind, though, that Steps and I, and our missing compatriot, have been working together for a long time, so we might be a little more vocal than some."
(ooc I would say, do not worry about the posting, since it is all pertinant! ;) I'm more worried that your posts would force me to consider adding more to mine! ;)) (ooc can we have dick tracy watches?! ;) )
Steps (Draax) Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 2:15:02 PM
Steps listens to members talk about last night's catastrophe, he moves closer and voices his opinion.
"I do not think we need an overall leader of this group just yet. We are still getting to know one another and like Roger said, he is the only one that I have been working with for an extensive period of time. Although, I do think that we need someone to take charge of this situation. What I am trying to say is that with such a diverse group and depending on the situation and our experiences, every one of us might take the lead at one point. If this group stays together long enough eventually one of you or one of our previous members (if they return) will earn the right to be the group's overall leader. And although Kale has only been with us only one day, with his knowledge of the city and he seems to have the ability to think quickly, I have no problem with him taking the lead with this mission, if he wants it and everyone agrees."
Looking directly at Sontra Steps says, "But, I follow no one blindly. I do not expect a person to explain everything to me right away, but when things calm down, I would like to know why we did something that I did not understand. That way I can learn from their experience and I can also learn to trust the individual and their judgment. I do not want to follow the advice or decisions of someone that I have no faith in."
The humanly disguised half-elf looks around at the other members. "I like the idea of the silent invisible flying scout. I spent most of my money at the catacombs, but I am willing to donate as needed.
"Since we are almost back to square one Gullion's idea of checking the arena is my vote too."
Tamosvar (Arien) Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 3:08:52 PM
Although busy for most of the day Tamosvar does find a few moments to slip away and confer with the rest of the group on the matter of the disaster last night. After listening to the rest of the group put forth their suggestions and complaints Tamosvar adds a suggestion as well. "Perhaps one of us more skilled in the art of discretion could have a talk with Sontra? I think there is little to gain by a confrontation. Most Bards and Wizards aren't used to having to sneak about so perhaps he is simply confused as how to act and a simple conversation highlighting the advantages of knowing what and when to do something would have as good an effect as taking him to someone."
Harry (Damocles) Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 4:27:32 PM
"I agree about spying from a distance... Let me see what I have in my change purse. I doubt it's enough for anything... Dear me." Harry murmurs something about running out of money too quickly.
"When's payday around these parts?" He looks around for a moment. "Ah... Can someone ensure that Sontra makes his way to church today? I think that should be foremost on our platter... and I'm busy at the desk."
The End of a Busy Day (DM Jerry) Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 9:53:32 PM
More staff has been hired so that none of you have to work more than eight to nine hours each day. You also get one day off each five day week. All of you have been placed on the day shift so that you are off slightly after suppertime, letting you do some planning and perhaps get some more sleep before it gets late.
The hours tick away and soon you are cooking up a fine stew in your quarters. It is an hour or so before sundown and a good five hours before midnight.
(Again, for simplicity, feel free to just speak. We'll assume that you are doing it in such a way that you are not overheard. From now on, unless I state differently, you may talk freely without worry of being overheard.)
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steven] Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 10:06:40 PM
Sontra, knowing that his job was done, for a short time anyway, goes and relaxes. The day turned out well, not much happened in the flier problem, but that didn't mean anything. "You guys, can one of you take me? I've got my little ring her, but I know that you all need some sleep..." He stands up, and quickly looks around. "We should hurry, as we don't want to keep the priests up all night..." He grabs a couple of things and then waits for someone to go. "Everyone else sleep... you'll need it."
Mismor (Garmik) [Michael Tedin] Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 10:38:53 PM
Mismor finishes his shift with an upbeat song, suitable for dancing, as the evening shift begins.
"As for a group leader, I have rolled my dice and trusted to luck that each person in this group would be trustworthy. I am willing to have er... almost anybody take the position of leader. Seniority might be an appropriate method of choice."
"I agree with the idea of staking out the men posting the flyers where we saw them last night. Perhaps they will return. Perhaps we will get another stroke of luck like our tip last night."
"Before going to the Gold Quarter, Sontra needs to tend to her uh, his religious duties. I'm willing to escort him. Is anyone else willing to come along? I hope someone is willing, as I am not sure which church we are speaking of. Should we go shopping on the way, Tamosvar?"
Steps (Draax) [Stan] Tuesday May 22nd, 2001 11:46:57 PM
Steps finishes his shift and takes a nap to get himself refreshed for tonight's outing. If no one has escorted Sontra to the church by the time he wakes up, he will volunteer to serve as escort.
Gullion (Renik) Wednesday May 23rd, 2001 6:00:17 AM
Gullion nods at the various comments about leadership. "It seems we are not entirely of one mind on this subject. Perhaps as Steps says it is a little too early to choose. Shall we leave the issue until we have spent a few more nights out together?"
After a long day, Gullion is relieved to finally get some rest. Though he is used to going for extended periods with minimal sleep, he knows that one can only perform at one's peak when sufficiently rested. He takes the opportunity to grab some shut-eye before darkness falls, and the group make their preparations to take to the streets once more.
Rond Wednesday May 23rd, 2001 3:48:04 PM
"I can accompany Sontra, with Mismor, if no one else is interested. But I may have to bow out of the night activities, in order to catch up on sleep."
Harry (Damocles) Wednesday May 23rd, 2001 11:45:56 PM
"It's my church. The Church of Alemi. Rond, if you really feel tired, see what the Patriarch can do for you there to alleviate it. He understands what we're going through, and should aid a friend in need."
Harry ponders something for a moment and pulls the flier out of his satchel. "Wherever they're making these fliers, they need adhesive, or nails. For quite a few too. But I think that's beyond the point. Should we just sweep the city again tonight? They probably won't hit the same spot twice..."
He thinks for a moment more, scratching his chin. "What if I ask the Stars of Midnight?"
At the Cathedral of Truth (DM Jerry) Wednesday May 23rd, 2001 11:54:51 PM
Several of the group take Sunblaze to the Cathedral of Truth to be sure she is in her right mind. You travel much the same path as last night but going south past gold quarter through Wealthy Quarter and onto the island where the Cathedral stands. It is an overwhelming sight functioning as church and training center for clerics of both Alemi and those of general faith.
Inside, you ask for Oratai and you are told she is unavailable. When you insist, they take your names to her aid and they find to their surprise that you are on her shortlist. She leaves a meeting and meets you in a side chamber. Once she hears what you need, she grows very serious and asks Sunblaze for permission to examine her magically. She then casts several spells and says, "I find nothing."
She pauses. "There is only one way to be sure. The Sword of Justice. Hold on."
She leaves for a bit and then returns with a jeweled sword that glows with a holy might when pulled from its scabbard. "If you're enchanted in any way other than the Oathbonding you took with me, this will let us know. If so, it will hurt you some. So brace yourself."
She lowers the flat of the blade to your head, her eyes turning silver as she wields the silver blade. Sunblaze feels the magic course through her system. Yet she feels no pain.
"She's ok." Oratai says. Now what brought this on?"
(You may answer if you've decided to go along.)
Gullion (Renik) Thursday May 24th, 2001 6:05:33 AM
Before the others leave with Sunblaze, Harry suggests contacting the Stars of Midnight. "It certainly can't hurt," comments Gullion. "They seem to spend a fair amount of time in the city at night, perhaps they have learned something. You never know," he says, scratching his chin. "Those masked figures we saw chasing them may even have some link to the mystery."
"If you folks are happy to go with Sontra, I will see if I can pick up some magical supplies for tonight's mission, if you are happy to co-fund it. As I said, I'm afraid I can only contribute 100 GP, what can the rest of you chip in?"
(OOC: If you could let me know how much (if anything!) you are prepared to contribute I'll go pick up the items mentioned before from the Catacombs, then perhaps we can leave any money left over as a group kitty? So far (in order of priority) I'll be getting a potion (or two) of invisibility, something to provide sharp eyesight, something for remote communication, something to silence Damocles (might interfere with the communication though), and a bunch of CRL potions. Obviously I'll only get as much as I can afford. If anyone wants to add anything to that list, or wants something removed, please let me know. Perhaps we should sort this out by email so as not to clog up the board too much.)
With funds gathered Gullion heads off to the Catacombs, makes what purchases he is able, then returns to the Beer and Bath in time to grab a further 40 winks, remove his disguise and prepare his equipment for that night's mission.
Roger (Rond) Thursday May 24th, 2001 9:30:41 AM
Prior to departure he says to Gullion, "You are going to have to just price the items, and get back to me. All my gold is in storage, and you'll need a note from me to to release it. It is going to be easier if you price everything, and then we as a group can decide what we need. Once I see the price list, I'll be able to fill in more about how much is covered. Also check into what it might be like to special craft a ring that does all the functions we're looking for, rather than trying to buy the effects individually. For potions, make sure you get the duration of the potion."
Once Roger makes it to the temple, and after Oratai is finished, he states, "We wanted to make extra sure about Sondra. Our first night out has not been as successful as we might want." Roger sighs, "We went to look around in the arena. As we approached the arena, we happened to disturb 'The Stars of Midnight'. They were on their way out, and just happened to be on top of the wall as we approached, and we noticed them. Sontra hailed them, the rest of us tried our best to disappear into shadows and cover any sudden attacks. When the Stars announced who they were, we don't know them, they told us they did not want to be bothered, and asked to let them pass since they would not bother us. Sontra proceeded to attack them, rather then let them pass. As a result, a wall of fire was put up, causing quite the disruption. When the party regathered, and asked that Sontra be more careful about outright attacking people, he became upset with the party. We then got a lead on people posting more fliers. We quickly headed that way, in order to intercept and see what they were up to. I'm pretty sure most of the party intended -- just intended to observe. But before we could even get in place, Sontra calls out that they are werewolves, and goes on the attack again. Our prey quickly disappears, and it is unsure whether they might have gathered who we are. Several of us are upset with all this rashness about him. I'm not sure if any kind of secondary Oath can help us out with this rashness. This was also why we felt there was an outside chance that there was some kind of outside influence." If Oratai has further questions about what we were doing, Roger will fill her in as necessary. If Mismor or Sontra/Sunblaze has other points to add to his story, Roger pauses to allow Mismor or Sontra/Sunblaze to add their points.
Mismor (Garmik) [Michael Tedin] Thursday May 24th, 2001 10:43:22 AM
Before Mismor, Sontra and Roger go to the Cathedral of Truth, Mismor says to Guillon: "I have 100GP credit at the Catacombs, but the rest of my money is hidden and I have not counted it in a while. I can get back to you later with a precise figure, if you wish. I do not suspect that I will have a great deal to add."
To Harry, Mismor says: "If the people chasing the Stars last night have any connection to those posting the flyers, then this may be an excellent place to ask questions. Even if there is no connection, it would be a good idea to find out if they know anything."
More quietly to the group, almost in a whisper, "I am having a hard time distinguishing everybody in their disguises. Which one of you is Kale?"
Once the smaller group arrives at the Cathedral of truth and Roger gives his account of the previous night, Mismor adds, "That pretty much sums up the events. The only thing I would add is that the posters dropped a number of flyers, which we were able to pick up. Should we do anything with these?"
Steps (Draax) [Stan] Thursday May 24th, 2001 4:58:05 PM
Steps wakes up feeling refreshed and well rested. When he notices that others have taken Sunblaze to the church he feels relieved. Waiting around with those that remained, he goes over a few things in his mind. He wonders why he did not think of Damocles using his newfound friend as an information source.
Looking at the others he says. "If our flying holy man can get some information from his friend, then we might have a better place to start than the arena. If not, then the arena will have to do."
Step relaxes and mentally prepares himself for the transformation into his Draax personality.
Harry (Damocles) Thursday May 24th, 2001 8:01:25 PM
"Well," states the priest, swinging his feet off the table. "I shall see what the Stars of Midnight can offer me, I suppose. I'm sorry that I have nothing to donate to the collective coffers. When payday comes round there'll be something for me to give."
He pauses before the door. "Any of the rest of you care to come along and meet this band?"
Sontra(Sunblaze) [Steven] Thursday May 24th, 2001 8:06:36 PM
Sontra looks at his friends. "Here... it'll hide you from prying eyes, but can only be used twice a day, so use it wisely. AND DON'T BREAK IT!!!" Her voice is stern as she hands over her ring of chameleon power. "I've had that for most of my life, and it means a lot to me... so just be careful."
Sontra looks at Oratai without a smile, or even happiness within her face. "The group believes that because of one of these flyers I have been acting rash, and now I have come to realize that is probably the reason. Although I cannot be sure if it is my foolishness, I surely hope not, as the group will not stand for that."
Oratai (DM Jerry) Thursday May 24th, 2001 9:35:08 PM
Oratai looks sternly at Sontra. "Young woman, there is no magical enchantments upon you other than your oath. Any bad decisions you have been making have been made by you and you alone."
The high priest of the lead god of The Wold cocks her head to one side and then says, "Not everyone is born to this life of adventuring Sunblaze (using her real name). I can release you from you oath and you can go your own way if you wish. You certainly don't wish to be a hindrance to your party young lady.
"Or you can remain and control your impulses. But know this. Marcus doesn't stand for incompetence. Discipline yourself before it is too late.
"Now I must go back to my meeting. One final word folks, I am here for you, but not on a daily basis. I may not be able to see you on a moment's notice the next time. You can set up a meeting with me or Marcus by leaving a message for "the chameleon" at Waldo's Armor Shop. Waldo will have a return message for you with a time and place within 4 hours. I wish you well. Good day!"
And with that she smiles a serious smile, lays one hand on Sunblaze's shoulder as an encouragement and then departs. You are left to find your own way out.
[Remember to contact informants/friends, etc. or to Gather Information, send me an email with 5 dice rolls made here on the board with a private message.]
Mismor (Garmik) [Michael Tedin] Friday May 25th, 2001 3:35:37 AM
Garmik is impressed with the sternness and authority of Oratai. "Well, I suppose there is nothing left but to meet up with the others. I wonder if Damocles has found the Stars and if he found anything out from them?"
Steps (Draax) [Stan] Friday May 25th, 2001 8:57:33 AM
Steps looks up as Harry stops at the door. Tired of sitting around waiting he decides to go with him to see the lady Midnight. "Hey, Harry I will go with you if that is OK." With Harry/Damocles's permission, Steps/Draax will join him and anyone else that goes along.
Renik (Gullion) Friday May 25th, 2001 12:43:04 PM
Removing the last of his makeup, Renik looks up as Harry calls out his offer. "Yes, good idea, Harry, if you don't mind I'll tag along. Are you not going to remove your disguise before we depart? The Midnights only know you as Damocles."
Round Midnight (DM Jerry) Saturday May 26th, 2001 10:27:35 AM
One group returns from the Cathedral of Truth while the other goes in search of Midnight. In the meantime, no one gets much sleep (-1 to attacks for this evening's activities) and midnight approaches.
[Remember to do anything with contacts/friends and Gather information checks, which includes contacting Midnight, you must send me 5 gather information checks. If more than one person is going, there may be a penalty or bonus to that roll depending on the situation. Only the person who knows the contact should roll. Semd me what you want to do via email as I instructed earlier. :) ]
Mismor (Garmik) [Michael Tedin] Saturday May 26th, 2001 6:12:30 PM
Mismor is tired after a short night and a long day, so he gets some sleep at the Bed and Bath. Hopefully, others will find something out this night.
Roger (Rond) Saturday May 26th, 2001 7:57:11 PM
As the group travels back from the church, Roger speaks up, "Sontra. Since it appears that you were not under the influence of anything magical, let us make a little deal. I hold no ill will towards you, and know that you are attempting to help. Why don't you chosse to work with either Steps or me. Then, anytime you want to do anything, you run your ideas, or thoughts through us, and let us talk things over, BEFORE you do anything. In situations that are hot, like battle, you help to protect our backs, and allow either of us to direct you. Taking only those actions to make the battle come to an end, when told to do so." Roger will then wait for her/his response.
Once the group gets back to our quarters, Roger says, "Since we went to the church, and since I know I'm tired, I'd recommend that we three sleep tonight, and let the others make what contacts they can."
Renik Sunday May 27th, 2001 4:43:13 PM
Renik leaves with Damocles to talk to Midnight. He is mindful, however, of his own conmtacts, and of any news they may have for him. He is also concerned by the hour; he does not wish to spend so long talking to informants that they are unable to visit the arena this evening.
(OOC: You have my rolls, right Jerry? Visiting Midnight doesn't preclude my own researches does it?)
Tamosvar (Arien) Sunday May 27th, 2001 7:59:00 PM
Deciding to leave contacting Midnight to the others, Arien spends part of the night pursuing some of his magical studies, then turns in for a good night's sleep (hopefully).
Sontra (Sunblaze) Sunday May 27th, 2001 9:27:02 PM
Sontra looks at the people who are among him. "It isn't my choice to stay... you, my... friends shall choose and I shall go with what you want." He looks preoccupied, his mind reeling.
Draax [Stan] Monday May 28th, 2001 12:23:34 AM
Draax joins Damocles and the others as he contacts his new friend for information. Draax hopes that the information will give them a solid lead or leads, but his main reason for going along is just to have something to do.
Harry (Damocles) Monday May 28th, 2001 7:16:10 PM
Damocles ponders for a moment as he stands at the door and turns back to those coming with him. "I don't think... actually... that we should go tonight. They didn't know anything yesterday and probably wouldn't today. And they had more pressing matters on their hands." He sits, leaning his chair against the wall. "Let's just travel tonight to the arena again, by a different route this time."
Making Plans (DM Jerry) Monday May 28th, 2001 9:15:03 PM
Some sleep, some plan, some don't. Read on as our heroes continue to plan their next move.
[We're all over the place guys. Make a decision as to what to do. :)]
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steven] Monday May 28th, 2001 9:54:40 PM
Sontra looks upon the group. "Who is awake enough to go? Do you guys need to rest? If some don't then we can go, while the rest stay and sleep." He smiles faintly, he'd messed up twice, and was going to do whatever they said.
Renik (Gullion) d20+12=17 d20+12=19 d20+4=16 d20+2=6 Tuesday May 29th, 2001 9:17:55 AM
Biting back an exclamation of annoyance, Renik decides it's about time things got organised.
With all of the party in one place he says; "Enough of this. We have very little time to track down the perpetrators of the poster campaign, and staying here and sleeping isn't going to get the job done. We are going to get tired. Better that than we fail in our mission.
"Everyone needs to change out of their day disguises and into their true personas right away, and then we're leaving for the arena. ALL of us. We can contact our informants at other times, but we must take advantage of the few hours of night we have to attempt to track our enemies down. Everyone ready? Right, let's go."
And without waiting for arguments or excuses he sets off, jaw set and fists clenched, following the same path they took the night before.
(OOC: Renik will head for the arena whether the others follow him or not. He will move silently (DC 17) and in shadow (DC19), keeping a lookout for danger (Listen DC16, Spot DC 6)
Damocles Tuesday May 29th, 2001 12:22:13 PM
Damocles nods to Renik and says "I shall follow you from above." He heads to his room and opens the window, grabbing his mace before he leaves. Leaping out, his wings unfurl and lift him skyward as his day to day garb transforms into the metallic armor that is its true appearance. Damocles pumps his wings to carry him skyward, examining the ground below for the posters.
Draax Tuesday May 29th, 2001 2:51:59 PM
When he finds out that they are not going to see the informants, Draax is a little disappointed and he goes and sits down, waiting for the others to return from the church. When everyone is together he listens to Renik make his speech before exiting. He then watches as Damocles takes to the air. "I guess that's settled, the arena it is." Without waiting to see who else comes along, Draax leaves the building going in the direction of the arena. Not being one to hide, Draax quickly over take those hiding in the shadows. He will take the exact same path that they took the other night before they got diverted.
Off to the Arena (DM Jerry) Tuesday May 29th, 2001 9:07:54 PM
Renik, Damocles and Draax begin to leave for the Arena to check it out. (300xp for Renik for his leadership.) It is a windy night with cloud cover. It looks as if there might be a storm later. Damocles finds going west to be difficult into the wind, but he manages for now.
Perhaps the others will follow and go on this excursion as well.
[Damocles I need 4 spot checks please in your next post.]
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steven] Tuesday May 29th, 2001 10:26:27 PM
Sontra quickly follows his friends, taking the rear, and muttering to himself about how chilly it was. "I hope Damocles finds nothing... or maybe something..." Her voice can barely be heard, but what can, is indecisive.
Roger (Rond) d20+11=15 d20+11=27 Tuesday May 29th, 2001 10:33:55 PM
"I personally think that changing out of our disguises creates too many discrepancies. But I will follow."
As soon as they are out the door, Rond will do his best to disappear (DC=15) and follow quietly (DC=27).
Arien Tuesday May 29th, 2001 11:40:56 PM
Arien changes quickly out of the frippery of his disguise and dons his adventuring gear. Then he slips out the window of his room and moves quickly to catch up with his friends.
Renik (Gullion) d20+12=25 d20+12=22 d20+4=8 d20+2=17 Wednesday May 30th, 2001 4:20:10 AM
Glancing back Renik spots the others following. Phew! I'm not alone on this excursion then, he thinks to himself.
He continues to make his way towards the arena, doing his best to avoid getting spotted (Hide DC 25) or overheard (Move silently DC 22). Again, he will keep a close ear (Listen DC 8) and eye (Spot DC17) out for danger.
However it does occur to him that all this prudence is likely to be for naught if Draax insists on marching out in front. He had thought they had agreed that the more light of foot would lead the way, with the others following behind, so as to minimise the risk of any further encounters like last night. Still, that is something they can discuss later. There is no point drawing even more attention to themselves by arguing in the street.
Draax Wednesday May 30th, 2001 9:27:34 AM
Draax continues to walk openly in a casual manner as they head towards the arena. He knows that trying to hide and move without being noticed is slow going. He walks at a pace that allows him to casually look up and try to see Damocles. He does not look around for his shadowy comrades, he just figures that they are somewhere near. If nothing else happens before they reach the arena his will stop and wait for his comrades at the entrance to the park.
Damocles d20+4=9 d20+4=24 d20+4=7 d20+4=24 Wednesday May 30th, 2001 10:51:47 AM
Damocles scours the ground from his aerial vantage point, looking back and forth. Although he cannot always peer into the deepest shadows, his eyesight becomes keen and focused after some time in the air. (DC: 9, 24!, 7, and 24 again... unreal). He tries to focus in and more carefully make out what it is he sees.
Arien d20+7=25 Thursday May 31st, 2001 1:43:26 AM
Arien catches up to Draax and saunters along with him. As he walks he keeps an eye out for Renik, Damocles and anything else out of the ordinary. (Spot check roll.)
Onward (DM Jerry) Thursday May 31st, 2001 8:58:42 PM
(assuming that everyone is along) The party makes it through Dragon Quarter without incident to the gate at the edge of Gladiator Park. The wind is definitely gusting. The scene before you suddenly gets darker as a cloud hides the light of the 2nd moon.
Draax Friday June 1st, 2001 12:05:31 AM
Draax stops at the edge of park and motions for Arien to do the same. When the others catch up with them he says, "I don't like how it suddenly got dark, but it may work to our advantage. Now that we are here, I think it would be better to sneak into the arena, especially after last night's debacle?"
Draax stays low while he is talking. He tries to be alert, looking and listening for anything that may be out of place. After everyone says the piece and unless a better idea come up, Draax will let those that work well in the shadows go ahead a little ways before he starts into the park.
Damocles Friday June 1st, 2001 12:47:01 AM
Spotting nothing on the ground but shadows and tricks of light, Damocles climbs higher up as they near the park, keeping an eye on the rest of the party and ready to provide support from his aerial vantage.
Renik d20+12=17 d20+12=16 d20+4=11 d20+2=6 Friday June 1st, 2001 4:34:42 AM
Renik nods at Draax's words. Sneaky it is. He peers up and just makes out the form of Damocles overhead, moving higher. He hopes this wind doesn't get any stronger, or flying is going to become difficult.
He sets off using the shadows to his advantage (DC 17) and treading as softly as he is able (DC 16). He keeps his ear tuned (DC 11) and eyes peeled (DC 6) for danger.
(OOC: Gaah, what a hopeless set of rolls!)
Sontra (Sunblaze) d20+4=5 Friday June 1st, 2001 10:28:19 AM
Sontra walks along, following friends, and listening carefully to their words. When he hears hide, he hides, trying to slink into the shadows, but instead tripping over his own clothes. As he hits the ground he muffles a shout and then tries to pick himself up again. He quickly casts Invisiblity on himself, disappearing.
Sontra follows along, behind them. Trying to cover their backs, and stay out of trouble.
Arien d20+12=29 d20+6=25 d20+7=13 Sunday June 3rd, 2001 12:36:50 AM
Nodding his agreement to Draax's words, Arien wraps his cloak about himself a little tighter, silently glides into the shadows, and seems to disappear there. Sticking to the shadows he makes his way closer to the Arena while keeping an eye out for anything. (Move Silently roll, Hide roll, and Spot roll.)
What Damocles Spots (DM Jerry) Sunday June 3rd, 2001 10:20:03 AM
Damocles as he rises higher realizes that he is going to be shortly in danger of lightning as a storm is beating up against the cliffs west of town and rising up the cliffs as Woldian storms are sometimes wont to do. Especially when Donyra has given them instructions.
However, as he looks around he spots 3 dark figures nailing flyers to the bulletin board by the entrance to The Golden Arena. He also spots movement to the northwest across from the entrance of the Arena.
It now seems as if they, having completed nailing the flyers on, that they now pull them off and then begin nailing them on again. Strange.
Roger (Rond) d20+12=28 d20+12=18 d20+1=11 Sunday June 3rd, 2001 11:09:04 PM
Roger moves deeper into the Arena. He continues doing his best to stay to shadows (DC=28) and being quiet (DC=18). He keeps at least one eye peeled, in order to see trouble (DC=11) (ooc though he doesn't have a peeler on him ;) ).
Renik (Gullion) d20+12=17 d20+12=14 Monday June 4th, 2001 7:03:25 AM
Glancing up nervously at Damocles and the increasingly violent weather, Renik notices Damocles gesticulating towards the Arena entrance (OOC: hope this is OK, tell me off if I've overstepped the boundaries!).
He crouches down, and keeping well hidden (DC 17) and inching forward as quietly as he is able (DC 14) he finds a spot to observe the flyposters. He intends to wait and see what they do next. He gestures at the others to keep well back, and remain as quiet as possible.
(OOC: Jerry, Assuming I've not been spotted due to more appalling die rolling, how far is Renik from the posters?)
Draax Monday June 4th, 2001 6:56:45 PM
Draax moves into the area cautiously. He gives those who are hiding a big enough head start, which should allow them enough time to come back and warn him before he runs unknowingly into trouble. If he is warned about the guys posting the flyer, he will stay away from their immediate area ensuring that they do not see him until he is contacted by one of the guys who are scouting ahead.
Sontra (Sunblaze) Monday June 4th, 2001 8:26:18 PM
Sontra, seeing the figures, quickly casts Invisibility on himself and then whispers to Draax, "I'm going ahead, but I will leave them alone." He waits for an answer, then starts off, staying close to the group.
Damocles Monday June 4th, 2001 10:26:49 PM
Damocles motions towards where the posters are before snapping his wings back and beginning a dive towards them, hoping that his flight remained relatively silent. As soon as he is within range he unleashes a powerful spell of paralysis on the furthest poster. (Hold Person DC 16).
Arien Monday June 4th, 2001 11:00:47 PM
Still sticking to the shadows, Arien creeps his way deeper into the Park, heading towards the Arena through the deepest of the shadows.
Perspective (DM Jerry) Tuesday June 5th, 2001 4:31:52 AM
[Yes. It is very important to keep your posts in sequential order. Assume that the posts above yours happen before yours do. It helps the story to flow better. So if Damocles has not posted yet, you cannot assume that he will do a certain thing. He might not.
Therefore the specifics of most of today's posts are void and null, although I will allow general progression towards your target which is across the park still and several hundred feet away.
You may post today your general approach with respect to the party (getting into formation, sneaking, boldly running ahead, etc.).
Roger moves towards the Arena sneaking. He is with the party. (Not in the Arena yet, my friend, just in the forest around it and moving towards it.)
Renik also sneaks forward and is with the party. He warns the party to stay together and be careful.
Draax also moves forward carefully, slightly behind the party so that his lack of sneaking skills doesn't harm their efforts.
Sunblaze lets Draax know what he is doing, goes invisible, and moves slightly ahead of the rest of the party.
Damocles finds it hard to dive forward as the wind buffets him back. He can dive, but it it mostly straight down towards the party. (You may either dive now and travel at a lower level, or hold and dive later when you arrive.)
Arien also sneaks forward with the party.
[There will be one more post of approaching the posters describing how you approach that area. Then the following post you will be in range.]
[Note that it is my final week of school. I'm pretty burnt out. Just barely hanging on. So please hold all Gather Information checks until I return from vacation about the 28th. I'll allow multiple checks at that time. I leave for vacation on the 15th. Todd will run the game for us from then until my return about the 28th. Feel free to take the initiative to email those who are not posting. I don't have the time right now. Sorry. Todd if you get to a point where you could possibly take over early to give me a break, I'd appreciate it.]
Renik (Gullion) d20+12=13 d20+12=25 d20+4=22 d20+2=17 Tuesday June 5th, 2001 5:54:16 AM
Renik continues to sneakily approach the posters until he is within bow range. He turns back to urge the others to keep together and silent, then grimaces as a kicked pebble clatters against the cobbles (Move Silent DC13: Aaargh! What is going on with these dice!), and hopes that the wind will cover the noise. He makes especially certain that he is as well hidden as possible (Hide DC25).
Finding a spot that offers a degree of cover he crouches down and unslings his bow, notches an arrow, and strains to discern anything the flyposters might be saying (Listen DC22) or doing (Spot DC17).
Roger (Rond) d20+12=24 d20+12=19 d20+1=7 Tuesday June 5th, 2001 9:37:23 PM
Roger continues sneaking forward, moving as stealthfully (DC=24) as he can, trying to keep as little noise (DC=19) in his step as he can. As he starts to approach the posters, he'll start looking around in the shadows to see if they have any lurkers (Spot DC=7).
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steven] d20+3=11 d20+5=21 Tuesday June 5th, 2001 11:42:29 PM
Sontra, watching his friends go forward, slides along the ground, attempting to move quickly, but silently (Dexterity, +3 bonus=11). He tries to unsheath his longsword, smiling as it leaves its scabbard.
He awaits a proper moment before moving close enough to his enemies. When he is within hitting distance, he waits for his allies to make the first move. He watches and listens (1 rank, 2 wisdom, 2 racial=21) carefully, as his opponent moves the posters.
Damocles Tuesday June 5th, 2001 11:45:38 PM
The priest shifts to a lower level, but does not dive altogether. He is still trying to attempt to close with the flier posters before he has to reveal himself, hoping that the aerial vantage will allow him to cut off any that try and flee.
Thunderstruck! (DM Jerry) Tuesday June 5th, 2001 11:50:50 PM
With a mighty whoosh, the storm rises over the edge of the city with a lot of magic in it. The wind stops for a moment, causing Damocles to have to catch his balance in the air for a second.
Then......... BOOOOOOOOOMMMMMM! Thunderstrikes immediately after the sky is lit up with chain lightning, blue with ozone.
Then the storm begins. Rain slices down. Wind buffets cause sheets of water to cross from west to east. Trees bend. It is impossible to communicate out loud without yelling.
The party, still a bit away (only two posts), works their way around the huge arena's outer curve, distance distorting due to the storm. Any moment now... they will be there. Any second now... Any second....
[encourage each other to post via email please.]
Sontra (Sunblaze) Wednesday June 6th, 2001 12:04:36 AM
Sontra, taken aback by the wind, quickly drops to the ground, but seeing as nothing was hit, gets back up again. He made a shush movement to his friends, only realizing that he couldn't be seen.
Sontra runs forward, moaning about not being able to hear. He holds his sword tightly, not wanting to lose it, as it is his most prized object...
Arien d20+6=23 d20+12=31 Wednesday June 6th, 2001 12:59:23 AM
When the thunder crashes the area Arien grimaces and shakes his head in annoyance. Then he continues forward toward the Arena and the posters. (Hide and Move Silently rolls respectively, although I doubt the second one will be needed.)
Renik d20+2=20 d20+12=27 Wednesday June 6th, 2001 8:02:41 AM
Doing his best to keep the posters in view through the driving rain (Spot DC20) Renik continues to approach, bow in hand, attempting to keep to whatever shadows and cover are available amidst this flashing lightning (Hide DC27). Given the horrendous racket the storm is making he abandons his attempts to move silently, favouring instead speed as he flits from hiding spot to hiding spot.
Roger (Rond) (where are my earmuffs!) d20+12=17 Wednesday June 6th, 2001 8:43:08 AM
As Roger continues to close with the flyer posters, he looks for ways to keep trees and nature cover in the way. Since there is lightning now going off, he fears about his location being given away in the full light of a lightning strike. He continues to move in shadows as best he can. Though he is forced to slow down his approach (DC=17), in order to go stock still every time lightning strike happens.
Draax Wednesday June 6th, 2001 6:13:46 PM
Draax continues to move slowly as he moves in the direction of his hiding comrades and the arena. With his sword and shield ready, he stops and bends low each time the lightning flashes. He counts to three and then continues his slow march toward the arena.
There They Are! (DM Jerry) Wednesday June 6th, 2001 9:41:49 PM
Suddenly a flash of lightning reveals the posters dead ahead about 80'.
One turns your way as the lightning strikes as if looking for something, then shrugs and turns back to his work. There are 3 of them there. All are dressed as mages. The wet seems to fall off of them not getting them wet.
One pulls the last of his papers from his satchel and begins handing them out to be nailed to the wall.
(No time for a detail map until this weekend. Sorry. Use your Arena map for now.)
Renik d20+12=18 Thursday June 7th, 2001 4:34:44 AM
Ensuring that he is well hidden behind cover, Renik trains his bow on the group of spellcasting flyposters. Mages! And, he suspects, quite powerful ones at that. This could be tricky.
He finds himself in something of a dilemma; he does not wish to attack the mages for risk of showing their hand or scaring them off like the previous evening. However if they wait to tail them back to their lair they run the risk of losing them if their preferred mode of transportation is teleportation. Frowning, he decides their best best is to wait and observe, then follow at a distance if they are able. He only hopes the rest of the group is of a like mind.
Roger (Rond) d20+12=15 Thursday June 7th, 2001 9:44:14 AM
Rond continues working his way as close to the mages as he dares. If he can get a good look at their faces, that is what he wants to do. (MS DC=15) (assuming natural sounds are still covering our approach.)
[DM Jerry: shouldn't it be Rond (Roger)?]
Draax Thursday June 7th, 2001 6:37:27 PM
Once Draax moves up close enough to see the mages or see his comrades stop and signal him about the mages, he will stay low and behind anything that will provide him cover. He will get on his belly and use his magical hat to change his clothing and armor to the same color as the grass he is crawling in. Draax begins to inch forward from cover to cover if possible and still able to remain undetected. When he reaches the closest hiding place that he can reach unnoticed, he stops and stay covered, wait to see what happens next.
Sontra (Sunblaze) Thursday June 7th, 2001 8:21:14 PM
Sontra, still hidden, walks closer, waiting for a movement from an ally, or from an enemy. It wouldn't be long, before battle broke... unless his team wanted peace.
Damocles Thursday June 7th, 2001 11:29:52 PM
Stunned by the sudden storm, Damocles begins to descend rather quickly, directly for the group of three, but trying to approach from an angle that will herd them towards the rest of the party. Again, he tries to get a hold person spell off, hoping that this time he is within range for the magics to take effect.
Arien d20+6=17 Thursday June 7th, 2001 11:34:11 PM
Keeping well back in the shadows to stay hidden, Arien draws his dagger and waits for someone to make the first move. Normally he would use this vantage for sniping arrows, but the wind made that pretty much impossible, he figured. As he waited, he silently reviewed the spells he had committed to memory, and with a nod of satisfaction, shifted silently and continued to wait.
Jerry Thursday June 7th, 2001 11:59:12 PM
Sorry no post tonight. Will post tomorrow night. Thanks for patience.
It begins (DM Jerry) d20=11 d4+1=5 d4+1=4 d4+1=2 Monday June 11th, 2001 8:50:12 AM
Damocles, positions himself to drive the mages into the party. He casts....
Mage #1 freezes in place. The other two spin towards him shouting something lost in the wind.
Rond for a second catches a glimpse of faces and a ring...the ring...and the faces have the tell-tale scars magic. It suddenly occurs to him who these mages are:
SONS OF DREAD!!!!!
Mage #2 spins on Damocles, again shouting something. 3 Magic missiles shoot out of his hand striking Damocles in the chest for 5, 4, and 2 hpd. (total 11).
Mage #3 moves into the crook of a nearby tree and casts something (50% cover). He begins to move faster, almost in a blur as a result of his spell.
[We are now in initiative. It is party initiative.]
[Damocles, when in the air, please give how high you are each round. Watch your possible distance. ;) I think this will help.]
[Casters, when you cast, if there is to be a saving throw, please list the DC for saves vs. your spells. In fact, add that to your character sheets for next time. A list of the DC vs. each level of spell you can cast.]
Renik d20+8=14 d8=7 Monday June 11th, 2001 9:24:03 AM
Well, the die is cast. They need to put these mages down fast, and hope there is enough left over to tell them what they need to know.
He aims at the remaining non-paralised mage in his view (Mage #2) and looses his arrow (hitting AC 14 for 7 HP). Before he has even registered the effect of the first arrow he is readying a second.
Damocles (60 ft) Monday June 11th, 2001 10:14:38 AM
Damocles raises his brows in anger after being struck by the glowing beam and drops swiftly towards the mage, falling to a height of 60 ft. He readies his mace at the same time, so that next round he can unleash the magics within upon striking the mage. He yells to the rest of the party "Keep harrying them, but don't hurt the frozen one!"
Renik 2d6(2+6)=8 Monday June 11th, 2001 1:14:43 PM
(OOC: Apologies, I didn't check the map before posting, and didn't realise how close we were.
Renik aims for the exposed neck of his target, craning up at Damocles, and looses his arrow.
(OOC: If he can get to within 30 ft of Mage 2 and use a sneak attack he will do so, inflicting a further 8HP dmg.)
Draax d20+8=11 d20+8=16 d6+3=5 Monday June 11th, 2001 6:12:57 PM
Draax takes a step into the open and fires two arrows at mage#2. (Hitting AC 11 and AC 16 for 5 point if 16 hits)
Sontra(Sunblaze)[Steven] Monday June 11th, 2001 7:34:06 PM
Sontra, seeing the battle break out, quickly draws out his wand(Summon Animal). He just thinks of Summoning an animal, any animal, doesn't matter what comes out, just a distraction. A Celestial dog appears near the second Son of Dread, and Sontra screams to attack the enemy near it(Do you roll for the dog, for I don't have the Monster Manual yet).
Sontra then runs towards the frozen one. He drops his sword on his bag, and still invisible cast yet another spell(Charm Person, DC 14[10 + spell level: 1 + charisma mod: 3]). He mutters the words, unknown to any but Magelings, moving his hands, although none but him see them, and focusing apon the Son of Dread, his enemy.
"Orith, notlianous sliyith NOKARA!" And with that his spell is cast, leaving a faint trace of magic in the air. Sontra waits, hoping it worked, but grabs his sword, waiting, watching.
Arien d20+6=20 2d4(4+3)=7 Monday June 11th, 2001 9:24:50 PM
Arien steps to the side to get a better view of mage #2 and pointing the first two fingers oh his left hand at the mage casts a spell. A bolt of acid streaks from his fingers towards the mage. (hits ac 20 for 7 points of damage, lasts for 1 additional round, no saving throw.)
Roger (Rond) d20+12=18 d20+12=13 Tuesday June 12th, 2001 6:54:32 AM
Seeing the attacks begin, Roger rolls his eyes. He mutters under his breath, "bloodthirsty still, I see", as he becomes infuriated about this tendency to always fight. Roger tries to use the cover that mage #3 is using as a shield, so that he can attempt to sneak up on him. HS=18 <MS if still needed is 13 (which is a fumble?!)>
Garmik (Michael Tedin) d20=13 Tuesday June 12th, 2001 10:32:04 AM
Garmik emerges from hiding in the trees across the road from the party to fire an arrow at Mage #2. (d20+7=13-1(tired)=12 to hit) He is clad in a grey cloak.
"By Wardd! I thought we were going to track these guys to their hideout?"
Party Results (DM Jerry) d20=7 Tuesday June 12th, 2001 12:35:20 PM
(Mages are AC16. -3 range attacks due to the wind--per range increment.]
Renik's arrow flies to the left of #2. The arrow buries itself in the bulletin board.
Damocles closes preparing his future actions.
Draax steps into the open and fires hitting once and missing once. The wind carries the second one away narrowly missing Damocles as the wind carries it upwards. He does 5hpd to Dread #2.
Sontra summons a dog which appears near Dread #2 and attacks him. It misses.
[Dog is 15AC, 6hps, Bite +2 melee for 1d4+1dmg., +8 to tracking by scent, smite evil for +1 dmg. once a day, darkvision, 5 hit points damage of resistancd to acid, cold, and elect.]
Sontra does not draw her sword as she has already moved and drawing a sword is a move-equivalent action.
Arien hits #2 with acid for 7 hpd. with more to come next round.
Rond sneaks up on #3 prepared to attempt a sneak attack next round. (could have done it this round as you were aboutt 23' away.)
...
The Mighty Dread (Monster Initiative) [DM Jerry] Tuesday June 12th, 2001 12:40:43 PM
#1 stands held.
#2 shouts ,"RUN!" and runs west at triple speed.
#3 follows at double speed since he was in the trees.
(It is now party initiative.)
Damocles d20+6=24 d8+4=7 Tuesday June 12th, 2001 1:39:29 PM
Damocles flies as quickly as he can, pumping his wings with great haste trying to slam into the fleeing Mage #2 and strike him with his mace (AC 18/24, should hit, 7 damage) and unleash the spell of hold person kept within. If he cannot reach the mage in time then he shall pick up speed to the greatest level he can (difficult to tell looking at the fly spell) and continue to chase after the Mage shouting "I could use some help here!"
Draax d20+8=17 d20+8=18 d6+3=9 d6+3=6 Tuesday June 12th, 2001 2:39:52 PM
Trying to take aim at the speedy mage #3 Draax lets two arrows fly. (Hitting ACs 17 and 18 for 9 and 6 hps, 15 points in all.)
Renik d20+8=21 d8=2 Tuesday June 12th, 2001 5:16:38 PM
As Damocles has closed with the second mage Renik aims instead for the fleeing figure of mage # 3.
He looses his arrow, which flies true, but with the shimmering outline of his target he cannot be certain he has hit (Hit AC21 for 2(grrr) HP). He then pursues the fleeing spellcaster as fast as he is able.
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steven] Tuesday June 12th, 2001 6:18:37 PM
((This is assuming that I didn't get my spell out... just a repeat.))
Sontra then runs towards the frozen one. He drops his sword on his bag, and still invisible cast yet another spell(Charm Person, DC 14[10 + spell level: 1 + charisma mod: 3]). He mutters the words, unknown to any but Magelings, moving his hands, although none but him see them, and focusing apon the Son of Dread, his enemy.
"Orith, notlianous sliyith NOKARA!" And with that his spell is cast, leaving a faint trace of magic in the air. Sontra waits, hoping it worked, but grabs his sword, waiting, watching.
Arien 2d4(3+4)=7 Tuesday June 12th, 2001 9:28:15 PM
Arien's acid spell contiues to eat at the fleeing mage, inflicting another seven points of damage before it evaporates.
While his spell is doing its work Arien twirls to face the way the third mage is running then with a quick command and an outstretched hand he hangs a Web in front of the fleeing mage, anchored to two trees on either side of the road. (Reflex save negates vs. Spell DC 16)
Garmik (Michael Tedin) d20+7=26 d6=1 Tuesday June 12th, 2001 9:51:36 PM
(OOC: I don't know where Garmik is on the map, but I am assuming he is among the trees near the intersection of the south and southwest roads.)
Seeing that Damocles is in melee with Mage #2, Garmik fires an arrow at Mage #3 (d20+7=26-1(tired)=25) and does (a stinking) 1 hp of damage (d6=1).
Garmik then drops his bow and draws his short sword, ready to move and intercept mage #3 next round.
Roger (Rond) Wednesday June 13th, 2001 8:46:21 AM
Cursing heavily, Roger stamps his feet in disgust as he sees the wholesale, unjustified slaughter (even though he's a member of the Dread clan), of the fleeing mages. Considering that they are moving faster than Roger can keep up, he keeps his eyes out for trouble as he moves to the frozen mage, in order to tie him up before the spell effect is done.
(ooc I didn't get a chance to look at my book last night. I didn't go for the attack on Mage #3 because I was assuming that MS would have slowed me down somewhat. Even if the storm was covering my approach, until the mage started to move, I think he would have been slowed, in order to not get caught when the lightning went off).
Player Results 2 (DM Jerry) d20=9 d20+5=24 Wednesday June 13th, 2001 11:31:42 AM
Damocles slams forward into #2 hitting the dread powerfully with his mace for 7hpd. #2 staggers, severely injured. (Damocles can't attack and cast. Read your rules D. :) )
[Damocles, what is your movement rate while flying? Don't forget to list altitude.]
Draax hits #3 Dread twice doing a total of 15 hpd. One arrow hits him square in the back, the other in his leg. He also staggers, severely injured.
Renik runs 30' and then stops letting his arrow fly. It hits #3 in the shoulder causing him to scream in pain and surprise at the brutal assault.
Sontra casts Charm Person on #1 Dread who is held. (He receives his usual bonus and an extra +5 as he is being currently threatened by Damocles spell of Hold Person.) There is no response from the Dread who is held and cannot talk or even blink a response. It is impossible to tell whether #1 is charmed or not at this point. (I erased the roll from the die rolls field.) Sontra having cast a spell targeting a foe, becomes visible.
Arien's continued acid damage eats at #2 and he drops unmoving. Arien casts Web in front of #3. (Since it was cast in front of him, I'm giving him a hard tumble/dex check to avoid the web before his save.) He runs into the web (d20=9). He makes his check however (d20+5=24, sliding under the web. He ends up in a sitting position, just beyond the web. (nice try)
Garmik fires at Mage #3 and does 1hpd. #3 screams his frustration and pain, but does not go down.
Roger, seemingly frustrated at the turn of events, moves forward to tie up #1. However, when he checks his supplies, he doesn't find any rope. (none on sheet.) [Sorry Todd, was checking to see if you had silk rope which gives a +2 to the Using Rope skill and didn't find any rope at all. :( ] ...
A Small Ambush (DM Jerry) d20+6=15 d20+6=17 Wednesday June 13th, 2001 11:42:53 AM
A voice cried out:
"NOW! NOW!"
Two burly fighters wearing strange armor and holy symbols embroidered into their chests of a "green heart" run at Damocles, now that he is at striking height. Both come from the trees to his north. (We will designate them G1 and G2 on the map for the green holy symbol.)
G1 slices with his longsword at Damocles missing him (d20+6=15).
G2 does the same, attacking and missing (d20+6=17) his blade whistling past Damocles left wing.
[correction] Dread #2 remains unmoving.]
[correction] Dread #3 runs into the trees to the north. He limps from his various injuries.
(G1 and G2 have an 18AC.)
It is now party initiative. Good luck.
Arien Wednesday June 13th, 2001 8:29:49 PM
Cursing as the mage slips through his web Arien draws his dagger and rapier and takes off after the mage to finish the job. Without stopping he runs at the web. As he hurtles towards it his cloak molds itself to his form and he slips through the web as if it doesn't exist. As he passes other members of the party he shouts out for them to burn it to get by and then on the other side of the web he pauses to take stock of the situation.
Draax Wednesday June 13th, 2001 9:04:31 PM
Seeing that the web blocks a straight path to the mages, Draax sprints to the far tree that is being use as an anchor for the web; hoping to run around the tree to get on the other side of the web.
Renik d20+8=28 d20+8=27 2d8(5+3)=8 d8=5 Thursday June 14th, 2001 7:00:29 AM
Renik slips through the trees to the south of the web, then aims and fires another arrow at the shimmering Mage (3). The arrow leaves his bow with a mighty "TWAANG!!" and flies directly towards its intended target's head (Hits AC 28, Threat hits AC27: Crit 3d8 dmg =13).
(OOC: Jerry, on Map 3 you show Renik in his original position, but in my (and your) post he has moved 30 feet, which will allow the above move and shot. Also in the first of your posts Mage 2 has fallen unmoving to acid damage, but in post 2 he is running into the woods. Is he up or down?)
[Edited that mistake. 2 is down so he didn't enter the trees.]
Garmik (Michael Tedin) d20+6=16 Thursday June 14th, 2001 9:44:34 AM
Seeing two burly fighters ambush Damocles, Garmik thinks twice about checking on Mage #2.
Instead, he goes to the aid of Damocles and attacks G2 with his short sword. (d20+6=16-1(tired)=15 - miss)
Roger (Rond) Thursday June 14th, 2001 10:26:43 AM
<DM woke up late this morning, didn't get a chance to respond. What you have for Rond is correct, though you didn't respond and tell me whether my correction on his spell casting was correctly read from page 45 of the HB. If it is correct Roger can close and cast entangle (I don't have a map at work so I'm not 100% sure on whether he has enoough range to do so). Anything between the DM tags can be deleted. /DM>
[I'm not sure about what you're referring to. Explain in an email in detail please.]
Seeing the additional guards, Roger says, "Sontra can you tie up everyone?" He moves to helps his friends. As soon as it is feasible, he casts entangle between the escaping mage, and the guards.
Party Results (DM Jerry) Thursday June 14th, 2001 10:56:58 AM
Arien passes through the web, then pauses to assess the situation.
Draax makes it to the north side of the webbed tree.
Renik can just barely make it far enough through the south trees to get off his shot. (Because I forgot to move #3 from his position, this will stand. Otherwise he'd be out of sight or at least behind cover.) Renik's critical hit drops #3. He lies unmoving.
Garmik moves as fast as he can through the trees, but cannot close and attack (max move of 30' and still be able to attack). ...
Ambush continues [opponent's initiative] (DM Jerry) d20+6=26 d20+6=25 d8+2=10 d8+2=3 d20+6=18 d8+2=7 d20+6=24 d8+2=7 d20+8=25 d8+2=4 Thursday June 14th, 2001 11:09:42 AM
A voice rings out again:
"NOW! NOW!"
Two more burlies exit from their hiding places in the trees to the south of the road. (G3 and G4)
G3 closes with Garmik and attacks him hitting him with his long sword (d20+6=26) and scoring a threat. He hits with his followup critical as well (d20+6=25) and does d8+2=10 as well as d8+2=3 totalling 13 hit points damage.
G4 closes with Arien (d20+6=18) and hitting him for d8+2=7hpd.
G1 continues his attack on Damocles hitting him with his blade (d20+6=24) for d8+2=7hpd.
G2 takes a 5 foot step so that he can flank Damocles. He then attacks with his sword hitting (d20+8=25) for d8+2=4hpd.
The rain continues to pour soaking you to the bone.
(no penalties for rain since it would be the same for both sides.)
It is now party initiative.
Damocles Thursday June 14th, 2001 11:50:09 AM
Damocles curses as the blades cut into him, quite out of character for the priest, and pumping his wings, lifts himself further skyward (OOC: Since he never landed, but rather attacked the mage while still airborne, does he provoke an attack of opportunity by lifting in height? If he does, then he'll just make a full move and fly over to where Mage #2 is frozen.) He soars for the frozen mage, urging his comrades to grab their prisoner and retreat.
Draax d20+3=7 d20+3=10 Thursday June 14th, 2001 4:25:14 PM
Seeing Damocles begin to regain some height and fly back toward the web, the half-elven fighter steps just around the tree and fires two arrows in the direction of G1 trying to buy his comrade a few seconds. Both arrows fly wide of his target. Draax mentally berates himself for not taking careful aim before shooting a couple of arrows into oblivion.
Arien 6d6(5+3+6+6+3+3)=26 Thursday June 14th, 2001 5:31:22 PM
With Damocles clear of G1 and G2 Arien sees the possibility to inflict some real damage. Stepping cautiously about G4 Arien retreats a bit back until he is in the woods with the angle he is at he can still see G4 who is now in a line with both G1 and G2. Then pointing his dagger at the fighters he unleases the magic stored within. A brilliant blue-white bolt of electricity bursts out of the dagger and blasts through the three guards. (Reflex save vs. DC 17 for half damage.)
Garmik (Michael Tedin) d20+7=8 Thursday June 14th, 2001 7:47:17 PM
Garmik just about loses his nerve and gets ready to flee when Damocles takes off.
However, Arien's bolt of lightning encourages him, so he takes a swing at Guard #3. (d20+7=8-1(tired)=7 Miss) Unfortunately, Garmik is a bit intimidated by they burly guard in front of him and his swing goes wild.
Sontra (Sunblaze) 2d4(2+4)=6 Thursday June 14th, 2001 10:41:54 PM
Sontra has the dog run by the web, hoping the spell won't run out. He watches the battle progress and realizes that his help wouldn't be much, he was a mage, and battles weren't for the magelings, much less inexperienced ones, such as himself.
He turns towards the web, keeping away from the main parts and casts a spell (Sleep, affects 6 hit dice of enemies, DC 14-13 [10 + spell level: 1 + intelligence mod: 3 or wisdom mode: 2 I'm not sure which one if any.]) towards the enemies, his words are slow and meaningless, unlike the strikes of a sword in battle.
"Tinulith majolawun porsile NOKARA!" The magic seems to blaze towards the battle, and hope streams through Sontra's face, although only for a moment.
Renik d20+12=26 d20+2=16 d20+4=14 d20+12=31 Friday June 15th, 2001 5:52:27 AM
Renik draws his rapier and moves quietly (Move Silent DC26) through the trees in a circling manoevre until he is behind the hired muscle battling it out with Garmik. As he goes he looks around (Spot DC16) and listens carefully (Listen DC14) trying to pinpoint the source of the voice that keeps summoning these accursed goons. Ensuring he is not seen (Hide DC31) he prepares to launch a sneak attack on his unwitting foe.
(OOC: I will attack with Sneak attack next round, as I assume I can't move, draw my weapon, scope out the area, remain inconspicuous and sneak attack all in one round.)
From his vantage point he spies Damocles rising into the air and retreating from the battle, calling for the others to do the same! Silently he curses to himself. What is the feathered fool doing? He got them into this mess by attacking the mages when they should have held back and observed. Now when the going gets tough and they are committed to battle he calls for a retreat that likely as not only he can survive unscathed! How can it be that four opponents can be causing such problems for this group of six? Their teamwork, he decides, _really_ stinks. If they get out of this in one piece, something will have to be done about it.
His thoughts of doom and gloom are swiftly dispelled, however, as Arien pretty much single handedly turns the battle in their favour. Perhaps they can get by without teamwork after all! There is a glint in his eye as he creeps up on Garmik's thug, rapier in hand...
ADM Todd Friday June 15th, 2001 10:24:41 AM
Just a quick note. I cannot access private notes on the board. So if you have anything to say in private while Jerry is gone, please send via e-mail.
Roger/Rond Monday June 18th, 2001 8:10:58 AM
Roger crosses the clearing, and heads for the treeline, in order to go around the web. As he comes into the trees, he pulls out his bow.
(ooc: DM will post tonight between 8-9pm EST. I thought I was ready to post their move now, but discovered I hadn't read up on something, which affects what they'll be doing. Sorry for the delay)
And so it goes (adm Todd) d20+6=11 d20+4=6 d20+4=15 d20+4=7 d20+4=17 d20+1=12 d20+1=11 Monday June 18th, 2001 8:36:33 PM
Damocles continues flying past the guards and attempts to pick up the downed Dread #2. (Dex DC check 15 or higher, to keep your balance with the additional load, and strength DC check 15 or higher, to hold on to your load. Plus we still need your movement rate while flying.)
Arien takes a 5' step towards the woods, and concentrates on lining up the three guards. This provoke an attack of opportunity for G4. With the area turning slushy, the guard's footing throws his swing wide. With Arien's move complete, he lets loose with the lightning bolt (all guards take full effect, and I'm assuming that the 26 that you rolled is the damage -- you didn't say).
Sontra's spell goes off (for wiz spells, int is the mod, for bard it's charisma).
Renik successfully moves into place.
What's next (adm Todd) d20+8=27 d20+8=26 d8+2=3 d20+6=9 Monday June 18th, 2001 9:07:54 PM
"Retreat to the temple!".
Guard 4 moves to a flanking position on Garmik and swings, scoring a critical threat, but only scoring for 3 points of damage.
Guard 3 also swings are Garmik, and gets disctracted by thinking about his retreat.
Guards 1 & 2 start traveling west.
This next round, Guards 3 and 4 will begin disengaging. Renik and Garmik will have one attack of opportunity, besides their regular attacks, on either guard 3 or guard 4. Please specify.
Let me know if you feel a map is needed.
Forgotten (adm Todd) Monday June 18th, 2001 9:08:45 PM
I meant to show this in the previous post. Sondra's spell has no visible effects.
It's the little things (Todd) Monday June 18th, 2001 9:10:40 PM
The dog is just closing with guard 4.
Damocles d20+1=15 d20+3=16 Monday June 18th, 2001 10:29:21 PM
Damocles buzzes by the mage's head, scooping him up from under his arms, while barely managing to stay aloft. He turns to the others and states, "We have one, let us cut our losses. This is all we need!"
Garmik (Michael Tedin) d20+7=26 d6+2=5 d8+5=12 Tuesday June 19th, 2001 12:45:03 AM
Garmik takes the attack of opportunity against Guard #3 as the guard flees. (d20+7=26-3(-2 because I actually have only a +5 with a sword and -1 for being without sleep)=23. I assume I hit, Damage d6+2=5 hp)
Feeling a bit like ground meat, Garmik takes a five foot step away from guards #3 & #4. He then casts Cure Light Wounds on himself, converting the 1st level spell Random Action to a heal spell. (d8+5=12 hp healed. Garmik is now at 25hp)
When the guards have retreated far enough, Garmik asks the rest of the group: "Is anyone else hurt? If so, I have another healing spell, by Wardd's luck."
To Renik, he says: "Renik, I will follow your lead, should we pursue these villians or retreat ourselves?"
Arien 2d4(4+4)+2=10 Tuesday June 19th, 2001 3:25:24 AM
Muttering arcane phrases and gesturing magically Arien sends two bolts of magical energy into the fighter who had attacked him (G4) and strikes him for 10 points of damage.
Renik d20+9=16 d6+5=6 2d6(3+4)=7 d20+9=19 d6+5=10 2d6(2+1)=3 Tuesday June 19th, 2001 5:43:47 AM
Emerging as silently as a ghost from the depths of the shadows, Renik plunges his blade into the exposed flank of Guard #3 as he retreats past him through the pouring rain (Attack of Opportunity: Sneak attack (no dex bonus to AC: hits AC 16 for 13HP). Then before the guard knows what has hit him Renik's rapier flashes once more, flicking up into the unprotected armpit and sinking deep into defenseless flesh.
(OOC: I'm a little unclear on the rules here; the first attack was an attack of opportunity, effectively a free strike. As the guard gets no dex bonus to AC,(Renik is behind him and has emerged from hiding) Renik can make a sneak attack. However his normal attack (which was originally intended as a sneak attack) is also made from behind his foe, so again there should be no dex bonus, therefore, again, a sneak attack. I've rolled it as such, but if you disagree simply remove the 3HP Sneak attack damage on this second attack. Shutting up now.)
(Hits AC19 for 13HP)
As Damocles suggests they retreat, Renik (encouraged by Garmik's words) cries "No! Do not let them escape! If even one gets back to their headquarters we will be identified and our enemy alerted. We must stop them all if we are to remain unknown to our foe! Attack, my friends! They are sore wounded, and must fall soon!"
And so saying he tears off after the fleeing guards, rapier flicking nervous circles in the air at his side.
He prays that they can stop the remaining guards before they find reinforcements. This situation brings to mind a wasps' nest; easy to kill one or two guards, but if scouts return to the nest with news of the attack, soon the whole hive is swarming, and you won't get near.
It is a shame it came to this; far better simply to observe the enemy at their work, then tail them to their base and report their findings to their employer. This way the stakes are significantly raised. On the plus side they do have the opportunity to learn much of their foe (so their foe retreat to "the temple", do they?), but they risk much too. He can't help thinking that the group still follow the path of the warrior, not the spy. And when their goal is information, not conquest, that path may well lead them to failure.
Renik (Not done yet!) d20+9=20 d6+5=10 2d6(1+6)=7 Tuesday June 19th, 2001 6:18:07 AM
(OOC: Sorry, I just remembered; Renik has the Combat Reflexes feat, giving him up to 4 AoOs per round against separate opponents. So:
Renik also lunges at Guard 4 as he moves past him, effecting retreat. The rapier point drags across his armour, then finds a point of ingress near the base of hapless soldier's neck. Once more the blade sinks in deep, and blood sprays from the wound. (Hit AC20 for 17HP)
(Again, not sure about the Sneak Attack element, so I've included it and you can remove the extra 7HP if you deem it neccessary.)
Draax d20+8=19 d20+8=12 d20+6=12 d6+3=9 Tuesday June 19th, 2001 11:39:12 AM
Draax takes aim at the fleeing G1, but hesitates for a slight moment as he receives conflicting signals from his comrades. He agrees with Damocles that they should leave because there is no sign of the other two mages and they do not know how many of the enemy are about.
Seeing that his other comrades are not withdrawing he decides to enjoy the moment as long as possible. Taking careful aim at the retreating back of G1, Draax lets the arrows fly. His first arrow flies true, hitting the villain in the back (AC19 for 9dmg). He does not have as much luck with his second arrow as it flies wide. (OOC: last d20 sent by mistake)
His only problem now is charge or retreat. He thinks to himself that they have what they came for, he does not remember coming to get a captive, but he is not one to turn down a gift. He see no real point in continuing the fight, but this is the most excitement that they had in a long time and he is not really ready to stop right now. He smiles to himself as he comes to a conclusion. In a low voice to himself he says, "I guess it going to be charge."
Garmik (Michael Tedin) Tuesday June 19th, 2001 12:19:45 PM
(OOC: I need a map before I can give my next move. I need to know where everybody is.)
Sontra (Sunblaze) Tuesday June 19th, 2001 2:00:47 PM
Sontra seeing his allies flee runs over to the held mage and looks into his eyes. "I'm going to try and get you out of this battle..." With that Sontra tries to lift the Mage, and if he can't then he tries to drag him.
"Friends we must run -- this battle is useless..." She thinks about covering their tracks and then speaks quickly, and loud enough so that the Guards may hear. "Grab the dead... they should be buried properly." She prayed that her friends understood and started to run back the way they had come.
Damocles Tuesday June 19th, 2001 10:16:49 PM
Damocles looks at the mage in his hands and realizes he's lugging a dead body (Just as a note, I had been trying to pick up the Held Mage... should I assume that's who I have?). As his hands are tied up, and he has no spells that can be used without them he begins to drop to the ground, stopping behind his companions.
Garmik (Mismor) [Michael Tedin] Tuesday June 19th, 2001 11:00:20 PM
Garmik suddenly shouts out, "Lord of Luck, bring your blessing upon me and my compatriots." (Cast Bless with a range of 50'. Arien, Renik, Rond and Garmik are within range. This confers a +1 morale bonus to all attack rolls and saving throws vs. fear effects.)
Garmik (Mismor) [Michael Tedin] Tuesday June 19th, 2001 11:04:16 PM
(OOC Oops, forgot to move. If G3 is dead, then Garmik will move.)
Garmik casts his spell, then moves 30' in the direction of G1 and G2.
Roger/Rond Thursday June 21st, 2001 6:27:07 AM
Seeing that the enemy is fleeing, Rond moves into the trees to get to the other side of the web, in order to pursue, if that's what the group decides. "We have one of their group, which we can find out more from. We can ask him where this 'temple' is, that they've talked about. We can follow, in order find out where their hideout is, if we want to. But I for one, don't think we should take them on just yet. The Sons of Dread are a sneaky bunch, and I don't know that we're ready to take them on."
As the Wold turns (Adm Todd) d100=84 d100=81 d20=18 Thursday June 21st, 2001 6:56:13 AM
Garmik's attack of opportunity was actually a critical threat (19-20 for short sword). Roll another d20 to see if it's a crit, if you hit the guard's natural AC with all your bonuses, then it's a crit, and you roll another damage die, as per normal short sword damage. As Garmik slashes the guard, he realizes that is the first time the guard has been hit.
As Arien's magic missile enters in to guard 4, the guard grunts in pain, and collapses from the combined effects of the magic missile, and the attack from Renik.
Renik's listening tells him that the voice is south and east of where he is currently. Renik attempts to deliver a mighty blow to guard 3, but his first blow misses the mark (What Jerry passed to me is their AC was 18 without dex adjustment) and bounces off the guard's armor. Renik quickly follows up with a second shot, doing 10 points of damage (it's hard not to notice something bouncing off of you ;) ). (The attack of opportunity on guard 4 comes from when he tries to leave your threat range, not from you entering his threat range. If he had spotted you, he would have had an attack of opportunity on you, because you were moving into his threat range.)
Damocles flies back to the clearing with his payload, and quickly checks to see if the mage is still alive. (This is mage #2 who was unconcious as of the time you picked him up, it is not mage #1 who Sondra is trying to drag away right now.) A heal check (DC=15) in order to figure out the mages condition.
Draax's arrow finds a target, as the guard grunts with surprise from the arrow finding it's target. (further shots at guard 1 & 2 will be with partial cover to their benefit, unless you move. Guard 3 will have that benefit in one round).
Sondra attempts to start moving the held mage. Like a plank standing on end, Sondra can get the mage to fall into his hands, and start dragging him. But it is a mighty chore for Sondra to accomplish on his own. (considered a heavy load, movement is 20 ft)
What next? (Adm Todd) Thursday June 21st, 2001 7:00:21 AM
With Renik following the guards, and Roger a little further behind, the chase begins. The guards continue to move to the west. (Guard 3 has about 15 ft lead on you, the other two are 45 or so feet in front of that, heading down the open area on the map currently).
(Garmik's last posted action was premature, and can be taken back, if he chooses to do something different. I will send out a new map after this round of decisions. )
Renik d20+2=8 d20+4=12 Thursday June 21st, 2001 8:03:28 AM
Renik curses as the three guards sprint away. There is no way they'll be able to stop them all before they find reinforcements. He had hoped more would fall before they fled, with the remainder fodder for missile weapons. But now...
And anyway, there is someone else here, someone who has been shouting instructions to their enemies... they have been identified anyway. He stops and turns, acknowledging defeat. At this stage the best they can do is retreat, particularly as most of his comrades seem to have already decided on this path.
He starts to run back towards the rest of the group, peering into the undergrowth where he thinks the voice came from, trying to spot the ringleader. (Spot DC8, Listen DC12)
Arien 2d6(4+6)=10 Thursday June 21st, 2001 3:17:43 PM
As G1 flees Arien drops another spell on him. A burning globe of fire appears right in front of the fleeing fighter. (Reflex save negates vs. DC 16; 10 Damage)
Damocles d20+7=18 Thursday June 21st, 2001 6:20:15 PM
Damocles lands at the rear of the pursuers, and gently lays down the body of the unconscious mage. Putting his fingers against his throat and leaning his ear against his mouth he checks the mage's breathing to see if it is still present, hoping that he can heal him on time.
Draax d20+8=28 d20+8=16 3d6(3+4+3)+3=13 Thursday June 21st, 2001 11:24:03 PM
Draax takes careful aim as G1 continues to run, the half-elf tries to aim just ahead of the guard in hope that the guard and arrow will meet at the same spot. To his surprise the arrow flies true and catches the guard and buries itself deep in his side (critical hit 13 dmg). After seeing the success of his first arrow, Draax quickly sends another after the wounded guard, but could not find the same luck as he did with the first as the arrow flies over the targets head. Draax gets ready to retreat to the other side of the web as he does not see anyone continuing the chase.
Roger/Rond Friday June 22nd, 2001 7:58:34 PM
Seeing the guards flee, and seeing Damocles fly behind him, Roger turns around and proceeds to help with the two mages the party has.
A pig in a poke? (Adm Todd) d100=50 Friday June 22nd, 2001 8:09:56 PM
As the group makes their final efforts against the fleeing guards, Arien's and Draax's damage is enough to overcome the guard. As Renik makes his way back, he doesn't see anything obvious in the trees. From inside the tree area, though, he hears, "Come to the temple, IF YOU DARE." Making a quick search of the area doesn't provide anything though.
When Damocles checks the condition of the mage, he finds that the mage is pale, and his pulse is very thready. Bandaging him quickly, the mage seems to stabilize, albeit it's hard to tell if he's going to survive.
As the party gathers at the board clearing and checks in with each, they find out that everyone is at least alive! They also have one unconscious guard, and one unconscious mage, and one conscious mage.
What shall the party do next? (As far as I know, we are out of combat at this point).
Damocles d20+7=17 Friday June 22nd, 2001 10:30:33 PM
The priest nods to the rest of the party and looks over the scene. "I'm going to see what I can do for the other, try to stabilize him as well." He hurries over to the downed guard (40' movement) and, opening up his healer's satchel, removes the arrow head and dresses his wounds. He gestures for one of the larger party members to help him move the body, gingerly motioning how he can be carried without wounding him further.
"Must we be so violent as to try and kill these people? There is still law in this city, is there not? I wanted to take merely one, and escape back into the night again, the other... I could have frozen him too, but for some reason Justicar," he pats his mace, "seems to not carry the sting that it should be. Still..." he looks himself over. "Damn. I seem to have some scratches."
Sontra (Sunblaze) Saturday June 23rd, 2001 3:29:35 AM
Sontra looks at the party and at the traveler he had. "Hello friend... I hope that you have awakened. We are ready to set you free of that spell, that twas placed apon you while you were looking the other way." He looks at the group as if trying to get them to play along.
He whispers to the group. "Remove the hold spell. If he moves, we attack..." Sontra waits.
Arien d20+10=14 d20=16 Saturday June 23rd, 2001 12:32:02 PM
After placing a makeshift bandage over his wound Arien moves slowly to where the party seems to be gathering. Once there he keeps himself a little apart so as not to be distracted by their talking and keeps an eye and an ear open in case those that fled decided to return with more people. (Spot and Listen checks respectively.)
Renik d20+2=20 d20+4=12 Saturday June 23rd, 2001 2:42:01 PM
Renik is somewhat concerned that the entire evening would seem to have been controlled from the first by the Sons of Dread. First the ambush, then that eeerie, mocking challenge; clearly their enemy is well organised and extremely dangerous. To set up such an ambush, presumably as a result of the previous evening's abortive attack, suggests their foe also careful. Even with the location of the temple, this is going to be difficult. The enemy know Sontra can fly, and have no doubt got details on the rest of them...
Lost in thought he nevertheless provides a rearguard to the group, keeping a wary eye (Spot DC20) and ear (Listen DC12) out for signs of pursuit.
OOC: Sontra Saturday June 23rd, 2001 5:58:33 PM
Sontra can't fly... It's Damocles or Draax.
Draax Sunday June 24th, 2001 5:55:48 PM
Draax comes over to the others and takes a good look at the situation that they find themselves in. He shakes his head. In a low voice he says, "Three prisoners and we are not prepared for one."
He looks over a Damocles and admires his preservation of life trying to save the lives of the men that were trying to take his life just a moment ago. Draax know that if it were his choice they would only have one prisoner alive to deal with, and then just until they get the information that they needed. Knowing that his prejudice of the Sons of Dread is very great, the half-elf makes sure that he gives the prisoners a lot of room.
Given a few moments to reflect on the evening events, Draax is not surprised that the Sons of Dread were ready for them, but he is surprised that it's the Sons of Dread. Following them to the temple would be very stupid at this time, but if they cannot get any information from their captives, they made be forced to walk into another trap.
He brings his thoughts back to the present. What to do with the prisoners? Draax moves over to Rond and in a low voice for Rond's ears Draax says, "Where can we takes these guys, we cannot take them back to our place and I did not set up another place, maybe one of the others have someplace we can go. But first things first, we will need to strip these guys of anything magical and/or traceable, if we are to move them away from here. I would hate to bring a dread rescue or assassin party to our doorstep."
Arien Monday June 25th, 2001 2:12:35 AM
"I would say that we bind, gag and stow these scum somewhere safe then arrange for them to be taken in by some of our employer's men. That stop them from connecting us the him and keeps these fellows from rejoining their friends, and it gives us the opportunity to have them questioned at length."
Roger/Rond Monday June 25th, 2001 11:19:21 AM
Hearing Draax's comment, Roger nods in agreement.
Looking around at the party, Roger notes that the party is at about medium capacity. Hearing Sontra's comments, Roger pipes up, "He is a mage, and belongs to the Sons of Dread. I do not trust him. I agree with Arien. We will bind and gag our guests, until we can get them somewhere safe."
OOC: Steven Orr Wednesday June 27th, 2001 2:40:39 AM
I just want everyone to know that the name is SONTRA, not SONDRA as many of you seem to believe, I'm sorry, but it's starting to bug me after a week or two.
Aftermath (DM Jerry) Wednesday June 27th, 2001 10:35:22 AM
The rain quickly comes to a stop. It is still cloudy and dark. There is a cold chill in the air.
The two prisoners are easily bound and gagged.
The unconscious one seems to be getting a bit weaker every few seconds.
(A healing check is needed to stabilize the unconscious prisoner. DC 15 is needed. If the Healing skill is not taken you may use a wisdom check.)
The rest of the opponents flee and are gone as far as can be determined.
(Thanks Todd. Very good job!!!!!)
Sontra (Sunblaze) Wednesday June 27th, 2001 5:36:39 PM
Sontra walks over to the group, staying away from his mage. "I may have charmed this one... I can't tell though. It might be friendly to me, or hostile, but if it's charmed we can find out everything we need to know, but it will only last a short time..." Sontra looks at the group, as if expecting a response.
Roger/Rond d20+6=9 Wednesday June 27th, 2001 8:24:13 PM
"Can you cast it again, or have you lost the ability for the day?"
Noticing the condition of the downed guard, concern shows on Rond's face as he quickly goes over to check him out.
"We appear to be losing this one, but I'm not sure what to do." (failed healing check)
Damocles d20+9=26 Wednesday June 27th, 2001 10:27:21 PM
Damocles looks at the unconscious prisoner and quickly binds and dresses his wounds. Turning to Sontra he beckons for the bardic mage to come near. "Perhaps," he whispers "It would be prudent for you not to ensorcel one that is already paralyzed, but instead bear your force at more meatier prey." ((OOC: By my count we have three, two mages and a guard. Is this correct? Do I need to stabilize anyone else?))
Arien Thursday June 28th, 2001 4:47:10 AM
While the others see to the wounds of their captives Arien prowls the area to make sure no more ambushes will be sprung in the group. As he prowls he reviews the short battle in his mind, mulling over what could have been done differently. Remembering the lightning bolt he grins to himself and twitches his hands in anticipation of when he can cast such spells un-aided.
Renik Thursday June 28th, 2001 5:01:32 AM
His companions seem to be discussing something, as they huddle around the downed forms of their captives. Renik wishes they would come to a decision swiftly; if they are planning an interrogation they should find safer ground. Perhaps it would be an idea to set up some sort of safehouse, where they could stash these prisoners. Or perhaps the Church can imprison them...
Peering over he spots Arien performing a similar lookout task to himself. Remembering his pivotal role in the battle, just when things were looking their bleakest, he flashes Arien a grin, and a swift thumbs up.
Draax Thursday June 28th, 2001 4:58:10 PM
Draax looks around and waits until Damocles stabilizes or loses the prisoner. He looks toward the way they came. "OK, I think we have been in one spot long enough. Let's move these guys somewhere other than here and then we, I mean you can decide what to do with them. I exclude myself from the decision, because I would decide only one fate from them." He slowly simulates moving his dagger across his throat.
Draax moves over to one of the secured mages and gets ready to pick him up, but stops as he remembers something. "Did anyone check these guys for magic? I do not want to walk around carrying a tracking device."
Where To Go? (DM Jerry) Friday June 29th, 2001 11:10:06 AM
The party finds chainmail shirts 1 of masterwork quality on each of the downed fighters. the two mages each carry a blue potion. The letters "CLW" is on each.
Damocles finds that all the rest of the opponents are dead. He stabilizes the mage.
Suddenly, there is the sound of metal tipped boots on cobblestones. The sound that can only be the Constable Watch. It comes from the west.
Roger/Rond Friday June 29th, 2001 2:31:30 PM
"Okay. Time's up. Damocles you need to get airborn, and make sure we don't get boxed in by the approaching guards. SonTra (sorry bout that) you take the lead through the gate, and keep an eye on Damocles, so he can point you in whatever direction, if we need to change what we're doing. The rest of us are going to carry bodies. If someone can handle it alone, go for it, if not together. If we have to leave behind bodies, it will be done in this order. This unconscious mage first, then the guard. But I want best effort to keep everyone. Grab anything else that you can, if possible."
As everyone responds to Roger, he'll start eyeing those people that are going to carry, to try to judge who's carrying the least load, and capable of carrying a body on their own.
Roger/Rond Friday June 29th, 2001 2:32:23 PM
"We keep this one," Rond insists, pointing to the frozen mage, "no matter what."
Draax Friday June 29th, 2001 5:44:53 PM
Draax switches from the mage, picks up the downed guard and heads away from the watch with the others. "Leg's go. We can worry about stowing these guys once we are away from here." Draax moves as fast as he can while carrying the guard.
Renik Friday June 29th, 2001 6:12:43 PM
Renik nods in complete agreement at Rond's words. Quick thinking, and decisive action. He moves to grab the prone form of one of their adversaries (as per Rond's instructions), and sets off following the group. As he does so he turns and calls over quietly to his companion Rond, "A sound plan, my friend, and well implemented. What is our destination?"
Sontra(Sunblaze) d20+5=15 Friday June 29th, 2001 7:18:36 PM
(OOC: Please take back my last post. Me and Rogar must have been on at the same time, only his finished first. I'm going to repost in response to his.)
Sontra nods at Rogar. "I know a friend who might be able to get us hidden, but we have to take a leap of faith." He looks for the Watch's light. Sontra starts off, his ears straining (Listen check, [+5: 1 rank, 2 wisdom, 2 racial]), leading the group out of the hoping to hear the oncomer.
Sontra leads them towards the University of Magic, unless those above (Damocles) have any objections.
Damocles Friday June 29th, 2001 10:09:32 PM
The priest turns towards the others and sighs, unfurling his wings as he does so. He seems very weary as he begins to move towards the skies, and before he raises aloft he cautions the others, "Bring them both, but be gentle with them. I shall try and guide you on a path where the watch shall not find us."
Out of the Park (DM Jerry) Monday July 2nd, 2001 2:57:21 PM
The guard seems to arrive at the site of the battle about the time that you get out of the park through the east gate.
You hear a whistle and some commands barked. Soon you hear footsteps running on the cobblestones a few seconds behind you.
Sontra(Sunblaze) Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 3:11:59 AM
Sontra listens behind him, and tries to speak to the group, quietly. "I have a place near the University of Magic...A friend pointed it out..." He keeps a slow pace, watching ahead.
"How long can we keep them there...When will they be found...To many questions with iffy answers." He muttered as he walked along.
Renik Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 4:22:30 AM
Running along as fast as he is able lugging his prone thug Renik gasps "Near the University of Magic? Fine, let's move! Does anyone have any illusion magics to throw the watch off our scent?" He peers upwards, looking for directions or warnings from Damocles.
Damocles Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 7:34:32 AM
Damocles looks at the watch chasing the group, trying to assess how much further they are behind him while at the same time shifting the color of his armor from the normal brilliant gold to a jet black, hoping that it will help him to blend in more with the night sky.
Avoidance (DM Jerry) d20=1 Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 9:28:25 AM
[Remember to use your maps to get to where you want to go!]
The group continues in a nondescript direction avoiding the guard.
One guard rounds the corner on you. "There!"
The other guard with him crashes into him and both tumble to the cobblestones [d20=1].
The God of Wardd must be watching over you.
Suddenly a line fires out of a crossbow from a nearby rooftop.
A feminine figure there waves and slides a net down the slender rope going across the street. Two men catch the other end of the net. They wave you on smiling. It is Midnight!
Roger/Rond Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 10:21:05 AM
Roger frets as the party moves out the east gate, and starts heading to the University of Magic.
When Sontra voices his worries Roger whispers, " We'll worry about that if and when we get there. But it wouldn't be long, I think"
As the first cry goes up, Roger gets ready to turn about and distract the guard. When the guard slips, giving the group some crucial extra seconds, Roger thanks the stars.
When Roger notices the rope, and the encouragement and help, he redoubles his efforts to get the group out of harm.
When Roger realizes he's following Sontra, Roger bites his lip with concern. Things have been iffy at best with Sontra. Roger prays for that extra bit of luck to extend to Sontra, with the hope that for once, he knows what he's doing. ( ooc :) )
Renik Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 10:45:13 AM
Praise all the Gods, but Midnight turned up the nick of time! A fight between them and the guard they can _really_ do without! Even if these particular guards seem better at running into one another than running down fugitives. Renik flashes her and her men a grateful grin as the group dash past, and offers a brief salute to the efficacity of their methods.
(OOC: Folks, I'm going to make an assumption on where we are; If I've got it wrong or you have a serious issue with my choice, by all means override my post. Otherwise...)
Renik racks his brains as they continue their mad flight South along Adventurer's End.
"Sunblaze, the University of Magic is in the Merchant Quarter, isn't it? Just off Merchant Square?" If this is indeed their destination, Renik suggests the following route; "Let's carry on down here till we hit the Guild Square, skirt that and head South down Merchant Street, which should (if memory serves) lead us to the vicinity of the University. Does that sound OK?"
As he runs along, lugging the dead weight of his chosen Son of Dread, Renik fervently wishes their destination wasn't quite so far. But he reminds himself that Sunblaze's eleventh hour bolt hole is considerably better than none at all.
Draax Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 2:36:49 PM
Draax continues to carry his burden as he runs following the others. As the guards are held up by their ally’s trick, Draax uses his hat to change his appearance to a shorter human in plain clothes. He figures that if the guards get close enough to see him they will not be able to give an accurate description of him.
He nods at Renik's suggestion, not being able to think of a better route. He thinks to himself, 'Doing things on the fly really complicates things.' He smiles to himself as they continue to run, realizing that he has not had this much fun in a long time.
Sontra(Sunblaze) Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 3:35:22 PM
Sontra seeing Midnight, smiles and waves back. Hoping that they understand he's sorry for what he did before.
"Good Idea Renik, I was thinking about a longer route, but I forgot that you were carrying the Sons of Dread." He begins to go down towards Guild Square. Sontra takes a glace behind him, and then goes on.
Arien Tuesday July 3rd, 2001 10:21:50 PM
With a nod of acknowledgement to Midnight and her two friends Arien dodges around some trash on the ground and follows the rest of the party to wherever they are going.
The Safehouse (DM Jerry) Wednesday July 4th, 2001 11:45:41 AM
The party follows Renic's route and finds the safehouse. You enter a triangle shaped shed filled with road construction equipment. There Sontra stamps three times on a floorstone and it pops open. Underneath is a small apartment.
It has food, water, bedrolls for 10, a barred from the inside secret door to the sewers as a backdoor, and strangely a guestbook. The floorstone can be secured from the inside.
The party owed Midnight a huge debt it seems. One wonders at the timing. Was she there? Was she watching the party's actions tonight? Was she already after the guard? Her presence raises interesting questions.
About this time, the mage who was held is freed, wisps of purple smoke coming off of his clothing as the spell releases.
The mage turns to Sontra and says, "Thanks for saving me, I think. What do you want from me?"
The other mage, remains unconscious on the floor.
A rat scurries for a hole.
Renik Wednesday July 4th, 2001 12:22:20 PM
Renik drops his charge and collapses on the floor, utterly spent from the night's exhertions. As soon as he regains his breath he says "Excellent work, Sunblaze! Last night you may have caused us problems, but tonight you have saved all our skins! I'd say you've paid off that particular debt! And it looks like your friend has finally woken up. Why don't you two have a little cozy chat?" He leans back and relaxes for what seems like the first time in days. No more fighting, disguises, or worrying, at least for now.
It occurs to him that their escape from the guard this evening is nothing short of miraculous. "Damocles, you seem to have a close relationship with Midnight and her group. can you think of any reason they might be following us? Do you think their goal might be similar to ours, and that they are using us to do their dirty work? It might be an idea to gently quiz her on the subject next time you see her."
He checks the bonds on the remaining unconcious prisoners, then relaxes. Quite the night's work!
Let us just hope, he ponders, that Sunblaze is able to determine the whereabouts of the temple, details of its defences, and the reason for all this subterfuge by the Sons of Dread. If they can just glean this information they can return to their employer on the morrow, the first stage of their investigation complete. He wonders if they should mention the involvement of Midnight's group or not.
Damocles Wednesday July 4th, 2001 2:12:39 PM
The priest turns to Renik. "Well, I can think of no reason for them to be after the guard per se, but it is someting that I will most certainly look into. Perhaps I will try and get someone to cover my shift tomorrow and go and have a meeting with our friends." He walks over to the unconscious mage and begins binding his hands, gently as to not hurt him. He casts a brief detect magic orison, to see if there are any emanations coming from devices on his person. "If someone can help me with this one, I can revive him to consciousness."
Sontra(Sunblaze) Wednesday July 4th, 2001 2:54:06 PM
Sontra smiles for a minute when the mageling awakens. Before talking with the charmed one, he gives a quick nod to Renik.
"I tried to save you, because I believe you might be able to help me. Your friends caused quite a rumble, and it isn't helping us very much. We were forced to stop them, although we will help them free, if they are willing to calm down." He looked at him, and took a chance, although a fake one. "I am Trent Trunith...And you might be?"
"We need to know what the Sons of Dread are doing, with the posting of those fliers. Could you tell us?"
"What is happening on the full moon? Is there something important going on?"
Then a smile comes to his face. "Could I look at your spellbook? If you have it here of course..."
Draax Wednesday July 4th, 2001 9:10:00 PM
Upon reaching the safe house Draax drops his burden down on the floor and then moves off to a corner out of the others' way. After taking a sit on the floor Draax pulls out a pair of his daggers. He puts one on the floor beside him and begins to clean his fingernails with the other. Draax keeps his face turned away from the conscious mage so that his hatred will not show on his face. After a couple of minutes of listening to the others, Draax leans back and rests his eyes, waiting until it is time to head back to the B&B.
Roger/Rond Thursday July 5th, 2001 11:47:07 AM
As the chase abates, Roger thanks Wardd for their luck. Roger helps getting the prisoners into the apartment, and makes sure everything is secure, before worrying about anything else. As Roger sits down to take a small breather, he listens in to the other party members.
As Renik speaks, Roger rolls his eyes, and offers another prayer to Wardd for luck.
Listening to Damocles reply, Roger feels the hairs on the back of his neck raise, expecting the worst.
As Sontra speaks up to the prisoner, Roger pulls his hand across his face, trying to remain patient. Hoping that the prisoner is still under the influence of the spell, Roger hopes beyond all hopes, that the mage is very stupid, and won't remember some of the slips that just happened.
Who I Am? (DM Jerry) d20=11 Thursday July 5th, 2001 12:35:52 PM
"My name is Bolelin. Thank you for saving me. You want to know about what?" [Allowed a saving throw here: d20=11 failed.]
He convulses a bit and seems to want to fight off the spell. Then he relaxes.
"The Sons of Dread are preparing for a great meeting which will make all of us powerful beyond our wildest dreams. There has to be lots of people there for it to work. I don't know the details. I have faith. It will be wonderful!"
"Yes, the full moon is when the meeting is to be. Hopefully the place will be packed."
"No my spellbook is at our temple."
Sontra(Sunblaze) Thursday July 5th, 2001 1:02:54 PM
Seeing the man's attempt to fight the spell, Sontra continues on, quickly. "Where is the temple located? And do we need anything to get in? Such as a brooch, or do we need to say a password?" He looks at the group, them being sleepy and tired, him being refreshed and ready to go.
"How about battle stratigies? What are they? How can they be stopped? And what are their flaws?"
"What have you defended the temple with? Spells? Warriors?"
"Do you know of anyone named Midnight? And whom they might be?"
Renik Thursday July 5th, 2001 3:32:48 PM
Renik settles back, eying the prisoners carefuly, and listens as Sunblaze continues the questioning. So far so good, he thinks.
Roger/Rond Friday July 6th, 2001 10:35:04 AM
As Roger watches the proceedings, he wonders how long he should wait before heading to the groups own temple, to drop the note that we need to have a meeting with Marcus.
Bolelin (DM Jerry) d20=16 Friday July 6th, 2001 12:40:02 PM
Bolelin without thinking says, "It's in the Foreign Quarter in the old Abandoned Pyramid."
Then he thinks and fights the spell again.
"Oh I am doomed."
A potion appears in his hand from somewhere up his sleeve. He drinks it.
A few seconds later he is on the floor in convulsions.
Sontra(Sunblaze) Friday July 6th, 2001 3:42:10 PM
Sontra grabs the mageling, and holds him there as he dies. He says a quick prayer. "May he live, free and happy." He looked, and checked the dead man.
"Well we know where it is, but it cost us lives. We didn't have to kill them, nor did we have to fight them the way that we did." His voice sad. "How many people do we have to kill to merely find the answer to a question?"
He stood up, and walked over to an unused wall, and sat there, face towards it. He was trying to sit there, and think about the days to come.
Renik Friday July 6th, 2001 5:35:46 PM
Renik checks to ensure none of the other Sons of Dread have awoken. It has dawned on him that he has been altogether too loose lipped in their presence already. (OOC: D'oh! Sorry! Rushed post= brain not in gear!) When he is satisfied he is not being overheard he speaks.
"Well, tonight has been a qualified success. We have the identity of our foe, the location of their headquarters, and some inkling as to their plans for the night of the full moon. This much we can report to our benefactor. However they are also aware of us, and are likely to realise the extent of our knowledge.
The question is, do we report back and await further instructions, or strike before our foe has a chance to consolidate or relocate his base of operations?"
(OOC: Jerry, how many nights now until the full moon?)
Draax Friday July 6th, 2001 6:11:47 PM
Draax does not show the happiness he feels at the death of the Son of Dread member. In his opinion the only good Dread member is in the same state as the mage lying on the floor. His only regret is that they did not get more information from the mage before he took his own life. He disagrees with Sunblaze's statement about not having to kill them, but he keeps that to himself also.
To Renik's question about should they report their newfound knowledge Draax replies. "I think that this information is too valuable not to pass to our employer. We were hired to gather information and as you have stated they are aware of us now and if something should happen to us, it would be best if our employer was not caught unaware."
Arien Friday July 6th, 2001 9:33:26 PM
Arien grimaces in distaste at the self-poisoned mage and walks away from him abruptly. He checks the makeshift bandage about his wound one more time before he speaks. "Someone should bring this attention to our employer, immediately. Then after he has been given word I say we go after this temple. They'll be ready for us but there's no helping that, they were alerted to our presence after the first night. Should we fail in out attempt to stop them then we will likely be dead but our employer will know what is going on and where to go to stop it." That said he surveys the faces of each of the group in turn before asking, "What say you?"
Roger/Rond d20=12 d20+11=17 d20+11=27 Sunday July 8th, 2001 4:46:44 PM
(ooc Roger's spell wasn't designated, so I'm going to try this. You can always reject what I post. :) )
Seeing the questioning going fairly successfully, Roger is shocked into action as he sees the potion appear in the mage's hand. Mumbling to himself, "You're not getting out of this that easily," Roger uses a hero point and casts delay poison on the mage. Once the spell is cast, Roger says," That's not doing to delay his death for very long. But I want to turn him and his gang over to our employer, so they can do what they see fit with him. I'm going to drop off a note for them to contact us ASAP. Someone needs to go back and meet them, in order to bring them here." With that, Roger heads towards the temple and follows the agreed upon signal, to have Marcus meet the group at B&B. (If needed. Move silently (fail)=12 HS=17) (don't want to be found by city guard (if they have a descrip), nor by Midnight.)
He lives for now. (DM Jerry) Monday July 9th, 2001 11:17:24 AM
Roger's efforts seem to have paid off. The mage takes another ragged breath and then another. Then he settles into a deep sleep.
Roger delivers the note in the prescribed way and then waits for them at the B&B. When Marcus comes, he leads him to the safehouse.
Marcus descends the ladder and enters the snug little apartment.
He notices the unconscious mage and speaks something soft into a ring on his finger.
"Clear that table." He says calmly.
"Now what have you to report."
Sontra(Sunblaze) Monday July 9th, 2001 7:36:40 PM
"I'll inform you, if you don't mind. I believe they all need their sleep." He walks over to Marcus, eyes scanning.
"The Sons of Dread are preparing for a meeting which will make all of them powerful. They need many people for it to be done properlly." He mutters something then continues. "It's in the Foreign Quarter in the old Abandoned Pyramid." "We gained an ally yesterday. Midnight... They helped us escape the guards. If we can get their help..."
He wonders before putting an opinion in, but then does so. "If we strike tomorrow or tonight, we can take them by surprise. But any later and they will know of the battle in the park."
Arien Monday July 9th, 2001 8:11:59 PM
"Actually Sunblaze," Arien interjects. "If you remember that voice which alerted those fighters to our presence also invited us to the temple if we dared. So I am afraid that regardless of when we choose to attack they will be ready. But if we are to strike soon I would suggest not until tommorow during the day. These Sons of Dread seem to be more active during the night and perhaps attacking in the daytime will be some small boon. Plus it would give us today to prepare and a full night's rest to make sure we are at our best. Of course," Arien adds, "We could be getting ahead of ourselves here, let us wait and see what the powers that be decide."
Draax Monday July 9th, 2001 11:18:06 PM
Draax listens to the others speak and nods his head in agreement to Arien's statement. "Arien is right, no matter when we strike they will be ready. They have already set one trap for us, so we can expect another one. The last time we encountered the Sons of Dread they did not take kindly to anyone that got in the way. They were ready to sacrifice everyone in my village and possibly the wold for their beliefs. So I say we go in and kill every one of them and then ask questions, but that's just my opinion."
Renik Tuesday July 10th, 2001 5:37:01 AM
Turning to Marcus the slight spy speaks.
"Sir, unfortunately the enemy are alerted to our presence, and will be ready for battle. Is this something Plateau City should deal with officially, through the Guard, or a Dragon group or suchlike, or do you wish us, your eyes and ears, to act also as your fist in this matter?"
Roger/Rond Tuesday July 10th, 2001 7:20:39 AM
Roger watches as Sontra reports to Marcus. When Sontra finishes Roger listens as each person adds their comments. When everyone has had their say, and Marcus has had time to digest the information he was given, Roger will speak up.
"Earlier this evening we were out scouting about, trying to track down more information about the fliers. When we got into Gladiator Park, we discover these this person (pointing to the mage), and two other people posting fliers. I believe we as a group, attempted to get closer, to see if we could overhear anything.
As we got closer to the group, I realized that this looked like the work of the Sons of Dread, from our Windhorn Hamlet days. We got too close, and the three posters attempted to flee. We tried to chase after them. I had the hope that we might subdue one of them, or be able to follow them. We were only able to do this with this one (pointing to the mage), because we were able to put hold person on him. But it seems they had some sort of ambush set up for us. Because this person (pointing to the guard) and 3 other buddies, came out of the trees in an attempt to overwhelm us.
The ambush failed to take us out of the picture, but we were unable to follow them back to this 'temple' that they keep talking about. We had to quickly clear out, because the city guard was coming. We picked these people up, and came here. Our escape was assisted, it seems, by Midnight. It was not something that we set up in advance.
When we got here, Sontra was able to talk to this one (pointing to the mage). Sometime during the battle (I didn't see), he was able to get another spell on this person. So using charm person as best he could, he gathered that this temple is an abandoned temple, and that this is for something that will make the Sons of Dread powerful. Again (rolling his eyes).
This person (again indicating the mage) seems to have taken some kind of poison, once he realized that he gave away too much information. I have currently delayed the poison through divine providence. This was in case there was something further you might want to do with these two.
Roger/Rond Tuesday July 10th, 2001 10:28:06 AM
(ooc. hmm. gotta work on that thinking vs typing thing. I still can't type as fast as I think, and I miss a few words as evidenced by the above post). :)
Damocles d8+5=8 Tuesday July 10th, 2001 11:24:00 AM
Damocles gestures to the other stabilized mage, that is still unconscious from the fight. "I'm going to revive this one. If you can hold him down" He mutters a quick spell of healing over the bound mage and seals whatever wounds he may have, reviving him to consciousness. "Marcus, I would like to see these two brought before a fair and just committee of trial. They seem to have nothing magical on them, but likely are concealing poison."
Marcus (DM Jerry) Tuesday July 10th, 2001 2:29:12 PM
Wait to revive him until after I leave. A healing kit should arrive soon. I sent for one when I first arrived. Keep the table clear.
You have done well. They know who you are, but they don't know your aliases and they don't know where you live. You know which organization they represent, their ultimate purpose, and their hideout.
Good idea also to have this safehouse set up. I suggest that you arrange for 4 or 5 more under pseudonames and while under other disguises. Never use one more than once in an emergency.
I will send a reward from your country to your next safehouse once you let me know where it is. We thank you for what you have done.
Now, the innocent are already charmed to come to this vile ceremony. However, every person we can save from this fate the better at this point. So I have your next task.
We know The Sons of Dread are using these flyers to first charm and then to give instructions to come to a conclave on the next 1st full moon. This full moon is not an ordinary one. It is known as the night of the bloody moon when Kerracles the Moon turns red for an hour. Witches and Druids consider it holy for different reasons.
The meeting place is the Arena. This means they plan on having a huge crowd. The Arena holds 40,000 people. If full, this could be quite the event. They do have something quite nasty planned for that night, for astrologers as well as dreamers of Jantierri are prophesying this as a night of doom and dread.
My task for you is to go back into the pyramid of the Sons of Dread and destroy whatever or whoever it is that is that's making these infernal Flyers of Charming. Every person who is not charmed by these nasty things is one that is not in danger upon that night. I think they have had a magical breakthrough allowing for quick copying of written materials. If so, it could be a huge boon in the right hands and a dread in the hands of evil. If you can, steal it, or bring back plans to it. But if not, destroy it.
I already know that other parties have also discovered the magical properties of the flyers now, and also search for their own reasons to find the Sons of Dread, so watch your 5. (20 hour day in The Wold, thus the phrase changes to "Watch your 5."
Any questions?
Sontra(Sunblaze) Tuesday July 10th, 2001 4:42:06 PM
Sontra listens carefully, and when he understands what needs to be done, he nods. He looks to the group, knowing that the older members of the group would jump at the sight of killing the Sons of Dread.
"Marcus, If we do not return, then we have failed, and I suggest that you find some way to destroy most of the Arena. I believe that without the arena they will not be able to do their...whatever they want to do." Sontra's voice is somber, but ready.
"We strike tomorrow then? Well I suggest we all leave early for different reasons. Or we don't show up at all. You guys need more sleep then I do. I can watch these prisoners until we go."
Draax Tuesday July 10th, 2001 9:52:20 PM
Draax listens as Marcus states their new tasks. To Marcus he says, "Sir, I do have one question or maybe it's more of a request. As Sunblaze stated, some of us do need rest. You seem to have some kind of friendship or contact with our other employer. All of us needing to miss work tomorrow may bring some unwanted attention to us, identifying us as a team or at least being together. Is there some way that you can get our employer to close the business for the day or at least have no need for our services and the services of a few of the other workers?"
No matter Marcus' answer to Draax's question, the half-elf will begin studying the guard's facial features, uniform, height and built, and anything that he will have to practice duplicating.
Roger/Rond Tuesday July 10th, 2001 11:57:07 PM
"We will make the appropriate plans, and proceed as soon as possible. Do you have any plans for these people? We'll of course divest them of any gear they have, in order to both learn about them, and hopefully masquerade as them a little bit."
If the meeting is finished at this point, Roger then heads back to the B&B. If not, then we'll see what is to be seen in the next scene.
Arien Wednesday July 11th, 2001 12:59:10 AM
"Draax my friend," Arien says with a grim chuckle, "That is likely exactly what we have to do. Like I say, when dealing with enemies, kill them all and let the gods sort them out." Arien the hides a yawn behind his hand and scratches his head absently. Then turning to Marcus, "Shall we leave this fellow with you and be on our way or do you want us to dispose of him?"
Renik Wednesday July 11th, 2001 4:58:59 AM
Renik nods at Arien's question. "Indeed, if we could arrange to have all our captives passed over to your (or the city's) custody once we have finished questionning them, that would certainly help us."
"Regarding safehouses, before I started at the Beer & Bath I had room hired in the Rogue Quarter. It has two exits, one into an alleyway. It should prove a suitable bolt-hole, should it be required."
"Marcus spoke of our identities; I think it sensible that we stick strictly to the use of our aliases in the daytime, our true combative personas at night, and perhaps establish an emergency identity in case our aliases are uncovered. In fact establishing the safehouses under these emergency personas will add an additional level of security. What say you?"
He looks at the others, then back at Marcus. "Marcus, there is something I would ask of you. It seems my companions are all well aquainted with our foe. I, however am unfamiliar with these 'Sons of Dread.' Is there anything you might tell me about them that would be of use? Do they worship evil Gods, or are they primarily an arcane order? Up until now, what has been known of their aims?"
"Further, are you able to provide our group with any funds? Though I have gathered a little wealth (and this strange Halfling fellow approached me in the Catacombs and donated 500GP to the group; most odd), we could really use sufficient funds for a number of healing potions, invisibility potions, and fire related magics for this assault."
Marcus (DM Jerry) Wednesday July 11th, 2001 1:44:22 PM
"I know just what to do with your prisoners."
He pulls out two daggers and plunges them deep into the chest of each captive. Killing blows.
"We work outside the system gentlemen. Never forget that."
He looks in bewilderment at Sunblaze's comments and simply shakes his head.
He turns to Renik and his answer to his questions is just a smile.
"Delivery will be made to your room Renik by sundown. Write the address of the place on this paper."
Hands Renik a slip of paper and a pen.
"Go home. Sleep. Sleep some more after work. Go tomorrow night. We can't call in sick everytime a mission is ongoing."
Renik Wednesday July 11th, 2001 5:22:07 PM
Nodding Renik scrawls an address on the slip of paper and hands it back to Marcus. Though the others cannot see, it refers to a building on the corner of Silent and Scream Streets in the Rogue Quarter. "Use the alley entrance" he comments.
He seems entirely unfazed by Marcus' murderous methods. Clearly he has seen just as bad (and worse) in his career.
"Well then, I have just one further issue to raise with the group before we leave for a well earned rest. I think it is something we really must decide on, and right now, before we see combat again. The members of this group are too unfamiliar with one another to function well in combat without someone to take the lead. We saw that all too clearly last night. No doubt familiarity will come in time, but for now I propose we elect a leader, to whom we should look for guidance in battle. Someone to coordinate our disparate talents. That way we can fight as a team, instead of as individuals. It is up to each of us to decide how that election procedure operates if the proposition is passed. But for now, will you each vote on the proposition, Aye or Nay?"
Then with a grin and a wink "Oh, and for the record - Aye"
Draax Wednesday July 11th, 2001 10:57:14 PM
As Draax studies the features on the guard, he witnesses Marcus plunge the dagger into the guard's heart. Draax smiles as the Dread members breathes his last breath. "Ya know, I have been itching to do that ever since we grabbed those guys."
When Marcus tells them to go home, Draax laughs, "OK, I hear you, we are not getting a day off. It was worth a try anyway."
"As to a specific member formulating a plan and taking the lead during combat situations, I will say aye to that."
Sontra(Sunblaze) Thursday July 12th, 2001 12:05:45 AM
Sontra watches as the dagger sinks into their flesh, and then turns away, as if disgusted. He pulls from his bag some bottles and sticks.
"These might be able to help us out, for our upcoming battle. There are many things here: Wand of Cure Light Wounds, A potion of potion of Animal Friendship, A wand of Light, Potion of Spider Climb, Potion Of Hide, Bracers of Armor(+1), Cure Light Wounds Potion, Oil of Timelessness, Potion of Sneaking. Grab one which you think will help you most."
He decides about voting and then speaks, slowly. "I think a leader would be good..." He cuts himself off, as if wanting to say more, but deciding against it.
Damocles Thursday July 12th, 2001 10:38:42 AM
Damocles turns towards Marcus an aghast look of horror on his face. "Be assured the Holy Mother will know of what you just did." he says, spitting on the floor before Marcus. "Life is sacred, that is why we have justice. You sir, have no concept of what that means, evidentally."
Roger/Rond Thursday July 12th, 2001 12:23:50 PM
You see the blood drain from Roger's face as he stands there stunned. Slowly, you see his knees buckle, and he sits down. Roger sits and thinks for a couple of moments, as everyone else reacts to the situation.
Eventually he looks up and begins to speak slowly, "I believe they might already know. In the end..... it might be ..... easier for them this way. I'm not so sure it would be as smooth...... for those of us that took oaths, should the situation be reversed. Our group does not have the right to make that decision, but since Marcus is our de facto employer, that is his perogative. I also believe that we were.... warned about this activity."
Turning away from the slain bodies, "I too, believe that we have to have someone act as the head, for the body of our group. We've be flailing away at our task, with no real direction. I think we've been lucky to get as far as we have."
Marcus Reacts (DM Jerry) Thursday July 12th, 2001 12:43:40 PM
Marcus whirls on Damocles his eyes appearing as daggers in their anger.
"Get used to it. This is your job. You and I work outside the law. We do the things that the High Lord Mayor cannot do within the law for the good of the kingdom. Next time, don't make me do what you should do. And if you can't take it, get out!"
He turns whirling his cloak and climbs the ladder out.
Suddenly a satchel appears on the table. It is filled with 2 vials labelled magical antidote, 2 vials labelled, Cure Moderate Wounds, and one each of Cure Blindness and Cure Disease. A holy cracker is in a small box. The Box says regenerate.
It is late. Some of you are fighting off yawns.
Sontra(Sunblaze) Thursday July 12th, 2001 7:32:30 PM
As Marcus leaves, Sontra turns to him with a curse. "We don't work outside the law... You do Marcus. You kill people because you enjoy it! You're no better than they are." With that he turns away, as if ignoring more comment.
His eyes close and he just stands there, then finally he speaks, quietly. "They could have been given a chance... To die fighting..." He looks up, towards those yawning. "Let us return, and sleep. We will attack tonight (I presume it's past 10:00am)."'
As they return, Sontra looks at Damocles. "We shouldn't let him get away with that... It's not right. We should turn him in... At least we killed our in defense and in battle."
Draax Thursday July 12th, 2001 9:29:44 PM
Draax shakes his head at all the anger and then put it out of his mind as he fights off another yawn. "Sunblaze is right, whatever our feelings to the way our employee handled this situation. We need to get to sleep. I will see you guys at work." Draax leaves the safe house and changes to his Steps personality before entering the B&B.
Arien Thursday July 12th, 2001 10:12:47 PM
Arien makes a sound of disgust at the reactions to Marcus' actions. Apparently some of them didn't realize exactly how hard the streets were, and how hard a person had to be to live there. "Listen you, what Marcus did was illegal, yes but as he said, we work outside the system. That may not mean much to you but remember this, the Sons would not hesitate to kill us had they the opportunity. I think," he adds while turning towards the entrance, " that there is one truth that you would do well to remember around here, enemies are for the killing."
That said Arien changes into his disguise and returns to the B&B for some much needed sleep.
Roger/Rond Thursday July 12th, 2001 11:53:13 PM
If Marcus does exit, then Roger says:
"Enemies are only worth killing when your life is in danger. If I call you enemy right now, does that give me justification to kill you? What if my justification for killing you is just because slighted my sister? No it is not right what has been done here, by the laws of the land, in my opinion. But what about the flip side of the coin? There are those people that work outside the law. Neither in the law, nor directly opposing the law. How does one take care of that?
The Sons of Dread of cause much mischief for Draax and I in the past. Because of their indirect actions, what happened here is their fault. They should not be trying to meddle, as is wont their way. If they were following the laws, their friends, would not have been killed. So ultimately, this wrong goes on their head. For forcing Marcus to make that decision. So we must keep sight of what we are here to do. Everyone should go home and sleep on what has transpired here tonight. Everyone should also consider who they would want for a leader. We'll decide that in the morning, when everyone gets up.
Renik/ Gullion Friday July 13th, 2001 6:38:20 AM
"Aye, sound plan my friend" comments Renik. "We should choose a leader in the morning, when we have all had a chance to rest. I would suggest we each get one vote, with the proviso that we can't vote for ourselves. But the details can be worked out later. For now..." he has been rummaging away with his disguise kit during these words, and now surfaces transformed into Gullion; "...we should sleep before work." He slips out into the night, and cautiously makes his way back to the B&B.
As he goes he ponders on the moral debate sparked by Marcus' actions. He has never really thought too deeply on the subject; in his line of work a captured enemy is a liability, once information is extracted. And because his job so frequently calls for plausible deniability on the part of his employers, imprisonment is rarely an option. He supposes this transition from heroic world of adventuring to the twilight world of the spy must be hard on some of his companions. They will have to be careful the issue does not further divide this fledgeling team.
Marcus (DM Jerry) Friday July 13th, 2001 8:22:33 PM
Looking down from the storage room above, Marcus spits this out.
"I repeat Sunblaze. If you can't hack it, quit!"
Reward and a Day (DM Jerry) Friday July 13th, 2001 8:31:49 PM
The next day 5000 gold pieces are found on the table at Renik's apartment.
Everyone gets a partial night's sleep and works the next day. You get a chance to finish your sleeping after work while waiting for the late parts of the night to arrive. You awake around midnight.
[There is time for shopping during your lunchtime during work or after work if desired.]
Gullion (Renik) Friday July 13th, 2001 9:16:15 PM
Though the lack of sleep makes the next day at work considerably tougher than usual, Gullion muddles on as best as he is able. When the team get some private time together Gullion says;
"OK, folks, let's have this leadership vote. Now, to my mind, the best way of doing this is that each of us gets a vote, and we can't choose ourselves. The most votes wins. Assuming the rest of you are OK with this plan, my vote goes to Rond. How about you?"
Gullion looks to the others for their opinions.
(OOC: We should probably get together off-board to sort out what we want to buy with our new-found cash (and who will do the buying; remember I have an extra 500 GP from Bill), and to divy up Sunblaze's generous gifts. Although I don't mind staking an early claim to those bracers, if no-one else desperately wants them! But we should do this quickly, as the Catacombs can be slow! If you want to include me on a round of emails, I'm at carlw@clara.net at weekends (home) and carl.white@oldenglishinns.co.uk during the week (work))
Steps/Draax Sunday July 15th, 2001 11:13:53 AM
Steps goes about his daily duties in the B&B. In between yawns he reflects on the events of the prior evening. Going against the Dread in their home will be very difficult, but also very rewarding if they can cause any discomfort to the Sons of Dread. He also looks back on his reaction to Marcus' execution of the Dread members and he is very surprised that his only regret is that it was not himself that did the deed. The half-elf realizes how far he has come from the young warrior seeking adventure during his first run in with the Sons of Dread.
Bringing himself back to present Steps thinks about a leader for the group and decides that he will vote for Rond whenever they get around to voting.
Damocles Sunday July 15th, 2001 3:07:22 PM
"I am oathbound to serve with you all, but know this. As soon as I am able to free myself from this oath, I will be taking leave of you. I cannot operate under these pretenses. The behavior of our employer was simply unacceptable to a person that has devoted their life to the service of justice. I will withdraw my name from any consideration for a leadership vote, and will abstain from voting as well."
Midnight (DM Jerry) Monday July 16th, 2001 7:21:49 PM
Tonight it is a clear night with both moons shining bright. Looking at Kerracles the first moon, you can tell that it is getting close to the full 1st moon. Perhaps 3 days.
[ooc: Dave, I've sent you an email. Please reply.]
Sontra (Sunblaze) Tuesday July 17th, 2001 2:37:53 AM
Sontra goes through the day, thinking of the way the Wold works. They let a man who works for the king kill two, who would never return to this being. If he had killed them in battle or defense it would have been fine, but while they were unconscious? No. If she told the King he would dismiss her, if she told the guard... that might help them.
Gullion/ Renik Tuesday July 17th, 2001 8:13:13 AM
"So, two votes, one abstention. Hardly the greatest voter turnout in history. And with no leader decided, no plan of action for tonight's assault. Come on friends, we need to reach a decision! Whilst I respect Damocles' right to abstain, those others who have not voted must do so now. Well? Who are you voting for?"
What Have We Gotten Into (DM Jerry) Tuesday July 17th, 2001 11:13:51 AM
As some of the group wrestle with what they have committed themselves to do, there are some strange silences.
Some of the group remain in their rooms. (nonposters)
Roger/Rond Tuesday July 17th, 2001 12:34:40 PM
Prior to going out to work on the floor, Roger uses the hat to make sure his disguise is in place, with as little fatigue as can be noted. (ooc not using any toothpicks, thank you). Whenever there is a break in the action, Roger has to fight with his fatigue from the night before.
When the group gets together, Roger listens to the comments everyone makes. "Damocles. I understand your hesitation about what we just witnessed. I too have some problems with the seemingly frivolous killing that we witnessed. But we are also the only people that are currently poised to potentially stop this new threat. If it troubles you so, you might take advice from Oratai (ooc our oath-binder). I do not know if she is a superior to you, or not. But she may have a different insight into what we are facing, that might be able to help you with your current feelings.
"When this is all done and said, and I can have a chance to see what we've accomplished, then I will figure out whether I have done or witnessed something wrong.
"As far as my vote for a leader. As per your guidelines, I cannot vote for myself. So I chose Renik."
(OOC: Officially, Renik, you have not mentioned running into Bill, or having the extra cash, or what you found at the catacombs. I know, from reading, what you found. But I'm assuming it has to be brought into this board (via posting), for things to move. Rond has money in savings that can help, provided there is some direction to what we are purchasing. If my beliefs are misled, enlighten me. ;) (I tend to go off into my own world, quite by accident of course) ;) :) )
Sontra (Sunblaze) Tuesday July 17th, 2001 9:00:05 PM
As the day ends, Sontra feels somewhat nervous. They were going to battle the Sons of Dread in their arena.
"I agree that we should hold a vote, but I, like Damocles, will not vote." He again brings out the gifts that he had bought for the group, and awaits them, and their choosing.
[DM: No we are not going to their arena. We're going to the cult temple. The arena is a different place.]
Arien Tuesday July 17th, 2001 11:15:28 PM
"Well after some consideration I'll vote for Rond. Although I must ask that you all realize that the leader will be the target of most of the enemies we meet correct?"
(OOC: Perhaps we should pool money and purchase some stuff that will help us all out.)
Gullion/ Renik: Verbal Overdrive! Wednesday July 18th, 2001 6:41:41 AM
"Rond, it looks like you've got the job! Good luck!". Renik smiles round at the group. "Well that's that sorted finally. Good! Now there are 3 other things we need to establish tomight as I see it, before we can proceed."
"Firstly we should all combine whatever resources we can spare, see how much we have, and do some shopping. We'll need to decide what to buy. When last I visited the Catacombs I was given the following prices;
Potion of Invisibility: 310 gold. Ring of Invisability: 20,000 gold. Gold Dragon Rings and now earings / disks (communication devices): "Expensive" Scroll of Silence: 150 gold. Potions of Cure Light Wounds (+5):65 gold.
However they did say prices fluctuate, so these may no longer be accurate.
Here is the 5000GP that our benefactor awarded us, here is a further 500GP in coupons that was handed to me when I was last in the Catacombs by a rather mysterious (but very friendly) Halfling, and here is an additional 500GP that I have won."
He pushes 3 sacks, containing a total of 6000GP into the middle of the table.
"Secondly we all need to input any ideas and suggestions for tonight's assault. Details of special abilities, spells, or magical items will all help us determine who can do what. Then, once all details and suggestions are made, Rond can decide on the best course of action.
For myself, obviously, my forte is stealth. However I can use a bow well enough, and my magical rapier has seen me through more than a couple of scrapes!" He fingers a silver dagger at his waist, and his features become grim; "And if needs be I can strike from the shadows to deadly effect. In addition, I have a few healing potions, a potion of Levitation, and an Invisibility potion.
As for the assault itself, I'd say stealth would seem to be the best route. Perhaps the infiltrators among us could attempt to gain access (perhaps Invisible and Silenced), whilst the warriors provide a diversion? Perhaps using the captured guard uniforms in some way?"
There is one final issue we must also resolve. Perhaps this discussion should wait until after the attack, but we do need to determine if all of us can work in this team. I realise that our task and our role is far darker than what some of you are used to. But you must understand that this role is a vital one. There are some things our employer cannot be seen to condone, whilst at the same time having the facility for rapid decisive action. Though you might consider this work distateful and even illegal, that is not the point. It is necessary. Somebody has to do what we do here, for the good of the city, and perhaps even for the Wold itself. We are at war with the armies of Darkness, my friends, and we must do whatever is neccessary to win that war."
(OOC: I'm really sorry about the length, but I had a lot to say before we went off to fight again!)
Plans and Shopping (DM Jerry) Wednesday July 18th, 2001 11:45:27 AM
So, good readers, our heroes plan the infiltration of the temple and how best to spend their new found reward.
[ooc: Continue the emailing friends. Let's get this stuff divided up and the shopping done. We head out for the temple on Monday ready or not.]
Sontra(Sunblaze) Wednesday July 18th, 2001 5:44:24 PM
Sontra looks at Renik. "You plan well my friend. I have this coupon for the Catacombs, 100 gold. It might be of some use to us. Also I have some left over gold from our reward." He pulls his Haversack over his back and empties it, taking out 5226 gold. "We can spend this if we need it."
He starts to take all his items off him. Two wands (Cure Light Wounds, Summon Monster 1), a Small Steel Shield(+1), a Longsword(+1 Dancing and Wounding). "This is all that I have. I... if you can use them, then take them." Sontra says those last words, as if he didn't want to.
Plans and Friendship (DM Jerry) Thursday July 19th, 2001 8:30:24 AM
The quiet makes you wonder at the feelings our intrepid group are experiencing as they plan for their next mission.
Sontra(Sunblaze) Thursday July 19th, 2001 8:38:31 AM
Sontra sits, awaiting...His group members to speak, as being alone is somewhat disturbing, considering there is most of the Windhorn Hamlet crew here.
His eyes nervously watch. He rubs his head, the WHAPPPP! really hurt him.
(OOC: Smiles everyone! We need posting! I can't lead us all...or can I...:])
Roger/Rond Thursday July 19th, 2001 10:51:01 AM
Just as he's about to speak, Roger slightly trips over his feet, as his head feels overbalanced for some reason. (whhhappp). ;)
"Well. Knowing the S of D's. We know their mages, and they'll have a couple of hired guards to help them out. I think we have to look at getting scroll/potions of healing for everyone, but maybe give Draax and I more than most, since most of our contribution is being front line. We can get several silence spells. Maybe even look at a Resurrection scroll or two, in case someone goes down. Maybe some sanctuary scrolls for our spell casters, in case they need some extra time. Some shield scrolls, to protect us from magic missiles. Any other ideas on scrolls/potions? I think our cheaper solutions right now, would be to try to look at scrolls and potions to over come the mages.
"Any other ideas?"
As Roger rubs the back of his head, not knowing why.
Renik Thursday July 19th, 2001 12:24:20 PM
"Sounds good to me, Roger. I say go for it, unless anyone else has any thoughts? Now has anyone else got some money to put in? It's all gone a bit quiet since I mentioned chipping in to the group kitty! Come on folks, get your cash out so that we can get fully tooled up."
He prods the silent party members a couple of times, just to make sure they're still awake.
(OOC: Come on folks, get posting! And if you're having trouble posting, or want to bow out, at least let us know via email.)
Steps/Draax Thursday July 19th, 2001 2:40:52 PM
Steps considers Gullion's request to state his strengths. "Hmm, I normally like to use my bow or throwing knives to cause a little damage before I move in for the kill. I prefer to strike from a distance first and let the magic users use their area spells before I move in. This way I do not hamper them or get caught in the spell, but I am at my best when I am going toe to toe with the enemy.
"I agree with Roger about the scrolls and potions purchases, anything that will keep us alive will always get my vote. Some magic resistance would be good on future purchases. Since we are going to disrupt the Son of Dread's plan, I think that after we accomplished our main mission, if giving the chance and without too great of a risk, we should also hit them in the pocket. If we come across anything monetary we should take it, as long as it does not jeopardize the mission. Normally I would feel bad robbing a temple, but when a temple is used to house the evil, all I can say is that they do not deserve any consideration as a holy place."
Steps drops 1000 gold into the kitty. "I wish I had more, but I spent most of my money earlier."
Steps puts on the masterwork quality chainmail shirts that was confiscated from the dead guard and slowly change his appearance to dead guard that he was studying. "I think stealth, deception, and a little luck should get us into the temple. I do not think this disguise will fool anyone for long, but it may get me close enough to silent someone before they can sound an alarm. I only wish that we had someone that did not go with us last night to scout the place. One of us could go in disguise, but who know how closely they look at visitors or anyone in the vicinity of the temple, which is some of the things that a scout could tell us."
Arien Thursday July 19th, 2001 3:39:55 PM
"Well I believe the encounter with the Sons showed what I can do spell-wise. However when I do exhaust my spells I can fall back on my bow, which I am quite good with if I do say so myself. As for my equipment I have a Cloak of Arachnid which allows me to climb like a spider, a dagger which as you see can discharge a lightning bolt once per day. A Ring of the Ram, and a pair of magical gloves that can store things. Oh and I also have three potions of healing. Now here is two thousand gold for the pool, I think we should focus mostly on healing items for the moment, after all we are going to be going through quite a bit here, probably something akin to the Sahuagin temple, but hopefully without the poison." With a sigh Arien leans back in his chair and absently rubs the back of his head.
"Regardless we should get this going and quickly we should hit the Sons as soon as possible before they come looking for us again."
Renik the Bean Counter Friday July 20th, 2001 4:58:03 AM
"That gives us a total of 14,226 GP. Any more to go in the kitty?"
(OOC: Sorry, 2nd post I know, just playing group treasurer)
Shopping and We're Off! (DM Jerry) Friday July 20th, 2001 12:17:37 PM
The party runs out to shop quickly, but finds that being the middle of the night stops are closed. They manage to wake up a few shopkeepers who are willing to sell them stuff at this hour. [Tell The Catecombs to add+10% to costs of this shopping effort as you had to wake up your shopkeepers. You are assumed to have the items AFTER I get your updated character sheet with them on it. Please put an ampersand (@) before your additions to the sheet so I can see what is new.]
An hour later, the shopping is done and the party is ready to depart. Everyone checks to see that their disguises are off and that they are organized and ready for action.
Rond the leader, plots the route the party will take[post routes please as usual] and the party heads out.
The night is still clear with both moons showing. :)
Sontra (Sunblaze) Friday July 20th, 2001 4:41:17 PM
Sontra follows Rond along, awaiting his lead. His eyes scan for more guards.
(OOC: I'm away for a little bit, this is all I could post right now.)
Roger/Rond Monday July 23rd, 2001 5:41:56 AM
"Here's some initial thoughts before we leave. Renik, since you can do a fair amount of hiding." (Is anyone better? (me, but that's not going to work ;)). "I'm thinking you should be into hiding and moving silently. We'll let everyone else take some of the silence and nondetection scrolls, in order to try to wreak havok. You take the dust of illusion stuff, and see if you can get in and suggest some things to keep them busy. Something like the city guards are pouring into the temple, or something like that. We'll use the chimes to open anything that slows us down. We probably want to be in and out quick. Since the ruckus may or may not raise the guard."
(ooc I'm thinking I'll go into more detail, once we know results of shopping)
"Leaving the B&B we'll head south to Bard st., over the bridge to Buckler St., on to Shield St., then through Helms Way, into Open Palm Market. We'll go over the south bridge, (hard to say if it goes into Outcast Quarter, or Foreign Quarter) and then it looks like we should be able to get in through the gate there. We should be doing our best to not look like a group of six individuals moving thought town. Though hiding and sneaking for those that can. Or flying, to provide early warning. Once there, we'll figure out whether to bring in our flyer or not."
Gullion/ Renik Monday July 23rd, 2001 7:12:35 AM
"As you say, Roger, silence and the shadows are my chief allies. If you wish I will take point, and attempt to prevent making contact with anyone on our route.
"Regarding infiltrating the temple, how does this sound? I quaff an invisibility potion, then use the slippers of spider climb to gain access through a window or the top of the door. Then travelling along the ceiling (which tends to be less likely to be trapped), I can infiltrate until I find either guards or the location of the Flyer Fabricator. Depending on numbers I can either evade, attack, or attempt a magical attack. The Dust of illusion you mention; is that the stuff that changes the appearance of another? If I can find a solitary guard, perhaps altering his appearance will cause the enemy to fight each other..."
"Either way, if you wish it I try to locate the target by stealth whilst you others cause mayhem."
Gullion frowns and runs a hand through his lank and greasy hair.
"I had hoped for some intelligence on this temple in advance. I have asked my contacts to get me any information they can find on the place, but as yet I have heard nothing, and we are running out of time. It is a pity; I like to be as forewarned as possible before entering an enemy's lair. Perhaps news will arrive before we leave."
(OOC: Jerry, any news on those Info gathering rolls? You keep asking for them, I keep sending them, but I've heard nothing from my contacts in ages. If you have anything for me, now's the time!)
"Whatever happens, we should scout the area first. Perhaps one of us should recon the temple exterior, to get an idea of layout, potential entrances, guard numbers and movements and so forth. A See Invisibility potion might prove useful for that task. Damocles, perhaps you might be best for that role if you can be sufficiently disguised or hidden."
-------------- [DM: There would be no information on this temple, except that it's been abandoned for 400 years and rumored to be filled with undead.]
Damocles Monday July 23rd, 2001 3:44:09 PM
Damocles returns from his meditation on things with a dark and somber look. "I understand now what Alemi calls me to do. Justice above the Law. Murder the murderers. Steal from the thieves. Were there another way..." He responds to the prompt he was given. "As far as scouting ahead -- I do not know how fitting I am for that. I am fast, to be certain, but I have no strong means of concealment..."
To Tour the Pyramid
The Abandoned Pyramid (DM Jerry) Monday July 23rd, 2001 4:20:25 PM
Truly one of the most remarkable structures in all of Plateau City, the Abandoned Pyramid rises some 800' into the air and also looks to be about that distance on each of its three sides. The city has put walls around it in case it ever caused major trouble. This almost has the effect of putting it in its own Quarter of the City along with the Foreign Market, although, officially, it is a part of Foreign Quarter as far as maps and taxes are concerned.
The party passes through the marketplace with its empty stalls and closed tents. Gypsy campfires abound.
The entrance is a grand one on the east side. Two huge doors are on this side, each 100' tall.
There is definitely a dwarfing feeling when looking up at this structure.
The top third of the pyramid is shaped a bit differently as each of the three corners are flattened. On the very top of the pyramid is a triangular spire with the walls curved in a concave fashion. The spire is bright silver in color and sparkles in the moonlight.
Sontra (Sunblaze) d20+5=20 Monday July 23rd, 2001 8:37:33 PM
As he walks, Sontra places his Ioun stones over his head. They merely float, but he enjoys them.
Sontra walks along, amazed by the buildings. "It's as if we've stepped into a new part of the Wold. Amazing..." His eyes wander around, and then return to the pyramid.
"Let us begin our jobs..." He pulls his sword out and prepares to battle. His ears seem peaked up, like a cat's (Listen Check 20).
Arien Monday July 23rd, 2001 9:37:16 PM
"Hmm, let's get in and out quickly if we can. Although I doubt it is possible. The flyer maker at this point is a side issue, an important one to be sure, but now we must stop them from enacting this rite, which if I know how these things go will either be powered by a magical device we must steal or a powerful being we must slay, so let's get this over with." Arien checks his various weapons and equipment while the group approaches the temple.
Draax Monday July 23rd, 2001 10:12:58 PM
Draax looks at the impressive building, his mind wonders about the amount of SoDs that could be hiding in the place. Thinking about accomplishing their task brings to mind the image of a needle in a haystack. Thinking about the opportunity to kill Dreads brings a smile to his face.
"OK, do we knock or just go in? They did invite us to visit."
Renik Tuesday July 24th, 2001 5:43:15 AM
Turning to Rond Renik says "Well, here we are. And mighty imposing here is, too. How do you want to play this? Do you want me invisible and scouting ahead along the ceiling? If so I'd best drink this invisibility potion and get in position above the entrance."
He awaits Rond's battleplan, scanning the area ahead for any sign of guards or defenses.
Rond Tuesday July 24th, 2001 9:37:21 AM
Hissing at Sontra, "Put sword that away. You want to advertise to the whole world that we're the ones going to invade the temple? Or to put the guards on the lookout, if there are any?"
Looking to Damocles, "I forgot that we need to get you those lenses of the eagles. Can you go in a couple of ever smaller circles around the temple, and see if you can see anything from above? Go close enough to see whether there might be any other way, other than the front door. Do not go closer unless you have to, since they are magic users, and we do not know what they are capable of." (OOC: Aerial reconnasaince, I like it. Now hop to it MARINE! ;) )
Looking at the rest of the group, "I want to see if there are any outside guards, first. The first step is just to get inside without setting off the alarm, if we can. I'll plan accordingly after that. If there is only one or two guards at the entrance here is what I want to consider." Looking at Draax, "Since you are disguised, let's see about using that to our advantage. You lead Renik in as if he's your prisoner. If questioned, see how believable an escape story you can make up. Say Renik was your caretaker, and you held him at knife point to get out. If you can get past the guards with no communication to the inside of the temple, then get out of sight, and take the guards out from behind. We'll be watching from out front, so if you get into trouble, signal by taking off your hat and bowing, or something just as suitable. Either way, we'll come as soon as we see.
"This is all after we get some word from Damocles as to what may be in or around the temple.
"Keep in mind: Avoid using names as much as possible. If you have an idea that is not a part of the plan, voice the idea, and let me decide. Do not charge off on some idea, assuming that we will follow." Giving the hairy eyeball to Sontra. (OOC ;) ).
(OOC: Final price checks, and cash reserve checks, and I'll give some more overall details.)
Damocles Tuesday July 24th, 2001 10:20:28 AM
The priest of Alemi nods, and his wardrobe transforms into an ornate black suit of armor, no decorative markings on it, but shaped to look foreboding. His helm closes in around his head and he pushes his huge white wings into the sky. "I shall let you know what I can find," he states, hovering above the group, and then with great pumps of his wings begins to make wide circles of the tower, staying about a hundred and fifty feet from the tower, but trying to note whatever movement on the surface, or lights inside, that he can.
Chanting [DM Jerry] Wednesday July 25th, 2001 1:06:13 PM
Sontra hears chanting from inside the pyramid. It makes her shiver. The sounds are evil in their intonation. It's as if hundreds of mages were all casting the same spell at the same time.
Damocles circles the pyramid several times and spots no guards at all. Strange.
Sontra (Sunblaze) Wednesday July 25th, 2001 3:03:32 PM
Sontra whispers to the group. "Something evil, or... I don't know. But they are doing something. It's almost like a spell..." He looks at Rond for a moment. "My sword shall go away, but my scrolls shall not." He grabs out a piece of parchment, old and battered (flaming sphere) and another, this one clean (Protection from Arrows).
"One of these shall guide darts and bolts away from thee, and the other makes a flaming ball. I prefer that one." A smile comes to his face, and he looks around, walking along.
(OOC: Soon I'm going to be on vacation for two weeks. I don't know the exact date, but I'll get it to you soon. Can anyobdy post for Sunblaze/Sontra while I'm gone?)
Arien Thursday July 26th, 2001 3:31:47 AM
"Ah yes," Arien drawls when Sunblaze describes the scroll of flaming sphere. "I know that one, its a favorite of mine actually. If you like sometime I can teach it to you, in fact perhaps if we survive this we can trade spells a bit."
Renik Thursday July 26th, 2001 6:50:40 AM
"Well, no visible guards (although that does not mean there are not invisible ones, or alarms). I suppose we should make our entrance then, eh?" He grins round at the others as they lurk in the shadows across from the pyramid.
"If there are no guards to deceive at the door, how about I approach the building alone, invisible, then climb to a position above the door (where any waiting guards will be unlikely to check), and use the chime of opening to get us in? That way I can scout ahead along the ceiling, and if there are any guards lurking, we should get the drop on them."
Renik looks to Rond for approval or an alternate plan, wondering what unholy evil the mages within are perpetrating.
Rond Thursday July 26th, 2001 6:50:53 AM
"Let's get the non-detection in place now, before we get any closer. Whoever can use these, will you help casts these on everyone?"
Once the casting is done.
"Renik, why don't you go in for closer perimeter inspection. Use the invisibility potion. I'm thinking that if the outside is still all clear, that at the entrance, is when we should get the shield spell going. If the outside is clear, then we proceed in with Renik in the lead. We want to do this quick, so if a door or lock slows you down Renik, use the chime. Once the invisibility wears out (ooc do we know how long?), then we'll be closer behind you."
"I want the marching order as follows: Renik, me, Sontra, Arien, Damocles, Draax. If we go two wide, then Sontra/Arien, and Damocles/Draax."
"Any questions?"
If no questions, we'll proceed as outlined.
Renik (Again, sorry! Missed a bit) Thursday July 26th, 2001 6:56:12 AM
Renik hands back the Shield and Nondetection scrolls. "I'm sorry, I've never learned how to read scrolls. Perhaps someone could cast these on me at the appropriate time."
Draax Thursday July 26th, 2001 4:22:04 PM
Draax listens to the ideas and the final plan. He take a small rock and after washing it off he puts it in his mouth, pushes it against the inside of his mouth with his tongue and begins to mumble as he practices talking with it in his mouth. He removes the rock and says to his comrades. "If I have to use the guard disguise and talk to anyone I want to make sure that they will notice that my voice does not fit the face." He wraps the rock in cloth and puts it in his pocket for when he needs it.
Answering Rond's question about questions, Draax replies, "No questions here, I am as ready as I will be."
The Doors of Blood (DM Jerry) Thursday July 26th, 2001 4:39:48 PM
The chanting stops for a minute. The doors suddenly glow a bit red and pulse 3 times. Then they stop. A feeling of evil energy washes over you and then passes.
The chanting starts again.
Rond Friday July 27th, 2001 9:01:06 AM
(Assuming we're all at the doors and shield and non-detections spells have been cast) Rond whispers, "Let's get this on the Rond. Renik, lead us in."
Damocles Friday July 27th, 2001 9:20:27 AM
Damocles nods to those below and lands, his wings folding up behind him. "Justicar is ready" he says, brandishing his heavy mace. "We shall eliminate the threat... we should do it soon." He seems a bit unnerved by the pulsing doors and pauses for a moment. "We should do it very soon."
Renik d20+12=22 Friday July 27th, 2001 10:01:25 AM
Renik too is somewhat concerned by the pulsing doors. What nefarious new magic is this?
Still, they must proceed. First he lifts the hood of his cloak of Elvenkind over his head, causing him to fade somewhat into the background. Then he gulps down the invisibility potion, and feels a slight tingle as the Shield and Nondetection spells take effect (I too am assuming these have been cast on me).
As he fades from sight Renik scoots up the side of the pyramid until he is positioned above the door. Then, once his companions are ready, he removes the Chime of Opening from his pack, and aims it at the door, activating it.
Assuming the doors swing open, he scuttles into the passageway, as quietly as he is able (Move Silently DC 22), hanging invisibly upside down from the ceiling courtesy of his Spider Climb slippers.
He scans the corridor for hostiles before returning to the others and letting them know what to expect.
Sontra (Sunblaze) Friday July 27th, 2001 2:57:48 PM
Sontra casts the necesary spells on Renik before he leaves, and awaits his return. To be safe, he walks over to the door, and walks to above it. So that if an enemy comes out, Sontra can jump on top of them quickly.
He looks to Rond, as if awaiting approval.
Arien Friday July 27th, 2001 4:01:33 PM
While Renik is scouting the corridor Arien does a last minute check of his equipment. He checks his quiver, the string on his bow and his other weapons. Once his is satisfied with them he mentally reviews what spells he has memorized.
After he is done he climbs up next to Sunblaze and asks, "What spells do you have memorized for this little event tonight? Most of my spells are for combat, I do have a few basic spells for detecting magic and the like as well as Mage Armor for protection."
Sontra (Sunblaze) Friday July 27th, 2001 4:25:18 PM
Sontra quickly goes through his memory and checks what spells he has. "Light...Fake Sound, Sunblaze's Mark, Detect Magic three times, Read Magic, Cause Fear, Charm Person, Ray of Enfeeblement, Sleep, Sunblaze's Hidden Servant, Go Invisible... I have that twice, Forever Burning Flame, Light again, and another Read magic. I also have 2 Stinky Cloud Spells, 3 Flaming Spheres, and 2 Protection from Arrows. Take one of each... I won't be able to cast them all."
Draax Friday July 27th, 2001 4:41:49 PM
When the chime causes the door to open, Draax moves a little to the side so that he is not standing directly in front of the door. He puts his hand on his sword ready to pull it if anything is on the other side waiting for them. Thinking out loud, Draax says in a soft voice, "I hope the chanting means that they are all concentrated in one place and that place is not where we need to go." Draax shrugs his shoulders as if it does not really matter. He knows that the group will do whatever it takes to accomplish their mission.
Open Sesame (DM Jerry) Saturday July 28th, 2001 12:12:02 AM
The doors shake once, twice, and a third time. The chime also vibrates. The two fight each other for a time. Then with a loud tinkling sound, the chime shatters as if made of glass sending shards in all directions.
The shards sting, but don't do damage unless rubbed.
The doors stand still and closed.
Then silently they swing open about 6 inches.
[Thanks for being such a great group. Donna takes over on Monday. Good Luck.]
Sontra (Sunblaze) Sunday July 29th, 2001 8:37:07 PM
(OOC: I'll be gone from Friday the third until at least Friday the 17th. Bill will be talking over for me... All glad that you get a good writer?)
Sontra, when seeing the Chime break, merely wonders if he could fix it. Not much caring about the money spent for it, nor about the door opening.
He pulls a piece or two from his arms and puts them in his haversack. He jumps down, and gathers the rest, placing them too in his bag.
His mind continues to review his spells. They'll need to be cast quickly, in the heat of battle. He pulls out an Ioun Stone, holding it tightly, within his hand, letting the magic become part of his own. Placing it on the ground, he lets a spell go, onto it (Continual Flame). It comes to life with fire, giving off light, but not heat.
Renik d20+12=31 d20+2=5 Monday July 30th, 2001 6:36:39 AM
Well, so much for the Chime of Opening. At least the door is open...
Invisible, he makes his way into the corridor, his slippers of Spider Climbing fixing him firmly to the ceiling. He scouts ahead some distance, moving as quietly as possible (Move Silent DC 31) keeping an eye out for hostiles or potential traps (Spot DC 5; oh dear!). Once he has an idea of the interior layout, he reports back to his comrades.
(OOC: Welcome Donna, nice to have you with us! Try not to kill us all too soon, OK? ;-)
Rond Monday July 30th, 2001 9:47:39 AM
Rond wonders about whether the group would have gotten in without the chime, or whether this bodes not so well for the group, if someone is letting us in. As per plan, Rond waits for Renik to scout ahead, and report back.
Draax Monday July 30th, 2001 2:28:10 PM
As a reflex Draax puts his arm up to protect his face as the chime shatters. When the door opens he waits for the onslaught of enemies that never comes. Relaxing a little, he watches Renik enter the temple and waits with the others for the signal to enter.
Pyramid Scheme (DM Donna) Monday July 30th, 2001 3:44:29 PM
As his teammates wait anxiously without, Renik enters the area beyond the barely-opened portal, having to push at least one of the doors further open in order to do so.
(Renik needs to roll a Move Silently check--but it's to see if the door he pushes open does so silently, or if it crrrrrrrreeeeeaks open, so the DC is 10, but Renik can't apply any Dexterity bonus to the roll, since Renik's personal Dexterity doesn't effect the door. Any Ranks in that skill [magical or earned] MAY be applied, however.)
Outside, the stillness of the night, coupled with the intensity of having to fulfill this mission, begins to weigh heavily on the other Windhorn Hamleteers.
(The rest of you lot need to roll a Listen check versus DC 15 in order to hear a potentially ominous rustling sound... those who roll 19 or more can orient on the sound and opt to go check out the source--which will then require a successful Spot check of 15 or more.)
Damocles d20+5=18 Monday July 30th, 2001 9:34:40 PM
Damocles pricks his ears up at a sound in the distance, trying to orient on it. He puts a finger to his lips as if to shush the rest of the group.
Rond (Ponzi, or not Ponzi?) d20+2=17 Monday July 30th, 2001 10:13:13 PM
Hearing something at the same time as Damocles, Rond looks at Damocles and tries to figure out what direction the sound comes from.
If it is something from outside of the temple, Rond is ready to blend into the background, in order to see what it is. Rond is also prepared to get people to move out from the doorway, if necessary.
Sontra(Sunblaze) d20+5=15 d100=47 Monday July 30th, 2001 10:53:15 PM
Sontra faintly hears a noise emanating from what appears to be all around him. Not knowing where it's from, he holds his stone tightly, preparing for a battle even before they have entered the temple.
His voice makes a small noise, to the group, but all that was heard was, "...trouble..."
Draax d20+1=11 Monday July 30th, 2001 11:58:05 PM
As his companion starts becoming alert and looking around. Draax tries to looks around and listen for anything out of place. Not getting any clues to what set the rest of the group off, Draax looks at them puzzled, but trusting their instincts he immediately prepares himself for trouble. Seeing Damocles put his finger to his lips, Draax looks at him and silently mouths the word, “What?”. Hearing Sunblaze’s comment about trouble, Draax quickly looks up at the bard, hoping that by doing so he will get some idea of where the danger might come from.
Arien d20=15 Tuesday July 31st, 2001 1:22:10 AM
As Arien waits tensely for Renik to return with news of the interior Arien dimly hears a rustling noise, but ignores it as he waits.
Renik (Invisible, Upside Down) d20+8=17 d20+4=14 d20+12=13 Tuesday July 31st, 2001 4:09:06 AM
Renik gently eases the great door open without a sound (Move Silent 17), and slips inside. He doesn't notice the sounds that have got his companions so nervous (Listen 14), instead proceeding along the ceiling of the pyramid interior, getting information about the layout before reporting back to his companions. His first step, however, dislodges a small stone in the ceiling, that falls to the corridor below (Move Silent 13, natural roll of 1: Aaarrgghh!)
Things That Go "Bump" in the Night (DM Donna) Tuesday July 31st, 2001 6:45:08 AM
Outside the pyramid, the desperately-seeking-silence party freezes as nearby rustling is heard by them, but its source isn't immediately apparent...until the tiny form of a roguester (the Woldian equivalent of a racoon) comes creeping into view, half-dragging along with it some discarded food product with wrapping paper still partially stuck to it. The critter stops once it becomes aware of the party, its dark eyes blinking within its mask. Then the roguester ambles quickly off in another direction, not wishing the people it has encountered to take away its stealthily-gotten booty.
Inside the large entry chamber, Renik is standing on the ceiling and taking deep (but silent) breaths in an effort to calm his anxiety. Eventually he realizes that there is nobody inside this room but himself.
The room is trapezoidal in shape--it roughly parallels the exterior walls of the pyramid; the wall with the exterior doors in the middle of it is about three hundred feet long, the wall opposite it, however, is only one hundred feet long, and the room roughly one hundred feet deep. Opposite the exterior doors is another doorway...arched, open and of a lesser scale--about twenty feet wide by twenty-five feet high.
The walls of the entry chamber are adorned by bas-relief painted with faded colors. The partially-three-dimensional pictures probably depict life at the time of the pyramid's construction or some such, but Renik can't tell from 115 feet in the air (and upside-down, to boot!)
Sconces with guttering torches dot the walls every 20 feet or so. There is a small pile of partially-crumbled stone blocks sprinkled in one corner of the room. There is the musty smell that permeates the air...and the chanting definitely sounds louder from the arched doorway.
Renik (Invisible, Upside Down) d20+12=23 d20+2=19 d20+12=26 Tuesday July 31st, 2001 9:50:24 AM
Renik makes his way quietly (Move Silently 23) across the ceiling, until he is in a position to poke his head under the top of the doorframe on the far wall.
From this covered location he peers about, trying to make out how many mages are visible, where they are located, and what they are up to. In particular he tries to make out anything that might be generating the flyers (Spot 19).
Once this information is gathered he makes his way back to the remainder of the group to report his findings, ensuring that he continues to move across the ceiling with care (Move Silent 26).
Draax Tuesday July 31st, 2001 11:28:42 AM
Draax follows the others' eyes to the animal; he lets out a breath that he did not realize that he was holding. He smiles and then frowns as he looks at the sword in his hand that he does not remember drawing. Putting the sword back in his sheath, Draax waits patiently for Renik to return with the scouting report.
Rond Tuesday July 31st, 2001 2:04:08 PM
Quickly pin-pointing the source of the noise, Rond lets himself relax a slight bit. He thinks to himself, "If only life were that simple." Turning back to the matter at hand, Rond tries to wait patiently for Renik to return.
In an attempt to stay calm, Rond quickly casts a glance over every person in the group, to make sure they are all accounted for.
Sontra (Sunblaze) d20+5=14 Tuesday July 31st, 2001 5:28:35 PM
As Sontra sees the roguester, he looks somewhat angry. His wished it was 'trouble'. He looks at the group, making sure that they are still ready.
Sontra makes sure the group is quiet and attempts to hear the sounds around him (Listen Check: 9 +1rank, +2wis, +2race= 14.)
He places the Ioun Stone upon his head, and it rotates around it. He smiles faintly, knowing that his magic will eventully do better than this.
Damocles Tuesday July 31st, 2001 11:11:29 PM
Damocles unfurls his wings and soars to a nearby wall, sticking on that, once he does and smiling to Renik on the ceiling. He looks down at the figure below his feet, trying to make out exactly what it is.
Behind Doorway #2 (DM Donna) Wednesday August 1st, 2001 6:48:47 AM
Renik crosses the ceiling and down about ninety feet of wall before getting into a position where he can peek through the arched doorway into the room beyond the entry chamber. Although it is rather weird for him to view the tableau upside-down, he can see that it is 100 feet square, with a ceiling similar in height to the one that graces the entry chamber, and torches in sconces that illuminate its area also. There is an intricate, stone-and-metalwork circular stairway that runs upward towards the ceiling and downwards through an opening in the floor. The stairs are about twenty feet in diameter. Opposite the archway Renik is peeking through is a similar archway.
Renik can definitely tell that the chanting--though still unintelligible--is louder from this room.
Draax Wednesday August 1st, 2001 8:40:39 AM
Draax stands to the side of the opened door waiting for Renik to return or something else to get their attention. He smiles at his reaction to the small animal. He realizes that it was not the appearance of the roguester that has him jumpy. The real reason that he is on edge is the lack of guards, he just can't bring himself to believe that the entrance would be unguarded. "Whispering in a small voice his says to himself, "This just does not feel right. Where is the security? Magic cannot be their only protection."
Rond Wednesday August 1st, 2001 9:11:39 AM
Rond continues to wait for Renik to return with a scouting report. As Damocles takes to the air, anyone watching can see the flash of anger cross over Rond's face. After a few seconds, Rond shrugs his shoulders as if to say 'sae la vie'. (sp?) ('c'est la vie' (Kim))
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=14 d20+12=29 d20+2=16 Wednesday August 1st, 2001 10:52:57 AM
Renik considers continuing further inside the pyramid, but decides instead to favour caution. If he is somehow spotted, this far from his companions he will surely be slain. He returns quietly to the front door (move silent 14), and his disembodied voice says to his waiting companions;
"The first chamber would seem to be empty. If you all follow me across the ceiling we should be safe from any traps. There is a doorway on the far wall. If you wait for me there, on the wall and out of sight, I will investigate further. From what I have seen there is another chamber beyond the first, with a spiral staircase leading to a chamber above and another below. Also there is another doorway on the far side of the room. I heard the chanting louder in that second chamber, but as yet I have seen no guards or mages. Be on your guard though; they may well have invisible guards themselves."
If the rest of the party are in agreement he sets off back to the doorway to the second chamber, and enters (move silent 29). Still keeping to the ceiling he makes his way across the chamber, avoiding the stairway, and checks to see what is visible through the next doorway (Spot 16).
Sontra (Sunblaze) Wednesday August 1st, 2001 5:03:34 PM
Sontra pulls out his Flaming Sphere scroll, and places it in one of his scroll cases, within his robe. It's there for easy retrieval, when the battle breaks out.
Sontra listens to Renik and then follows him into the large vast building, wondering what dangers await him and his companions as they go into the heart of what seemed to be heart of the evil, at least one of its many hearts.
Damocles Thursday August 2nd, 2001 12:04:55 AM
Damocles continues his travel, moving sluggishly along the wall. He flies to the middle of the room and pulls off his slippers, replacing them with his more familiar boots. (Changed back into boots of striding and springing)
Arien Thursday August 2nd, 2001 12:23:01 AM
Arien waits for his turn and then follows the others into the temple.
Did YOU Hear Something..??? (DM Donna) d20=13 d20=20 d20=4 d20=3 d20=12 d20=6 Thursday August 2nd, 2001 6:34:38 AM
The rest of the party follows Renik back into the eerie confines of the entry chamber. The musty smell of ages gone by is in the air and the chanting voices are louder from the doorway opposite the entrance into the pyramid.
Renik sees nothing in the second room--the one with the circular stairs. Rond, however, as he stealthily approaches the archway, orients on the origin of the chanting...
...the voices are floating UP, from the unknown depths below the party's present location. The sonorious yet malevolent mantra continues.
Rond Thursday August 2nd, 2001 8:05:49 AM
As the group proceeds across the top of the room, Rond lightly hisses at everyone. When he gets their attention, he gets them to gather closely around him. Whispering, "It sound like to me, that the mages are directly below us. I think we should investigate the floor, and see if it's real. That might be one reason why there are no guards. Anyone with rope? I'd like Renik to investigate, with him tied off to one of us up here, in case something happens.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=22 d20+2=20 d20+4=8 Thursday August 2nd, 2001 8:37:34 AM
Invisibly Renik nods. Crouching against the ceiling so that his pack is the right way up, he unfurls a 50' length of and ties one end firmly around his waist. The other end he hands to Rond. He whispers in Rond's ear; "As you can't see me, one tug for danger, 2 tugs for follow me. OK?" He waits for a response, then moves off. As he moves away the rope becomes visible some 10' behind him. He proceeds down the right hand wall, and prods at the floor with his rapier before proceeding.
Assuming the floor turns out to be solid, Renik creeps towards the staircase (Move Silent 22), keeping an eye out for any sign of movement. If nothing bars his progress he will try to peer down the stairs (Spot 20) and make out what the chanting is about (Listen 8).
Sontra (Sunblaze) Thursday August 2nd, 2001 5:09:09 PM
Sontra watches Rond and Renik whispering, and understands what's going on. "Someone else should go with him, I do not doubt Renik's talents, but alone, he could get killed. If someone went with, at least they might have a chance." His voice is calm and quiet, yet he seems disturbed.
"I can make another two of us invisible right now, so that we can help him. Also... oh nevermind. If we live I can worry about it." He rubs his ring, knowing the magic in it is unable to get to him, but still he tries. His eyes closed, Sontra sits, upside down, letting the magic of the temple, of his items and of the Wold flow through him, giving him strength to bend the magic to create spells.
Arien Saturday August 4th, 2001 12:10:53 AM
As Renik descends down the stairway Arien positions himself above it so that he might cover Renik should he need to make a hasty retreat.
Sontra / Sunblaze (Kim) d20+2=5 Saturday August 4th, 2001 11:39:30 PM
As the inverted meditation goes on, Marcus' words come back to Sunblaze. All her companions are out of disguise, and she is the only one retaining hers. This could link the two groups. Thinking to herself, 'Shall I change now, or not?' Sontra looks about, trying to sense whether they are being watched.
[Wisdom check 5 vs DC 15.] Figuring no one outside of her friends is watching at the moment, Sunblaze takes a few moments to return to her own self. Sunblaze, the bard and mage. She'll save Sontra for when she's ... on her other job. She shakes out her long hair, then ties it in a ponytail with a bit of cloth.
As she does this, some of the words of the scroll that Patriarch Orotai gave her to read daily begin to pass through her mind.
"Happy is the man who finds wisdom, And the man who gains understanding; For her proceeds are better than the profits of silver, And her gain than fine gold. She is more precious than rubies, And all the things you may desire cannot compare with her. Length of days is in her right hand, In her left hand riches and honor. Her ways are ways of pleasantness, And all her paths are peace. She is a tree of life to those who take hold of her, And happy are all who retain her.
"He who corrects a scoffer gets shame for himself, And he who rebukes a wicked man only harms himself. Do not correct a scoffer, lest he hate you; Rebuke a wise man, and he will love you. Give instruction to a wise man, and he will be still wiser; Teach a just man, and he will increase in learning.
"To do evil is like sport to a fool, But a man of understanding has wisdom. The fear of the wicked will come upon him, And the desire of the righteous will be granted. When the whirlwind passes by, the wicked is no more, But the righteous has an everlasting foundation."
Sunblaze resolves to meditate more on the contents of the scrolls. Maybe Damocles will help her understand them better. 'When the whirlwind passes by...' She smiles, then frowns slightly, then wonders if anyone wants to take her up on her offer to turn them invisible.
To See or Not To See..? (DM Donna) Sunday August 5th, 2001 7:29:23 AM
Renik's probings reveal that the floor is solid to his reckoning. Moving over to the stairway, the chanting--though louder--is still unintelligible to the man's ears, but his sharp eyes make out a large, square chamber that this stairway descends into--the lower room looks to be about 100 feet square with two archways in roughly the same location to each other and to the two archways up here on the level the party is presently occupying.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+2=4 d20+12=26 d20+4=23 Monday August 6th, 2001 9:13:01 AM
Satisfied that the chamber is reasonably safe, Renik tugs twice at the rope. When the party has joined him he removes the rope, recoiling it in his pack, and whispers;
"I'll scout ahead downstairs. Best I go alone; one set of eyes and ears are all that are needed, and more than one investigator increases the risk of detection."
He makes his way down into the chamber below, avoiding the stairs, and instead walking on the underside of the stairway until he can slip out onto the ceiling of the chamber below. He checks to make the chamber is deserted (Spot 4), then creeps across the ceiling towards the source of the chanting (Listen 23, Move silent 26).
Rond Monday August 6th, 2001 11:09:58 AM
As motions to the party to proceed to the floor, when Renik give the signal via the rope. After Renik speaks Rond mentions, "Don't take long, time is of the essence."
Sunblaze (Kim) Monday August 6th, 2001 12:54:46 PM
Sunblaze nods toward the disembodied voice of Renik. Agreeing inwardly with Rond, she is anxious to move forward into this ancient edifice. "I hope you're praying," she whispers to Damocles.
Draax Monday August 6th, 2001 4:38:28 PM
When given the signal, Draax climbs down to floor and takes up a guarded position. He waits for orders from Rond or to hear Renik’s voice about what he learned from his scouting.
Arien Monday August 6th, 2001 10:20:29 PM
Once the floor was deemed safe and while Renik descended the stairs to scout ahead Arien prowls about the room looking for anything that could indicate a hidden passage or a peep hole in the wall or the like.
Recon Work (DM Donna) d20+7=17 Tuesday August 7th, 2001 6:34:22 AM
The ground-level stairway chamber is old and musty and--so far as Arien can tell, doesn't appear to contain any kind of secret passage or peepholes of any kind. (OOC: made the Spot check that you should try to remember to roll yourself next time.) The high elf can see that the next chamber is another roughly 100-foot-square room with benches arranged to face a rather crumbly stone altar that has suffered deterioration over time, as there is no top to it and the four miniature columns/supports for whatever used to be there are at different heights.
Renik cautiously descends the underside of the spiral stairs, his eyes sharply darting this way and that, and his ears easily distinguishing the direction from which the chanting is issuing. Once he is on the ceiling of this level, he sees that the stairs continue ever downward (at least three more levels.)
The chanting comes loudest from the open doorway to the right of the staircase, and so the warrior-rogue carefully makes his way over to that portal, once more peeking into the opening from his upside-down position.
The area beyond the doorway opens into a corridor that roughly follows the size and shape of the archway and extends in a straight line for as far as Renik can see. There are torches set in holders every 25 feet or so along the walls, and the man counts off four torches before hearing the sound of approaching footsteps from the archway on the left (the one the chanting was NOT coming from)...
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=25 d20+12=31 d20+4=24 d20+2=12 Tuesday August 7th, 2001 9:46:13 AM
Renik is about to head down the passageway when he hears footsteps coming from behind. Although time is indeed of the essence, he has to be sure these men don't discover his companions...
He moves back to the stairway (Move Silent 25), and prepares to rejoin his comrades swiftly to give warning should the approaching men start to climb the stairs. If they head down the corridor he will follow them.
(OOC: Move Silently 31 for either action (returning upstairs or following)
He attempts to eavesdrop on whatever conversation is taking place (Listen 24, Nat. 20), and to get a good view of whoever it is that is approaching (Spot 12).
Rond d20=7 d20=20 Tuesday August 7th, 2001 1:18:49 PM
Feeling time crawling along at a snail's pace, Rond looks around the space they are in, looking for any other details that the group might have missed before. (Spot check of 7 and search check of 20. Currently I don't have online access at home. I need DM to add any +'s from the sheet they have, please! :))
Draax Tuesday August 7th, 2001 6:02:32 PM
Draax plays the waiting game with the others as Renik continues the recon.
Sunblaze (Kim) d20+9=27 d20+3=17 Tuesday August 7th, 2001 8:17:09 PM
Sunblaze cautiously moves over to the next room, and, with the help of Trent, her viper familiar, scopes out the crumbled altar, and carefully probes beneath it with the end of her longsword, gently moving aside rubble to see the floor underneath. (Spot 27, Search 17.)
Surprise..! (DM Donna) d20+2=20 Wednesday August 8th, 2001 7:44:48 AM
Rond continues to check out the ground floor staircase room--and finds nothing out of the ordinary for an old pyramid.
Sunblaze--upon approaching the altar--sees that there are two doors in the furthest corners of the room. (Since Sunblaze is walking northwards towards the altar, the doors are in the extreme northeast and northwest corners--one in the east wall and the other in the west.) These doors appear to be made of the same stony material as the rest of the pyramid and are crafted to blend very well into the rest of the stone, but Sunblaze's sharp eyes make out that they are there. (OOC: made a Spot check.)
At the altar itself, however, there are no surprises... it's just an old altar whose time of glory has come and gone.
Meanwhile, in the stairway room one level down, Renik's eyes widen in horror as he sees shuffling into the room the decrepit form of a human--or what must have once been a human, for it is wrapped in rotting bandages and looks like it has been dehydrated to within an inch of its now-unnatural life. The slow-but-steady foul thing step-drags itself towards the staircase...and slowly, painfully begins to climb the steps...
(OOC: anyone left in the ground-floor stairway room can make Spot and/or Listen checks versus DC12 to see this undead thing start up the staircase--making one or the other will allow your character to see, hear and smell it coming & warn the others with you. Those making either check will also be able to calculate that "Twinkletoes" will arrive in the ground-floor chamber in roughly two rounds.)
Rond d20=8 d20=3 Wednesday August 8th, 2001 9:54:53 PM
Rond continues to wait for Renik to get back to the group. Rond wishes he could pace, because this waiting stuff just isn't working for him. (Spot=8 listen=3. ooc cable and phone service to return on the 13th. Till then I must apologize, and depend upon DM to add in my +'s)
Draax d20+1=19 Thursday August 9th, 2001 2:24:39 AM
Getting a little impatient with the waiting game, Draax looks down the stairs to see if he sees Renik. He sees Renik and thinks that he recognized a look of horror come across he comrades face. The shuffling undead that comes in to view confirms that he did see Renik eyes go wide. Turning to the other he says in a low voice. "Guys, I think we have company." Pointing to the creature as it tries to make its way up the stairs.
Sunblaze (Kim) d20+9=16 d20+9=28 d20+19=20 Thursday August 9th, 2001 5:03:22 AM
[Note: having her familiar add eyes, ears, and its snakey senses, grants a +9 to spot (16) and +9 to listen (28).] Sunblaze checks out the door to the northwest more closely, looking to see what mechanism might open it. With her senses augmented via Trent, her viper, the elf hears Draax's low warning from the next room. She leaves off her inspection of the doorway, and quietly returns to the room with the stairway. Sword drawn, but concealed to her side, Sunblaze blends in, hiding right next the wall. (Needed a +19 to get a 20 to hide? Sheesh.)
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+2=19 d20+4=9 Thursday August 9th, 2001 5:20:38 AM
Renik returns to warn his companions, but its seems Draax has already spotted the shambling horror (OOC: But not Renik: he's invisible!) and. Renik elects to hold back, clinging invisibly to the underside of the stairway out of the creature's reach. He knows that if he joins the attck his invisiblity will end. He hopes his companions will be able to dispatch it swiftly (and without too much noise), but draws his rapier to provide assistance should it be required.
As the monster approaches Renik scans the area for any signs of further foes (Spot 19, Listen 9)
My Eyes Just CAN'T Believe What They're Seeing..! (DM Donna) d20+9=22 d20+10=25 d20+6=21 Thursday August 9th, 2001 6:48:28 AM
As the mummified undead thing hobbles up the stairway, something strikes Sunblaze (as well as Arien and Damocles) as odd--the image of the monster shimmers for a split-second...as though it were merely a mirage in the desert. Anybody else in the party who lacks the Spellcraft skill doesn't notice this, however.
Renik's eagle eye, however, sees several shadows (cast by light sources from within the area beyond the archway to the left of the staircase) advance across the floor of the lower stairway chamber...somebody, it seems, is walking into that room...
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=26 d20+2=12 d20+4=18 Thursday August 9th, 2001 7:04:09 AM
"Hssst!" whispers Renik urgently to his companions. "More foes are moving downstairs! I shall investigate!"
Clinging once again to the underside of the stairs, he makes his way back down, keeping out or reach of the advancing mummy, hoping to get a better view of the approaching figures.
(Move Silent 26, Spot 12, Listen 18)
Damocles Thursday August 9th, 2001 11:53:36 AM
Damocles floats lower, down towards the mummy, questioning what he should do about it. He seems to ponder merely dropping in front of it for a moment, but hesitates.
Draax Thursday August 9th, 2001 5:51:50 PM
Draax reprimands himself for an overactive imagination, remembering that he cannot see Renik because he is invisible. :)
He takes another look to make sure that the creature was not just his imagination. Seeing the creature still advancing convinces him that it is real. He pulls his sword and waits for it to get to their level.
As he watches Damocles' descent toward the creature, he starts to think that maybe they will not have to wait long.
Sunblaze (Kim) Thursday August 9th, 2001 11:21:17 PM
Sunblaze looks to her companions to see what they will do. If it were a person coming up the stairs, then she would think about talking. But this shrouded figure... what is that shimmering? Has someone cast an illusion to deceive them? Make them give themselves away with an ephemeral image? Oh, she can smell it, too. A somewhat convincing illusion, if that it is. Her fingers move along the hilt of her marvelous sword. Attack, or talk, or wait?
Clarifying Positions & Suppositions (DM Donna) Friday August 10th, 2001 6:45:34 AM
This is a rather OOC post, but it contains information that all the characters would know now, as well as information that those characters whom made that Spellcraft check I rolled for them last post would know, too.
The shimmering mummy: everyone who saw the mummy "shimmer" for a moment now realizes that it is, indeed, an illusion--a very VERY sophisticated one. Those possessing Spellcraft as a skill should also make another Spellcraft check versus DC 20 (successful checks mean that your PC suddenly realizes that such an illusion is a sort of alarm trigger, and that attacking it will set off the alarm.)
The ground floor stairway room: this is a square room--it is 100 feet wide by 100 feet long; the ceiling is about 120 feet high; there are two open archways in the room--one in the north wall (leading to that altar room) and one in the south wall (leading to the entry chamber); both archways are about twenty feet high and fifteen or so feet wide.
There is a large, intricately-constructed metal-and-stone circular stairway that spirals up to another level as well as down to the level that Renik currently occupies all by himself. The stairway is in the very center of the room; the treads (set in an open pattern) are stone while the rest of that stairway is made of wrought metal that must have taken the finest craftsmen a very long time to construct.
The mummy--when it arrives topside--will be stepping off the stairs facing west, and will probably turn south towards the entrance that the party came into the pyramid through.
The chamber has metal sconces that hold torches along all four of its walls, starting on either side of both archways and then spaced out about twenty feet apart or so.
The ground floor stairway room also has bas-relief and faded frescoes and such, but nobody has tried examining them, nor have any of the designs or pictures caught anyone's attention. (They're old, they're there...and not really important in & of themselves.)
The lower-level stairway chamber (the one Renik and the mummy now occupy) is identical to the ground floor stairway chamber. The north doorway of Renik's location has the chanting sounding ever-louder from it.
Renik has alerted the party (as you've seen from his post) that something/somebody else is also coming into the room he is in (and that the mummy is about to exit, as one round has gone by, and the second round is about to commence) and has gone to sneek a peek at the south archway of his room...his rolls have been good enough so that he can tell there are several individuals beginning to follow the mummy's path.
Take this time to clarify exactly where your character is, and exactly what they intend to do. Once everyone who is present has posted, I'll continue with how the events unfold. 8)
Arien d20+10=25 Friday August 10th, 2001 7:19:49 PM
Arien stares at the image for a moment then blinks several times in amazement of the sophisticated illusion in front of him. He signs to the others to not do anything to it. Then after hearing Renik's warning Arien motions for the others to hide and positions himself as best he can near the stairs for an ambush should it come to that.
(OOC: What style of stairs are these? and where are they in room?)
There is a large, intricately-constructed metal-and-stone circular stairway that spirals up to another level as well as down to the level that Renik currently occupies all by himself. The stairway is in the very center of the room; the treads (set in an open pattern) are stone while the rest of that stairway is made of wrought metal that must have taken the finest craftsmen a very long time to construct. The "style" is vaguely geometric.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=24 d20+2=5 d20+4=21 Sunday August 12th, 2001 9:14:56 AM
Near where the stairway intersects with the lower level, Renik stops (Move Silent 24). He is crouched, upside down, above the stairs. He examines the room carefully for further details on their approaching enemies (Spot 5) and again tries to make out anything that is said between them (Listen 21).
He reasons that if the newcomers do head up the stairs his companions may be able to keep out of sight beneath the stairwell, and if it does come to a fight, then at least he will be well placed to attack the enemy from the rear.
Sunblaze (Kim) d20+4=19 d20+19=33 d20+9=25 d20+9=21 d20+10=28 Sunday August 12th, 2001 5:19:59 PM
The elf works on quietly (Move silently: 19) climbing to a spot on the outside of the winding stairway. Hanging on to the ornate metal work which frames it, she blends in skillfully (Hide: 33), and, with Trent's senses aiding her, observes the goings-on (Spot: 25; Listen: 21). In particular she looks to Rond - if she can see him - to help determine the nature of her next actions.
Something about the masterful illusionary mummy recalls to her mind teachings she absorbed during her tutelage as a wizard (Spellcraft: 28). If any are near enough to see her, with a shake of her head or a negatory wave of her hand, she tries to signal that the mummy should not be attacked.
Rond Monday August 13th, 2001 12:04:59 AM
Doing his best to mime what he wants, Rond tries to indicate that the group should leave the mummy alone.
[Examining the stairway, is there enough room for the spider clinging group to come down over top of the mummy, in such a fashion that with no noise, we might pass undetected?]
Taking a long look at the stairway, Rond tries to figure out if there's a way down, that the party could take, in order to assist Renik, should the sound of battle erupt. Otherwise, Rond stands as nearby to where Renik would emerge, in order to allow Renik to talk to Rond.
Draax Monday August 13th, 2001 5:52:43 AM
Draax nods to Rond letting him know that he understands about not assaulting the mummy. He looks closely at the stairs, if there is a spot under the stairs where he can hang without being seen Draax will sit there upside down and wait. He changes he appearance to look like the captive guard to be on the safe side.
Welcoming Committee (DM Donna) Monday August 13th, 2001 7:22:53 AM
Renik stays in his spot on the ceiling, keeping absolutely still. Keeping absolutely still, however, severely hampers his ability to look around too much, but he's able to hear the conversation of the figures below him (Renik figures there are a total of seven or eight people coming through the door, but he'd have to move his head to see for sure.)
"Five gold says its another false alarm." one gruff voice offers.
"We've had two false alarms this week, Slappy," grouses someone else, "So I'm not gonna take that wager!"
"Heh heh heh...how's about five'll get me ten if it turns out to be some drunken flying carpet salesman mistakin' us for a manorhouse..?" a third voice--rather gravelly--says jokingly. Chuckles abound.
"Silence, fools!" hisses a tall, thin human man that Renik manages to see without moving. "You're here to keep the Sons of Dread secure--NOT to further your base desires..!" The tall man is dressed in the dark attire of a mage of some sort. At least two other similarly-dressed people agree with the mage in low voices.
"Well, exCUSE me!" snorts Slappy. "At least I can get them 'base desires' fulfilled on Saturday nights, which is more'n I can say for YOU, Bolgus!" Derisive chuckles follow this quip.
"Aye, that you can--with enough coin to persuade the wenches in question to overlook your ugly face!" Bolgus shoots back, much to the further amusement of those in this lower stairway room. "Coin which the Sons of Dread provide you, I might add--so shut UP and let us keep tabs on that mummy-alarm..!"
"The mummy has encountered no one, Bolgus." pipes up a nasally voice.
Indeed, the "mummy" has stopped at the top of the stairs and has begun lurching about in a manner that would frighten any ordinary person, pausing to glare about every now and then before resuming its journey with a lunge that could easily be mistaken for an attack...had the party been unaware of the "mummy's" true nature. Soon the illusion passes out of the upper stairway chamber and into the entry room.
It is impossible for anybody in the upper stairway chamber to get more than the occasional glimpse of the people in the chamber directly below--not unless they're willing to be seen fully by the newcomers.
Renik will have to shift around in place in order to be ABSOLUTELY sure of how many people are in the room and to see any other details about them. (Make a Move Silently check, Renik, if you choose to shift around. I'll make opposing Listen checks to see if anyone within the lower stairway can hear the movement.)
At this point, the only thing you all can be reasonably sure of is that the chanting continues and that these new arrivals aren't moving any further into the lower stairway chamber, either.
At least...not yet...
Draax Monday August 13th, 2001 9:32:09 PM
Draax in his dread guard disguise, continues to stay pasted to the under side of the stair, waiting for the all-clear or the signal to attack. As he listens to the chanting he is reminded of all the time that is slipping away.
Sunblaze (Kim) Tuesday August 14th, 2001 1:38:54 AM
The wizard hangs tight, not yet willing to give up her perch, and hoping that Renik doesn't blow his cover. "Maybe they'll just send a few," she thinks to herself.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=27 d20+2=12 d20+2=8 d20+4=5 Tuesday August 14th, 2001 8:31:23 AM
Renik curses silently to himself. The only safe way out of this situation is to wait until this patrol leave the room. But that chanting... they could be rapidly running out of time.
Face facts, he rationalises; if the patrol discover the party the delay is likely to be greater and more deadly than if they simply wait the obstacle out. It could even alert the rest of the mages, and then they really would be in trouble. The only safe thing to do is sit tight and wait the enemy out, frustrating as that may be.
With the utmost care he shifts his position slightly so that he is able to get a good look at the mages and guards (Move Silent 27, Spot 12). He makes a mental note of numbers and weaponry, attempts to determine a heirarchy amongst the mages, and tries to spot any suggestion of intent from the group (Sense Motive 8). He continues to eavesdrop on their conversation (Listen 5: sudden massive buildup of earwax!)
Rond Tuesday August 14th, 2001 9:15:33 AM
Rond continues to play it safe, and wait. The time is passing by as slow as ever. Rond's adrenaline begins to flow as he watches the Mummy moving around below the group. The nearness of battle and quick decisions, with the crawl of the wait, makes for an interesting ying/yang battle inside Rond's body.
Arien Tuesday August 14th, 2001 7:40:03 PM
Arien chafes a bit at the delay, impatient to get on with the job but he does understand the need for discretion in this time and place; and so he waits, hanging from the ceiling in the darkest of the corners in the room and watches the stairway for any sign of Renik or anything else.
Wait For It... (DM Donna) Wednesday August 15th, 2001 6:50:24 AM
Just about everyone in the party holds their breath and has a death-grip on their readied weapons...but since the Hamleteers are not bothering the "mummy", the convincing illusion's distinctive "step-drag" gait grows faint, then--after an eternity of waiting--seems to just stop altogether.
Renik repositions himself and sees very clearly now that there are nine people near the archway that is to the left of the foot of the stairs (the south archway). Five of them are armed and armored; four of them are wearing mages' robes. The soldiers number three humans, one with elven blood (the helmet makes it hard to see if he's a fullblooded or a half-elf), and a dwarf with an eyepatch. The makeup of the mages are two humans and two elves.
"No encounters, Bolgus." the calm voice of one of the mages--one of the elves--in the lower staircase chamber says firmly.
"Hmmmph...probably a false alarm, then." Bolgus (a human mage) offers testily.
"Well, DUHHHH!" Slappy--a human fighter-type--snaps. "C'mon--I got a perfectly good mug of ale waitin' for me in the guard room--" All the warriors of the group and the other human mage turn to leave. Bolgus growls.
"HOLD it, musclehead!" the wizard countermands. "You know the procedure! One of you has to check out the upstairs just to make SURE that there isn't anyone around! Now...who's going?" As one, all the taller mercenaries point to the one-eyed dwarf.
"Spike's the low man on the totem pole!" Slappy says smugly. "Go slay some dust bunnies, runt!" Everyone else sniggers, chuckles and/or guffaws at the expense of the earthkin. Spike grumbles audibly as the rest of the guard detail exits the room.
Silence reigns for a moment or two.
Renik sees the dwarf peer intently after the others...it looks like Spike is trying to gauge how far away the others are...
Renik can make a Sense Motive check versus DC15 to be able to tell that Spike is planning to skip doing the solitary follow-up on the mummy; the people upstairs must make a Hide check versus DC15 before making that Sense Motive check if they are trying to sneek peeks at what the mercenary dwarf is doing.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+2=3 Wednesday August 15th, 2001 9:43:30 AM
Renik continues his covert surveillance of the ocularly challenged dwarf, but doesn't have the faintest idea what he is planning to do next (sense motive 3: natural 1). It looks strangely to Renik as if the dwarf is about to break into a lively song and dance routine, and he finds himself not a little confused.
Rond d20+12=16 d20+2=6 Wednesday August 15th, 2001 7:23:33 PM
Watching the mummy disappear into the nothingness, Rond feels his anxiety level drop a little bit. As he begins to relax a little bit, he decides to try to take a quick look from where he's at. Deciding it's time to breathe again, Rond feels faint for a sec. (hide check =16 (4)). Once he recovers, he peeks down and sees the dwarf. He senses that the dwarf seems to be about to charge down the hallway as if he's scared to be alone, or something.
Draax Wednesday August 15th, 2001 8:04:40 PM
Draax counts the seconds as they slip away. He hopes that they are able to move soon. He wonders how some of the others can make a living at sneaking around.
Sunblaze (Kim) Thursday August 16th, 2001 3:22:58 AM
Sunblaze decides to stay put just a little bit longer. She again looks to Rond for some sort of signal, but isn't about to move from where she is at the moment. She starts thinking about how to put into a poem what has happened so far.
Damocles (Flying) (Kim) d20=16 d20=19 d20=16 Thursday August 16th, 2001 3:29:24 AM
Damocles floats (Move Silently 16 + whatever adjustment] to where he can peek down to the next level, having heard the voices. He sees the dwarf, and gets the feeling that the fellow is perhaps not a guard of the highest integrity [Sense Motive, 19+?]. Silently [MS 16+?] he floats back out of sight, in case the dwarf should happen to look up.
[OOC: Email from David Clifford asked if one of us might post for him on days he is unable to do so by 8:00pm. He is camp-counseling.]
A Copper Just Doesn't Go As Far As It Used To... (DM Donna) Thursday August 16th, 2001 6:19:41 AM
Spike, after a moment, relaxes, rummages around in his backpack, and then pulls out a pipe and a pouch. He fills the pipe and lights it, puffing heavily on it. The pungent odor of tobacco floats up the staircase so that all may smell it.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+2=20 Thursday August 16th, 2001 8:55:25 AM
Silently Renik grinds his teeth in frustration. How long is this accursed guard going to sit there? (Sense Motive 20) He has a nagging feeling that if they don't get moving soon more trouble will follow...
Draax Thursday August 16th, 2001 5:35:05 PM
Draax sitting upside-down under the stairs and unable to see the dwarf, wonders what is taking so long for the all clear signal. Although he could not make out what was being said down the stairs, he is pretty sure that he heard them moving away.
He wonders if he should look to make sure that the others are still here. He discards the thought of him moving almost as soon as it enters his mind, but he also thinks that if he does not hear something soon he will be forced to take a look himself.
Sunblaze (Kim) d20+4=12 Thursday August 16th, 2001 8:37:05 PM
Sunblaze grows impatient. She attempts to quietly move from her place, but is not quiet as a churchmouse (12 on DC15). Some of the wrought metal she climbs down makes a light creaking noise.
Rond d20+12=17 d20=14 Thursday August 16th, 2001 11:35:13 PM
Wanting to get Renik's attention, Rond lowers himself to a point where he can get his hand down through the floor level. (MS =17). Just as he's about to stick his hand through, he hears Sunblaze's noise. He quickly pulls his hand back in, like it was discovered in the cookie jar. If the dwarf doesn't notice, he'll stick his hand down below the stairs. He'll then proceed to wave his arm in a manner similar to 'teacher, teacher, pick me.' Every now and then he'll stop and make the motion to 'come here'. Carefully keeping an eye on the dwarf, in case he looks up at what he's doing. If the dwarf hears Sunblaze and starts to move, Rond will not do anything, either until the dwarf stops looking, or until the party has to defend itself.
Damocles (Flying) (Kim) d20=13 Friday August 17th, 2001 1:20:42 AM
[This assumes he hears the noise made by Sunblaze (Listen 13+?):] The cleric of Alemi, if he hears the dwarf moving quickly away, will do a flying dive to intercept him. Just outside viewing range at the edge of the stairway in the room above the lower chamber, Damocles prepares for action.
Damocles (Dave posts for himself) Friday August 17th, 2001 2:07:12 PM
Damocles hears Sunblaze hits the creaky board and dives, low enough for the dwarf to be in range of a Hold Person spell. He weaves it quickly, until finally the glowing sigil of Alemi flies forth to strike the dwarf in the forehead, freezing him in place.
Arien d20=17 Friday August 17th, 2001 2:59:21 PM
Arien freezes when he hears Sunblaze make the noise and quickly materializes his bow in one hand and draws an arrow with the other, ready to strike should someone come to investigate.
I Said "Freeeeeze!", Dirtbag..! (DM Donna) Saturday August 18th, 2001 7:14:16 AM
Although the one-eyed dwarf apparently didn't hear the noise that Sunblaze made, Damocles' dive & cast freezes the mercenary in place.
Sunblaze (Kim) d20+8=14 Sunday August 19th, 2001 10:04:22 PM
Berating herself for causing the creak, Sunblaze pauses, plans carefully, moves slowly, trying to avoid any more noise, and continues her descent [I'm taking 4. Not 10, just 4 to represent her added care]. She manages not to make TOO much more noise. [Move silently 14.] And returns to the floor of the level above the fresh action.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=17 Monday August 20th, 2001 7:39:26 AM
Renik, seeing the mercenary frozen by Damocles' spell, makes for the torch lit corridor from where the chanting is coming. He makes his way along the ceiling, and heads towards the sound, continuing to move carefully (Move Silent 17).
As he moves he tries not to worry about the fact that now they really are racing against the clock. With the guard failing to return, the reception committee will very shortly be alerted to their presence... he hopes his companions are able to deal with them quickly and quietly.
Rond d20+12=23 Monday August 20th, 2001 6:04:43 PM
Rond briefly considers whether he should consider having a serious heart to heart with Wardd. Some how he feels that he's been pushing his luck too much lately.
Moving down the stairwell, Rond proceeds to motion the party to join him in the chamber below. Continuing to move as quietly as he can (MS 23) he comes up from behind the dwarf (if he can), and indicates to the party that they should not be seen by the Dwarf, and remain on the ceiling. Motioning everyone in the group to stay behind the dwarf, Rond does his best to turn the dwarf around so that he does not see Rond, or anyone in the group.
Once the group is past the dwarf, Rond will whisper very quietly, "Raise no alarm, leave the temple. No problems, and you will receive severance pay. Stay at the Red Wyrm Inn for two days."
Draax Monday August 20th, 2001 9:16:18 PM
At the signal to move Draax starts to head down the stairs. Noticing the dwarf and Rond directing him to avoid the dwarf, Draax walks along the ceiling past the dwarf. Not knowing what transpired before he moved, he suppresses the yearning to drop down and slit the dwarf's throat. He hopes that the dwarf realizes his good fortune and if not, Draax vows to remind the dwarf of the life he could have had just before killing him.
Sunblaze (Kim) d20+4=9 Tuesday August 21st, 2001 12:05:56 AM
The small elf moves as Rond directs, aiming for a balance between haste and quiet. Haste wins. "Disarm him," she whispers to Rond. She looks around, and glances at the exits from this lower room. And she takes some cloth in hand, ready to stuff the dwarf's smoky mouth if he looks to make any noise. Or poke his eye out. Did she just think that?
Clarification Needed, I Think... (DM Donna) Tuesday August 21st, 2001 6:49:34 AM
I'm not sure you all realize the dwarf's position when he was "frozen" by the panicky Damocles, so I'll clarify and give you a chance to change your actions if you wish:
Spike was more concerned about whether the retreating guard detail was still within range of sight. Once he was satisfied that none of his companions could see him, he pulled out his pipe, stuffed it and lit up. Obviously he had NO intention of going up the stairs at all.
When Damocles swooped down and cast the Hold Person spell on Spike, the dwarf was in the middle of taking a hefty drag of his tobacco (at least...I think it's tobacco--you never know with these evil mercenaries..! ;D)--his eyes are half-closed and he's facing mostly into the western doorway...and completely paralyzed now.
Renik--approaching the eastern archway--still sees nothing more than a long, torch-lit corridor from which emanates the persistent yet monotonous chanting, which has neither gotten any louder nor faster nor more intense.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=19 d20+4=11 Tuesday August 21st, 2001 7:11:19 AM
Renik continues towards the source of the chanting, moving Silently (19). He smiles grimly as it occurs to him that this could possibly be a trap, designed to lure the over-curious to their doom, and not their enemy chanting at all. But he is set on his course now, and cannot afford to be swayed by what is probably just an overactive imagination. If he finds himself getting close to the source of the sound he will Search (11) for traps before moving closer.
Sunblaze (Kim) Tuesday August 21st, 2001 12:58:16 PM
[OOC: Regarding crossing the ceiling - Sunblaze can't cross the ceiling, unless someone wants to carry her. She can cross the FLOOR. She can ascend or descend the stairway. But she does not spiderclimb, nor fly, at least not at the moment.]
The elf alters her looks (change self via the chameleon ring) to make her face real plain, and her hair a dirty blonde.
"Hey," she says quietly (but roughening her voice) to Rond & Damocles, careful not to use their names. "Let him go out on the streets, but only with what nature gave him, plus his pipe and tobacco pouch." She takes first his weapon(s), then begins disrobing him, first dropping his trousers to his ankles (hard to run that way), obviously wanting the cleric and the ranger to assist. "Then he can leave. I'll escort him. Hey, Spike, I've got a serpent here. You wiggle the wrong way, you talk too loud, he bites you, you're dead. You cooperate, and you'll be free to head out the door to the Inn, alive."
Damocles (Kim) Tuesday August 21st, 2001 9:09:03 PM
The cleric blindfolds the dwarf, after removing the pipe from the fellow's mouth, his expression showing distain for the lingering smoke. He assists Sunblaze in disrobing the slothful guardian. But he forbids her to remove the dwarf's loincloth, if such he has. Everything else, except pipe and tobacco, the cleric of Alemi takes from the held dwarf. [If he has rope (?)] Damocles ties the stout creature's hands behind his back, makes sure the blindfold will hold, adds a gag to the mouth for good measure, then, requesting Rond's assistance, releases the hold person spell, quietly repeats the instructions Rond and Sunblaze gave, and marches him up the stairs, guiding him out the doorway. Should the mummy apparition show itself, he will skirt it, and otherwise not attack, not react.
Head Count (DM Donna) Wednesday August 22nd, 2001 7:05:03 AM
Sunblaze and Damocles quickly have one bound-up dwarf and one pile of equipment and clothing (except for the loincloth). Spike is obviously less than thrilled to be in his position, but when the Hold Person spell is canceled, the short mercenary follows instructions, even if it is with a lot of reluctance.
Renik continues down the corridor, via the ceiling, noting that there are wooden doors that lead north and south about one hundred feet down the corridor. Taking a moment to squint at them, he notes that they appear to be heavy and bound with iron bands. They open via fixed iron handles.
Renik can also see that the corridor extends another 150 feet or so before ending in another open archway opposite the one that leads to the stairway chamber. The chanting gets louder as Renik gets closer to the new archway.
Renik (Invisible, Spider cimbing) d20+12=13 d20+12=23 d20+4=15 d20+2=3 Wednesday August 22nd, 2001 8:02:44 AM
Renik continues to creep along the ceiling towards the end archway but in his eagerness to see what is up ahead he fails to take sufficient care, and dislodges a small stone(Move Silent 13: natural 1). He freezes in place, and prays the loud chanting from up ahead has drowned out the noise. Taking advantage of the momentary pause, he again checks for any traps nearby(Search 15. Sorry, second +12 roll was made in error) or waiting guards (spot 3: another natural 1! Aaarggh!)
Sunblaze (Kim) Thursday August 23rd, 2001 12:38:26 AM
She picks up the dwarf's gear, and lugs it up behind Spike and Damocles. She checks to see if there is anything of particular interest, and telepathically communicates with her viper familiar to keep alert to what the dwarf is doing, as she herself focuses her attention on the inventory.
Damocles (Kim) Thursday August 23rd, 2001 12:50:06 AM
As they move along, the cleric looks to see if Spike bears any tattoos or other recognizable markings. At the door, Damocles presses three gold pieces in Spike's hand. "This should get you something to eat and drink. What place did I say you should wait?" he asks, verifying that Spike understood his instructions. If he answers, "The Red Wyrm Inn," or something to that effect, the cleric tells him as he unties his wrists, "Do not look back, as you value your life." He removes the blindfold. "Go that way," he bids him with a nudge toward the straightest path into the city, leaving him with pipe, tobacco, loincloth, and three gold pieces with which to find his fortune in the wide Wold.
Once the lightly clad dwarf walks out of sight, Damocles returns with Sunblaze, finding out from Rond or Draax which way the party is now heading. On the way he helps carry the dwarf's gear, quietly asking Sunblaze what she intends to do with the miscreant's belongings.
Rond Thursday August 23rd, 2001 4:29:20 AM
Rond waits for both invisible and visible party members to return. Hoping that all have had no problems in their travel. If Renik doesn't return right away, once the group is back together, he'll direct everyone down the corridor, until they have to make a decision. Then they'll wait for Renik.
Buying Off a Mercenary (DM Donna) Thursday August 23rd, 2001 7:27:23 AM
Spike attempts to answer Damocles' question, but since Damocles didn't remove the gag in the dwarf's mouth, the words are very much garbled.
Sunblaze will need to make Appraisal checks to see what she estimates the two dwarven hammers, the banded armor, a wide, metal-studded belt, the light crossbow and case of quarrels and the assorted stuff in the backpack might be worth. (Roll once for each item--the crossbow & quarrels count as one item.) A large belt pouch holds two potion bottles (a gray ceramic bottle and a black glass bottle with its bottom half wrapped in braided reeds), and a smaller pouch that jingles. There is an assortment of gold, silver and copper in the pouch.
The illusionary mummy lunges around past the trio at the door before wandering back towards the stairway chamber.
Renik's heart pounds deafeningly in his ears, but the chanting doesn't stop, he isn't suddenly engulfed in flames nor crushed by a deadfall, and there is no guard who suddenly springs on the invisible man, so it appears that none of the enemy is aware of his presence yet.
Rond continues to wait.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=28 d20+2=16 Thursday August 23rd, 2001 7:48:34 AM
Relieved that he hasn't brought the weight of the enemy down on his head, Renik continues to the archway (Move Silent 28), and peers in, seeking the source of the chanting voices (Spot 16).
Draax Thursday August 23rd, 2001 10:52:51 AM
Draax watches Damocles and Sunblaze escort the dwarf toward the exit. He smiles as he shakes his head, thinking to himself, 'I will have to get use to this showing kindness to your enemy, I guess that's what makes us the good guys.'
While waiting for Renik's return, Draax comes to the decision that it would be better if the others handle the non-violent SoDs, because he could not trust himself to be able to set one free.
Arien Thursday August 23rd, 2001 7:05:24 PM
Arien watches as Damocles and Sunblaze escort the Dwarf from the area and shifts slightly to relieve a small ache beginning to form in one leg. Then with an impatient sigh he once again reviews his memorized spells, wondering if he'll get the chance to use them.
Sunblaze (Kim) d20+3=23 d20+3=11 d20+3=22 d20+3=16 d20+3=14 d20+5=7 d20+5=18 d20+3=23 Thursday August 23rd, 2001 11:19:14 PM
Sunblaze helps Damocles with Spike as much as he needs.
Next Sunblaze sizes up what she finds: two dwarven hammers (Appraise 23) the banded armor (11) a wide, metal-studded belt (22) the light crossbow and case of quarrels (16) and the assorted stuff in the backpack (14) a gray ceramic bottle (Alchemy 7) and a black glass bottle with its bottom half wrapped in braided reeds (Alchemy 18) and a smaller pouch that jingles (Appraise 23 - She can count!) She enumerates the assortment of gold, silver and copper in the pouch.
[OOC: Once she determines what she can and he and Damocles are back with the others, she quietly tells them. Then asks Rond, "So, what do we do now? You suppose anybody'll wonder where the dwarf went?" (Hold this portion until Spike is taken care of)]
Damocles (Kim) d20=4 Friday August 24th, 2001 1:47:42 AM
"Oh, yeah, the gag. Hard to answer, I know. Talk softly, now." Damocles calls Sunblaze (not by name) over for a moment, asking her to have the serpent at the ready should the dwarf prove uncooperative. His own weapon is under his arm, ready to grab to use if necessary. He removes Spike's gag (not yet unbinding him or removing the blindfold), allowing the dwarf to indicate whether he will go to the Red Wyrm Inn, or to choose death instead of a drink. If the dwarf seems compliant, the cleric of Alemi will keep his word, unbind his wrists, tells him to take five steps forward before he removes his own blindfold, then lets him go. He watches, his body behind the door, to make sure he heads off in the right direction.
If he's not compliant...
Rond Friday August 24th, 2001 4:10:00 AM
"They might. Though they might spend more time figuring out where he went, than looking for us."
Rond hopes Renik is okay, and tries to keep his nerves from getting the best of him.
Choices (DM Donna) d20+2=20 Saturday August 25th, 2001 7:07:22 AM
Spike is still for a moment, but--since he is completely at the mercy of his captors--capitulates gruffly:
"Go to the Red Wyrm...right..?" Once freed from the bonds and blindfold, the dwarf stoically strides out the door and down the steps, muttering something about at least being able to drown his sorrows.
Renik, meanwhile, is hanging upside-down in the archway from which is issuing the chanting...and he definitely does NOT like what he sees:
A large, rectangular chamber approximately ninety feet long by thirty feet wide with a ceiling about twenty feet high. It's lit by the customary one-torch-holder-every fifteen-feet-or-so method that the party has so far encountered, and its walls have the partially-faded frescoes of unknown origin and subject on them--however, they have been recently defaced with rather fresh grafitti...a large open red eye, from which blood-colored tears trickle. This isn't what makes Renik nervous, however--it is the occupants of the room, and what THEY are doing that causes the hackles at the back of the warrior rogue's neck to stiffen to attention...
...there are dozens of black-robed individuals in the room, all of them chanting and genuflecting more or less in unison. Renik quickly calculates that there are at least twoscore mages assembled--he can practically taste the magic in the air..!
The mages seem to be in the middle of some ceremony honoring the eight-foot-tall statue of gunmetal gray material...a statue that looks rather familiar to Renik's eyes. Even as he recognizes the features (complete with eerily glowing crimson eyes), the worshipping Sons of Dread come to a part in their ceremony where they invoke the name of their Dark Master:
"...Marteaus...Marteaus...Marteaus...!"
Renik d20+12=26 Monday August 27th, 2001 7:48:33 AM
This is NOT good, Renik thinks to himself. There is more power in this room than their small band can possibly hope to compete with, and he doesn't like the look of that ceremony one bit.
He gives the room another quick scan to see if he can spot any evidence of the flyer printing process, or further exits from the chamber, then he turns and moves back down the corridor as quickly as he is able without making a noise (Move Silent 26). Rond and the others need to know about this, and fast.
Sunblaze (Steven) Monday August 27th, 2001 3:10:26 PM
(The Appraised stuff... don't I find out about it?)
Sunblaze continues to look through the stuff. Her eyes seem to keep coming back to the belt. Yet she is unsure why. She whispers to Damocles, lightly. Just enough so that it can turn his eye. "Let us take this to the group, so that we may all carry it, and not just the two of us."
Draax Monday August 27th, 2001 4:14:29 PM
Draax waits with the party members that are gathered near Rond, he tries to look more relaxed than he feels. He mentally curses himself for not getting a good look at the dwarf, thinking that it could have been a good disguise to have if the need arrives.
Damocles (Kim) Monday August 27th, 2001 10:54:56 PM
"Right," he confirms Spike's answer, and watches him grumble on his way. *'Good thing for you it was I, and not one of my more hot-blooded friends who got to you first,'* he thinks toward the retreating dwarf.
Sunblaze catches his attention. As Spike disappears, he turns toward the diminutive mage, and responds to her suggestion. "Good idea." He helps her out, taking up the banded mail, the hammers, and backpack, leaving the rest for her to haul. "Back down," he says quietly, and leads the way down the stairs. As they descend he asks, "You figure out any special qualities to this stuff?"
Once they catch back up to the others, the cleric reports to Rond, "He's gone." He looks to see if all are present. "Where next?" he continues softly. "Shall we see if we can take care of the guards? Or has Renik found something yet?"
Arien Monday August 27th, 2001 11:36:49 PM
Arien stiffles a large yawn and mutters to himself about this seemingly endless waiting that they had to endure.
Details, Details..! (DM Donna) Tuesday August 28th, 2001 6:47:10 AM
Sunblaze decides that of the mercenary's equipment, only the two dwarven hammers and the wide, metal-studded belt may be worth anything. (The belt is of particularly good quality, its metalwork meticulously wrought.) While the possible use of the gray ceramic bottle eludes the musical spellcaster's deductive capabilities, the black glass bottle with its bottom half wrapped in braided reeds seems to be a rather potent curative potion (OOC: Cure Moderate Wounds.)
Spike's money pouch has about 110gp, 80sp and 50cp in it.
Renik arrives right after Sunblaze and Damocles rejoin the group in the lower staircase chamber. Just as he does so, however, Renik's Invisibility inexplicably flickers off, revealing the roguish man on the wall beside the party.
Rond Tuesday August 28th, 2001 8:25:05 AM
Seeing Renik appear so suddenly, Rond is halfway through pulling out his weapon, when he finishes his jumping. Realizing it's Renik, he sheepishly pushes his weapon back in its scabbard, looking like the boy that got caught with his hand in the cookie jar.
He then faces Renik and waits for his report, noting that the group is fully reunited.
Renik Tuesday August 28th, 2001 8:42:06 AM
Renik quickly recounts what he has seen in the end chamber; 40 or so wizards, the aura of raw magical power, the statue and the name the wizards were chanting. "But no sign of what we came here for, the mechanism these wizards are using to produce the flyers."
Noticing he has become visible once more Renik tries to mentally calculate if the potion should have worn off naturally by now. He hopes his reappearance doesn't signify closer scrutiny by the pyramid's occupants.
Draax Tuesday August 28th, 2001 4:41:19 PM
Standing in the room wishing for something to happen, Draax is startled at Renik's sudden appearance. He smiles at Rond's reaction until he notices the dagger in his own hand that he does not remember drawing. Putting the dagger away as casually as he can, Draax listens to Renik's account of what he saw. Hearing about the 40 plus mages does not make him happy; he thinks that this is the wrong time for him to finally be granted a wish.
Digesting Renik’s words; Draax stops and just stares at Renik, in a low voice his says, "Did you say that they were chanting for Marteaus?"
Turning to Rond he says, "Isn’t that the name of the guy that we gave the ring to save the lives of the town people? I hope it is just two evil beings with the same name, although I seriously doubt it."
Draax gets nervous and excited at the same time. He never felt good about giving Marteaus the ring, although he also knows that it was the only thing that could have been done. A chance to have a part in foiling his plans may ease some of the guilt, but he does not look forward to facing a being that can turn back time.
Sunblaze Tuesday August 28th, 2001 8:00:02 PM
Sunblaze gathers the Dwarven things, and walks downstairs. She listens to Renik, wondering if the group can take those mages on. "They seem to be powerful, and if they are summoning this person whom you believe to have saved the town? Well, perhaps you helped an evil, without understanding it." She looks at the way where Renik came from. "I have a few spells which cover a large area, they might help us to disturb their summoning."
Damocles (Kim) Tuesday August 28th, 2001 11:34:20 PM
Damocles nods at Draax's words. Then responds to Sunblaze. "My arrival in Windhorn Hamlet took place just after the exchange of the ring for the village. Who knows? Maybe the one whose name our hosts now chant arranged the whole setup with the Sahuagin just so he could get the ring. I hope never to comprehend evil," he says, looking at Sunblaze. "I have little love for those who call upon that name," he says, pointedly avoiding saying the name of Marteaus. "Our ... we were asked to look for something here, and I think our chances of living to find it are better if we don't for the present involve ourselves in the assembly our scout reports. Let us pray for guidance, and aid the prayer by further searching. Away from this spot." He glances the way that earlier Spike had stared, then up on the wall toward Renik.
He lifts his eyebrows, "Now, did you determine anything about those items, active one?" and he nods toward the gear he and Sunblaze carry.
Arien Wednesday August 29th, 2001 12:33:39 AM
The mention of the Martaeus sends an involuntary shiver down Arien's back as he remembers the events back in the hamlet. Then turning to the others he tells them, "If they are indeed summoning Marteaus we must stop them, after all we do owe him one."
As the Wold Turns (DM Donna) Wednesday August 29th, 2001 6:46:32 AM
Renik's calculations seem to say that the potion duration was on the shorter end of its possible time of effect, but sometimes that is simply the case with potions. Still...you never can really tell whether the eyes of evil are upon you unless you actively try detecting such scrying.
The sound of the chanting drones on as the party discusses what they'll be doing next.
Renik Wednesday August 29th, 2001 7:24:41 AM
"Well I know nothing of this Marteaus character," says Renik, a newcomer to the Hamleteers, "but I do know that going up against 40 wizards capable of generating the magical aura I felt in that room is tantamount to suicide. I vote we continue to hunt for what we came for; whatever is producing those flyers. Once we've taken care of that perhaps we could try to disrupt their ceremony somehow. We should search this building properly; there's a room at the top of the pyramid we didn't check, and more floors below." Renik turns to Rond. "The decision is yours, Rond. What do we do next?"
Rond (undetection time left=several hours) ;) Wednesday August 29th, 2001 12:08:29 PM
(ooc I thought two score was 28? ;) ).
Listening to everyone's comments, Rond takes time to absorb all the information. Commenting to Draax, "Yes, that seems the name. Seems things run in circles."
Pausing to consider his options, Rond makes his decision.
"Renik, I agree that at least for tonight, we need to continue to scout and see if we can find this machine. Then we need to determine if we can steal and/or move it. If not, we'll need to destroy it. Once these steps are done, then we can consider toying with the mages.
Keep in mind, these 40 some mages have still spent the time to hire outside guards. So their power level could be deceiving. But not being a spell caster, I know not what they do. If we have time, maybe we can have a our spell casters try to observe what is going on. This might give some clues as to what is going to happen in a night or two."
Should no other objections come up, Rond will motion for Renik to lead the way to the unexplored portions of the temple.
Draax Wednesday August 29th, 2001 2:22:43 PM
Draax nods his head in agreement with Rond's decision. "Yes, we need to complete our mission and report this new information back to our employer. The involvement of the evil one is too important not to pass to Marcus."
Damocles (Kim) Wednesday August 29th, 2001 9:21:53 PM
The cleric watches the baton passed from Rond to Renik as to which way the group will go. "Yes, friend," he agrees with Draax, "we would do well to report such. As we would do well not to say the names of our allies too freely in these environs."
Arien Thursday August 30th, 2001 1:19:56 AM
"To tell the truth Renik I doubt that it was the mages generating the aura, but rather what they were trying to summon. I suspect that they are likely about the strength of those we encountered near the arena. But still 40 of them could probably handle us with ease."
Sunblaze Thursday August 30th, 2001 4:04:02 AM
Sunblaze listens to the group and then shares her idea. "What if we used my ring of chameleon power to assume the shape of that dwarf. Wound't we have someone on the inside them?" She looked at everyone, wondering if she was nuts or if it was a good idea.
The Huddle Continues Thursday August 30th, 2001 7:12:25 AM
The party continues to consider its options. The chanting continues unabated.
Gnomish d20+5=23 Thursday August 30th, 2001 3:41:56 PM
"So, are you folks lost, or what?" A gnome with a bulbous nose, dressed in medium-green robes with emblems of yellow-orange flames sewn on the left and right breast of the robes, appears a step or two below the top of the spiral stairway which descends to the level below which the party is now on. No one had been paying any particular attention to the continuation of the stairway. Looking more closely, his right hand holds the railing, and his feet hover perhaps a foot above the stair.
"I can offer a guided pyramid tour, for the right price," he says cheerfully, in a nasal voice. "Renik, you wouldn't have a few healing scrolls, now, would you? Or did you spend your money in some other fashion?" At the bottom of his robe on the right side, the tip of a short sword protrudes. He holds a knobby little stick in his left hand. "I hope you appreciate our tight security, here," he says, tapping the stick against his outer thigh.
Draax Thursday August 30th, 2001 5:05:43 PM
Draax listened to the others' comments as he was waiting for Renik to take the lead as per Rond's request. He agrees with Arien's assessment about the group's chances against 40 minor mages. He did not agree or disagree with Sunblaze's suggestion, but he did have a few questions for her about what she is able to accomplish with the ring. Just as he turned to ask Sunblaze the questions he heard the gnome's comments. In the split second it takes to become aware of the danger, Draax thinks up and discards many plans of attack. He slowly turns to observe the speaker. Seeing gnome, the half-elven fighter again goes through his many attack options and after noticing the stick in the gnome's hand and not knowing what it is, he again discards every one. Frustrated, Draax vows to never make a wish again.
Looking up at the gnome, Draax take a casual step away from the others as if to get a better look. He stands there (looking like a cowboy from an old western just before he draws his weapon) flexing his fingers ready to throw one of his concealed wrist daggers if the need arrives.
Draax realizes that the gnome referred to Renik by name, which to him is good and bad. Good because the gnome wants to talk, but bad because he may know too much about the party. Although Draax tries to fight it, he cannot stop the smile that comes to his face as he thinks, 'I can use his knowledge of us as an excuse to my comrades for killing him.' Draax stands there trying to look serious, but he cannot get rid of the smile.
Damocles (Kim) d20+4=23 Friday August 31st, 2001 2:14:49 AM
"He just knows the name because he heard it being used a moment ago." The cleric thinks about glaring at Arien, but exercises self-restraint. "We don't know any gnomes here. At least, I think we don't."
Renik Friday August 31st, 2001 5:53:14 AM
Hearing the voice behind him Renik spins around, his rapier whipping from its sheath. He is wondering how to kill the little man silently when something the gnome says gives him pause. Healing scrolls... money... he has the strangest feeling he has met this fellow before, but for the life of him cannot place the face.
"Hold fast, friends, I believe this one may not be a foe!" he calls to his companions, suddenly remembering with whom he last had that conversation.
Looking up and the gaudily clad gnome he grins and says in a mock-bartering tone (though his rapier remains firmly in hand, dancing lightly at his right hand side) "Guided tours, you say? Of this dusty old place? And what, pray tell, might we expect to pay for such an incomparable treat, my fine Gnomish friend?"
A Friend, Indeed..! (DM Donna) Friday August 31st, 2001 6:23:31 AM
The gnome looks at all of you with amusement.
"You are all just SO lucky that I'm not actually one of these SoD S.O.B.'s..." he replies, sighing--yet his grin doesn't fade away, "...pray, good sirs, allow me to properly introduce myself..." The gnome bows with a flourish, reaching up and sweeping the hat from his head as he bows down low.
Wait a minute--the gnome wasn't wearing a hat before he took it from his head! And the voice... you could swear it belongs to--
"Bill Troublefinder, at your service..!" the little being standing there is NOT a gnome, but the halfling psionic that most (if not all) of you have come to know all too well! He laughs at the others in the party. "Geeeeez--if you could JUST see the looks on your faces..!"
Draax Friday August 31st, 2001 9:21:37 AM
Draax looks up at Bill and with great effort he keeps himself from falling to the floor laughing at himself and the turn of events. He thinks to himself, 'It's just like Bill to get our hearts pumping with a joke and to show how easy it is for the party to be discovered if we remain in the same place for too long.'
He waves for the halfling to come down to them. With a big smile on his face, Draax says, "Please Bill, come down and join us so that we can take turns choking the life out of you for almost scaring the life out of us." Draax does let out a small giggle at his last thought, 'Maybe I can use the joke as an excuse to my comrades for killing the halfling'.
Renik d20+12=29 Friday August 31st, 2001 12:30:28 PM
Renik smiles at the halfling he met back in the catacombs. "Mr Troublefinder, it's a pleasure to meet you again. I never did get those scrolls though, I'm afraid. Are you planning to join us on this little jaunt then?"
To Rond he says "Rond, we have three choices ahead; we can examine the upper level we missed, we can check out those iron doors down the corridor (though they are uncomfortably close to our chanting friends, that may in itself suggest them as the most likely location of our goal), or we can head down another level, and see what lies there. Myself I'm tempted to be thorough; head back up to the top level first, then check behind the iron doors, risky though it is, then move down further if needs be. Are you in agreement?"
If Rond agrees he will head back up the stairs, and check the upper level. If he prefers Renik check another location he will scout that instead.
Either way he will quaff his last remaining invisibility potion, and move off cautiously (Move Silent 29).
(OOC: Welcome back Mr T!)
Arien Friday August 31st, 2001 2:11:10 PM
"Ahh it is good to see you again Bill, as you can see we are in the middle of a little something so I am afraid that a full explanation of why we are here will have to wait. Since you are here I am guessing that you are done with whatever mission you were on. As for this printing machine and where it might be, if I were a Son I would put something so valuable where it would be very hard to steal, either deep within this temple or very very close at hand."
Bill Troublefinder Saturday September 1st, 2001 3:03:00 PM
"Sure, Draax," Bill replies, "But you mean come UP, I'm sure - unless there's a gravity inversion? Your hands should fit around my neck, I'm sure." Bill smiles as he pulls himself up by the railing, and it is clear that he is floating in the air as he ascends from below. [Nobody has gone down to the level below yet.] "Hi, Renik. Join you? Well, I did offer a guided tour, right? And I know the general area to look for what you're seeking - but haven't actually seen it, yet. Hey, Arien. Is that you, Sunblaze? You -- uh, did something with your hair?"
He is about to greet the cleric, then hesitates. "Say - what happened to Spike?" Bill asks, pointing his stick to indicate the armor that Damocles carries. "He's not dead, is he? He's actually one of the more decent thugs, but a little lazy." Bill returns the hat to his head, makes a few adjustments to his face, and again looks like a gnome. His nasal voice returns. "Any of the other guards around? If you killed Spike, maybe I can go talk to them, tell them he took off or something, make sure they don't come looking for whoever did that to him."
He pushes off and floats over to Rond, and punches him on the shoulder. "I heard you're in charge now, ol' buddy. So, whaddaya say?" Bill floats back slowly.
Sunblaze Saturday September 1st, 2001 3:43:10 PM
Sunblaze watches as the Gnome becomes a Halfling, and sees that Bill Troublefinder has returned. She drops the guard which she had spent most of the night setting up. Quickly she walks over to him and smiles. "Took my invitation to heart did yah?" Her eyes glance over the Armor, and then at Bill's questioning. "We sent him to the Red Wyrm Inn. Naked as a Jay Bird." She muffled a laugh. Whispering to Bill, so that Rond won't get angry at the noise she sings a greeting.
"Bill the Halfling left the group, Disappearing from the Wold as we knew. While we all worked, serving soup. When he return he was a Gnome who flew!"
"Now to our work. I'm guessing that your Undercover work was here? Good, Good. Now the ring I used to hide from the dragons can be used to change one of us to look like Spike, and we have his armor, which means we can be the part." She starts to twist her hair with her hand, unknowingly.
Rond (information overload!!! ;) ) Monday September 3rd, 2001 2:31:04 AM
Turning to the stranger's comments, Rond tries to figure out what is going on. With the mention of Renik's name, Rond becomes fearful that the group has somehow become discovered. Feeling his adrenaline level beginning to rise, Rond quickly becomes flabbergasted when the gnome fellow turns out to be Bill T.
While Bill goes about his business, and everyone makes their comments to him, Rond tries to give Bill the HAIRY EYEBALL treatment.
But when Bill taps him on the shoulder, Rond gets all sheepish and says (ooc aww shucks, twernt nothing ;) ), "You've heard correct, though you mustn't have been far behind us, to have kept up on things.
"Spike was dismissed from service, with the promise from me, that his time would at least be covered. The jay bird thing was their idea.
"Renik, I think we should consider getting the closer area out of the way first. Because they're going to find out about Spike eventually, so I'd like to be as far as possible from the chanting, when the alarm sounds. If the closer area actually has the press, we'll need the extra time to try to carry it, if it's possible."
Renik (clarifying post) Monday September 3rd, 2001 6:30:38 AM
"Aye, fair point," nods Renik, and heads off invisibly spider climbing towards the iron doors. (MS 29, see above)
Damocles (Kim) Tuesday September 4th, 2001 1:19:46 AM
"Here I was just noting that we shouldn't be mentioning each others' names, and you toss them all over the room, friend," he lectures Bill. "But the dwarf was sent off, as she mentioned," and he nods towards Sunblaze, "alive and healthy - to the Red Wyrm Inn with his pipe, tobacco, loincloth and three gold pieces, in a bit of a grumbling mood, but with a promise to wait at the Inn. Not quite naked as a jay bird. As you can see, we have the rest of his stuff. You said you think you can talk to the rest of the guard so they won't give the alarm?" And after a beat, Damocles adds, "Oh, and it's good to see you - especially now we know who you are."
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday September 4th, 2001 1:47:28 AM
Bill acknowledges the various greetings from his friends. "To answer your question, Renik, my fee for the guided tour would be -- all the pies I can stomach once we get done here!" He smiles appreciatively at Sunblaze's song. To Arien, he says, "You're right - it's deeper inside, and a fair ways from the entrance."
His expression then turns more serious, and he speaks quickly to Rond. "If you want to get to the press, I can tell you, it's not that way." He moves his chin in the direction of the rite. "I'd just as soon we stay away from those chanters - too much opportunity for traffic between here and there. From here, we can go that direction," and the gnomish halfling indicates the direction that the guards came from and returned to on this level. "There's a chance of bumping into them there, but they'll probably be in some of the rooms we share, and if things go well, I can get you by them. Or, maybe a bit safer - head down the spiral stairs I just came up down to the next level, and we can go from there. Mr. Leader, sir," and he focuses on Rond, "How 'bout I go and tell the guards that Spike has skipped out, mumbling about getting a decent drink, being sick and tired of this place - they'll probably buy it, and just put him 'on report' for now. You all head down the stairs - and skip the 6th step from the bottom. I'll be with you in a few minutes after I talk to the guards. But down that direction," and he points the way that Renik just went, "they've got some security stuff behind the doors we maybe don't wanna mess with right now."
"So, shall I report on Spike's desertion?" he asks Rond, and looks around at the others to see if that seems agreeable to them, too.
He takes off his backpack, and opens it. "Damo - uh, hey you," he says to Damocles. "I've got a bit of room left in my bag. Wanna put any of Spike's stuff in here? Do it fast if you want to, 'cause I don't wanna hang around here." He nods to Sunblaze, too, seeing that she has some of the dwarf's gear.
Damocles (Kim) Tuesday September 4th, 2001 1:55:41 AM
The cleric places Spike's armor in Bill's bag, if it will fit.
More Choices (DM Donna) Tuesday September 4th, 2001 6:09:24 AM
All of the stuff that Spike had does, indeed, fit into the seemingly-bottomless pack that Bill holds open. As the halfling shrugs the haversack on, the party reviews its choices:
1) Whether to have Bill tell the other guards that Spike took off; and
2) Whether to have Bill guide the party to the area that he believes houses the device that they are looking for.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+12=23 d20+4=6 d20+4=23 Tuesday September 4th, 2001 6:45:11 AM
Renik nods attentively at Bill's words, and sets off down the stairs, spider climbing to avoid having to use any steps at all (Move Silent 23).
When he reaches the bottom he waits silently for his companions to join him, checking the area for possible threats, and getting an idea of the lay of the land (Spot 4(the +4 should be +2): gaah). Once he is happy he is alone, he will take a closer look at the sixth step from the bottom, checking to see how it is trapped, and whether it can be disabled easily (Search 23).
Rond Tuesday September 4th, 2001 7:44:11 AM
"Weelll. You were a factor that we weren't anticipating. If you think telling on Spike will give us some extra time, then make it happen. We can meet you where indicated, and then try to get the press. We're either going to steal it, or destroy it, which ever we have time for. By the way, we all have spider climb slippers, or flight available to us. We also have some other nifty things with us." Rond smiles as he says his last sentence.
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday September 4th, 2001 6:56:38 PM
"'Nifty things,' huh? Great! Okay, you head down the stairs. Nobody was there a few minutes ago. You can wait for me there, or head down the corridor on the easternmost side of the southern wall. If you want a safe place to wait, open the second door on the left side of that corridor. There's a metal rod inside the room that you can use to lock the door. I'll probably join you in five minutes. If I'm not back in ten minutes - best go on without me. Later!"
Unless someone detains him with a question or such, Bill waves in parting, and heads to the corridor that the ineffective guards went down several minutes ago. Still levitating, his foot touches down lightly for an occasional pushoff from the ground.
Sunblaze Tuesday September 4th, 2001 7:49:26 PM
As Sunblaze goes down the stairs she seems to be less nimble than she was minutes ago. Her eyes are watching around, and she is making sure that each step is on secure footing. She looks quizzically at the 6th step. Bill was playing a trick? Perhaps, but it wasn't worth the risk.
Damocles (Kim) d20=16 Tuesday September 4th, 2001 10:43:49 PM
Damocles takes the first several steps down the spiral staircase. Once he can see the floor below over the railing, if there is room to do it, he extends his 'wings', and descends in a spiral to the floor, eyes alert. (Spot 16+?) [How far down is it to the next level? How big is the landing?]
Draax Wednesday September 5th, 2001 12:44:17 AM
Draax descends down the stairs, he makes sure that he follows the others example by not stepping on the 6th stair.
Arien Wednesday September 5th, 2001 1:01:33 AM
As Arien descends the stairs with the others he too avoids the sixth stair.
Skip a Step, Then Pass "GO" (DM Donna) Wednesday September 5th, 2001 6:41:23 AM
Those who make a Spot check of 11 or better can see Bill's handiwork on that sixth step--a cleverly-rigged trip rope. Whether or not party members see it, avoiding the step is simple to do and doesn't require any additional checks at all.
The spiral stairs end on this lowest level, and the party encounters nothing on their way to the room described by Bill.
Meanwhile, Back at the Guard Room... (DM Donna) Wednesday September 5th, 2001 6:47:19 AM
Bill must make a Disguise check versus DC10 because he has to replace his hat and look like the gnome he'd been disguised as before.
Bill, too, encounters nothing on the way to the guard room. Inside the chamber, Bolgus is at one table, bragging to his fellow mages about some spell that he used on a cleric of Alemi and using sickeningly graphic phrases to describe the torture that he put the priest through. The mercenaries are at another table (ignoring the boastful spellcaster), with some of them playing cards, others drinking, and one of them sharpening a longsword.
Rond d20=13 Wednesday September 5th, 2001 11:26:08 AM
Prior to Bill's departure, Rond asks, "What's the knock sequence to know it's you?"
Rond walks down the spiral stair case, using the wall as his anchor point. As he hovers over the sixth stair, he sees Bill's handiwork. He then continues on down the corridor to the safety of a locked room. Should anyone hesitate, or stop, Rond will indicate to keep going via the directions that Bill gave.
Bill Troublefinder (as Greener, the gnome) d20+17=30 d20+10=26 Wednesday September 5th, 2001 11:29:06 AM
"Two shorts, two longs, and two shorts," Bill answers Rond. Then he briefly pulls out his disguise kit, uses the lighted mirror and a spot of makeup to touch up as he adjusts his hat of disguise. [Disguise check vs DC10: 30.] Satisfied, he adjusts his levitating gait to be a bit more gnomish, and heads toward the guard rooms.
Bill speaks up in his nasal, tweedy voice. "My, my, Bolgus, but don't you have a talent for torture? Hate to interrupt your mageship, but thought you and the crew should hear this. Ol' Spike's done gone and left us. Yep, he did. Was makin' my rounds, when he takes to puffin' his pipe, and chewin' his cheeks, and mumbling into his beard 'bout this 'n that as he climbs the stairs. So I go up the stairs. The mummy's just there, actin' scary and all. Spike says he's had enough, ain't takin' no more, don't try to stop him, and he quits. Goes off for a drink. Pushes out the door - he's a strong one, no doubt, and disappears. Thought I should tell you, cause I didn't wanna try rasslin' him in the mood he's in." Greener leans against the wall, waiting to see how Bolgus and the crew respond to this news.
[Anticipatory spellcraft check: 26]
Draax d20+1=4 Wednesday September 5th, 2001 11:14:31 PM
After avoiding the steps, Draax takes a look at it, but cannot see any difference from the others. He shrugs his shoulders and heads to the room with the others to wait for Bill.
Damocles (Kim) d20=10 Thursday September 6th, 2001 1:40:08 AM
Swooping down to the landing, the cleric of Alemi looks about, taking a measure of the room. He looks to see if there are torches every fifteen to twenty feet or so, as in the areas above. Damocles looks to see if there is anything else unusual here [Spot check 10+?], and how many corridors, doors, or other items are in this area. If nothing in particular stands out, he heads with Draax along the easternmost corridor on the southern wall to the second door on the left. Weapon in hand, he goes to open the door.
Renik Thursday September 6th, 2001 5:49:05 AM
Renik, following Bill's instructions, opens the second door on the left, and slips inside. It is a great relief to know they have an inside man. Halfling. Gnome even. He just hopes Bill's subterfuge upstairs goes smoothly...
Employers' Blues (DM Donna) Thursday September 6th, 2001 6:17:12 AM
"Quit? QUIT???" Bolgus echoes, his rather pinched face finally looking almost normal as a flood of angry blood suffuses the mage's face. "Why that lazy little weasel! I'll fix HIS wagon..!" He begins to chant and gesture.
"Now, Bolgus, you know we'd thought that Spike was a bit of a...uh oh..." one of the other mages starts to attempt to placate the human, but apparently the elf recognizes the spell that Bolgus is casting and simply shuts up.
Bill's best guess is that Bolgus is casting some kind of disintegration spell...which the incensed wizard confirms with the following statement:
"Well--wherever he is, that dumb dwarf is standing around in nothing but his loincloth! HA!" The other guards snicker and guffaw at that mental picture.
"Waste of energy, Bolgus," the elf who'd spoken earlier points out, but loses interest in the whole subject and returns to the book he's been reading.
"Grinchler--" Bolgus says to Bill with the air of someone conferring a great reward onto a less-than-worthy recipient, "--here's a bonus for informing on the deserter! You're dismissed." The wizard hands the disguised halfling a couple of copper pieces. The reading elf harrumphs and says something about how Greener can now afford to get that flying carpet with such generosity. But Bolgus doesn't catch the low aside.
Everyone in the room seems to take "Greener's" story about Spike at face value.
Meanwhile, One Level Below... (DM Donna) Thursday September 6th, 2001 6:21:45 AM
Damocles notices that the basic arrangement of the area is initially like the stairway chamber above (lighting and all). The rest of the party encounters nobody else on their way to Bill's room.
Bill the halfling, aka Greener the gnome Thursday September 6th, 2001 9:56:19 AM
When Bolgus describes Spike's current sartorial splendor, Greener's eyes get wide. "You mean you can strip naked someone you can't even see?" He gives a low whistle of appreciation. "Won't that arouse the base desires of any dwarf ladies who see him?"
Greener looks down at the coppers in his hand. "A bonus? Thanks. I'll use this wisely." He wiggles his eyebrows at the elf who suggested the magic carpet.
Just before leaving the room, Greener says, "Hey, Slappy, you've got some foam on your philtrum." He points to the groove betwixt the nose and upper lip. "Okay, guys, take it easy. Loincloth. Heh-heh!" Greener snickers with a nasal laugh as he exits.
If no one detains him, Greener heads back the way he came. He places the two copper pieces in the darkest spot he can find along the side of the landing room below.
Arriving in a few minutes at the safe room [I hope], Greener/Bill, if the door is closed, knocks with a pair of short, a pair of long, and a second pair of short raps. Assuming the door is opened, Bill steps in, closes the door behind him, and says, "Okay, we should be good to go. Just let me change into something more comfortable. Uh, Sunblaze, you wouldn't mind looking away for a minute, would you?" As Bill removes the green gnomish outfit for his own clothes, he fully relates what just happened with the guards and Bolgus. Curious, he checks to see if Spike's armor and other accoutrements are still in his bag, or if Bolgus' spell somehow affected that. He carefully takes the built-up extension to his nose off, placing it in his disguise kit. He grabs a block of cheese from his bag, and begins slicing it, offering some to his friends. Bill says, "All right, let me tell you a little more about this place."
The hobbit hunkers down, sitting his back to the wall. "Near as I can tell, this is the lowest level of the pyramid. We're a ways underground. This is the mages' level of the headquarters for the Sons of Dread, and the high mucky-mucks are in charge. Now the route to where I think the scroll printer is passes by various places. Bolgus' mistress is in a room just down the hall from here. There are ventilation openings in lots of places - some are maybe a foot square, then there are bigger ones, too. Some are big enough for someone my size to crawl through, but Damocles or Rond - you'd never fit.
"There are lots of visible doors, and a few hidden ones. I've found one of those that may help us get out of here when it's time to git. Okay, most important, though, is that there's a place with a large door - lots of ornate carvings on it. They do something, they call it 'taking someone in for collection.' Anyways, a couple of people were dragged or carried in there, and I haven't seen them come out. There's a room, maybe 20 by 20 feet, with a bunch of benches and chairs, and another fancy door on the other side of that room. None of the guards I've talked with have been through the second door. I'd bet - two coppers - that we'll find the scroll maker somewhere beyond that."
Bill nibbles on his cheese, and eats some hardtack from his iron rations. As he chews, he says, "Now would be a good time to go. The mages are in the middle of their rites, so aren't too likely to be wanderin' down here for a while. But we shouldn't wait too long." He pulls out a waterskin, and takes a swig. Wiping his mouth, he adds, "If we're lucky, we won't run into anyone to speak of till we get to the room I mentioned. If we're not lucky..." and he shrugs his shoulders.
"It's good to see you all," he finishes with a happy smile. "I leave out anything you wanna know?" he asks.
Sunblaze Thursday September 6th, 2001 8:07:39 PM
Sunblaze smiles at Bill's comment about her turning away. "Fine then," with a snicker in her voice. Carefully she listens to Bill, making sure to mentally note the vents.
"If Damocles or Rond can't fit that's fine, somebody must have some spells that could fix that. If not then we might not be able to use that." She nibbles on a piece of cheese as she talks. She pulls out a piece of dried meat from her belt pouch (Germ filled beef jerky :s) and chews on it.
"Also, the people who were dragged away may, if they are still alive, be able to help us. Or they may wished to be freed, either way, they can provide a good distraction." Waiting for a response from the group, she continues. "If we can find a way to collapse this building, then we can solve the battling problem. We don't want to be forced to fight them all."
Damocles (Kim) Friday September 7th, 2001 12:58:26 AM
Damocles joins the others in the room. He listens to what Bill has to say, and looks to see if he can spot any ventilation ducts coming into this room. "Any idea how many guards are typically at that room? You're not expecting any of us to travel through any vents, now, are you? Do you have a map sketched out of this place?"
When Sunblaze puts forward the notion of collapsing the pyramid, Damocles looks at her and asks, "How do you propose to collapse an 800 foot tall and 800 foot broad pyramid? How many innocent people around the pyramid might be killed or maimed if you somehow succeeded? How ... oh, never mind. What if we flooded it, though? The river is not so far away." He gets a faraway look in his eyes, then shakes his head. "You're infecting me, Sunblaze. Infecting me with zany ideas!"
Rond Friday September 7th, 2001 2:17:05 AM
Glad to see his friend once again, Rond listens intently to what Bill has to say. Too wound up for the situation that they are in, Rond refuses the cheese from Bill. He does take time to wet his mouth somewhat, since it has this habit of drying up on him.
"As long as we agree as to where everyone wants to end up, I can probably stick to the ceiling. But I think we should keep the vents as a possible escape route, and keep everyone together. That's if you feel the mages haven't explored the temple that much. It's hard to tell from our vantage point, whether they might have had time to booby trap stuff."
At Sunblaze's suggestion, Rond pauses, and then rolls his eyes.
"If we feel we have the time, we might want to come back to this room,or other rooms that have ventilation ducts, and lock the door, and leave by the ventilation ducts. Just to give the temple staff, something to do."
Arien Friday September 7th, 2001 3:17:59 AM
"Regardless to whether or not we can do anything to the temple it is as Bill said, we should not stay around here too long. I suggest that we stay in group now, whether one person or the group is discovered the effects will be the same, also together we have a better chance of stopping someone than one person would alone. Now if I can suggest something, since Bill is familiar with the layout around here, he should take a place in the front so that he can guide us."
Considerations (DM Donna) Friday September 7th, 2001 6:40:07 AM
Bill finds that, for all his bluster and pomposity, Bolgus IS a rather effective wizard...for all of Spike's possessions--even his money--is naught but dust now. Oh, well.
After thinking for a moment about Sunblaze's comment about potential help from any prisoners, Bill recalls that there is no such facility in the pyramid--that he knows of--that could house captives...not living ones, anyhow. Likewise, the halfling is of the opinion that there isn't any easy way to collapse the pyramid; the river may be nearby, but it would take stronger magic and psionic powers than the party currently possesses for that waterway to be sufficiently diverted.
Renik (invisible) Friday September 7th, 2001 9:38:05 AM
A disembodied voice, that has been silent for a little while, comments, "It seems we have little choice but to follow Mr Troublefinder, locate our objective, and escape by whatever means are available. If you wish I can come with you, Mr Troublefinder, or move slightly ahead to ensure no wandering enemies come upon us unawares."
Draax Friday September 7th, 2001 4:34:50 PM
While listening to what everyone has to say, Draax gives a little jump as Renik's voice comes out of nowhere. He silently berates himself for forgetting about his invisible comrade. Since the decision to leave this room has been made, he waits by the door for Bill to take the lead.
Bill Troublefinder d20+8=24 Saturday September 8th, 2001 1:05:42 AM
"Well, friend," he answers Damocles, "do you know you just said someone's name? I have a map, and it's right here," he says, pointing to his forehead. "Didn't think it was safe to be jotting such stuff down. But let me show you." As he speaks, he pulls a handful of light brown flour from his bag, and sprinkles it on the ground before him. As he speaks, he draws a map with his finger, showing chambers, corridors, a few secret doors, and such. His compact body floats just off the floor. In a few spots he draws question marks. He then pulls out a piece of paper, and does a quick sketch, with a few notes on it. "Hey, spiderman, where ever you are, grab this, memorize it, then let's burn it." He allows only Renik to see it. "If something happens to me, then I want at least one other person to know this." After a pause, he says, looking up to Rond, "Oh, pal, maybe I should have asked you, first. I'm thinking if anyone is going to try to read our minds, it's better if not all of us know what's planned next. But if you think one more person should know the plan, that's your call."
He waits until everyone has seen his floor sketch, then uses his finger to draw several other lines, figures, and such, so that anyone would be hard pressed to know what in the world the scribblings were all about. "Ignore this here," he says. He lets them sit for a minute or so, then blows the flour away, and rubs out any remnants of his markings.
"Also, I've got a few things we might use on anyone who tries to follow us, assuming we get what we came for. The gist of it is, we don't leave the way we came in. Also, there is a small chance that we'll have some more help from inside here," he adds, thinking of his friend Sedar.
Looking to Arien, he answers him, "You're right - we need to stick together." To Sunblaze and Rond's suggestion to use the ventilation shafts, he says, "Maybe as a last resort, and if anybody can figure out how to get you all and what we're carrying through them." To Renik's suggestion that the two of them go first, he says, "Sounds good, spiderman."
Finally, Bill arranges a few items toward the top of his bag for ready access. "All right - everyone set? Any spells anyone wants to cast before we go, or other prep - potions, whatever?" While others do their thing, Bill launches a couple of ioun stones to orbit his head, holds his sword in his left hand, has a dart in his right. "With no obstacles, we should be outside the room we're aiming for in, oh, five to eight minutes of walking. Let's go. Got the door, tough guy?" he asks Draax.
Sunblaze Saturday September 8th, 2001 7:50:57 PM
Sunblaze carefully chooses her next words, so that the group does not think she is trying to endanger someone.
"We could get the wizards to attack us, and possibly with their force, THEY could take this building down. Or they could avert the river. We don't need to be able to do it ourselves, just have a way of getting it done." She winks at Damocles for a moment, a twinkle in her other eye. The group might remember that Sunblaze has always wanted to see the higher magics.
Bill Troublefinder Sunday September 9th, 2001 1:00:04 PM
"Sweet elf," Bill replies to Sunblaze, "Bolgus the mage just managed to selectively disintegrate all of Spike's possessions, including the ones in my bag. I'm not motivated to arouse such as him to wrath against us. Please don't do anything more than we've been sent to do to get the wizards on our tail. Otherwise, I take it you're set to go?"
Arien Sunday September 9th, 2001 10:29:12 PM
"Well Sunblaze if you really want to do that it'd be fine with me, just wait until the rest of us are out of the place ok? I've no desire to be buried under tons of rock, even if either of your plans would work. Anyway, enough of the chatter, I really suggest we get moving before we get either of Sunblaze's plans as forced choices."
Rond Sunday September 9th, 2001 11:10:03 PM
Listening to Bill, Rond does his best to follow what Bill has laid out. When Bill asks, "It's no problem. You happen to have inside information that we didn't have before."
When Bill's conversation ends, Rond listens to the other minor comments. At Sunblaze's comment, "Well, if we could build something convincing, I'd think about it. But since these people are all mages, I don't think anything of the illisionary type is going to work against them. So there goes the 'fire so big, they have to port in the river' trick.
When everything else is said and done, and Bill asks about final preps. "I think we did all our spell preps at the front door. We don't have much time left on at least one spell, I think. But the other one has plenty of time. "
Bill Troublefinder Monday September 10th, 2001 12:42:34 AM
"Fine. Here we go." And the halfling leads the way, with Renik overhead, towards their goal. As they take their first turn to the left, Bill points with his thumb to a door on the right. "That's where Bolgus keeps his lady. Makes out to the rest of them that he's free from temptations to the flesh, but still keeps a lady." He mentions other points of interest along the way, until they near the room with the carved door.
Doorway to the Unknown (DM Donna) Monday September 10th, 2001 6:50:57 AM
Sunblaze's yearnings to see higher magic will have to go unfulfilled, since the rest of the party points out with various levels of logic that getting 40+ mages ticked off at you while inside their stomping grounds just is not the wisest of ideas. The next several minutes of creeping along the corridors, while tense, are otherwise uneventful.
Finally Bill signals everyone to halt, pointing at a large stone door. It's quite elaborately carved, with the faces and depictions of all kinds of bloodthirsty-looking demons and devils and such on it. Just looking at it sends a shiver down the spines of the party members.
Renik (invisible) Monday September 10th, 2001 6:56:46 AM
"We need to go in here?" Renik is glad no one can see him shudder. "Ah well, no-one said this was going to be pretty." He makes a mental note of their position on the map that Bill briefly showed him, and plots possible escape routes from this point before proceeding. ---- [Renik - the piece of paper Bill gave him outlined an escape route, with a couple of forks in the path that rejoined later. A handwritten note explained how to open a secret door on the southwestern side, near the corner. Bill burned the paper after Renik read it, since Rond didn't indicate anyone else should read it after Bill deferred to him. -Kim]
Sunblaze-Demons, Devils and Tigers, OH MY Monday September 10th, 2001 9:06:33 PM
Sunblaze looks at the group, knowing that they remember her yearning for magic. She shrugs it off and begins to follow the group.
The doorway begins to freak her out and she wonders if turning back is an option. "Don't suppose we could... yah know leave." She looks at the faces of the group and then nods. "I know..."
Rond Monday September 10th, 2001 11:21:27 PM
Feeling sorta morbid Rond comments, "I'm not sure that our employer doesn't keep company with some of these guys," Rond half-smiles to the group.
"None of these things have any kind of protections sewn into them, do they?" Looking at Bill, and the spellcasters of the group.
Arien d20+12=30 d20+7=27 d20+10=20 Tuesday September 11th, 2001 12:04:37 AM
As the group stands in front of the door Arien moves closer in to examine it. Without touching it he examines the door as best he can, taking advantage of the magical qualities of his cloak he makes sure to examine the upper areas of the door as well. He is of course looking for both mundane and magical traps that might be hidden on the door. (Search = 30; Spot = 27; and a Knowledge: Arcana = 20)
Draax Tuesday September 11th, 2001 12:43:25 AM
Draax looks at the evil looking door. "Just our luck." He waits, anxious to continue, but secretly hoping that they are unable to open the door.
Bill Troublefinder d20+15=31 d20+5=23 d20+5=19 d20+5=18 d20+5=11 d20+8=22 Tuesday September 11th, 2001 12:48:55 AM
"Boy, I don't know," Bill answers Rond. He re-examines the door in light of this question, levitating up and down to get a closer look, and pulling out a magnifying lens to check a few details. [Knowledge Arcana 31; Knowledge History 23; Knowledge the Planes 19; Knowledge Religion 18; Knowledge Architecture & Engineering 11; Autohypnosis (to memorize features and layout of door) 22.]
"Well, pretty fearsome. I'll tell you what I think in a sec, but usually one of the guards just pushes down on that latch there and opens the door." He scratches behind his ear. "Then there's that twenty foot square room with benches and chairs, and another scary door on the other side." He puts the magnifying lens away.
Damocles (Kim) Tuesday September 11th, 2001 2:12:28 AM
Damocles stands there, looking at the images for a moment, then shuts his eyes, and focuses his mind on Alemi.
Mystery Portal (DM Donna) Tuesday September 11th, 2001 6:22:04 AM
Both Bill and Arien quickly tell that the door is very high quality work that is made to appear as old as the rest of the pyramid, but is actually quite new. It's locked, but doesn't appear to be trapped. Opening the lock will require either a Knock spell or a skill check versus DC 15.
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday September 11th, 2001 10:35:38 AM
Bill explains what he's found to the others. "Anyone want to try to unlock it? You have that chime of opening?" he asks. If no one else is able to open it, he will use the knock power, but wants to see if another is able to do it mechanically, to conserve his rather limited power.
Sunblaze-Doorway to Hell? Tuesday September 11th, 2001 8:34:15 PM
Sunblaze scanned the door for only a moment before realizing that it wasn't what she wanted to mess with.
"Bill, I know your spells are limited, but I believe that it would be the most help because we need to be silent to get behind whatever is there and possibly quietly." A small smile crossed her face, and she gave Bill a wink. "And if you're worried about your spell powers, don't worry -- I can protect you if yah need it." She snickered at him and then got back to looking at the door.
(OOC: Autohypnosis, Is that a skill? Or does everyone have the ability to try?) ------- [Yes, it's a new skill, described in the Psionics Handbook. -Kim]
Rond Tuesday September 11th, 2001 11:10:26 PM
"Unfortunately we lost that on the first thing we opened, which was the front door. I'm no good at this kind of stuff." Looking at Arien Rond says, "It's either for you, or our invisible friend to do this."
Bill Troublefinder d20+8=25 Wednesday September 12th, 2001 1:33:57 AM
"Protect me? Oh, thanks." Bill's eyes open wider for an instant. "Oh," he says, pulling a lumpy bag out of his backpack. He takes vials out, and hands one to each person in the party (and floats up so that Renik can grab one). "These are healing potions." [CLW, 1d8, reroll 1's.] He hands Damocles two scrolls, and Sunblaze two scrolls. "Cure Light Wound scrolls - a bard or cleric should be able to read these." The halfling notes where people put their scrolls and vials.
Then, unless Renik or Arien opens the door, Bill will concentrate on the latch. He stands to the side, not directly in front of the door. An ectoplasmic slime appears momentarily around the locked area, and the door opens [or it should]. [3 PwPt, DC 25+2=27 (forgot to add the level of the power to the knock roll)]
Arien d20+10=24 Wednesday September 12th, 2001 2:03:39 AM
"Yeah, I'll give it a try." Arien says while approaching the lock. With a few deft twists of his wrists and picks he trips the tumbler; then he stands back and motions for someone else to open the door.
Renik (invisible) d20+4=5 d20+12=19 d20+2=4 Wednesday September 12th, 2001 5:50:45 AM
Renik looks up from his pack, which he has been rummaging through to retrieve his lockpick tools. Seeing that Arien has made short work of the lock, he stows his gear away once more, and smiles "Smoothly done, friend. Allow me." Waiting for others to move back a little he attempts to open the door very carefully, mindful of traps (Search 5: Gaah!). If he opens it without getting blasted, he creeps into the room (Move Silent 19) and checks out the interior (Spot 4 Gaah again!). Once he is satisfied it is safe, he will quietly call the others in.
Behind Door #1... (DM Donna) Wednesday September 12th, 2001 6:09:36 AM
Arien's abilities come in handy as the door opens with a soft "k-snick". Renik succeeds in nearly scaring the bejeebers out of himself when he thinks he's possibly sounded some kind of alarm... but within the room is nothing but the benches and other door opposite the one just opened.
Anyone checking the door will find it locked, also. The standard DC15 exists to check for traps and to unlock it.
Renik (Invisible) d20+4=21 d20+8=11 Wednesday September 12th, 2001 7:17:53 AM
Renik examines the second door carefully (Search 21) and (assuming that no traps are found) is pretty confident that the door is safe.
(Only if he finds no traps:) He reaches for his lockpick, and attempts to pop the lock as Arien did, but the attempt proves fruitless. Stepping back in frustration Renik murmurs to Arien with a smile, "Well, it's got me stumped. You'd best show me how it's done!"
Bill Troublefinder d20+15=25 d20+5=20 d20+5=9 d20+5=25 d20+5=11 d20+8=18 d20+3=23 d20+10=30 Wednesday September 12th, 2001 9:12:51 AM
Bill goes through a similar routine with the second door. Is it identical in features to the first door? If different, here are his rolls: [Knowledge Arcana 25; Knowledge History 20; Knowledge the Planes 9; Knowledge Religion 25; Knowledge Architecture & Engineering 11; Autohypnosis (to memorize features and layout of door) 18; Spot (looking for traps) 23.]
Bill will wait for Arien to try to unlock it. Only if Arien has trouble will Bill knock it open (DC 30). [Wow, two nat 20's in a row!]
Draax Wednesday September 12th, 2001 5:41:44 PM
Draax steps into the first room, but makes sure to stay out of the others' way as they attempt to open the other door.
Arien d20+12=20 d20+10=24 Wednesday September 12th, 2001 6:28:09 PM
Once he can tell that Renik has vacated the area with the lock, Arien examines the lock for traps and if he is satisfied that there are none he again easily opens the lock.
Damocles (Kim) Wednesday September 12th, 2001 8:33:16 PM
Damocles, looking around to see if all are ready, opens the now unlocked door.
Sunblaze-More Demons Wednesday September 12th, 2001 9:47:26 PM
Sunblaze watches the door intently, then when she realizes that all she is doing is walking closer to it she checks for cracks that Trent could slide through.
Then she realizes it's opened and she bravely follows Damocles, pushing herself forward, knowing another door awaits them here. Her hands nimble and ready to perform her spells.
Taking What's Behind Door #2 (DM Donna) d20+6=10 Thursday September 13th, 2001 6:38:26 AM
The door that Arien unlocks is actually a plain (though thick and quite sturdy) door. Bill's contemplations (OOC: I'm applying them to the first, more ornately carved door) identify several generic types of evil outsider lifeforms, but no one of the representations are really any too specific. It was an imposing door of demons & devils. Period.
The room beyond the second, plain door is revealed to the party: a square room, twenty-five or so feet on each side; opposite the door you just opened is a pair of doors--each door looks to be about three feet wide... but they are almost three feet up off the floor, and only about three feet high each. One would think of them more as security shutters for windows rather than doors... except that you all know you are deep underground.
Between the party and these doors is strange-looking contraption--looking like the product of a fevered gnome's nightmares:
Four wrought-metal legs and a metallic tabletop support the collection of gears, rollers, spindles and assorted other parts. On one side of the contraption is attached a shallow metal rectangular pan. On the other side of the machine is attached a pair of metal channels that have a series of straps with buckles all along them. Between these two channels is affixed a strange, semi-circular frame--also made of metal and also with a strap & buckle on it.
There is a long bench along the eastern wall of this room. (OOC: I'll be sending a map of the room to all the players.)
Anybody wishing to examine the machine further must make a Spellcraft/Psicraft check versus DC19.
Bill Troublefinder d20+10=11 d20+4=9 d20+15=19 Thursday September 13th, 2001 9:33:57 AM
Despite earlier having dressed as a gnome, Bill seems stumped by this apparently gnomish contraption. [Spellcraft/Psicraft 11.] He does offer a few speculations, nevertheless. "I wonder what these straps are for? Tying something, or someone, down? And the rollers?" He takes a piece of parchment from his bag, and carefully sees if it might fit in the rollers. "How 'bout the rest of you? Any ideas, Sun, uh, lady?" he asks, almost forgetting for the moment Damocles' warnings about mentioning names. "What goes in this pan, do you suppose?" Bill sniffs at it. [Search 9.] After focusing all his attention on the ornate door, the halfling's senses appear to be momentarily dulled. [Though his knowledge of arcana [19] may help him a little bit.] He is fluent in gnomish, so looks around - above, beneath, on the sides - to see if there is any writing on the device.
Rond Friday September 14th, 2001 1:18:41 AM
Examining the device, Rond tries to estimate its weight, and how many people would be needed to carry it. "Bill, do you have extra blank paper, in which you can try to draw this contraption? I'd like to get a copy written down, in case we have to destroy this at any time."
Renik (invisible) d20+4=15 d20+2=16 d20+4=10 d20+4=21 Friday September 14th, 2001 5:42:16 AM
Renik examines the contraption and the surrounding room, attempting to determine if it is trapped in any way (Search 15). He tries to fathom what the various components could be used for (INT 16), and how the machine might be best disabled (Disable Device 10). He makes sure he touches nothing in the process.
His examination of the machine complete, he moves to the door in the Southern wall, and holds his ear close to it, straining to hear any activity beyond it (Listen 21).
Investigating the Thing-a-ma-bob (DM Donna) d20+1=17 d20+6=23 Friday September 14th, 2001 6:42:59 AM
Rond makes an Intelligence check (which *I* rolled for him, but the player should remember to do this next time {hint, hint!} he has Rond attempt something like this), and thus calculates that the machine can be detached from the table. It would DEFINITELY be unwieldy and cumbersome, but it would only weigh about 25 pounds or so. At its present size, however, even the detached machine will not fit into the mouth of any of the party's present backpacks, bags or other containers.
Renik hears nothing through the door.
Damocles peers intently at the alien apparatus, eyeing it with a faint feeling of dread.
"Not that I'm an expert," he says as he pokes idly at this part or that, "But I think Bill is correct about putting paper or parchment over here, then the sheets would get pulled through these rollers here, and then come out and pile up in this pan over here. But these channels...hmmm..." The cleric walks around to the side opposite the destination pan, then--after scrutinizing the machine some more seems to notice something else, frowning thoughtfully.
"Didn't you say that you've seen--or know of--people brought into this room...but that they DON'T come out?" Damocles addresses Bill directly. When the halfling replies, the priest of Alemi frowns even deeper, then casts a Detect Evil spell on the machine.
It begins to glow a malevolent, dull crimson.
Renik (Invisible) Friday September 14th, 2001 7:57:24 AM
"You mean you think this machine consumes people in order to function? That's disgusting! And our sponsor wants us to bring him this thing? Hmmm." Were Renik visible the others would see serious consternation on his face.
"I say we destroy it. This thing shouldn't exist, regardless of who has it. The ability to mass produce information is a powerful political tool, and given of what I have seen of our sponsor, I am not convinced he would not find some justification to use this thing, fueled by souls of his enemies. In our line of work we must expect to have to kill without mercy, but this is far beyond that. This contraption is quite simply evil. No, better that we destroy it utterly - and quietly."
Arien d20+12=26 d20+4=19 Friday September 14th, 2001 1:42:00 PM
"Actually if we can take a piece off or two, to bring the main piece there down to about 20 pounds I have a way to make sure that even if we are found that they won't find the thing easily." Arien then wanders around the machine looking for any pieces that could be easy removed to reduce the size. (Search Roll = 26; Intelligence roll = 19)
Bill Troublefinder d20+8=24 d20+8=22 Friday September 14th, 2001 4:58:50 PM
Bill, at Rond's request, takes out some paper, ink, and an inkpen. Before he begins sketching, though, he walks around the device, taking mental images (Autohypnosis, 24 & 22, working on memorizing the whole thing). He stretches out his arms, using his body to measure various parts of the device, then begins to jot down a quick sketch, along with notes. He checks the texture of the rollers, trying to determine what they are made out of. "Clever device."
"I can make it levitate," Bill offers.
When questioned by the cleric Damocles, Bill responds, "Yes, that's right. At least I never saw them come back out." Then he looks at the double doors the party has not yet gone through. "Maybe they went on that way."
Then, as Damocles reveals the evil aura of the device, Bill modifies his earlier evaluation. "Fiendishly clever."
When Renik suggests the destruction of the device, Bill responds, "So, we agree that this is the magic scroll maker? I wonder if a similar device could be made, not for making magic scrolls, but just regular writing. You could write stories that people would enjoy, or tell about interesting things going on, or give instructions on how to grow beans, or make pies, or, things like that..." The halfling pauses, reining in his growing enthusiasm. "Oh, sorry. I just have this notion that evil is kind of a twisting of what's good. This thing here is an example of creativity that got bent the wrong direction. Like making people think they're chickens."
He takes a breath, then says, "So, yeah, let's take it apart as we can, get it out of here quick so they can't use it anymore, maybe bust it up some more once we've got it outside, and deliver some pieces of it to Mr. M. What do you think? Damocles - your church have something to take the evil outta things? Like fire?" As he finishes up his little speech, Bill pulls a canvas tarp out of his backpack, and unfolds it to 15'x20'. "We can cover it with this. Who's gonna take it off the table top? Let's do this fast, friends." Bill, holding on to the unfolded tarp, levitates up to the ceiling just above the double doors, bunching it up so that the bottom of the tarp is just above the doors. He figures he can move from there to cover the machine, or offer a welcome with the drop cloth should someone come through the unexplored doors.
Sunblaze d20+5=17 d20+4=10 d20+5=21 Friday September 14th, 2001 6:10:11 PM
Sunblaze carefully listens around, knowing that the machine might be working still (Listen: +5 [+1rank, +2wis, +2race]=17). She looks at it, as if it would bite her friends at any moment. She examines every bit of it herself, as if she wanted to trust her own instincts (Spot: +4 [+2 race, +2 wis]=10) (Search: +5 [+2 race, +3 int]=21).
"Elgg lil Verin, Marcus Zhal Naut Inbal Nindol." Sunblaze's elven words mean, to those who understand. "Destroy the Evil, Marcus shall not have this!" She speaks, not with hatred, but with understanding that too many have died at the hands of this machine.
Draax Friday September 14th, 2001 10:04:54 PM
Draax looks at the machine as he listens to the others. At that moment he realizes that he never actually believed that they would find the machine, but he also never thought that they would run into Bill.
"My vote is to take it apart if anyone knows how and put the individual pieces in Bill’s bag if they are small enough or some of us can carry the pieces. We can decide how to destroy it or give it to Marcus when we are away from here. If we can’t take it apart and one of you know how to destroy it here, then let's do that."
Draax really does not care if they destroy the device or give it to Marcus as long as they get it away from the Dread.
Bill Troublefinder Friday September 14th, 2001 11:46:24 PM
"Great, we agree. But I think Arien should hide part in his way, too. I may be fine at dissembling, but not disassembling. Renik, Arien, somebody, let's stop jawing and get working. I'll handle the curtains here. Someone watch the doors. Take that thing apart. Sound good, Rond?" He gives up on Damocles' counsel not to mention names, since the cleric keeps forgetting himself.
The Evil of Technology (DM Donna) Saturday September 15th, 2001 7:52:19 AM
The expression on Damocles' face clearly shows that the cleric does NOT like this machine at all... especially when Bill--in making his comparisons for his sketching of the device--stretches his arms out.
"Ahhh--see? See?" Damocles points to the metal channels. "This is fashioned so that somebody stands in front of this end, places one of their arms in each channel like so..." He demonstrates by mimicking placing his arms on the metal holders, then Damocles points to the curious, oval-shaped frame.
"...one's face would be pushed into this frame--and obviously the straps would hold the victim in quite securely. The gods alone know what would happen next--but if the 'collected' people's lack of reappearing is anything to go by, then I think that Rond's theory about 'consuming people' is a valid one. No wonder this thing is radiating pure evil!" Damocles shudders.
Arien's inspection reveals that--while the machine is able to be removed from the table by unscrewing four pins--the machine itself is too complicated to break down other than removing the tray for the finished printed material. You'd need someone who is an Expert on this particular machine to do this AND be sure that the machine would still work... if one wanted to be sure that the machine WOULD still work, that is.
Maybe it's Sunblaze's paranoia, but the machine seems to sit there, smugly amused by the curious bard/wizard's scrutiny, and perversely not making a sound.
Sunblaze-I'm Watching You Watching Me! Sunday September 16th, 2001 2:21:08 PM
Sunblaze took a glance at the machine then watched the door they came from, debating slamming it with her quarterstaff or burning it with her magic. She ends up just staying at the door, ignoring it.
"Hey Trouble, how did you get into here in the beginning? You could have gotten us all in with you...What a wonderful plan that would have been." She smiles, yet only she knows it is there.
Bill Troublefinder Sunday September 16th, 2001 4:12:19 PM
Bill shrugs at Sunblaze's question. As he waits for one of those skilled with dealing with devices to undo the screws, he says, "Let's worry then, about disabling it later - just get it out of here fast. No time for fartin' around." Then he blushes at having used a slightly unsavory word. In any event, he keeps his attention focused on the double doors below him, his head close to the ceiling.
Rond Monday September 17th, 2001 1:02:11 AM
"Actually, it looks like this thing's too complicated to take apart quickly and expect it to work. But with Bill's sketches here, we can at least show how it was put together. I say we just manhandle the thing apart, and Arien hide the face part of it. Provided it can be taken apart."
The Tension Mounts (DM Donna) Monday September 17th, 2001 6:40:46 AM
Well, Rond has suggested that Arien takes the machine apart (at least partially.) It is pointed out that the machine can be unscrewed from the tabletop...and the "face part" of it can likely be removed from the machine, too. Even so, the machine will be a cumbersome device--at least twenty-five pounds or so--and it will not fit into a bag or backpack.
If Arien (or anyone else) does more than unscrew the machine from the tabletop, they must make an Intelligence check (since I doubt anyone has a Profession: Mechanical Engineer skill) with a -4 penalty.
Everyone please roll a Listen check, though--versus DC18.
Renik (Invisible) d20+4=22 Monday September 17th, 2001 9:04:21 AM
Standing near the door, Renik continues to listen for sounds of enemy movement. As the others discuss what to do with the machine, and set to work removing it from the table, he suspects he hears something. He hisses at the others "Shhh! I think I hear something!"
Bill Troublefinder d20+5=13 Monday September 17th, 2001 11:45:31 AM
Bill doesn't quite hear whatever it is that Renik, below him, hears. Maybe the canvas he holds helps absorb the sound. "Arien, Renik, Damocles, somebody take those four darn screws outta the pins, now! Then I'll cover it, and we haul it outta here, tout de suite. I can't float here all day," he urges in a stage whisper. Wrestling with the canvas, he pulls a wand out, ready to zap the machine with a levitate spell as soon as someone separates it from the table.
Arien d20=15 d20=18 Monday September 17th, 2001 12:48:16 PM
Arien goes to work on trying to remove the machine from the table and then further breaking it down. After working a moment he freezes as a slight noise reaches his ears. (First roll at -4 then +4 from Int modifier = 15; Listen roll = 18)
Draax d20+1=17 Monday September 17th, 2001 2:31:16 PM
Draax waits for the machine to be moved, he stops for a second, thinking that he heard something. He is not sure if he heard anything or if it was his imagination. He turns his attention back to the machine silently wishing that the procedure would speed up.
Sunblaze-Is That You Dave? d20+5=21 Monday September 17th, 2001 9:22:03 PM
Sunblaze watches the door and then her ears pick something up, and she motions for quiet, unaware of Renik's demand.(Listen: +5 [+1rank, +2wis, +2race]=21) Carefully and quietly Sunblaze climbs to the top of the door (Slippers of Spider Climb) and prepares to make a daring move, should anyone attempt to enter the door.
Did YOU Hear Something..? (DM Donna) Tuesday September 18th, 2001 6:49:31 AM
People freeze, straining to listen--those who made their Listen check think they hear voices approaching the door the party entered the room through, but the voices sound like they pass by. Soon silence reigns once more.
Once the danger is passed, Arien quickly unscrews the machine from the tabletop and manages to also unscrew the face frame from the machine as well--and makes an unpleasant discovery: the frame weighs at least twice as much as originally estimated... whatever metal and material it is made of is apparently a LOT more dense than the ranger originally estimated. (This means that the machine--sans the table--weighs at least FIFTY pounds, and not twenty-five.)
The machine is now able to be removed from the table.
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday September 18th, 2001 11:55:06 AM
Bill invokes the command word to release a levitate spell from his wand, focused on the scroll printing machine. He then drapes the canvas over the machine, and says, "Okay, let's wrap it underneath, and go, but turn right when we get out the devilish door. That's our way out. I'll let you big folk carry it - shouldn't be too heavy, now." The halfling is not yet aware of the noise.
Draax Tuesday September 18th, 2001 3:25:44 PM
After the device has been levitated and draped with the canvas, Draax helps wrap it from the bottom. "OK, I will carry it, so let's go. Who is leading the way?" Draax is ready to half push and half carry the device, he is only waiting for someone to head out and ensure that their way is clear.
Sunblaze- What? You're Leaving Already? d20+5=8 Tuesday September 18th, 2001 8:30:16 PM
Sunblaze hears the voices and her hands are released to cast a spell, but as they move away she stops and waits there and in a faint whisper she speaks.
"Quiet, nobody make a sound." She strains to catch if they left or if they are waiting outside the door for them (Listen: +5 [+1rank, +2wis, +2race]=8). She doesn't catch anything so she comes down, speaking, still quietly to the group. "It seems they are gone, although I can't tell. My hearing is going in my old age." She smiles, and then prepares to go, although she doesn't need a lot of stuff to do.
Arien Wednesday September 19th, 2001 2:25:01 AM
"I say we go out in the same order, with Bill and Renik in the lead. Draax should probably stay to the middle. In case we get stopped we might be able to bluff our way out but not if they see we are carrying this machine out from under their noses."
Rond Wednesday September 19th, 2001 2:30:22 AM
"Draax took time to get the guard's gear, so he'll need to be where he can talk to someone, if we happen to find someone. I think I'll push the device for now. Since Renik is still invisible. Why not Renik in front, and Bill behind. Renik should be able to get to us before someone else, since he's invisible. With Bill behind, he might be able to intercept, if he's going to stay in constume. He seems to have a knack for words," as Rond smiles at Bill.
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday September 19th, 2001 3:19:49 AM
"Who's gone?" Bill asks Sunblaze, a look of concern on his face. "You mean, someone was just in the next room? Hmm - spiderman," he says, looking about where he figures Renik to be, "- can you check to see which way they went? Back the way we came, or past the ugly door - down the route we're heading?"
"Thanks, Rond. But, I'm not in costume. Don't want to risk that, 'cause I might need to ... anyway, right now, I'm just me. But sure, I'll go right after spiderman, no prob - least ways, I *think* I'll be following him, if he is goin' the right way. Hey, I know, we'll be the repair crew. Yeah."
Renik (invisible) d20+4=18 d20+12=14 d20+2=5 d20+2=6 d20+12=30 Wednesday September 19th, 2001 6:23:12 AM
Renik nods, then realises how pointless that is. "No problem," he says, and he carefully follows the receding sound of the voices (listen 18, Move silent 14). If he catches up with the source of the talking without being rumbled, he will quickly check them out (Spot 5), try to figure if they are likely to head back towards the route the party plan to take (Sense Motive 6), then creep back to rejoin the others (Move Silent 30).
The Great Escape
Clean Getaway! (DM Donna) Wednesday September 19th, 2001 7:37:40 AM
Opening the door and peering carefully around reveals that the passage outside the room is empty--nobody is in sight.
Renik notes that nobody is in the corridor he is carefully creeping down, also. So far, so good.
Everyone must make a Wisdom check versus DC15. Those who make the roll will get an unshakeable feeling that this particular part of the mission is going well--TOO well.
Renik (Invisible) d20=20 Wednesday September 19th, 2001 10:14:53 AM
Continuing his stealthy pursuit in the direction the voices went, Renik is suddenly seized with the certainty that something is desperately wrong (WIS: Nat 20!). This has been too easy; to break into the enemy stronghold so easily, to encounter such minimal defenses, to find an ally that leads them straight to their goal, only to find it totally unguarded; and above all those voices that just went past, only to conveniently vanish; something doesn't sit right... every sense he has screams at him that something is seriously amiss...
Draax d20=6 Wednesday September 19th, 2001 4:27:36 PM
Draax looks down at the chain mail he is wearing, looks over at Rond and then smiles. "Oh yeah, with all the excitement of finding this thing, I almost forgotten my disguise." In his dread guard disguise Draax follows after Bill. He feels relieved that everything has gone as easy as it has.
Bill Troublefinder d20+3=19 d20+8=16 Thursday September 20th, 2001 12:04:35 AM
Bill already knows that things have been going remarkably smoothly (Wisdom check 19). He is nervous about those two copper coins that Bolgus gave Greener - which is why he ditched them earlier.
And, with the noise that Sunblaze heard, surely someone is laying an ambush, or at least a check point, or has a patrol on ahead. But he doesn't remark on this, because he knows his companions, and figures that they are not the type to be caught flat-footed. Well, at least not very often. Hey, maybe they shoulda looked in the room beyond the two doors. What's over there, anyhow? A bunch more scrolls, ready for passing out and causing trouble? Treasure?
Bill shakes his head, and whispers, "Focus, hobbit, focus." Just a little confused at Rond's direction, he thinks to himself, 'Me behind Renik? Or behind everyone? Probably behind Renik.' He tests his theory by being the next after their invisible companion out the demon-decorated door. He walks the hall ahead of all but Renik, senses alert, looking to see if anything has changed since his last pass through the area they now travel. (Autohypnosis, remember, 16.)
Arien d20-1=18 d20+7=12 d20=19 Thursday September 20th, 2001 4:41:45 AM
As the party leaves the room Arien reviews the past events in his head, wondering just how this could be going so easy. Grimacing with the realization there was probably an ambush waiting for them on the upper level he decides to make things a little harder to handle for the Dread. Arien motions to the party that he is going to follow on the ceiling and then quickly scales the wall and does so.
Keeping even with about the middle of the party Arien stays extra alert, hoping to catch warning of any ambush before it was sprung. (Rolls are Wisdom, Spot, and Listen checks respectively.)
Rond d20+2=5 Thursday September 20th, 2001 6:39:19 AM
"Oh okay," he responds to Bill's comment. Rond begins pushing the contraption out the door. He watches as the groups proceeds out the door, noting the order that everyone is lining up in. As the group begins to pass out the door, Rond whispers, "It will be nice to get out of here."
A Clean Getaway..? (DM Donna) Thursday September 20th, 2001 8:30:24 AM
More people in the party get the feeling that something is about to hit the fan...it's just been a little TOO easy.
Especially Arien, as he hears distant voices speaking urgently and the sounds of hurried footsteps coming towards the party--from BOTH directions..!
(OOC: you are all currently in the middle of a hallway that is about 10 feet wide, 15 feet tall, stretches in an east-west direction; the way back towards the machine room is east, and Bill was leading you westward. From your current position within the hallway, the hall stretches 60 feet eastward to the bend that turns south, and then goes 50 feet westward before a T-intersection. I'll be sending you a diagram of this via email.)
Assuming that Arien immediately tells everyone that he hears people hurrying towards the party, everyone can make an Intelligence check to estimate how far away the voices sound, and (thus) how long it will likely take them to get to where the party is.
Bill Troublefinder d20+4=19 d20+5=15 Thursday September 20th, 2001 5:12:04 PM
Bill pauses for a moment to listen (19), then whispers, "Follow me closely - and get on the other side of them if the opportunity arises." He steps quickly but quietly (Move silently, 15) to the intersection, glances quickly to the left and the right, then (unless their foes are at hand) moves briskly to the right (hustle) (wearing boots of striding and springing).
Arien d20+4=23 Thursday September 20th, 2001 9:15:21 PM
After quickly alerting those below to the pursuit from both sides Arien listens a moment longer, trying to determine exactly how far away the voices are. Then as he keeps up with the group he relays the information as they hurry along.
Draax d20+1=6 Thursday September 20th, 2001 10:26:45 PM
Draax listens to Arien's warning. He is happy to have the others with him because he would not know if someone was around until he walked right into them.
Still in the disguise of a dread guard, Draax take a pebble and places in his mouth. He figures if he has to talk, pretending like he has a swollen jaw will explain how his voice sounds to anyone that may recognize the dead dread guard who face he is wearing.
Unless someone says something different, Draax will follow Bill's instructions.
Rond d20+12=13 d20+12=20 Friday September 21st, 2001 2:24:00 AM
Rond listens in as Bill gives the group instructions. Before Bill goes, and hoping Renik is around Rond whispers, "Draax, you take over on the dragging the contraption. We need stealth, and you don't have none." Rond smiles as he says this. "Renik fall back with me. We'll become rear guard. Now go." Once the party starts to move out, Rond climbs up on the wall, and follows the party as best he can, trying to keep somewhere on the wall or ceiling that allows him to Hide in Shadows if possible (13)(not!) (grumble ;) ), and Move Silently (20).
Renik (invisible, spider climb) d20+12=26 Friday September 21st, 2001 5:58:05 AM
Curses, it seems they have been rumbled! Were they too loud in the printing press room, or did they trip some sort of magical alarm? Well, no time to ponder that now; they must attempt to escape unnoticed.
"You got it. If we get spotted and have to fight I'll try to sow discord; if anyone can throw their voice have them create a cry of "Halt, in the name of the Watch!" from behind our foes" replies Renik softly at Rond's words, moving up onto the ceiling, and following him as he makes after the rest of the party. He keeps back 15 feet or so from Rond, and makes sure a Dust of Illusion vial is within easy reach at his belt, in case things go wrong.
He makes after the party, moving as quietly as he is able (Move Silent 26).
Some "Clean Getaway"..! (DM Donna) Friday September 21st, 2001 3:56:06 PM
Arien immediately gauges that the pursuit coming from the direction of the machine room is farther away; those people will reach the party's current location in about five rounds.
The people closing in on the party from the other side of their current position are coming from the northern part of the intersection, and will be coming up on that intersection in two rounds, thus will Bill & Renik become aware that this group of people are between you guys and the exit out of this place.
I'll start counting down the rounds with the very next DM post.
Bill Troublefinder Friday September 21st, 2001 4:04:08 PM
Bill continues to hustle forward. He has a plan. But he makes sure that he does not get too far ahead of his companions, as they need to be near him for his plan to work. "Keep up with me," he says over his shoulder. He keeps his voice low. "Go past them when they fall."
DM Addendum Sunday September 23rd, 2001 7:30:18 AM
I forgot to mention that anyone getting an 18 or higher on that last Listen roll can estimate that there six to eight people rushing towards the party's location from the west, while there are at least a dozen (or more!) on their way from the direction of the machine room.
Bill--since he went up to that intersection--can definitely tell that there is nobody coming from the southern passage, only from the north...the people coming from the north are definitely between the party and the exit out of the pyramid.
Draax Sunday September 23rd, 2001 7:55:34 PM
Draax stays with the group and goes in whatever direction the group agrees to.
Renik (Invisible, Spider Climbing) d20+4=16 Monday September 24th, 2001 7:53:15 AM
Maintaining his rearguard position, Renik continues to follow Bill's lead, though the sounds of pursuit are starting to worry him (Listen 16). He's not sure how many are after them, but it sounds like a lot! He hopes whatever Bill is planning pays off, or they are going to end up pinned between two enemy forces...
They're Coming..! (DM Donna) Monday September 24th, 2001 7:59:04 AM
The corridor that Bill is leading the party down stretches about fifty feet both north and south, and the northern corridor bends westward again. The party, in following Bill, is going west and then north, and can hear the approach of the six-to-eight individuals running towards the Hamleteers' location.
(I'll be sending the players an updated map to show the positions of where they are in the corridors; this ends round one--there is one round to go before the group runs [literally?] into the Sons of Dread that are between the party and the exit out of the pyramid.)
Arien Monday September 24th, 2001 7:25:21 PM
Arien turns back and extends a hand pointing back the way party had come from. Then uttering the command he activates the power within his cloak and drops a web spell in between the party and the group coming from the machine room area.
Rond Monday September 24th, 2001 11:19:39 PM
Pulling out a scroll, Rond motions frantically for someone's attention, pantomiming reading the scroll and putting a zipper over his mouth. Then uses three fingers and tries to show the intersection of the three groups. Showing the effect being where they all meet.
Sunblaze-Plans or Battle? Tuesday September 25th, 2001 12:34:41 AM
(OOC: How tall is the room?!?!?! Also, this could work :):):))
Sunblaze sizing up the situation changes herself with the ring. She grabs her Ioun Stones and throws them into her bag, and leaves on her back. She throws open her belt pouch and grabs a piece of meat, shoving it into her mouth, and keeping it there. She then uses her ring's abilities and she changes herself to look like Spike.
Then she motions for Bill to become the Gnome. She shows as if she was punching Rond, then looks back at the way they came and standing at attention. Then she grabs Rond and attempts to 'hurt' him. Or at least so that's what it looked like to an outsider.
Sunblaze hopes the group gets what she's trying to do.
Bill Troublefinder d20+15=19 d4+1=4 d20+4=22 d4=3 d20+8=9 Tuesday September 25th, 2001 4:31:55 AM
As he has been scooting forward, urging his companions on, Bill also has plopped his hat of disguise back upon his head, but this time simply disguises himself to look like the first hobbit of recent acquaintance to pop into his mind, that Milo fellow he met at the Red Wyrm Inn. Not a sterling disguise (Disguise 19 (only +15 because disguise kit not also employed)), but under the circumstances it will have to do. "See me three" he says as his left hand grasps the hilt of his sword. In an instant, there are (d4+1=4) four Bills. No, rather, four halflings who resemble Milo Thistledown. In a corner of his active mind reserved for such things, Bill realizes he is going to have to repent of having chosen that good hobbit's image.
Bill reaches into a pouch filled with salt, grabbing a handful.
As he reaches the corner, his four images take a small leap forward, and twist in the air ninety degrees to the left, landing strongly on four pairs of feet near the center of the ten-foot-wide oncoming corridor. A wave of low frequency sound booms as the feet touch down, and an instantaneous rainbow-flash of light sweeps away from Bill's four images towards the onrushing foes. [Or maybe, if Rond's silence spell goes off, the landing is soundless.]
[Psionic stomp. Bill's foot stomp precipitates a psychokinetic shock wave that travels along the ground, toppling creatures and loose objects. The area is conelike, extending to twenty feet (and five feet wide from a point immediately in front of the halfling). All creatures with one or both feet on the floor in front of him who fail their Reflex saves (DC 22) are thrown to the ground and take (1d4=3) [or DM can roll for each one] subdual damage in the process. Rising from a prone position is a move-equivalent action.]
Circumstances allowing, Bill launches himself into the air down the hallway at a forty-five degree angle on the rebound, taking advantage of his special boots. When he attains an altitude just below the 15' ceiling, he uses his still-active levitation to level off. All four of him. The images twist and turn as necessary in order to elude the grasp of any still standing. If anybody sticks his face too close to the hobbit, he attempts to liberally apply the salt in his hand to his foe's face (but apparently the wrong member of the set of four actually has the salt - as it will have missed the face entirely - natural 1 on ranged attack. Or should that be ranged assault?).
He hopes his friends recall his message to "Go past them when they fall."
Renik (Impressed) Tuesday September 25th, 2001 5:47:58 AM
Smiling as Arien provides a barrier to their pursuers, Renik then watches with astonishment as Bill pulls off his amazing transformation and attack. Invisible and keeping to the ceiling he moves past the stumbling or fallen enemy at speed, and as he does so he sprinkles one of their number (a guard for preference, or anyone left standing) with the Dust of Illusion, transforming him into the burly, mustachioed Sergeant of the City Watch that chased the party a night or two ago. He hopes someone heard his earlier request to use ventriloquism on the transformed Son of Dread to sow further confusion.
They're Heeeeeeeerrrrrrre..! (DM Donna) d20=14 d20=14 d20=18 d20=10 d20+2=12 d20+2=5 Tuesday September 25th, 2001 7:53:48 AM
Another round goes by and Bill lands solidly on the ground--the party can hear what happens since they are in the space between the intersection and the bend in the northern hallway. (It's my understanding that the Silence spell was cast to effect the area of the T-intersection itself.)
Barrelling down the hall at practically full speed come two sword-wielding mercenaries followed by four robed Sons of Dread.
"Hurry! Hurry, my brothers--it's screaming for help even--yeeeeeeeowWWWWW!!!" one of the mages yelps in surprise as Bill's amazing psionic ability manages to knock him--and all five of his comrades--off his feet and onto his skinny human butt. One of the other spellcasters not only falls flat, too, but also loses his grip on a wand that clatters to the ground (and, itself, is buried under the less-than-graceful bulk of one of the mercenaries.)
Bill isn't quite close enough, however, to use his salt this round. The party can run through and past the fallen enemies in the hallway. Bill and Renik know that the Hamleteers need only follow the hall to a seeming dead-end to reach the secret door that is the exit from the pyramid.
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday September 25th, 2001 7:15:34 PM
[Kinda waitin' for the rest of the characters to post somethin' afore I has Bill's next installment...]
Draax Tuesday September 25th, 2001 10:26:09 PM
As soon as the dread members lose their footing, Draax carries/pushes the device as he runs pass those on the ground. Running out of the area of silence he feels some tension leave his body, not realizing how nervous being in total silence he was until he was out of it.
While running Draax will try to keep at least one of his comrades in front of him and the device.
Renik (Still impressed!) Wednesday September 26th, 2001 5:25:27 AM
Invisible and keeping to the ceiling Renik moves past the fallen enemy at speed, and as he does so he sprinkles one of their number (a mercenary for preference, out of line of sight of the others) with the Dust of Illusion, transforming him into the burly, mustachioed Sergeant of the City Watch that chased the party a night or two ago. He hopes someone heard his earlier request to use ventriloquism on the transformed Son of Dread to sow further confusion.
Way Out! (DM Donna) Wednesday September 26th, 2001 8:10:21 AM
Bill leads the way past the would-be rescuers of the Infernal Copy Machine as they attempt to recover from the halfling's well-executed tactics.
"This way..!" Bill urges the rest of the Hamleteers, and everyone follows the reversed-S configuration of the corridor. It leads to a dead end.
Renik becomes visible suddenly. Either he bought flat potions, or something in the vicinity may be screwing with the potion potency.
Bill and Renik know that the secret door is right in front of them--all they have to do is push on a certain area of the wall to open it.
Bill Troublefinder d20+3=6 Wednesday September 26th, 2001 2:32:36 PM
"Okay, stand back a sec," suggests the puffing hobbit. Once his companions are back a ways, he finds the spot two bricks to the right of the ever-so-slightly discolored brick, and presses firmly. As the secret door opens, Bill looks about to see if anything has changed since the last time he checked out the door (Spot 6). Not noticing any change (unless it hits him between the eyes), the four images of Milo quickly lead the way out.
Sunblaze d6=3 d6=2 d6=5 d6=2 d6=1 d6=5 Wednesday September 26th, 2001 9:02:22 PM
[Or don't bother with the Elves plan.]
Sunblaze runs down the hall, trying to be the rear. Once the party reaches the secret door she snatches her magic scroll (Flaming Sphere) and starts to recite the words upon it, casting it in the direction they came from. Her eyes glaze as the magic runs through her, giving a sort of 'high' and then it appears where they were standing seconds ago and it runs down the hall, once it hit something, Sunblaze has it come back towards the group, stopping it before it reaches them. She continues with the group, but going backwards, keeping her finger pointing the way she wants the flame to go.
[Rolls are damage if it hits anything. I rolled three once for each group coming after them. It's 2d6 damage per person it hits, so I'm thinking just multiple anyway the damages are 1: 5, 2: 6, 3: 6]
Draax Wednesday September 26th, 2001 10:19:51 PM
When/If the secret door is opened, Draax will lets at least one member go through before following with the device.
Arien 5d6(6+5+2+6+2)=21 Thursday September 27th, 2001 1:54:52 AM
Arien draws his dagger and going into a slight crouch, waits for any of the Sons to follow after the party. If any of them do Arien waits until several are within range before unleashing the power contained inside the dagger (75ft). Once everyone else is through the door he will follow and attempt to disable or block the door from the other side. (10ft wide version, 75 feet long. Reflex save vs DC 17 or suffer 21 pts of damage.)
Rond Thursday September 27th, 2001 3:02:25 AM
When the party moves on and the two people that should have understood the message, don't get it, Rond gets a little frustrated (Rond was not reading the scroll, he doesn't have it. He was trying to pantomine that someone should cast it (didn't want to give away plans by talking)). Not wanting to break the flow of events, Rond continues bringing up the rear of the party. As Rond hears the comments from SoD, he begins to understand how their current plans have gone awry.
While he continues to follow the party Rond contemplates as to whether there is a way to stop the machine from contacting its maker(s).
(DM: sorry! I, too, thought Rond read off the spell! Oh, well, since it's my own mistake and I went ahead and swept the group along to the exit, the scroll won't be used up this time around.)
Renik d20+2=22 Thursday September 27th, 2001 6:21:57 AM
Renik heads through the secret door alert to danger (Spot 22), unslinging his bow and glancing back to see if they are pursued.
Surprise! (DM Donna) d20=4 d20=6 Thursday September 27th, 2001 6:38:31 AM
Sunblaze's first instincts to fake a scuffle having been nixed by Bill's effective tactics, the equally inventive bard/wizard then produces a Flaming Sphere from a scroll and proceeds to sic it on the Sons of Dread left behind in the hallway--and everyone in the party can hear the screams and bellows as the Sphere obviously finds various hapless targets.
(Boy, you guys are mean! Heh heh)
The Bills lead the way through the secret door, followed by Draxx (towing the still-levitating, if bulky, Machine) and Damocles.
Bill (not any of the illusionary doubles, but the halfling himself) is suddenly knocked flat on his back by a big, hairy, slobbery...thing, that...is trying to EAT him..?
No--not eat...it's very large canine, quite enthusiastically licking Bill's face--as though he's very glad to see the psionic hero. Behind the animal is another short humanoid...a gnome dressed in leather armor, who is making growling and barking sounds that appear to be directed at the big dog.
Everyone roll a Sense Motive check and a Spot check...both at DC8. Making the Sense Motive check means your character realizes that these two newcomers aren't attacking (Bill will be able to conclude that they are not likely SoD, either.) Making the Spot check will let your character recognize that the "dog" is NOT a dog, but a wolf.
Bill Troublefinder d20+3=16 d20+3=15 Thursday September 27th, 2001 1:20:19 PM
[Sense motive 16; Spot 15]
"Whoa! Whoa! Down wolfie, down boy!" Bill splutters. "Is the - down, good wolfie - is the door shut? Ble-ekh."
Rond d20=12 d20=16 Thursday September 27th, 2001 4:18:09 PM
As Rond follows the group out the door, he has an initial second of panic hearing the attack on Bill. As soon as his eyes swing towards Bill, he realizes two things. That these newcomers are not attacking, and that the being at the end of the tongue is actually a wolf.
Keeping his initial thoughts and comments to himself, Rond silently chuckles as he waits for the rest of the group to keep moving away.
Renik d20+2=20 d20+2=8 d20=14 Thursday September 27th, 2001 5:31:01 PM
Renik can see at once that these are not new foes; if anything the newcomers are allies (Sense motive 20). He grins as the Mighty Mr T goes down under the furry attentions of the big dog (Spot 8), and makes sure everyone is through safely. Once the last of the party is through he will pull the door shut once more, attempt (if possible and quick) to somehow fasten or jam it closed (Not sure which skill might apply, rolled a 14), and set off after the others at speed. The sooner they get out of this stinking den of evil the better.
Draax d20=7 d20+1=15 Thursday September 27th, 2001 7:31:40 PM
Draax follows the disguised Bill and his copies, just as he begins to think that they will make, Bill and all his copies goes down with something big and furry on top of one of them. As the mouth of the creature moves to the face of Bill, Draax realizes that it is a wolf. With his hands full with the device, Draax knows that there is nothing that he can do to save his friend, but he vows to make the creature pay for taking the halfling's life. "A wolf and it's killing him!"
Just as Draax begins to put down the device to enable himself to pull a weapon, he hears Bill's voice has a playful tone. Looking closer Draax thinks that he saw it lick Bills. "No, that can't be, I think it's licking him."
Ferrak 'the feral gnome' Thursday September 27th, 2001 9:45:08 PM
The path is clearggr, friends of Marggrrcus!" exclaims Ferrak in his growlingly broken common.
"Let us be away from this place. Its smell is wrongggrr." He growls out while bending down to all fours.
The feral gnome begins pacing back and forth, waiting at his side of the tunnel with what little patience he can muster under the circumstances.
Deep within his throat, he snarls and barks for Darkfang to watch for any pursuers.
Sunblaze-How Much Is That Puppy Dog In The Window? d20+2=21 d20+2=12 Thursday September 27th, 2001 10:08:50 PM
[Mean? Sure...But hey, they were going to follow us and possibly try and hit on the amazingly beautiful(?) elf :)]
Sunblaze follows the group, although somewhat preoccupied. Her mind reels in and out, ignoring what's around her. Suddenly she snaps up, and makes a tiny yelp.
"Trent! Don't bite me!" His voice appeared in her mind, calming.
'It's happening again, isn't it?' She shut him out and then looked at the group. Looking at her, something was different. Her care free emotions dropped for a moment, then she looks away. She notices the wolf and that it's not attacking and just sits down.
Bill Troublefinder Thursday September 27th, 2001 10:56:27 PM
As the wolf unpins him, Bill gives him a friendly pat on the shoulder. He looks up at the night sky, takes a deep breath, then gags on the slobber that got into his mouth. He rolls over on to all fours, and rubs his side where the scroll case was poking the ribs as he lay arched on top of his backpack. Then he slowly rises, and wipes the friendly slobber off his face.
"Evening," he greets the gnome with the odd accent. "You must be a friend of Marcus, too. Yep, let's get goin'. We can handle introductions later." Bill, having once before opened and closed the door, glances over to make sure his friends didn't run into any trouble with that little task, then says, "Sunblaze, you all right?" He holds out his hand to help her up. "Let's go, kiddo."
Arien d20+7=24 d20=11 Friday September 28th, 2001 3:09:36 AM
Arien watches with some amusment as the wolf greets Bill but keeps an eye back the way they came, in case the Dread knew of the secret door or others were out and about. "Yes we should be away from here, quickly as I doubt the night is over for us. It seems this machine can call out for aid and well I'd rather be far away from the Dread's base when they catch up to us, as I do not doubt that they will."
All Together Now (DM Donna) Friday September 28th, 2001 6:58:54 AM
Renik sees that the door--once it's shut--can't be opened from this side. One could possibly spike it shut, but one needs a piton, a stake or a handy-dandy adventurers' spike for that (at the very least); the checks would either be made using an Architecture, Engineering or a Disable Device skill bonus--or simply an Intelligence check...but, again, only if there is something TO jam the door shut with.
The party & the newcomer are cheek-to-jowl in the first fifteen feet of a tunnel that Bill knows eventually leads out to an alley in the middle of the city. (Sorry, Bill--you're not quite outside yet! ;D)
The wolf--in response to the gnome's command, shakes himself and noses his way past the rest of the party and stands closest to the now-shut door, barking back a bit at his partner.
~Darkfang will protect this pack's rear, big brother! Will we be seeking the protection of our new den..?~ the wolf asks Ferrak.
Ferrak d20=11 d20+4=23 Friday September 28th, 2001 8:00:38 AM
Barking back, Ferrek replies. "Yes, brother. As soon as these cumbersome bi-peds (loosely translated) exit this strange tunnel."
Turning to the others, the gnarly little gnome stands to take a coin from his pocket. "Here, this has the smell of Marggus if any doubts my scent." Tossing the coin into the air, Ferrak runs off down the alley to check for any one encroaching upon their escape.
(He assumes that the others only need smell it, not actually examine it, and so is unconcerned as to whether or not anyone is able to catch it.)
Assuming nobody is coming from any direction. Ferrak runs back and forth from the entrance, through the alleyways checking the group's progress, and listening for any trouble. (I rolled twice, sorry I'm not used to the dice thingy yet. I can't read the results either. How do you make the postet Box Bigger?)
Ferrak whines and sniffles quietly to himself as he waits for the group.
When it looks like they will exit the tunnel safely, Ferrak exclaims. "Quickly now, Marrgus has made a den for ouggr safety! It is not far from here, but I feel we must be runninggg now."
Bill Troublefinder Friday September 28th, 2001 5:42:04 PM [Okay, so Bill looked up at the tunnel ceiling, and only thought about how he will soon enjoy seeing the night sky.]
"Rond - how does doubletime sound?" Putting feet to his words, Bill begins scooting along toward the mid-city exit. "Just in case any SoD's know about this too - we might want to be ready for additional action."
Renik d20+4=9 Friday September 28th, 2001 5:56:30 PM
Failing to locate anything immediately to hand to secure the door, Renik concentrates on running, as fast as he is able, after this curious fellow who has seemingly been sent by Marcus to guide them to safety. He is running too hard to grab at the spinning coin with any accuracy as he passes (Dex check 9). He hopes, as the party sprint towards sanctuary, that the big dog (or was it?) is going to be OK.
Rond d20+4=17 Friday September 28th, 2001 6:17:52 PM
Rond will bring up the rear of the group, always willing to stop and help any that are struggling. Since he's one of the tallest of the group, it's relatively easy for him to keep up with his stride. Expecting to be the last one in the group, Rond will pick up the coin from the ground (or try to snatch from the air if necessary (dex check=17)).
As the party moves down the tunnel Rond comments (after trying to make sure that everyone is near enough to hear his comments, including the newcomer), 'We could be in trouble with any safe house our employer has. I thought I heard someone talking as if this contraption might be talking with them. Depending upon what it can do, it might continue to relay our where about to it. I don't know if we can blindfold it or what. Or whether we have to be a careful about what we say around it.'
Bill Troublefinder Saturday September 29th, 2001 1:18:29 AM
"Maybe Damocles can douse it in holy water," the little psychic warrior suggests.
Arien Saturday September 29th, 2001 2:23:56 AM
Running along with the rest of the group Arien responds to Rond and Bill with his own thoughts, "That might do the trick, I'd suggest an attempt to dispel the magic temporarily but we have no way of knowing if that would remove the magic permanently or not. Other than that since we don't know how this thing communicates I'd suggest throwing a blanket over it in case it can 'see'. If we can get to a safe place I can take some time to study it and see what I can do about it then."
Ferrak d20+4=7 Saturday September 29th, 2001 7:47:10 AM
"There is a cave, this way!" says Ferrak, obviously uncomfortable moving around in the city streets.
Ferrak suddenly stops to listen, & wait for a sign from his four-legged foster sibling. "Darkfang. Is it safe, are you safe brother!?" He growls out nervously.
Bill Troublefinder Saturday September 29th, 2001 3:37:43 PM
Bill asks Damocles, "Do you have holy water? Or can you get some quickly?"
Responding to Arien's suggestion, he says, "Well, it's covered completely in canvas. Think we need a blanket, too?"
"Oh, the cave."
Sunblaze-Walking Along, Skiping the Song Saturday September 29th, 2001 7:57:45 PM
Sunblaze pulls herself up and she walks along following the group taking the flank, although not watching. She trudges, dragging her legs but keeping up with the group amazingly.
Trent slides out, and up Bill's leg until he reaches the hobbit's shoulder where he moves back and forth on. He tries to get his attention, then realizes he's busy and just lies there (Think giant cobra for a halfling :P).
Draax Sunday September 30th, 2001 11:49:50 AM
Draax continues to push/carry the device, listening to the others as they begin to run. He almost snatches his hands away from the machine when he hears Rond say something about the machine communication with someone. He never imagined that the machine might be sentient. He hopes that if the machine was communication with someone it was just some type of magical alarm placed on the thing that can be dispelled. Anyone looking at Draax closely can see that he is now running with the thing farther away from his body than he was a few moments ago.
Bill Troublefinder Sunday September 30th, 2001 4:26:33 PM
"Ay-ay-ay! - oh," Bill says as he stops shaking his leg. "It's Trent. Hi, little fella," Bill addresses the viper. "Um, he won't nibble, will he?" he asks Sunblaze. Albeit with a measure of initial discomfort, he lets him crawl up on his shoulders, momentarily distracted from remaining alert to threats from other points.
Sunblaze Sunday September 30th, 2001 4:41:57 PM
Sunblaze shakes her head at Bill, then she turns around. Her energy seems to be returning. As this happens she looks around.
"We must hurry. If the machine is sentient then we have already given ourselves away. Our disguises will mean nothing..."
On the Lam (DM Donna) d20+6=22 Monday October 1st, 2001 6:35:27 AM
Rond catches the coin easily--and can see that it does, indeed, bear the symbol of your mutual employer, Marcus; this gnome must be telling the truth.
Everyone exits the tunnel quickly. Darkfang, loping along behind the retreating party, assures his big brother that there appears to be no pursuit...yet. His hearing picked up much angry yipping and snapping on the other side of the secret door.
~It sounds as though the evilrobes haven't the wit to know about the door, big brother,~ Darkfang tells Ferrak, ~I'm not surprised--they have SUCH dim noses for tracking..!~ The large canine snorts in amusement.
The party emerges through a trapdoor into an alleyway that is between a tavern and a baudyhouse. There are several metallic trash receptacles--most of them quite full--lined up by each building. It's still very late at night (or very, VERY early in the morning, depending on your perspective), so there aren't any other people hanging around in the alley.
Bill Troublefinder Monday October 1st, 2001 2:51:55 PM
Bill quietly addresses their gnome guide. "Just show us where - we're followin'." ---- [OOC: Did Damocles catch Bill's question?]
Ferrak 'the feral gnome' Monday October 1st, 2001 7:41:16 PM
"Yes, let us be gggone from this place," growls the wild gnome as he sniffs around the metal containers of rubbish. "Wait! I have found something important," he exclaims.
(Pause for dramatic effect...)
Then pulling out a large fly infested bone with his teeth, Ferrak begins to start pushing the metal containers in front of the secret door.
"Nowf, mayth they fnot followf us," he says in all seriousness with a bone in his mouth.
'This one's mine brother, find your own,' Ferrak growls out as he leads the way on down the street.
"Thif fway!"
Draax Monday October 1st, 2001 11:25:38 PM
Draax continues to push/carry the device, keeping it at arm's length. Although he finds the gnome’s behavior very strange, he tries not to show it. Again, he is glad that the others are along because he can only figure out half the words that are coming out the gnome's mouth.
Renik d20+20=22 d20+4=18 Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 5:04:45 AM
Bow drawn, Renik watches their back as the party enter the secret entrance (Hide 24 (12 +10 for cloak of elvenkind). Then, happy they have remained unobserved (Spot 18) he too follows the wild gnome into his lair.
We Meet Again! (DM Donna) Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 8:38:07 AM
"Let's push these trash cans over the secret door--they'll slow any possible followers right down!" Damocles suggests. As the party helps the cleric, he replies to Bill's question:
"Ummm...no...no holy water. I've been meaning to get some, but, well...stuff at the inn...you know how it is..." The man blushes a bit.
Ferrak leads the party to a nearby park, and then right into the middle of a thick copse of trees and bushes--where there's a hidden cave!
And inside that cave...is Marcus!
"Well, well, well--" the mayor's aide says with a pleasantly surprised look on his face, "--you've all found each other! Why am I not surprised..?" The man looks around at all of you, then sees the bundled-up machine in Draax's grip.
"You have it?" Marcus asks, incredulous.
Renik Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 10:11:20 AM
Renik is not best pleased that Marcus has his hands on the printing engine. Though the man is his boss, he is clearly a political animal, and subject to temptation... he prays they do not prove to be midwives at the birth of a new evil.
"Aye, we have it," he answers, his face neutral. "The task is done, and the hiding place of our foe uncovered. Many are the evil servants of Marteaus that reside within. I would recommend an attack of great force, bring to bear whatever powers are at the city's disposal to eradicate this menace. From what I heard it sounded as if those black mages intended to raise their Dark Lord."
Rond Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 10:56:53 AM
"Before any real talking can be done, we have to make sure, or pass this thing on. We're not sure if it's sentient or not, and how far it needs to talk to its master(s). One of the people that was chasing us out of the temple had said something about how it was talking to him. We also made time for sketches, which can be passed on to whoever else. The thing is eeevvvilllll."
Bill Troublefinder d20+8=19 Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 11:16:58 AM
"Sure, I definitely understand how it is. Don't sweat it - we'll find some," he answers Damocles.
Bill nods in affirmation of Renik's words. Then, supporting what Rond reported, Bill adds, "It was the skinny mage Jazbaro who said," and the halfling does a fair job of imitating the wizard's voice, "'Hurry! Hurry, my brothers--it's screaming for help even--yeeeeeeeowWWWWW!!!'" He pauses, then says, "We believe he was talking about the scroll maker. Good to see you, sir. Will you help us neutralize the evil which adheres to this device?"
He adjusts Trent's position on his neck. "That tickles," he whispers to Sunblaze's viper.
Draax Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 5:06:41 PM
Draax is very relieved to see Marcus, now he can get this evil and possibly living device out of his hands. He smiles as he gets ready to hand the device to Marcus. He quickly loses the smiles as everyone talks about expelling the evil from the device. Still holding the thing at arms length he lets none of the irritation that he feels shows on his face. In all the excitement he almost forgot that he and his comrades are in the habit of saving the world. The smiles returns to his face as he mentally recounts the last two times they saved the world. Still holding the device, in a neutral voice he says. “Oh yes, we need to purge this thing of it’s evil.”
Marcus (DM Donna) Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 5:32:48 PM
The mayor's man reaches out a hand to the covered device, then looks sharply at Renik when the rogue mentions "sentient"--a gaze that is directed at Bill when the halfling says...
"Jazbaro?" Marcus echoes. "Hmmm--this doesn't bode well... Jazbaro's record indicates he's a lower-level wizard... but a psychic of some repute..." The aide removes a palm-sized token from one pocket and speaks urgently into it:
"Qancis? Report to me on the double!"
~POOF!~ There suddenly appears an elf maiden in the middle of the cave.
"This thing here--" Marcus says, pulling the cover from the machine, "--scan it. Is it sentient? Is it telepathic..?" Now the machine is uncovered, you can all see that its dull red glow appears to pulse now--a visual clue to the unheard SOS that the party suspected back at the pyramid.
Qancis stares intently at the machine--then her leaf-green eyes widen in utter horror.
"By the gods--it IS psychic...AND sentient!" she gasps. "It's trying to direct the SoD here--"
"We MUST get rid of it!" Damocles insists.
"Take hold of the machine, then, cleric," Qancis says grimly, "Only the proximity of your goodness will keep the machine from functioning strongly enough to give away our position." Damocles does so, grimacing in distaste upon touching the inherent evil in the device.
"Qancis... what--?" Marcus asks.
"Marcus, there is only one way of truly destroying this machine," the lovely elf says firmly, "And that is to return it to the hell that spawned it--and it will be a one-way trip. Are you ready, cleric of Alemi?"
"Wait, Qancis--you can't..!" Marcus steps forward, obviously alarmed.
"Yes--do it NOW!" Damocles replies, the look of the fiercest determination on his face. It is the look of someone who is resigned to his final fate.
"Then we're off--to Ravenloft!" Qancis announces, then scrunches her beautiful face up in concentration, a tear trickling down one cheek.
"NOOOOO!" Marcus leaps forward, but there is another ~POOF!~
Qancis and Damocles are gone.
Sunblaze Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 6:31:25 PM
Sunblaze merely looks at Marcus, not much caring about him or the machine, only wanting to rest she wasn't... something was wrong. Her eyes watched Damocles. He was leaving.
"No!" She lept forward, but her hands grasped nothing. Her emotions flooded into her like a broken dam.
"No! He shouldn't have done that! He had our stuff, and he was a part of the Windhorn Hamleteers. How will we get our money back." She looked at the group and then sighed. "Suppose nobody cares much. Fine then, but I'm moving out before the Sons of Dread get here." She motions for Trent to come, and he does, sliding off Bill and up her leg again.
"Any last words Marcus? Can we go and not find you items that you can use as weapons of mass destruction against those who oppose you?" Her voice is like fire, and her eyes cold as ice. "We're not here to do what the King can't are we? We are here to find you goodies that may help you." She glares. "We lost an ally and a friend because of you!"
Ferrak d20+4=5 Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 7:28:21 PM
Ears twitching, Ferrak listens to all that is said straining to glean as much information as he can from all of these strange new faces.
It is difficult for him, as the situation is so alien to him to begin with. So not being a fool, Ferrak decides to exit the cave and keep a look out for any trouble from those men in the black robes.
He also takes this time to munch away at the bone he found in the trash can. Feeling guilty he offers some of it to Darkfang. (Must've been distracted by the bone Listen +4 = 5)
Arien Tuesday October 2nd, 2001 10:15:19 PM
It takes Arien a moment to recover from the sudden departure of Damocles and the strange Elf. But when he does he steps between Sunblaze and Marcus. "Sunblaze, it does no good to blame Marcus. You heard him yourself, he tried to stop her and Damocles but they acted before he could intervene. Yes Damocles is gone from this plane, gone to one of unrivaled evil where doubtless he will be hunted by the evil within it; but, remember this, it was his choice, and I for one will not sully my memories of his last moments here by directing my anger at someone who does not deserve it." As Arien turns to Marcus he crushes his anger under the cold weight of logic, his words were meant to calm himself as much as his companion. Yet as he speaks his voice conveys none of his inner battle, "Well then Marcus might I suggest we leave here and meet somewhere less exposed. We are after all still near the base of the Sons of Dread and the machine might have gotten through a transmission before Damocles and your friend left."
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 1:57:01 AM
"Damo ... Damocles?" He senses the void left by their friend. Bill recalls the time he himself tried to teleport with the Water Ring of Ascension to get it away from an evil power - Marteaus. This time, though, the lady elf - Qansis? - perhaps succeeded, with Damocles' help, to get it away from the Sons of Dread. Ravenloft? Where is that? What is it? He wonders how Arien learned of it. But he thinks this moment not the best to spend time on that question.
His mind fills with a mixture of concern, compassion, and outrage at Sunblaze. There is just something so mixed up in her soul. His face flushes. About to speak himself, he is grateful to Arien for stepping in. "Sunblaze, you've got Marcus all wrong. I'm just plum worried about you."
He turns to Marcus. "Is there some way of getting them back? Damocles and Qansis? Or will there be?"
Renik Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 5:56:50 AM
Renik watches the machine depart with Damocles and the elf with a mixture of relief and regret. A brave sacrifice, and one that they cannot squander. He nods at the wisdom of Arien's words, then turns to Marcus for guidance.
Please Shift Brain OUT of Neutral Before Putting Mouth in Gear (DM Donna) Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 7:35:52 AM
When Sunblaze lashes out, the look on Marcus' face tells the entire party that the man would dearly love nothing more than to punch the living daylights out of the bard/wizard. Then an expression to rival ironstone settles over the mayoral aide's face.
"We must get to another safe house, quickly," he says, then points to a backpack that is on the ground. "Apparently your friend used his head before acting... he seems to have left his pack behind for you. Pick it up and follow me." So saying, Marcus wheels about and hurries from the cave.
Silently but rapidly the man leads the Hamleteers through the streets, winding his way here and there, stopping occasionally to ask of Ferrak whether Darkfang detects pursuit. Darkfang always confirms that nobody is following. Finally Marcus pulls the party into a little one-family structure that has a knick-knack shop on the first floor. The Hamleteers are led up to the second floor.
"The sign in the door says that the owner is on vacation," Marcus tells you, "So you will not be bothered. There are three bedrooms and a privy. There's food in the pantry." For someone who's acted the way he has in the past, Marcus looks curiously... older. He moves to the door.
"Don't go back to your other identities today," the man says, "My people will cover for you. I'll have Qancis--" He closes his eyes, obviously reminding himself that Qancis is no longer in this world. Then he opens them again, this time looking straight at Sunblaze.
"That machine you took from the Sons of Dread came from Ravenloft, young lady--from Ravenloft!" Marcus almost spits the word. "A plane of such mindwarping evil that even the mere mention of its name causes a shudder in the souls of the Gold Dragons, because they've the sense to recognize what evil truly is! I didn't seek that device on a whim, dammit! I sought to safeguard my city from those evil SoB's...SoD's...and I will NEVER apologize for sending willing agents to stop these twisted maniacs in their secret agenda--regardless of the fact that it has cost you your friend...or me my own wife!" Marcus moves to the door.
"Do NOT leave the premises--we can't afford to lose any more of you!" he says by way of farewell and then is gone.
(OOC Notes: Kim--I'm still considering your question; assume the answer is no until I say otherwise.
Use this opportunity to have your characters rest and recover spells and such. I will be posting later today to advance the adventure.)
Renik Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 9:35:47 AM
His wife ?! Renik turns away. It seems he was overly harsh in his judgement of the man. Though his methods may be darker than some, this is a man dedicated to the good fight. He feels a certain amount of shame for doubting Marcus' motives.
Renik, after the high adrenaline of the raid, is exhausted. After a quick wash and meal he settles himself down to rest. This has been a strenuous day. He can only hope the morrow brings calmer tidings.
Draax Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 2:18:29 PM
Feeling ashamed of himself for wanting so bad to get the device out of his hand and never considering about what consequences or sacrifices would be required. Draax listens to the emotion of loss that is so apparent in Marcus' voice, wishing there was something that he could do.
Draax has heard about adventurers traveling to other planes and returning, although he has never met any of them, he still believes the stories to be true. He also does not believe in the no win situation, as long as they are alive there is a chance.
He looks deeply into himself to see if he would have made the same sacrifice. When the answer comes up yes, he gets a little angry for not having the opportunity to make the choice. Then he gets angry with himself for being angry in the first place.
After Marcus has left he turns to the others. "Who know anything about this Ravenloft place and why is it that Damocles and Marcus' wife cannot return? If they are still alive someone should be able to retrieve them. With all of Marcus' power, I would think that he has connections to have it done. Does the device needs Damocles and Qancis to remain on the plane and guard it. I hate being in the dark, I can accept the situation better after I know the facts."
Bill Troublefinder d20+5=9 Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 3:10:15 PM
"He shoulda taken his stuff." Bill stares blankly for a moment at Damocles' backpack before someone picks it up. [If no one else does, Bill will try to bring along.]
Bill is aghast to learn that it was his wife that Marcus just saw go to this apparently dreadful place. He has no words for several minutes after the man leaves.
[Rolled vs. Knowledge, Planes, for info about Ravenloft. Bill doesn't know much at all about it, other than what he has just heard.] After a while he says, vaguely answering Draax, with a wan hope, "Well, the Gold Dragons are afraid of it - but they got back, right? I mean, they were just leaving Plateau City when we first got here from our town."
Soon his extra images disappear, and he returns to his own appearance, discarding the Milo image. He looks around the place, and checks out the pantry. He lays out food for his friends. Belatedly, he approaches the gnome. "My name is Bill. Bill Troublefinder, of Windhorn Hamlet. Some good god or other - I'll hafta thank 'im when I found out who - gave me some abilities with, I dunno, mind tricks you might call 'em. And I can fight some, too. Throw darts and stuff. These are my friends - I'll let them introduce themselves. Thanks for helpin' us out there, you and your wolf friend. Sorry, I didn't find any bones in the pantry. What's your name?"
----
Later, Bill says, "Inside, I learned that - like someone here said, they're tryin' to call the Dark Lord? Well, they're whisperin' about power. Noddin' and winkin' at each other, makin' secret hand signs. And they want LOTS of people to come to the stadium. That's no secret." Bill eats one of the canned peaches in syrup.
"So, here's what I'm thinkin'. Let's get rid of the stadium." He eats another peach.
The Night of Dread
Let's Get Ready to Rummmmmmmmmmmble..! (DM Donna) Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 5:32:22 PM
Bill's overtaxed yet ever-fertile mind recalls that Ravenloft is the third-worst plane for anyone of good alignment to get stuck on...only Hell and the Abyss are worse--and only just barely so, at that. There's only the slimmest of chances that Marcus is wrong about assuming that the worst has happened to Damocles and Qancis, and one never truly knows...
(OOC: ...except for the DM--namely, ME--and I know that neither of these two are coming back. Trust me. Heh heh. Oh, by the way--Damocles' backpack will only contain any items that he was holding for anybody and/or for the party in general--all of his personal items, armor & weapons disappeared with the cleric.)
The party spends the following few hours resting and recovering their spells. They aren't bothered by anyone...and Darkfang managed to uncover a long-forgotten ham bone stuck in the very rear of the cold larder of the residence. The wolf brought the bone to Ferrak, like a good little beta, so that the gnome had right of first refusal.
Sunset fast approaches. The Hamleteers are rested and ready for tonight--the night that Marcus had been hoping that the destruction of the Infernal Copying Machine would thwart. The grim look on the aide's face when he returns to the apartment makes it obvious that such hopes have been dashed.
"We raided the pyramid as soon as I left here," Marcus briefs you, "But the Sons of Dread had already removed themselves from the premises...damned black-magic charlatans that they are!" The man swallows, retains control after a moment, then continues:
"My investigators say that the SoD still have sway over thousands of the citizenry, so there is no way we can keep the crowds from the Arena tonight. Instead, we will just have to go there and attempt to maintain some control by positioning elite squads around the perimeter." Here Marcus looks at you with hard eyes, but eyes that hold more than a little respect for you.
"You, however, must penetrate the Arena itself--get a ringside seat for whatever is happening, and keep your eyes and ears open as to what these SoB's--" Marcus deliberately used the wrong set of letters to describe the group, "--are trying to pull on the people. I don't know if you'll actually be able to disrupt the procedings, but you will be able to see for yourselves exactly what's happening, and be able to advise the rest of us about how they are trying to hurt Plateau City."
Marcus gets to his feet.
"So, people...are you ready for what may turn out to be the fight of your lives..?"
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 5:59:19 PM
Just before lying down for a nap, Bill writes a letter to his family, in halfling.
When Marcus returns, he asks, "So, there's not enough time for us to bring down the stadium before the people get there? I mean, that could thwart them, eh? I normally wouldn't suggest destroying public buildings, but under the circumstances, I'm willing to make an exception."
If that notion is deemed impractical, Bill asks, "Er, Marcus, sir, do you have any more of those talk thingees? Like, if a couple of us had 'em, we could tell someone outside what's happenin' inside?"
Sunblaze Wednesday October 3rd, 2001 9:40:50 PM
Sunblaze rests, she is tired and her mind is blanked by the magic she had been using. It comes to her that she had not read that book that she was given. After eating a small meal she does those, embedding herself in those pages. Not paying attention to those around her, the group sleeps, while she continues reading. Eventully she looks up, and sees that it is late, so she closes the book, feeling well. She grabs her bedroll and falls alseep...
When she awakens, after her two hour rest (Ring of Sustenance) she continues reading.
Renik Thursday October 4th, 2001 4:36:40 AM
When Marcus returns and explains their mission, Renik bows his head a moment, then meets their leader's eye. "I for one will do as you ask, Marcus. Anything we can do to prevent the Sons of Dread from carrying out whatever sick lunacy they have planned must be done, even if the risk is high. I agree with Mr Troublefinder here, though; in such a huge crowd communication between the team will be of paramount importance. Unless we can communicate remotely we will be isolated and vulnerable. Can you provide us with communication devices, as Mr T suggests?"
Turning to the halfling he continues " I seem to remember Sunblaze suggesting something similar regarding the Arena. But the place is simply enormous, it would take an incredible amount of power to destroy it. Even if we did, there is nothing to suggest that those magically drawn wouldn't simply congregate at the the mound of rubble."
Arien Thursday October 4th, 2001 5:38:38 AM
"We should probably avoid destroying the stadium since not only would it really make a lot of people mad, it would ruin our chance of eliminating the leaders of this group. If we can stop the ceremony and bring in a few key players its possible that we could, in one action, not only stop them dead here but put them on the run for a good long time."
Mission Impossible (DM Donna) Thursday October 4th, 2001 6:29:02 AM
Marcus nods at Bill's words.
"Destroying the Arena is definitely OUT." the mayor's aide says firmly. "However, you're correct about the need to keep in touch--but all I have is this one spare Coin of Communication, so here you are..." Marcus hands over the palm-sized token to Rond. It looks identical to Marcus' own.
"I have two other teams that will also be attempting to sneak into the Arena to see what they can see." the man tells you. "They, too, have a Coin each, and they will be under orders to attempt to disrupt whatever happens...or, at the very least, try to prevent anything really bad from happening if none of you can do that. I'm not expecting miracles--nor suicide missions--because I just know that there will be practically every member of the Sons of Death attending this...this event."
Marcus straightens a bit.
"Now...you are all ready to go, yes?"
Rond Thursday October 4th, 2001 9:11:03 AM
Seeing more friends sacrifice themselves, Rond feels a moment of sadness. Selfishly, Rond thinks to himself, 'at least I didn't have to order them to do it'.
When Marcus mentions it was his wife that went, Rond understands some of his pain, and softens up a little bit, on the decisions that Marcus has had to make from his position. With the acts of the Sod, they have become more like a hated enemy for Rond.
(ooc we'll be able to recover any group items that were given to Damocles?)
"We've still got the slippers for spider climbing, and we still have two scrolls of silence and Dispel Magic that Sunblaze and Arien have, Summon Swarm that was given to Damocles, and the dust of illusion that Renik has. I'm sure we can still create diversions or havok as necessary."
Renik Thursday October 4th, 2001 9:28:38 AM
Renik agrees heartily with Rond's comments. "Aye!" he exclaims, with a wicked glint in his eye, and a grin forming on his lips. "We'll sow whatever mayhem we can. The Sons of Dread can expect a certain amount of interferance from us!"
He leans back and looks at Marcus again. "This coin you speak of; what does it do exactly? Will it allow Rond to speak to each of us? Can we communicate back to him?"
Once his question is answered he nods once more, then says "I am ready, Marcus. Let us proceed."
Ferrak Thursday October 4th, 2001 10:44:33 AM
(First off, my computer is down. So I will only be able to post sporadically at best if at all. I am really pissed that it happened just now when I was just going to get to know some of your characters. Sorry Kim/Bill I wasn't snubbing your greeting and everyone else I'll do my best to get fixed quick.)
Ferrak, not being able to stand the confines of the house provided for him, roams out into the night, leaving Darkfang to signal him when he is needed.
"Sorry brother, I will, make it up to you."
Draax Thursday October 4th, 2001 12:18:21 PM
Draax smiles as he nods in agreement to the others' statements. "It seems that my one main purpose in life is to cause the SoDs discomfort. I am ready."
Bill Troublefinder d20+17=28 Thursday October 4th, 2001 2:29:02 PM
"Sir, sometimes a few minutes extra preparation can make a world of difference. I have not been to the stadium. Do you have a drawing, a map of the stadium, or can you sketch us one?" The halfling pulls out his writing materials. "I want to know about entrances and exits, doorways, corridors within the stadium. Dimensions, construction materials -- is it all stone, or all wood, or a mixture of things? Wondering about strength, inflammability.
"Also, if there is any way - a potion, or spell, or whatever - that I may be able to fly, I would appreciate it. Don't want to have to flap any wings, though. Invisibility would be nice, too. Protection from evil? From magic missiles? Are there any other special protections that we might have, or that you would advise, Marcus sir?"
As he asks this question, Bill pulls out his master disguise kit, lays down a foundation to change his features. He places the hat of disguise on his head, making further adjustments. He pulls a different set of clothes from his bag, as he works on his transformation into a halfling no one here has seen before. "Too many of the Sons of Dread who were back near Windhorn Hamlet would recognize me." [Disguise 28]
Arien Thursday October 4th, 2001 3:04:25 PM
After Bill is done speaking Arien interjects his own thoughts, "We should sneak into the stadium before time as well so we can look for any spots we can put to a strategic advantage, or places where we can set traps for the SoDs. As for protections, whatever can be provided will have to do I suppose. Although I think it would be very handy if we could get enough scrolls of Mage Armor that I could cast it on everyone in preparation for this battle."
Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaall Aboard! (DM Donna) Thursday October 4th, 2001 4:19:51 PM
Marcus pulls a piece of parchment from a pocket.
"Here's the Arena map from the Arena's own concession stand," he tells Bill as he hands the map over. "We don't have any time to get any more magic items for your use--you will have to work with what you have now. And I wouldn't presume to tell YOU how to keep your skins intact while trying to discombobulate the Sons of Dread--it is up to your own logic and discretion as to how to do that." Marcus glances out the window.
"If you're going to try to arrive at the Arena ahead of the others, then leave now," the aide orders. "Good luck, people--may the gods walk with you." Marcus leaves, disappearing quickly into the darkness.
The moons of the Wold rise at a slow and steady pace...
Sunblaze Thursday October 4th, 2001 8:47:08 PM
Sunblaze looked at the book, and she seemed to look different. Not physically, but her posture changed and her spirit changed. The book was helping her. It was teaching her.
She gathered her things, mainly her bag, with her belongings inside it. She looks at the group with a smile.
"We embark forth. Towards a new mission." Strangely these words appear to be from Sunblaze's heart. That book must be doing something for her.
Bill Troublefinder Friday October 5th, 2001 1:53:58 AM
"This may be a battle, or may be a diversion. Our wits and the favor of the good gods are likely our best tools. But, it never hurts to have lots of tools, Arien."
"Thank you, sir," he says as he accepts the map from Marcus. "We'll be on our way in just a few minutes. May Wardd be on your side tonight. Farewell."
Bill gets momentarily bogged down in details, or, one thousand words are worth one picture: He looks the map over. "Okay, it's a circular arena. Looks like it's divided into eight sections, with each of those subdivided in two. Let's quarter the arena - These two big sections on the east we'll call East, and sections one through four - counting from left to right if you're looking up from the arena. So here's East three, for example. On to the right is South one through four, then West, and North one through four. That way, if we're there, and trying to point things out, we can say - oh, and there are three levels of seats, it looks like. Let's call them top, middle, bottom. And there on the East - right between sections two and three, looks like a special platform. I'll bet they did that so the setting sun shines brightest there last. Probably announcements, and the mucky-mucks sit around there. Four entrances - looks like they're in the NE, NW, SE and SW. Then we've got big exits / entrances in the division between each of the eight sections, medium-sized ones in the middle of each one - and there's a few odd spots here and there. [Donna - I'll bet you don't have a real map. So how's that for a generic description? -Kim
"Ferrak - Darkfang looks formidable. Um, big and strong. You're coming with us, aren't you? What kinds of skills do you have?"
Bill takes the back of Sunblaze's arm just above the elbow for a moment. "You're looking refreshed, kiddo. Glad you're with us." He gives a light squeeze, then pops back into the pantry.
He takes a glass container full of long spaghetti noodles, and crushes them into a bag. He fills the jar with water, and covers it again. This he puts into one of the waterproof bags left over from their undersea trek, and thence into his backpack. He also empties some flour into a large bowl, and keeps a few pounds of flour in the bottom of the bag. This also goes into his pack. He adjusts the items in his pack, and brings near the top the things he is most likely to need.
Having spent a few minutes on this, he asks, "Does anyone have the fly spell?"
"Renik - looks like Marcus didn't answer your question. Rond - talk in it, and see if anyone answers. Draax - looks like you're ready to roll."
Bill smiles with a grin made lopsided by his makeup, then his face turns more serious. "Whatever we do tonight - let's do it for Damocles and Qansis, and for our friends and families."
Renik Friday October 5th, 2001 5:11:11 AM
"For Damocles and the brave Quanis, agreed." Renik stands, waits to see how the communication devices function, and then once the party have sufficiently prepared themselves says, "Well, I believe time is of the essence. Shall we be off?"
Once the party reach the outskirts of the park, he turns to his companions and says "We should proceed with caution from here on in. No doubt the Sons of Dread will be on the lookout for trouble. How do you wish us to proceed, Rond?"
The "A" Team (DM Donna) Friday October 5th, 2001 6:43:58 AM
Renik finds that the coin he is testing communicates with the other coins that the other teams have. There are a total of ten teams (and Marcus, of course) who each have a coin. Teams A through D are the ones who will be inside the Arena; teams E through J (larger in number) are the security forces who will be located just outside the Arena, in case something happens. Marcus, of course, is the ultimate coordinator of all the teams.
As the A team, your party gets to pick the area they wish to stake out (the East section is the one that does, indeed, have the--ahem--"mucky-muck" section.) All you need do is identify yourself and tell the others which section your team will be in.
Ferrak--whose prowling outside was cut short by Darkfang's calling him back--growls the answer to Bill's query in barely-understandable common:
Ferrak can fight well and has been schooled in the ways of The Mother. Bill realizes that the gnome is speaking like a druid, which makes the wild-looking gnome a fighter/druid, most likely of equal skill in each area. Ferrak adds that Marcus recently gave him a spear that "seems to seek first blood" all by itself. The gnome is, indeed, carrying a half-spear of high quality, as well as wearing a ring on one finger and a set of leather armor that looks almost new.
(OOC: I will repeat myself about Damocles' backpack--all that you will find inside the pack he left behind are those items that did NOT belong just to Damocles. Whatever he may have been holding for the group, or anybody else, can now be found in that backpack. Damocles' personal items ALONE went away with him.)
Rond Friday October 5th, 2001 10:22:08 AM ooc pulling out a big fat cigar, Rond goes into detail about the 'plan' :)
As the team gets read to leave, Rond pulls the slippers of spider climbing and the scroll of summon swarm from Damocles's backpack. Rond handles the backpack with a kind of reverence. Looking around, Rond decides to give Bill the summon swarm scroll, and gives Ferrak the slippers of spider climbing. Looking at Ferrak Rond comments, "the slippers allow you to adhere to most surfaces. So you can use walls, and such, to stand on or attack from."
Either as the group moves to the arena, or once outside, Rond tells of his ideas. "I'm thinking the dust of illusion could be one of our biggest assest for creating confusion. So Renik you should keep an eye out towards what could help with the confusion. I'd suggest you stick near me, or tell me what you're doing, so that I can communicate to the other teams, what is going on. I'm thinking that we might at least want one or two members of other teams in our sector with us. I don't know if we're going to be recognized or not, so we should have extra agents around us, though not known to us. We can also look for powerful people, or spell casters of some sort, that have come under the influence of the posters. Since we have dispel magic scrolls, we could probably release some people with it. If we can get close enough to the speaking podium to cast the silence spells on the speakers, that will probably help. Meanwhile, while we're making our way into the arena, everyone should be checking things out as they can to see if there are other thigns afoot. We'll start off by observing people as they come in. We'll probably need to imitate what they are doing. " AS he is talking, Rond puts on the hat of difference. He drops his height to about 6', and ages his hair and face, so that he looks around a 50 year old. "For those that can, slight modifications to looks would probably be appropriate. Any other ideas?"
Calling All Coins... (DM Donna) Friday October 5th, 2001 4:58:08 PM
Renik is told by Marcus--via the coin--that each team remains where it is assigned, and since the A Team didn't express a preference, then they will be assigned to cover the East section of the Golden Arena. Teams B, C and D will then cover the South, West and North sections respectively.
Ferrak takes the shoes from Rond, eyeing the apparel curiously and sniffing them...for a rather long time. Eventually the wild gnome stuffs them into his backpack--in the topmost part for easy retrieval should he need to put them on, and follows along with the rest of his new "pack", Darkfang trotting along by his side.
Knowing that not being recognized is the key to this operation, the various basic precautions are enough to keep the Hamleteers from being noticed by the people gravitating towards the Arena. Only a few here and there... but they are definitely approaching the Arena with the intention of going into the building.
And the numbers of people doing so gradually increase as the sun completely disappears and the moons of the Wold glow baleful over the Golden Arena.
Bill Troublefinder Friday October 5th, 2001 8:36:29 PM
Bill picks up rocks on the way, placing them in a bag... "By the way, you can call me 'Lake' while I'm in this guise."
Gullion (Renik) d20+7=8 Saturday October 6th, 2001 1:05:51 PM
Renik, realising that disguise is likely to be helpful, pops on the tatty garments and cap of Gullion. His transformation is rushed and shoddy, however, and frankly doesn't look very convincing (natural 1!). He hopes he will have time to stop and do a better job before having to face the guards...
Bill Troublefinder Sunday October 7th, 2001 1:32:40 PM
"Renik, your own mother would recognize you. Oh, well, of course she would. Let me help you." Bill uses his own kit of disguise to help Renik in a makeover. [Donna, I'll let you figure out how to roll this one.]
Draax Sunday October 7th, 2001 3:14:48 PM
Draax changes his appearance to be a young human male dressed in plain garb that he noticed some on the citizens wearing when he first entered the city. He leaves his height, weight and built the same, thinking that if the arena is as crowded as he thinks it will be, so any one who might touch him will not get suspicious by noticing that what they feel does not match up with what they see. After he completes his transformation, he heads to the arena with the others.
Arien d20+4=23 Sunday October 7th, 2001 7:05:50 PM
After a moment of thought Arien decides to use a disguise different from his working one and goes to work. He dons his old heavy cloak over his clothes to disguise them and then turns his attention to his face. He winds a bandage about his head and covers one eye with it. Then he ties a bandana about the top of his head and scuffs some dirt on his face.
The over all effect is that of an elven sell-sword who is a bit down on his luck.
Turning to his companions Arien smirks and says, "Well, let's do this."
Sunblaze-Sontra Sunday October 7th, 2001 7:31:08 PM
Sunblaze takes some of her make-up and puts it all over her visable body. Her skin turns a darkish brown. Then she places the kilt (of gender reversal) on, and becomes Sontra once more.
He smiles walking forward, quickly and calmly. His eyes seem to watch in front of him only.
Ferrak (from an internet cafe with a crap keyboard) d100=7 Monday October 8th, 2001 1:51:51 AM
Trying his best to understand the situation he has found himself in, Ferrak is making the best of his time by just listening and trying to learn from the others.
All of the disguises that are being used initially causes some confusion with the wild gnome. Especially when Sunblaze changes her sex. He spends some time sniffing around everyone to make sure that his nose isn't playing tricks on him.
He learned from Korous Shwanger, his Druid mentor, not to smell other people too closely, as it is not as acceptable a custom with bi-peds.
Still confused, but not wanting to appear strange, Ferrak decides to take all of this behaviour as normal with this new pack. Wondering how he and Darkfang will fit in with these strange acting creatures, Ferrak tries to respond to some of what has been said.
"I also can make a swarggm of, of small creatures" hesitating to think of the right words. "To help magke con-fu-jon."
Then, to show rather than say, he begins juggling moon, star, and wolf shaped images of light that appear in his hands. (I rolled for my arcane prestidigitation check failure and of course blew it 7. Can you give it to me for roleplaying's sake?)
"My birthpack wergg also, 'bi-peds'." He says regretfully as he strokes Darkfang's thick coat of black fur. "One day I will find who destroyed them and..."
The growls that he begins to make, speak volumes at that point.
Go, Go, Go! (DM Donna) Monday October 8th, 2001 6:36:43 AM
Bill quickly and efficiently helps Renik look a bit more convincing. Ferrak's prestidigitation takes everyone by surprise, but it actually helps to ease the considerable tension that had been building up. This particular mission--mostly because you all have no real idea what the SoD have in mind, only that it is NOT good--had been ratcheting up nerves. The wild gnome's simple acceptance of the circumstances seems to help everyone else settle themselves into their appointed task.
Everyone is now disguised... except Ferrak and Darkfang, who probably don't need to do so, since nobody in the SoD has ever seen them before. Equipment has been packed, magic items disbursed and a general sort of strategy worked out. All that remains is for the party to get over to the Arena, so off they go!
Many bipeds on the prowl tonight, big brother, Darkfang says in a whine of unease, Whole packs... and they all have the scent of badbrite on them, too...
(OOC: "Badbrite" is Darkfang's reference to behavior-altering magic, the presence of which has always unnerved animals.)
The number of people hurrying toward the Golden Arena only increases as you all wind your way through the streets of Plateau City. Renik's coin buzzes softly with in incoming message.
"By the gods--there are more people here already than anyone possibly thought could be affected!" Marcus' voice announces. "All teams proceed as planned--but use *extreme* caution!
Just as you arrive at the Arena, you can all see your very first obstacle to getting inside the place: a trio of robed mages, greeting the new arrivals. Darkfang growls low in his throat, his hackles rising as he instantly recognizes at least two of them as the ones he and Ferrak tracked all the way from their home territory.
"Welcome, one and all--inside you will find salvation! Hurry--hurry..!" the mages call. The moons continue to rise as the throngs only increase and push eagerly forward, drawing the Hamleteers ever closer to Sons of Dread by the entrance...
Renik d20=5 Monday October 8th, 2001 11:27:12 AM
Ah well, thinks the spy to himself, the moment of truth. Will they be able to pass undetected past the guards? He tries to look inconspicuous as he saunters past the guards (Above roll is for a Bluff check... uh oh...).
Sontra(Sunblaze)[Steven] Monday October 8th, 2001 2:42:37 PM
Sontra sees the large number of people, amazing how they got so many so quickly. Even with the machine sent to a strange world, that he wasn't familiar with. He considers unsheathing his sword to stop so many people from creating the dark evil they are going to, but then hears the book in his mind.
'A wise man is cautious and turns away from evil, but a fool is arrogant and careless joins them.'
Then in the back of Sunblaze's mind something else grabs her attention. She may be more understanding and wiser, but she still is the aloof elf she always was.
'She is more precious than rubies, and all the things thou can desire are not to be compared unto her.'
Sontra's eyes avert from the crowd, towards Renik's attempts to walk past the guards, without looking strange. As he stares at them, letting them notice him, Sontra hands Trent to Ferrak.
"If I get lost, get Trent to lead you to me." He hopes that he will do it, but even if he doesn't, Sontra can find Trent, it'll just be harder.
She grabs a random person, holding them in front of her. Then, while Renik has gotten the guards' attention, Sontra's hands move in Sync with the magic around, and his words, although quiet, pierce the magic like a blade. He attempts to undo the charm on the commoner and place his own upon him (Charm Person: DC: 14[10+1, spell level+3, Int Mod).
If her spell is true and the magic runs into the person he tells him to run towards the Wizards and try to push them down. After that, Sontra tries to catch up with the group, using Trent as a guide.
Abandon Hope, All Ye Who Enter Here (DM Donna) d20=19 Monday October 8th, 2001 6:20:46 PM
The party is swept slowly but inexorably towards the entrance by the eager crowd pressing to get into the Golden Arena. The mages urge the people on with smiles that the Hamleteers find mocking--it's too bad everyone else in the the crowd can't seem to see the truth.
"Wha..? Are you mad???" the man that Sontra/Sunblaze attempted to Charm gasps in extreme shock, pulling away from the disguised spy. "If I do that, I may miss out on my own salvation!" (OOC: sorry, Sunblaze--he rolled a 19 on the save.) The man runs all the faster into the Arena.
"Say...you can't bring that dog in here!" one of the mages--a half-elf--says to Ferrak. One of his fellows, an elven wizard, immediately lifts his staff...
...and brings it sharply down on the half-elf's foot. The half-elf howls.
"Pay him NO heed, good sir..." the elf says hastily and with emphasis over the half-elf's yelps, "...he's my bastard brother--and everyone in the family knows he's a half-wit!"
"Now wait a minute--" the half elf protests.
"Shut up, you moron!" the elf hisses out of the corner of his mouth, then turns that patently false smile onto Ferrak and the rest of you. "All are welcome who seek salvation--no soul will be turned away!"
Hmmm...something about the way the elf stresses the word "soul" definitely has a sinister double entendre to it. The scowling half-elf's face suddenly clears in understanding at the mention of "soul".
"Ohhhhh...riiiiiight..!" the half-elf says, though he winces as he tries to stand on the foot his colleague crushed. "Of course the nice doggie can go inside..!"
Before anything else can happen, the Hamleteers are pushed along into the vast hallway of the Arena and are soon out of sight of the trio of mages at the doorway. The current of the crowd eases up enough so that the Hamleteers can draw to one side and pause by one wall to further plot their next actions.
Gullion (Renik) Tuesday October 9th, 2001 5:55:54 AM
"Did I not like that! I have a nasty feeling those guards recognized us, or at least some of us, and yet they let us in anyway! They must be supremely confident..." Renik is becoming rather concerned at the sheer scale of the crowd, but decides that pointless fretting is not going to get the job done. "Well, trap or no, we have a job to do! Any suggestions, fearless leader? Do we begin our subterfuge now, or wait until the ceremony is underway?" Once plans are hatched, he heads with the others towards their assigned position.
Getting Into Position (DM Donna) Tuesday October 9th, 2001 6:56:46 AM
Once more Renik's coin buzzes for attention. Once the man draws it forth, the voice of Marcus (strangely interspersed with static) is heard:
"A Team, we can see--sssshhhkk!--lot more than anticipated--kssshhhhh--be best if you moved--zzzzzt--ringside seats, the better to see what's happening. Repeat: A Team, move yourselves down to ringsi--shshshshshsh--at's happening. Marcus out.
"Hurry, hurry!" one passing woman urges her elven companion excitedly as they sweep past the party. "It's almost midnight!"
Gullion (Renik) Tuesday October 9th, 2001 8:45:16 AM
"That was Marcus!" Hisses Renik to his companions. He wants us at ringside seats, and quick! Lets's move!" He pushes his way through the crowd, ensuring that the others are coming too, and makes for the nearest vacant ringside seats he can find. "Well, at least it looks like we'll have a good view!" he grins at the companion nearest him. His flipancy does little to ease the growing sense of worry he feels, however. His fingers search out the vial of Illusion dust hidden in the folds of his robe. What next? he wonders. The more he sees, the more it looks like the Sons of Dread are holding all the cards...
Draax (disguised as a young human) Tuesday October 9th, 2001 12:48:39 PM
Hearing Renik declare Marcus' wishes, Draax begins to forcible move toward the front, making a way for himself and the others as he goes. "Excuse me. Pardon me. Sorry, oh I did not mean to push, but it’s almost midnight. " Draax continues to make his way forward, offering apologies to anyone that he unceremoniously throws or knocks out of his way.
Ladeeeeeeez and Gentlemen..! (DM Donna) Tuesday October 9th, 2001 5:46:34 PM
The Arena is a marvel of construction. It has 3 tiers and seems to rise up to the sky. The noise created by the acoustics of the place is amazing. Someone standing at either end, or in the center of the place, can be heard easily throughout the place with an unaided voice.
The party maneuvers into front seats. It's obvious that with these crowds like they are, they'll need to be near the floor or at least the edge of the first balcony if they want to stand a chance to upset anything that goes on.
The very large “tent meeting” begins with a surprise. The High Priestess of Karinthis comes out and welcomes everyone.
"I am honored to be the first priestess of a God of Wold to welcome the Cult Gods into our midst..!" she announces in a clear, beautiful voice. "There is room for all gods and faiths in New Elenna and the prejudice towards Cult Followers has been an evil blight upon our land! Let this be proof that The One is kind and generous and worthy of worship..!" She tosses a few coins into the air and the sky rains thousands of silver pieces into the crowd. The delighted audience members snap up the coins, and--in their eagerness--almost miss the entrance of a choir of women all wearing golden masks.
"In honor of The One who, in her beauty, we thrive," the newly-switched High Priestess declares, "...and in whose footsteps we walk, we offer up this song." The Masked Chorus sings a song of loss and wonder, of hidden beauty that lies outside and reveals the treasure within. They sing of showing to the world the wonders are are and will be.
Everyone in the bleechers responds with thunderous applause.
Bill Troublefinder (aka Lake) d20+3=20 d20+3=13 d20+3=7 Tuesday October 9th, 2001 5:57:30 PM
Bill moves his hands as though clapping, but his hands fall a couple of millimeters short of actually striking and making a noise. He stands up on the ledge in front of the seats, and looks up smiling into the crowd, his face apparently joyful at the pageantry unfolding. His eyes sweep briefly over the faces of those above, looking to see if there are any Sons of Dread he might recognize. (Three sweeping glances, with his eyes going back to the arena in between, at DC 20, 13, and 7.)
Sontra(Sunblaze)[Steven] Tuesday October 9th, 2001 9:54:49 PM
Sontra, watches the crowd gather at the stadium and hurries herself along with the group. As he sits down, he feels uneasy by being there. Almost as if she was disgracing Patriarch Oratai by mearly being here.
"Patriarch forgive me." He looks at the speaker with a desire to get her from here. He knows it probably wouldn't do any good alone, then she recalls a comment heard from her old master.
'Only the foolish charge into battle. The wise plan, prepare and then, when the time is right they strike the heart of the enemy.'
He sits, not clapping his hands, but more pretending to be striken with the woman, not taking his eyes off her. He smiles, ever so faintly, bringing a thought to his mind. In the end they could stop whomever they wished, if all the groups worked together.
Arien d20+7=15 Wednesday October 10th, 2001 12:55:14 AM
While pretending to clap along with the crowd Arien scans the crowd as best he can for the other groups without attracting any undue attention to himself or them. Once satisfied that he knows where the other three teams are at he returns his attention to the spectacle unfolding below in the arena. (Spot check vs DC 15)
Gullion (Renik) d20+4=8 d20+4=14 d20+4=11 Wednesday October 10th, 2001 5:52:21 AM
Renik too ensures that both friend and foe are visible in the crowd(Spot 8, 14 and 11) but keeps the main focus of his attention on the events unfolding in the arena. The High Priestess of Karinthis? He doesn't know too much about religion, but he is pretty sure that the presence of representatives of the Goddess of Wealth doesn't fit with what he knows about the Sons of Dread. What in Mittiri's name is going on here?
On With the Show (DM Donna) Wednesday October 10th, 2001 6:49:41 AM
The sharp eyes of the Hamleteers do not discern wherever the other teams in the other sections, although it is most likely that they, too, are occupying seats closest to the action on the stage.
Bill, however, notes that the number of SoD members spread throughout the Arena sections have diminished considerably...actually, that there are NO mages amongst the audience, only the hired swords. Even as the copper drops, however, a fanfare presages the appearance of the next part of the festivities.
Next the Sons of Dread take the stage. They wear their traditional robes. They gather around an altar...an altar that looks familiar. (OOC: Everyone make a Willpower save versus DC10--add your character's Spot score to the roll as well.)
With a wave of their hands, the torches and lights within the crowd are extinguished and a green glow surrounds each of them. The assembled Sons of Dread begin a chant--one whose cadence and tone sound chillingly identical to the one that was heard by the party inside the pyramid.
"Let us pray unto the Dark One...the Lord of Dread! The Master of the Rings of Ascension. The Dark Lord. Give of your soul to him and feel his blessing this dreadful night..!" they begin their prayer.
The crowd, for the most part, now seems utterly enthralled by the sonorous chanting.
Renik's coin signals an incoming message.
"--kssshhh--is Team C...zztzztzzt...no mages in the crow--sshhhhhhk--oing to use the dark to sneak dow--ssshhhhhhtzzzz." comes the whispered message.
Ferrak (Still using crap cafe.) d20=10 d20=16 Wednesday October 10th, 2001 7:29:25 AM
(Will save-10, I forget my stats)
Feeling extremely (crowdaphobic?), Ferrak tries to find a way under the stage.(Search-16)
After briefly introducing himself to the small snake that was handed to him, Ferrak makes sure to give it back to Sunblaze before he goes to investigate the stage.
"Darkfang" he growls, "Let us find shelter away from all of these overgrown, two-legged, stumblers."
Draax (disguised as a young human) d20+1=21 Wednesday October 10th, 2001 8:47:12 AM
Draax suppresses a shiver as a chill runs through his body upon hearing the chanting. Noticing the altar (rolled natural 20) Draax realizes that the reason for the gathering revealed soon. Draax tries to mimic the enthralled expression of the rest of the crowd as he begins to study the look and the outfits of the individual gathered around the altar. Knowing that his group as well as the others have a few surprises ready, Draax waits for his chance.
Gullion (Renik) d20+3=9 Wednesday October 10th, 2001 12:08:55 PM
Renik stares at the stage, and is enthralled. He begins to lose himself in the moment (failed Will save!) as the mages gather around their unholy altar. He struggles to clear his mind, to bring himself back to full alertness, but finds he cannot.
Rond (Carl) d20=12 d20=10 Wednesday October 10th, 2001 12:14:37 PM
(Made will save) Rond looks to his companions and whispers urgently "Stay sharp, people! We may have to move swiftly at any moment! He fails to notice the glassy look in Renik's eye (Spot check 10+bonus).
Bill Troublefinder d20+11=30 d20+3=15 Wednesday October 10th, 2001 2:22:20 PM
[Forgot to add +3 Spot score to roll - should be 33!]
"Blessing my feet!" Bill mumbles under his breath. "Curse is more like it. I've gotta get that ring back." Bill surreptiously pulls out his wand, and casts levitate upon himself. He also casts it, separately, on his backpack. [OOC note/query: I believe the spell won't affect the stuff inside the bag of holding.]
He steps over to Renik. "Hearin' anything there?" [DC 15 to notice Renik's glassy stare - assuming 15 is enough...] "Hey, Gulli - wake up." Bill slaps his new comrade on the cheek. "Snap outta it, fella. Don't give your soul to that - that bad person." If Renik does not respond, and seems passive, Bill sees if he can take the coin from him. "A team, here. There's a mass charm or somethin' goin' on." He looks around to see if some of his other friends seem to be affected. He thinks now is the time to act, before too many fall too deeply under the spell. "Draax - you with us?" He sees the expression on his friend's face, but seems satisfied when he notes that intelligence has not fled his eyes.
The halfling then scans the audience to see if any others (not party members) appear unaffected by the powerful effects of the ritual. He wonders if he might be able to enlist them - maybe get people moving out of the stadium. Don't want so many around if the Sons' invocation is effective.
Mem'ries...Light the Corners of Your Mind... (DM Donna) Wednesday October 10th, 2001 4:33:58 PM
Renik blinks rapidly, definitely thankful that the halfling snapped him to his senses. However, it occurs to the Hamleteers that the "altar" is actually an illusion--and it is only their previous contact with that Infernal Copy Machine that makes them all recognize that the artifact with the illusionary overlay on it is a larger version--and one that does NOT require the victim to be strapped into it for it to work!
The robed Sons of Dread continue their sinister litany...
(Two more rolls required of all the party members: a Spellcraft/Psicraft skill check versus DC11 to identify the artifact and its function; the second roll is a Spot roll vs. DC15. Those making the Spot check will notice that the crowd is beginning to sway in unison...and even begin to glow greenish-white around their edges.)
Bill Troublefinder d20+10=13 d20+3=8 d20+9=23 d20+15=29 Wednesday October 10th, 2001 8:31:33 PM
[Spell/Psicraft 13] Bill says, "It's a giant soul-sucker! It must be from Ravenloft, too!" He pulls out his tindertwigs. He hands a batch of ten to Renik, another to Rond, another to Draax. "Give some to Sontra and Arien. Scratch these on the ground - they light up." He hands out four sticks. "These are smokesticks. Spread out and light them." He hands a pair of stones, one to Arien, one to Sontra. "Thunderstones," he says without further explanation. He doesn't notice the swaying of the crowd [Spot 8], but after he saw Renik start to glaze over he knows he's gotta do something to break people's focus. "Start knocking people down, or somethin'! Tell them to flee."
I've deleted part of this post because you have Bill doing too much too soon...for now, it should suffice that you're preparing to stage diversions. ~~DM Donna
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steven] Wednesday October 10th, 2001 10:22:04 PM
Sontra while Bill hands out things, quickly fires a detect magic spell out, checking the arena for anything else, magical, of course. He grabs the items and grabs the Thunderstone. He sticks his Wand(Of Summon Monster 1) up his sleeve.
Once more, I've deleted part of this post because casting a Detect Magic spell--as well as listening to Bill and grabbing up the extra items--are plenty of things to do for one post.
Gullion (Renik) d20+2=6 Thursday October 11th, 2001 4:11:48 AM
It is with enormous gratitude that Renik receives his slaps from Bill Troublefinder. Another few instants of that hypnotic energy and... "My thanks, Mr T!" he grins with relief, grabbing the twigs and thunderstones, and moves along the front of the crowd creating smoke, distracting explosions and as much noise as he can. He hopes that the rising smoke at the front of the arena will block the view of many of those further back. Not being too clever at matters mystical he has little idea of the nature of what he is fighting, and in his determination to distract the crowd he fails to notice the depth of the trance they have sunk into.
Rond (Carl) d20=13 Thursday October 11th, 2001 7:21:09 AM
"A giant soul sucker? The Altar?" Rond thinks furiously, every second counts now. The team are splitting up, trying to distract the crowd, but the sheer weight of numbers and the depth of their trance (Spot check 13+bonus)... they need to attack the source of this abomination with everything they have, and now, before it succeeds in its unholy task. He clambers into the arena itself. "To me, Hamleteers!" he cries, "The altar! Destroy the altar!"
Everyone's A-Glow! (DM Donna) Thursday October 11th, 2001 8:43:52 AM
Bill Troublefinder lives up to his hallowed name once more--for he deduces that the "altar" is actually a dreaded Soulforge from Ravenloft...a device that channels lifeforce from one target into another. Even though Bill's first instinct is for diversions, the halfling realizes Rond's very astute grasp of the situation becomes abyssmally evident:
Ephemeral bits of mist begin to rise from each and every person in the Arena...including the Hamleteers! You feel a quick wave of nausea and then a wonderful feeling of rapture along with a little weakness from the experience. (Everyone must make a Willpower save versus DC11 to combat the euphoric feelings this effect is giving you. If you're euphoric, you don't bother to do anything but luxuriate in the feelings.)
Gullion (Renik) d20+1=5 Thursday October 11th, 2001 9:42:29 AM
Hearing Rond's words and seeing the ephemeral outpouring of the crowd, Renik realises that this crisis is coming to a head. He makes to vault over the barrier to enter the arena itself, but as he does so he is overcome by a sensation of overwhelming peace and ecstacy (WHAT is going on with this dice roller?!? Aargh!)
He stumbles to a halt, wide eyed and slack jawed, feeling waves of indescribable pleasure wash over him.
Rond (Carl) d20=6 Thursday October 11th, 2001 9:46:58 AM
The hamleteer's leader is also ensnared by the spell that is cast over the crowd. (Will save 6 +bonus: Donna, I assume Rond's bonus is not 5 or more). His brave charge towards the source of the horror peters out, and he stands, swaying slightly, a blissful smile upon his lips.
Bill Troublefinder d20+10=17 d20+4=5 d20+4=6 d20+4=20 d20+4=6 d20+4=11 d20+4=20 Thursday October 11th, 2001 11:41:49 AM
The strong-willed little fellow resists [Will 17] the urge to give in to the pull of the cursed device. He looks carefully at his companions, and kicks the shins or slaps any who look like they are succumbing to the powerful allure -- thinking pain an appropriate antidote to the numbing pleasure. Well, that is his plan, but he falls down when trying to do so to Rond, misses him on his second attempt, then in frustration finally butts his head into Rond's solar plexus. He likewise misses Renik twice, and finally kicks his shin on the third attempt.
Assuming this action helps break the enchantment, he says, "Let's go, guys!" Bill scoots along the edge of the arena floor, rather than charging down the middle. -------- [OOC: Donna, I am assuming that, at the rate events are progressing in the Arena, that each post is covering more than a minute. Some have covered longer than that. So, I hope this posting does not try to cover too much.]
Draax d20=7 Thursday October 11th, 2001 12:20:39 PM
Draax takes the tindertwigs and listens to Rond and Bill identify the device being used by the SoDs. At Rond's command to destroy the device, Draax puts his hand to his sword and takes a step toward the Altar. Just before he could change his appearance, he stops and starts to enjoy the pleasant emotion that he is feeling (failed save).
Oh, What a Feeling..! (DM Donna) d20+5=23 d20=15 Thursday October 11th, 2001 5:06:13 PM
The Hamleteers find out the hard way that, while the spirit is (initially) willing, the flesh is weak. It's a good thing that Bill, plus the newcomers Ferrak and his wolf Darkfang, are able to throw off the siren call of the Soulforge. All three of them alternately hit, kick and/or bite (that one is the wolf!) the enthralled members of the party, thus snapping everyone out of their trances.
Just as the party is, once more, galvanized to attempt to storm the stage and get to that Soulforge, the chorus of The One breaks into an impromptu song, adding sweet counterpoint to the fell chanting of the Sons of Dread. The Soulforge blazes an unholy green hue, fed by the ethereal, misty glowing lifeforces being drained by the enraptured audience, which shouts and cries its deceptive ecstasy in an ever-increasing cacophony.
And then the deafening crackle of thunder splits the sky. A voice, booming and bold pierces the screams and the singing and the chaos.
"I have heard you. Your devotion to me makes me proud to be……YOUR GOD!"
A 50’ tall being, perfect of form and shape appears in the center of the arena floating about 100’ above the arena floor. His hair is on fire. His boots are covered with ice. He is dressed in black. His face is a black skull. There is one huge red diamond in one eye.
“I am The Dark Lord, MARTEAUS! I accept your worship!”
Bill Troublefinder d20+5=24 Thursday October 11th, 2001 5:23:52 PM
With his knowledge of religion (DC 24), Bill prays to The Jericho. "Send us aid against this Foul One. Do not leave us undefended." Though he be willing to run up, or float up, as it were, and kick Marteaus in the shins, or even higher, such an action would be in vain. They faced Marteaus before, and that not long ago. His incredible power then has obviously grown to the current display. He thinks about the Water Ring of Ascension, and figures he must have the Fire, Ice, and Air Rings, too. Was there an Earth Ring? Bill wishes he knew more. The hobbit resists as much as he can the ongoing pull of the Soul Forge, not wanting to contribute a drop of his essence toward the evil power who floats above. He distains, not worships, this Punisher of the Gods, and thinks about spitting on the earth before him, but then decides not to waste the spit. What shall, what can, he and his friends do against such, if help from a greater power not show?
Rond (Carl) Thursday October 11th, 2001 5:54:49 PM
Rond's jaw drops in utter horror at the apparition above them. Thinking fast he realises there is only one thing they can do now. Marteaus is WAY out of their league, but perhaps that altar is the key, and in the confusion of Marteaus' sudden manifestation...
"Get that accursed altar and smash it! NOW!" he yells, as he renews his charge across the arena.
Renik Thursday October 11th, 2001 5:58:58 PM
Renik simply cannot believe his eyes. He didn't sign on for this! Did he?! He's a spy, not a Dragon! He can't fight a God! He is suddenly very, very afraid.
Rond's words snap him back into action. "Altar! Got it! Right behind you, boss man!" He begins to sprint towards the altar, rapier drawn, attempting to drown out the overwhelming sense of terror he feels with mindless action.
Ferrak d20=19 d8=5 d8=4 Thursday October 11th, 2001 7:40:42 PM
Ferrak's response to the unatural events around him is primal. Not understanding the specific details of what is happening doesn't Prevent Ferrak from knowing that this is very, very, wrong.
Barking and growling at the giant creature that has appeared Ferrak call his brother to him.
"Darkfang, we must destroy the evil!" he growls out menacingly. Ready to take on the monstrosity head to head.
Then he hears the apparent Alpha of this pack call for the destruction of the altar.
Leaping on to Darkfang's back he urges his lupine brother to attack. Readying his spear as the two become like one in the blur of a powerful charge.
(19+bonuses must be a hit on the altar when I have the chance! Then I rolled d8 twice for the damage of the spirited charge. I wish I had my stat sheet with me. Could you work out the damage for me I'll have my machine up by next week. Thanks.)
Sontra (Sunblaze) [Steven] d20+4=7 d20+4=5 d20+4=8 Thursday October 11th, 2001 7:42:52 PM
Sontra's relaxed state almost got him trapped, yet when he's kicked he jumps up. Looking to Rond, his eyes flash. Remembering something that was said about Rings of Elements, almost reading Bill's mind, he attempts to recall everything he heard about Marteaus, The Sons of Dread and the rings (In that order, Bardic Knowledge: 7, 5, 8! Stupid Roller, but maybe the Donna could throw me a bone? heh).
"Find out what groups are left around and on your way down kick or stab people if you can." His words, not an order, but a suggestion, although somewhat harsh. [Only if I can still get to the altar with the group, if not then he just runs.] He runs, towards the altar. Whipping out his Longsword and running it along people who are on the ground.
Arien d20+10=21 Thursday October 11th, 2001 9:42:29 PM
Arien is torn from the feelings of ecstasy by the sharp nip of the wolf oh his hand. Then as his thoughts rush back to the present he hear's Rond's shouts and agrees wholeheartedly. Charging forward Arien leaps into the arena, tucking his shoulder under as he hits the ground Arien rolls and comes right back to his feet and resumes racing to the altar. (Tumbling Check: 21)
Draax Thursday October 11th, 2001 10:40:33 PM
Shaking off the enchantment Draax notices Marteaus floating in the air, he almost wishes that they had left him in his stupid/happy state. "Great, just great, is this guy going to cause us trouble for the rest of our lives?" Thinking just how short period of time the rest of their lives might be, Draax decides to at least go out fighting. Draax slips a dagger in each hand and joins the others as he rushes the stage changing his appearance to resemble the robe wearing individuals gathered around the altar.
Kim - OOC note Friday October 12th, 2001 3:01:52 AM
[We go to try to destroy the ALTAR. Not alter. Well, I suppose we are going to try to alter the altar. An altar is a piece of religious furniture for placing offerings, or a focus of worship. To alter is to change things. So, alter your spelling of altar. - Kim the amateur dictionary, mumbling to himself after changing the spelling in other posts at least five times.]
OOC from the DM Friday October 12th, 2001 6:40:31 AM
I know you're all getting excited, and we HAVE been posting twice a day (when possible)...*BUT* please remember you get only ONE post between DM posts. I deleted Kim's second post because of that.
Now...on with our story...
Chaaaaaaarge...! (DM Donna) Friday October 12th, 2001 7:06:36 AM
Rond galvanizes his fellow Hamleteers and, just about as one, you all rush the stage--only to have their way blocked by the sudden appearance of ten weapon-wielding mercenaries...a few of whom Bill recognizes. (Nothing special, really--Bill simply knows some faces and names.)
Darkfang and Ferrak have to pull up a bit short or run headlong into one human in chainmail. (Ferrak roll a Ride check versus DC15 or fall off Darkfang and suffer 4hp damage.)
Arien tumbles himself practically nose-to-nose with a muscular half-orc dressed in simple, loose clothing, who strikes a bare-handed, martial-arts type pose.
Sontra/Sunblaze's first contact with his sword comes right up against a tall, heavyset minotaur in a breastplate and bearing a huge shield. Sparks fly...literally!
As one, the mercenaries grin at the party, taunting you with their smug, silent conviction that this is one fight that the Hamleteers cannot even hope to win.
(My gift to you: you guys get initiative. Use this gift wisely...)
Bill Troublefinder d20+4=19 d4=3 d20+9=29 d20+9=19 d20+9=25 Friday October 12th, 2001 11:05:19 AM
Bill takes advantage of his boots (and finds himself thinking how strange it is to have his toes surrounded by leather) to speed himself forward at a run. Hoping to catch a segment of the mercenaries without getting his friends, he goes to the right side of the mercenaries, landing so as to catch as many as he can with a psionic stomp [DC 19 - those who fail their save in a 5'x20'x20' horizontal cone fall down, with 3 hp (or 1d4 if you choose individually) subdual damage. If the two sides were opposed like football teams, think of Bill as coming in just about where his right end would be, and getting as much of the opposing front line and linebackers as he can]. On the rebound, his boots thrust him up and into the air over the Forge, relying on his levitation to reach and sustain altitude. He throws two flasks of holy water down to splash upon the Forge [AC 29 - don't know if you can crit hit with holy water :-) and 19. Just in case you can crit hit, AC 25 for the crit splash?]. A corner of his mind thinks back to when he and his friends would engage in target practice with rocks. "*Alemi, can't you send this damned machine back to Ravenloft?*" he pray-thinks. The adjective he applies to the machine is no profanity, but rather an accurate description of its purpose, origin and destiny.
Renik (Dodge, Mobility) d20+9=14 d6+5=8 Friday October 12th, 2001 11:55:19 AM
If Bill's actions cause sufficient disruption in the mercenary ranks to allow him to continue his run towards the altar Renik keeps going (Mobility feat to add +4 to AC vs AoO, Dodge +1 AC vs nearest. can't remember if these stack). If he reaches the altar he will try to topple it or damage it in any way he can. (8 HP damage with rapier vs AC 14)
If he is unable to pass the mercenaries he lunges at the nearest with his rapier hitting AC14 (8 HP damage if it connects). He then attempts to avoid any return attack by weaving and bobbing (Dodge +1 AC vs that opponent).
Sontra(Sunblaze)[Steven] Friday October 12th, 2001 4:15:30 PM
"RUN! WE CANNOT WIN!" With that he charges into the warriors in front, like Renik and attemps to run to it. If he cannot make it he gets as far back as possible and fires on a charge from his wand.(Summon Monster 1, Random monster). Telling it to attack the smallest of their enemies.
And They All Fall Down... (DM Donna) d20=12 d20=12 d20=16 d20=14 d20+2=3 d20+2=15 d20+2=18 d20+4=9 d20=16 d20=18 d20=6 d20=10 d20=3 d20=16 d20=16 d20=13 d6=2 d6=4 d4=2 Friday October 12th, 2001 4:37:19 PM
The mercenaries in front of Bill all fall down--hooray! The way between you and the stage is clear!
Suddenly, from behind the Hamleteers come sailing a hail of missiles--arrows, bolts and a couple sling bullets. Most of them miss the Hamleteers, although one arrow grazes Bill (2hp dam), another sinks into Arien's forearm (4hp dam) and a bullet bonks Rond on the head (2hp dam.) The party whirls to see eight more mercenaries behind them. Six of the mercenaries seize various rapt audience members.
"Stop where you are--" one rather misshapen human male demands with a snarl, "--or these poor, innocent idiots get it!" Knives and daggers are whipped out and held against the hostages.
Bill recognizes the speaker as "Handsome Dan", a particularly nasty assassin who claimed to have killed an entire family all by himself, from aged grandmother to mewling newborn.
Even as the Hamleteers are faced with their dilemma, events continue to unfold in the middle of the Golden Arena:
Marteaus floats over to the "altar"--the Soul Forge. He lands on the altar and raises his hands into the air.
“I FEEL YOUR JOY! I FEEL YOUR FEAR! I TAKE YOUR GIFTS OF PRAISE! I ACCEPT YOUR OBEDIENCE! YESSS!!”
It is obvious that the glowing vapors coming from the crowd are increasing in intensity. Marteaus is growing and glowing. He’s taking all this life force in as personal power. He may indeed become a god from this, if he isn't one already! The huge entity laughs--a triumphant sound that engulfs the entire party in despair.
"You have given to me, my fine chattel... so now I grant you all the privilege of giving me the ultimate gift... your lives!!!"
The Sons of Dread--who are also absorbing energy from the Soul Forge--suddenly begin to scream and writhe, their very skin bulging and bubbling as they are drawing in more power than any mortal was ever meant to bear. One of the dread wizards explodes...another’s face runs as though made of freshly-melted sealing wax. The rest hold on shaking with the energy in them.
"Ahhhh... yes! YES! The Wold... is... mine..!!!" Now the neo-god's laughter is as nerve-shattering thunder... even the mercenaries clutch their hostages all the tighter in nervous surprise at THIS turn of events.
"I don't think so, Marteaus! I would be remiss with in my duties as the god of courage if I let this fiasco continue..." The voice that interrupts the Dark Lord's soliloquy is calm, firm--the voice of a reasonable speaking man... yet, for all that, the soft tone completely cuts through the mad laughter of the would-be god. A pale blue light shines down from the heavens like a spotlight. Then appearing on the floor in wrestling attire is a muscular human man--the speaker who dared interrupt the evil entity's ceremony. The man speaks again:
"Prepare, therefore, to meet your doom, upstart -- for I am DOMI!"
Bill Troublefinder Friday October 12th, 2001 5:59:23 PM
From next to Marteaus' leg, Bill shouts, "DOMI -- DOMI -- FIRST GET RID OF THIS SOUL-SUCKER MACHINE - HE'S KILLING PEOPLE WITH IT. IT'S FROM RAVENLOFT. GET RID OF THE SOUL FORGE!!!!" as he rises a little higher into the air. He knows his feeble supply of holy water ain't gonna touch it. "DOMI -- DESTROY THIS SOUL FORGE -- HE'S USING IT TO KILL PEOPLE -- SUCKING THEM DRY!!!"
And, not that it has much chance of working, but Bill sends a missive [0-level telepathic power] to the great warrior god, "Destroy The Soul Forge - it drains the people, powers Marteaus!"
Bill wishes he could fly a ways away, but there he is, right next to him. He wonders what it will feel like to be swatted by Marteaus. Oh! His darts. Or... Bill pulls out the rocks he gathered earlier, and starts throwing them away, using the thrust to send him toward the back of Marteaus' knee. If he gets close enough, he grabs on to the back of Marteaus' leg, and ascends as quickly as he can.
Arien d20+6=22 Friday October 12th, 2001 8:16:54 PM
Managing to ignore the arrow sticking out of his arm Arien finishes his spell and breathes a bit easier as the protective shielding of Mage Armor coats his body. (+4 to ac making ac now 19)
Draax Friday October 12th, 2001 10:23:20 PM
As Bill’s attack knocks the mercenaries off their feet, Draax quickly runs pass them. Still disguised as one of the robed chanters, Draax was hoping to get close enough to them to kill a few before they realized that he is a foe. He hesitates for half a second as he hears the threat from the assassin, but threatening to kill people that you plan to kill anyway is not much of a threat. Draax’s plan to blend in with the individuals around the altar suddenly goes awry as the SoDs begin to die from absorbing too much energy.
Draax stops and looks at the Dying SoDs and then the device wondering what he should do now, when he hears another power voice. He turns to look at DOMI and a smile comes to the disguised half-elf’s face. In a very soft whisper Draax says, “Now we are in business.”
The warrior turn back to the altar and for the first time he notices that Marteaus has landed on top of the altar. Draax also notices something that puts knots in his stomach; he is now standing in the direct line of fire between two beings that could destroy him with a thought. He slowly moves out of the god and the god-want-to-be fire lane and moves to the side of the altar. He takes a quick glance at the remaining SoDs around the altar dismissing them as already dead. He takes his grapple hook with rope out of his back pack. Draax thinks to himself, ‘If I can hook it maybe I can pull it over on its side.’
The nervous half-elf braces himself as he get ready to try and hook the device.
Sontra(Sunblaze)[Steven] Saturday October 13th, 2001 4:41:23 AM
Sontra, seeing what Draxx is trying to do, runs at him. He hears DOMI's voice, but ignores it slightly, knowing that he needs to focus. He couldn't ever focus. A smile comes to his face as he snatches the hook from Draxx running towards the Soul Forge.
He runs to the far end of it, hooking the grappling hook onto the side, then looking up at Bill a smile crosses his face, then he screams out.
"Domi, bring forth the powers of your great world. Bring forth the strength and courage of the Hamleteers and slay Marteaus. The forge cannot go on, nor can Marteaus!" His voice, cracking and feeble, all this shouting has hurt his lungs. He looks towards this battle and unsheath's his sword.
[OOC: Domi better whup some major buttox, or I'll be a bit scared...Marteaus alone? I don't think so...]
Showdown in the Golden "O.K. Corral" Arena (DM Donna) Saturday October 13th, 2001 7:36:35 AM
A look of total terror appears on Marteaus’ face when the Dark-Lord-who'd-be-a-God realizes who's just appeared. Then this slowly turns into a grin.
"You're here too late, my old friend..." Marteaus emphasizes the word "old" with a sneer, "...what I have begun you cannot stop--in spite of the intended interference of your little pets!" With the most casual flick of his wrist, the ex-Punisher of the Gods causes the Hamleteers to suddenly be repositioned so that they--and their original eight foes--are on the far end of the stage. Marteaus addresses Domi, mockery rife in his tone:
"I will take the life force of these dregs of mortality--and in doing so will destroy this Arena and quite a large area around it. Such a tragedy..!" Here the boastful entity's voice takes on the coyness of a child bargaining for something that he truly believes will be awarded to him by his weak-willed parent. "...unless..."
"Unless..?" prompts the unimpressed Domi.
"Unless...unless you are willing to...even the odds a bit..?" wheedles Marteaus. "Just a bit. Everyone here knows no one can beat you at wrestling--you ARE the master...however...I'd be willing to try...why, I'm even willing to let these...people...live, if you would...oh, say...make an exchange on their behalf..? You know--save their souls, so to speak."
"What do you want, stripling?" Domi says, crossing his arms over his chest.
"Half of your power." Marteaus responds, sounding for all the Wold like he was requesting an ice cream cone. "Half of your power... plus what I've obtained here this evening should make things about even between us... old friend." Once again the Dark Lord insolently accents "old" as he speaks. "So what do you say? Will you trade half of your power for the lives of this pathetic rabble calling to you for help? Or shall the great god of courage do nothing, and let them die..?"
Domi looks at the faces of those who have worshipped him over the years and trusted in him to deliver them from conquest and war. He gazes upon those who have looked to him for courage and realizes he has to agree and teach the good Noble Races this hard lesson. Then he looks at this Punisher of the Gods gone wrong and feels sadness for him in his heart.
"I agree," Domi says with a nod, "... on one condition, my old friend: if I am victorious, you submit to my will and agree to be healed of this bitterness and envy that I see within your soul."
"And if I win," Marteaus counters, "These people will see what a wimp you are and will worship me?" Though phrased as a question, the Dark Lord's words ring with conviction, as though he were making a decree from the hearts of the many temples that would be dedicated to him.
"Agreed!" Domi says, a tendril of pale blue energy flowing from him to Marteaus. Marteaus looks huge compared to Domi. However, amidst an ever-increasing number of mystical energy arcs that dance all over both opponents, Domi grows to match his size and bulk.
Then the combatants begin to circle...feeling each other out...
Meanwhile, on the stage, the Sons of Dread are locked onto the Soul Forge, stuck fast in the middle of the process that is assimilating the lifeforces of all present...all save the group of eight thugs that stand between them and the Hamleteers. Two voices urge the diametrically-opposed sides:
"I shall tend to Marteaus, my children," Domi assures the party, "You save your fellow mortals!"
"What are you waiting for, you morons???" Marteaus's voice demands of the mercenaries. "KILL them!!!"
Ferrak d20+8=15 d20+9=13 Saturday October 13th, 2001 10:24:40 PM
Clinging tightly to Darkfangs fur, Ferrak and his wolf brother careen off of the chainmail clad mercenary. Rebounding recklessly the wild gnome is only just able to remain astride his brother. (Ride check-15)
With animalistic instinct and wolvish tenacity working for them, they are quick to recover as they circle out wide to go in for another charge. (Ride by attack.)
In the stillness of time; as the battle of the god beings rages around him, while the group is being transported by Marteaus, Ferrak recalls the lessons of his foster father Moonchaser. "When the hunt is on... strike hard, and strike fast my children. Weaken the prey before going in for the kill. Remember, the horns of the stag leave the foulest taste."
Silent and deadly, Ferrak and Darkfang once again race in for another charge. Working together instinctively to teach this human the lessons of their ancestors. (13+ 2 for the charge still misses I'm sure.) If able, the fast & feral pair will ride past again, confident in their tried and true wolven tactics.
Bill Troublefinder d20+4=24 d4=4 d20+9=18 d20=15 d20=8 d20=20 d20=15 d20=1 d6=4 d6=4 d20=17 d6=2 d20=17 d2=2 Sunday October 14th, 2001 1:35:22 AM
At the risk of being redundant, Bill stomps again. (Nat. 20! DC 24). Those in the area of effect (again, Bill aims to get as many opponents as he can, and tries for none of his friends) suffer 4 hp subdual (or 1d4, DM discretion), falling on their keisters. And again, wanting to stay out of the reach of their opponents, on the rebound Bill launches himself into the air above their heads (to a height of ~25 feet). He wishes Domi had listened, but it looks like it'll be up to himself and his friends to at least try and take out the Soul Forge... Anyway, who is he, Bill T, to offer counsel to a god?
Bill likes the energy of Ferrak and Darkfang. And he is never going to worship Marteaus. Domi will win, anyhow.
This post was edited so that only the allowable actions for the round remained. ~ Donna the DM
Renik d20+13=18 d6+5=6 d6+5=7 2d6(6+3)=9 Sunday October 14th, 2001 5:14:51 AM
Renik moves in swiftly beside the nearest fallen mercenary (hoping to avoid whatever deluge that Bill unleashes), and slams his blade into the hapless fellow (+4 to hit vs prone defender, hit AC 18 for Sneak Attack damage of 15HP. (Please ignore 2nd d6+5 roll)
Rond (Carl) d20=17 Sunday October 14th, 2001 5:28:18 AM
Rond calls out to Bill (who I'm assuming now has the coin?) "Bill, call the other teams! All units to converge on the Soul Forge!"
Then, assuming he is in range and unthreatened by the fallen mercenaries, he will attempt to cast Silence at the altar. If either of the preconditions are not met he will attempt to finish the man nearest him on the floor (Rolled 17 attack, no idea on bonuses or damage: Donna, not sure how long I'll need to make Rond's posts, but its tricky to know what to do without his character sheet. Could you mail it to me? Thanks.)
::sigh:: Todd should have sent you Rond's sheet, but I'll do that ASAP. Rond is a ranger.
Draax d20+4=22 Sunday October 14th, 2001 11:44:43 PM This post has been edited, because Draax obviously forgot that the entire group has been mystically "relocated" and, thus, Draax would have to try to re-hook his grapple onto the Soul Forge again...so I'm applying the roll to THAT action.
LOG ON